CIHM 
Microfiche 


(Monographs) 


ICMH 

Collection  de 
microfiches 
(monographies) 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


r 


m 


onn(\ 


r 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes  /  Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  nas  attempted  to  obtain  the  best  original 
copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this  copy  which 
may  be  bibliographically  unique,  which  may  alter  any  of 
the  images  in  the  reproduction,  or  which  may 
significantly  change  the  usual  method  of  filming  are 
checked  below. 


^ 


0 
D 
D 


D 


0 


Coloured  covers  / 
Couverture  de  couleur 


["71   Covers  damaged  / 


L'Institut  a  microfilme  le  meilieur  exemplaire  quil  lui  a 
ete  possible  de  se  procurer,  Les  details  de  eel  exem- 
plaire qui  sont  peut-etre  uniques  du  point  de  vue  bibli- 
ographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier  une  image  reproduite, 
ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une  modification  dans  la  metho- 
de  normale  de  filmage  sont  indiques  ci-dessous. 

Coloured  pages  /  Pages  de  couleur 

llXl    Pages  damaged  /  Pages  endommagees 


Couverture  endommag^e 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated  / 
Couverture  restaur6e  et/ou  pelliculee 


D 

Cover  title  missing  /  Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 
I I    Coloured  maps  /  Cartes  g6ographiques  en  couleur 

□    Coloured  Ink  (I.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)  / 
Encre  de  couleur  (I.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

j      I    Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations  / 


D 


/ 


Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material  / 
Reli6  avec  d'autres  documents 

Only  edition  available  / 
Seule  Edition  disponible 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion  along 
interior  margin  /  La  reliure  serr6e  peut  causer  de 
I'ombre  ou  de  la  distorsion  le  long  de  la  marge 
int^rieure. 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restorations  may  appear 
within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these  have  been 
omitted  from  filming  /  II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages 
blanches  ajout6es  lors  d'une  restau.ation 
apparaissent  dans  le  texte,  mais,  lorsque  cela  ^tait 
possible,  ces  pages  n'ont  pas  ^t6  filmees. 


Additional  comments  /  Copy  has  manuscript   annotations. 

Commentaires  suppl6mentaires:     Cette  copie  a  des  annotations  manuscrites. 


Pages  restored  and/or  laminated  / 
Pages  restaur6es  et/ou  pellicul^es 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed  / 
Pages  d6color6es,  tachet^es  ou  piquees 


Pages  detached  /  Pages  detach^es 
-^  I   Showthrough  /  Transparence 


Quality  of  print  varies  / 
Quality  in^gale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material  / 
Comprend  du  materiel  suppl^mentaire 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata  slips, 
tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to  ensure  the  best 
possible  image  /  Les  pages  totalemenl  ou 
partiellement  obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  o  errata,  une 
pelure,  etc.,  ont  6t6  film6es  a  nouveau  de  fagon  a 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 

Opposing  pages  with  varying  colouration  or 
discolourations  are  filmed  twice  to  ensure  the  best 
possible  image  /  Les  pages  s'opposant  ayant  des 
colorations  variables  ou  des  decolorations  sont 
film6es  deux  fois  afin  d'obtenir  la  meilleure  image 
possible. 


D 
D 


D 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below  / 

Ce  document  est  iWmi  au  tai'x  de  reduction  indiqui  ci-dessous 


10x 

14x 

18x 

22x 

26x 

30x 

/ 

12x 

16x 

20x 

24x 

28x 

32x 

Tho  copy  filmed  hare  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Ontario  Institute  for  Studies  In  Education 
University  of  Toronto 

The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  fllmad 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sivn,  or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  imprec- 
sion,  and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


L'exemplaire  filmi  fut  reproduit  grace  i  la 
g6nirosit6  de: 

Ontario  Institute  for  Studies  in  Education 
University  of  Toronto 

Las  images  suivantas  ont  ix6  reproduites  avec  la 
plus  grand  iioin.  compte  tenu  da  la  condition  at 
de  la  nattatA  da  i'axamplaira  fiim^.  et  an 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 

Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couvarture  an 
papier  est  imprimAe  sort  filmAs  an  commandant 
par  la  premier  plat  et  an  terminant  soit  par  la 
derniire  page  qui  comporte  une  ampreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  la  second 
plat,  selon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  filmte  en  commenpant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporte  une  emprainte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  derniire  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  — ^>  (meaning  "CQN- 
TINUED  ").  or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 


Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
derniire  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbole  —^  signifie  "A  SUIVHE".  le 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN". 


Maps,  platM.  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  b« 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  tho  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc..  peuvent  dtre 
film6s  A  des  taux  de  reduction  diffirents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  Atre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  cliche,  il  est  filmd  d  partir 
de  Tangle  sup6rieur  gauche,  de  gauche  h  droito, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  Ee  nombre 
d'images  n^cessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
iliustrent  la  mAthode. 


1 

2 

3 

1  2  3 

4  5  6 


MICROCORY   RESOLUTION   TEST  CHART 

(ANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  2) 


1.0 


I.I 


3.2 


ISO 


1^ 

14.0 


|2ii 
12.2 
2.0 

1.8 


A    APPLIED  IM/IGE    I, 


nc 


1653  East  Main  Street 
Rochester.  New  York        14609 
(716)  482  -  0300  -  Phone 
(716)  288 -5989 -Fox 


USA 


v^ 


^* 


) 


'■\ 


-\^ 


/^ 


i 


■  I 


Presented  to 

The  Library  of 

The  Ontario  College  of 

Educatioi 

The  University  yof/Torpnto 


'pj? 


?: 


V 


'",' 


tHE 

PUBLIC  SCHOOL 
ELEMENTARY  FRENCH  GRAMMAR 


PART  I.-AOOIDBNOB 


By  AUGUSTE  BEAOHET 

Adapted  for  the  use  of  Eogllah  Schools  and  Persons  engaged  In 

Elementary  Teaching 

BY 

The  Rev.  P.  H.  E.  BRETTE,  B.D. 

HEAD-MAaTEB  OF  THE  FRENCH  SCHOOL,  CHBI8T'S  HOSPITAI 


AND 


\j 


GUSTAVE  MASSON,  B.A. 

ASSISTANT  MASTEU  AND  LIBRARIAN,  HARROW  SCHOOL, 
^XAMI2iMRS    IN    TUE    USIVERSITY   OF   LONDON 


VFIFTE  EDITION.    ^ 


Price.^ 


^'^^^■ri^-^,^% 


JAMES    CAMPBELL    &    SON. 

1878. 
[All  riglUa  reserved.} 


1 


Entered  according  to  the  Act  of  the  Parliament  of  Canada,  in  the 
veir  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  Bcventy-eight  by  James 
SpbellTson,  in  the  office  of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture. 


K 


7 


PIIEFACE  TO  THE  FIRST  EDITION. 


'VB.^  adaplod  translation  of  M.  Brachot'a 
"Nouvelle  Gratnmairo  Francaiso,"  published 
by  US  at  the  bogiiiuin^'  of  the  year,  and  which  haa 
been  received  with  such  sij^nal  success,  vms  in- 
tended to  meet  the  wants  of  puj)!!:;  bolon^nng  to 
our  ordinary  Cnunniar  Schools.  On  tlie  present 
occasion,  wo  address  ourselves  to  those  with  whom 
philological  details,  and  discussions  of  etymological 
or  scientific  problems  would  bo  completely  out 
of  place. 

M.  Brachot's  "  Petite  Grammairo"  simply  gives 
the  various  rules  both  of  accidence  and  of  syntax, 
without  attempting  to  enter  into  explanations 
which  beginners  nine  or  ten  years  old  could  not 
possibly  understand.  We  have  adopted  the  same 
method,  but  inti  .<  ucod  into  the  work  all  modifi- 
cations necessary  for  making  our  "  Elkmkijtary 
French  Grammar"  a  pr-ctical  and  useful  book  for 
English  class-rooms.  Each  section  is  followed  by 
a  set  of  questions  and  by  exercises  which  should 
be  written  out  and  committed  to  memory  after 
they  have  been    corrected. 

In    many   instances  the  Accidence  alone  is  re- 
quired for  examination  purposes  j  accordingly  wo 
have  thought  it  best  to  print  the   Grammar  in  tw 
distinct  parts,  containing,  respectively,  the   Acci- 
dence and  the  Syntax,  each  part  being  followed  by 


Iv 


pnrrAcrr. 


^ 


ft  coriiploto  Englisli-Fronch  and  Frcnrli-Kn^'lislr 
Vocabulary.  As  tlio  translation  of  the  "Nouvello 
(Jrammaire  Fran(;ai.so  "  is  now  adoptoii  in  most  of 
our  Enrrlish  Grammar  and  I'roparatory  Schools,  so 
the  ••  Petite  Grammairo/'  by  its  cheapness  and 
completeness,  will  commend  itself  to  School  Hoards 
and  Persons  engaged  in  elementary  teaching. 

It  gives  us  much  pleasure  to  acknowledge  tha 
valuable  assistance  which  Mr.  E.  Janau,  Fron-cH 
Master  at  Blackheath  Proprietary  School,  haa 
given  us  iu  preparing  the  present  volume. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  SECOND  EDITION. 


TirE  sale  of  several  thousand  copies  of  this  little 
work  in  le=s  than  six  months  is  a  sufficient  proof 
that  it  has  met  a  want  felt  by  the  persons  for  whoim 
it  was  chiefly  designed.  The  present  edition,, 
thoroughly  revised  and  corrected,  is  accompaniedl 
by  a  very  complete  French-English  and  English- 
J'^-ench  Vocabulary, arranged  by  Mr.  A.  Dupuis,  B.A.„ 
First  French  Master  at  King's  College  School,  to' 
whom  we  have  to  tender  our  thanks  for  liis  kind' 
assistance;  beginners  will  thus  be  spared  the. 
necessity  of  referring  to  separate  dictionaries. 

We    take    the   opportunity    of    reminding   our^ 
friends  that  a  supplementary  set  of  Exercises  on 
tiie  ApcJd<?nce  and  the  Syntax  will  be  ready  very, 
shortly, 

P.  H.  ERNEST  BRETTE. 

GUSTAVE  MASSON. 

March,  1877. 


^ 


TADMi:    OF    OONTlCNTft, 


i 


INTRODUCTION. 

Preliminary  Hemnrks  on  the  History  and   Oeogrniiby  ol 

tlie  French  Ltuiguiise        

Object  and  Defiuitiou  of  Gramma- »„ 

BOOK  I.— STfJDY  OF  LETTERS. 

CHAPTEU  I. 


PAOH 
I 


•«•      •*•, 


Of  the  French  Alphabet  

Hfx'tion  I.— Of  the  Vowels       

Section  II.— Of  the  Consonants 

CHAPTER  II. 
01  Syllables.— Orthographic  Signs 

BOOK  n.— STUDY  OF  WORDS. 

CHAPTER  I. 

Of  the  Nonn  or  Substantive     

Section  I. — Of  Gender  in  Nouns 
Section  II. — 01  Number  in  Nouns    ... 
Seciion  III.— F..rmation  of  Substuntivos    ... 


•  •• 

•  •• 


Of  the  Articlo 


CHAPTEU  II. 


CHAPTER  III. 
Of  the  Adjective  

Section  I. — Formation  of  the  Feminine  of  Adjunctives 
g^Ecxios  II. — Formatipii  of  the  Plural  of  Adjectives 


•  at 
••• 


•••  ••• 


7 
U 


11 


18 

ly 

2S 


u 

as 

•i'i 


SsmmsijiXtM0'iii,i@i-'^- 


vi 


TAEI4E   OF   CON'TENTS. 


Section  HI.-— Of  the  Degrees  of  SiRuification  in  Adjectives 

Skction  IV. — Formatiou  of  Adjectives  

Section  V. — Agreement  of  the  Adjootive  with  the  Sub- 
stantive      ...         ••        •••        

Section  VI. — Determinative  Adjectives        • 

I.  Numeral  Adjectives  

Comparative  Table  of  the  Namontl  Adjuutives... 

II.  Demonstrative  Adjectives 

III.  Possessive  Adjectives  ...         •.. 

Section  VII. — Indefinite  Adjectives ••«        ••• 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Of  the  Pronoun  ...         ...        ...        ..•        •••        •••        ••• 

Section  I. — Personal  Pronouns ...        ... 

Section  II. — Demonstrative  Pronouns ... 

Section  III. — Possessive  Pronouns 

Section  IV. — Ilelative  Pronouns >>»         ••• 

Section  V. — ludeliuite  Pronouns       ... ••• 

CIIAPTEK  V. 

Of  the  Verb        •..         •••        .«•        •••        ••• 

1.  Stem. — 2.  Termination  

8.  Numbers  ...         •••         •••         •••         ♦••         ••• 

4.  Persons  ...         ...         ••.         •••         ••■         •••         ••• 

5.  Moods     ...         ...         ...         •«•         •••         •••         •'• 

6.  Tenses     ...         

Auxiliary  Verbs . ..        ...        ...         •••         ••.        •••        ••• 

Conjugation        ...         ...         •         

Section  I. — Auxiliary  Verbs 

I.  Conjugation  of  the  Auxilinry  Verb  avoir  (  =  io 

have)  

II.  Conjugation  of  the  Auxiliary  Verb  etre  {-to  be) 
Section  II  -  Active  Verbs       

1.  First  Conjugation.— Verb  aimer  (  =  to  lore) 

II.  Second  Conjugation.— Verb  fisiir  (  =  (0  finish)     ... 

III.  Tliird  Conjugation.— Verb  rccevoir  (  =  to  recoiie) 

IV.  Fourth  Conjugation.— Verb  rompre  {  =  to  break) 
Section  III.— Conjugation   of  Verbs.— 1.  InteiToe;ativ  jly  ; 

2.  Nogalivoly;  3.  Intorrogativsly  with  a  mgati.'j  ... 
Section  IV.— Remarks  on  the  Foimaliou  of  the  Tenses  ... 
Se(.;tion  V. — Passive  Verbs      

Conjugation   of   the   Passive  Verb   6tre   aim6   {=to 

((4  iQJiid)  »n,%  .,«^  ...  •««  ••«  «M 


40 
42 

45 
45 

43 
47 
40 
50 
52 


C3 

fit 

C3 


6f> 
'M 
(.7 
C,7 
07 

r,i 

(JO 
70 
71 

71 

7-5 
?9 
VU 

8(i 
80 

02 
06 
98 

99 


•i 


tkniM  of  iosnENiS. 


Vii 


e-> 


Bection  VI. — ^Nontor  Vcilia     ...        ...        •••        •••        ••• 

Conjugiitiou  of  the  Verb  tomber  {—to  faV) 

Section  VII.— Keflexive  Verbs         

Coujugatiou  of  the  Eeiloxive  Verb  se  reposor  (  =  <o 
rent)  ...         •••         •••  ••• 

Section  VIII. — Impersonal  Vuibs      

Conjugation  of    the  Impersonal  Verb  nei::er   {—fo 

snow)    ...         •••         •" 

Section  IX.— Irregular  and  Defective  Verbs  

1.  First  Conjugation  :  e  

2.  Second  Conjugation  in  »r  with  Imperfect  in  isaais 
8.  Second  (direct)  Conjugation  in  Ir 

4.  Third  Conjugation  :  oir 

5.  Fourth  Conjugation :  re 

Section  X. — Formation  of  the  Verbs 

BiioxiON  XI.— Rules  for  the  Agreement  of  the  Verb  with  its 

Subject. ••        • •••        •••        •••        ••• 


•  •t 


Of  the  Participla 
Of  the  Adverb    •» 


CHAPTER  VI. 

•••  •••  ••• 

•  CHAPTER  VII. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

Of  the  Preposition         

Section  I.— Formation  of  the  Simple  Propositions... 

Section  II. Formation  of  Prepositive  Locutions  ... 

Section  III. — Government  of  Prepositions 


••• 

... 
... 

... 


Of  the  Conjunclion 
Of  tb9  IntflrjectioQ 


CHAPTER  IX. 
CHAPTER  X. 


101 

10? 

101 

lO'J 

109 
110 

111 

113 
113 

119 
124 

lad 


US 


la 


148 

149 
150 
150 


152 


154 


Conjugation  of  the  auxiliary  verb  avo»T  {=to  have)  negft- 
tively,  interrogatively,  and  interrogatively  with  a  uega- 


Uou 


ISI 


Vlll 


CONTENTS. 


Conjugation  of  (lie  auxiliary  verb  dtre  (=<o  be)  negatively, 
interrogatively,  and  interrogatively  with  a  negation 

Models  of  reflexive  verbs  conjugated  negatively,  interroga- 
tively, and  interrogatively  with  a  nogatiou 

1°'^*^^        '. 

French-English  Vocabulary      

lingUsli;£ieuch  Yocabuiarjr      .'."        ,",' 


IGd 

1C9 
178 

in 


INTllODUCTIONT 


rilELIMINARY  REMARKS 

ON  THE  HISTORY  AND  GEOGRAPHY  OP  THB 

FRENCH  LANGUAGE. 

Geograpby. — The  French  language  extends  over  the  whole  ol 
Ffnuco,  with  the  exception  of  one  single  province,  Brittany, 
where,  out  of  a  population  of  1,800,000,  one  million  of  individuals 
Rpoak  a  language  known  by  the  name  of  Bas-Breton,  and  which 
is  Celtic  in  its  origin.  To  this  important  exception  three  small 
groups  can  be  further  added :  the  department  of  the  North,  where 
200,000  inhabitants  out  of  1,200,000  speak  the  Flemisb  langruagro, 
an  offshoot  from  the  German  ;  the  department  of  Lower-Pyrenees, 
where  120,000  persons  speak  the  Basque,  a  very  ancient  idiom,  the 
origin  of  which  is  unknown ;  finally,  the  department  of  Eastern 
Pyrenees  (formerly  the  proviuee  of  Roussillon),  where  130,0C0 
inhabitants  speak  the  Catalonian  language,  derived  from  the 
Latin. 

If  the  domains  of  the  French  langungedonot  correspond  exactly 
with  the  present  territory  of  France,  thoy  include,  on  the  other 
hand,  several  importantdistricts  outside  the  limits  of  that  country, 
which  represent  an  aggregate  of  a  httle  more  than  3,000,000  in- 
habitants, distributed  as  follows :— Belgium,  1,GOO,000;  Ger- 
many, 1,000,000;  French  Switzerland,  400,000;  finally,  the 
Channel  Islands,  00,000. 

To  these  numbers  we  must  add,  out  of  Europe,  the  English 
colonies  of  Canada  and  Mauritius,  which  have  retained  the  use  of 
tlie  French  language,  to  say  nothing  of  the  French  settleraentf, 
( A Igaria,  Guiana,  Senegal,  etc.) ;  we  find  tlius  1,500,000  iuhabitauta 
inure  to  be  placed  to  the  account  of  the  French  linguistic  wealth. 

With  reference  to  the  language,  France  is  divided  into  two 
regions,  XTortb  and  Soutb,  the  Umits  of  which  can  be  marked  by 
tracing  on  the  map  a  line  extending  from  La  Rochelle  to  Grenoble. 

xrorth  of  thi.>!  line  all  cultivated  people  speak  French ;  the 
peasants  understand  French,  but  make  use  of  patois  closely  con- 
nected with  it.  These  patois  are  four  in  number  :  1.  The  Wor- 
man,  spoken  in  the  western  district ;  2.  The  Plcard,  in  the  north- 
western i  3.  The  Xiorrain,  in  the  eastern ;  4.  The  Bursundlan* 


a 


tKTBODbctlDM. 


in  the  central  and  south  eastern.  The  analogy  which  those  paiois 
present  with  the  French  language  has  caused  them  to  be  collec- 
tively designated  as  French  patois, 

Soutb  of  the  line,  linguistic  circumstances  are  entirely  different. 
Cultivated  people,  indeed,  understand  and  write  French ;  but 
in  the  relations  they  hold  with  each  other  they  have  recourse  by 
preference  (even  in  the  large  towns)  to  their  own  patois,  which  is 
an  idiom  as  different  from  French  as  is  Italian  or  Spanish, 
The  inhabitants  of  the  rural  districts,  notwithstanding  the  efforts 
made  by  the  teachers  of  elementary  schools,  seldom  speak  any- 
thing  but  these  patois,  which  are  likewise  four  in  number: 
—I.  The  Gascon,  2.  The limousln ;  3.  The  Iian^uedociani 
and  4.  The  ProvenQal  (  the  names  sufficiently  point  out  the  pro- 
vinces where  these  idioms  are  respectively  used  ;  they  are  called 
collectively  Provengal  patois,  in  opposition  to  the  French  vatoia 
spoken  north  of  the  line  mentioned  above. 

History.— Everyone  knows  that  the  earliest  inhabitants  of 
Gnul,  so  far  as  we  are  aware,  at  least,  were  the  Galli,  who  spoke 
a  .anguage  belonging  to  the  Celtic  family,  that  is  to  sny,  akin  to 
the  idioms  used  in  France  by  tlie  natives  of  Lower  Brittany,  and, 
in  the  British  Ides,  by  the  Scotch  Highlanders,  the  Irish,  and  the 
Welsh. 

In  the  coarse  of  the  first  century,  b.c,  the  legions  led  by  Ca;sar 
conquered  Gaul,  and  reduced  it  to  the  position  of  a  Eoman  pro- 
vince. Far  superior  to  the  QalU,  in  point  both  of  science  and  of 
civilisation,  the  BomariS  forced  upon  them  the  Latin  language^ 
together  with  the  yoke,  in  the  same  way  as  the  French  have  forcecL 
their  language  upon  the  Arabs  of  Algeria. 

At  Borne,  however,  juct  as  in  the  France  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, there  were  two  languages  co-existing :  that  of  the  people  andl 
of  the  peasants,  the  popular  Xiatin,  in  a  word ;  and  that  of  the 
(earned  and  the  literati,  which  is  known  as  classical  or  literary 
Xiatin — the  former  was  less  fettered,  the  latter  was  more  refined ; 
but  both  often  employed  different  words  to  express  the  same  idea. 
Thus,  whilst  the  classical  Latin  had  the  substantive  equus  as  an 
equivalent  for  horat,  (he  collo^niftl  Latin  said  caiallus ;  whence 
the  French  chavdl. 

It  is  the  colloquial  X.atin,  naturally,  which  the  Roman  soldier« 
introduced  amongst  the  peasants  of  Gaul ;  these,  in  their  turn, 
transformed  it  into  French,  by  dint  of  altering  the  pronunciation. 
If  we  notice  how  the  Englirh,  who  speak  the  French  language,  all 
modify  the  pronunciation  of  the  Fj«ncli  in  the  same  manner,  we 
shall  oasili'  iuiderstaud  how  Latin  uttered  by  the  Galli  was  altered 


iNTBODUCTION. 


8 


hceording  to  one  uniform  system  ;  it  is  precisely  this  allnrod  Latia 
\»hich  is  called  Fionch.  The  coUoquiul  Latin  thus  chauged  through 
the  Celtic  pronunciation,  boj^ivu  to  make  its  appearance  about  the 
fifth  century,  at  the  downfall  of  iho  llonian  empire,  as  a  distinct 
language,  which  the  savanta  of  the  day  ct)ntcuiptuously  called 
tinaua  llomana  rnstica  (the  Latin  of  the  peasants)  ;  hence  the 
designation  Romance  lansuarc.  T!io  invasion  of  the  barbaiiana 
"Wfts  then  destroying  the  empire  ;  in  the  stDrm,  everything  bearing 
the  lloman  stamp  disappeared— administration,  schools,  justice, 
aristocracy,  literature ;  the  literary  Latin  shared  the  same  fiito — 
that  idiom  which  had  been  both  the  organ  and  the  result  of  intel- 
lectual activity. 

As  colloquial  Latin  produced  IPrencli  in  Gaul,  bo  it  became 
Italian  in  Italy,  and  Spanish  in  Spain.  In  France  the  Romance 
language  was  subdivided  into  two  great  varieties  corresponding 
with  the  rival  races  of  the  north  and  south.  North  of  the  Loire 
we  find  the  Langtie  d'dil,  or  French,  properly  so  called  ;  south  of 
the  Loire,  we  have  the  Langue  d'oe,  or  Provencal ;  these  cur'ous 
names  result  from  the  custom,  frequently  resorted  to  during  tho 
Middle  Ages,  of  designating  languages  by  the  sign  of  affirmation 
oui  (yes) ;  oui  was  oil  in  the  north,  and  oe  in  the  south. 

The  northern  language,  the  Langue  d'oU,  was  in  its  turn  divided, 
during  tho  eleventh  century,  into  four  principal  dialects :  the 
Gorman,  the  Picard,  tho  Burgru'adlan,  and,  finally,  tho  Frencb 
dialect,  which  was  originally  the  one  spoken  in  the  province  called 
Ilc-de-France.  (In  the  Middle  Ages  the  name  Fran<;ais  was  given 
specially  to  t.he  inhabitants  of  Iledo-France.)  These  four  dialects 
wore  equal  in  power  and  in  influence,  because  there  did  not  exist 
then,  as  there  does  to-day,  one  single  centre,  one  capital  of  the 
kingdom,  capable  of  setting  to  the  whole  country  tho  model  of 
elegant  speaking.  The  Dukes,  whether  of  Normandy  or  of  Bur- 
gundy, the  equals  of  the  Dukes  of  France  (we  mean,  of  lie  de- 
France),  employed  respectively  in  their  official  acts  the  language  of 
their  province,  Norman  or  Burgundian. 

How  is  it  that  these  four  languages  were  subsequently  reduced 
to  one  ?  Why  is  it  that  tho  dialect  of  Ile-do-Fnince  was  adopted 
subsequently  as  the  common  language,  rather  than  tho  Burgun- 
dian or  the  Norman?  As  long  as  the  Capctian  monarchs,  humble 
lords  of  Ilo-do-France  and  of  Orlf'anais,  remained  destitute  of  all 
inrluence  beyond  the  limits  of  their  royal  domain  (that  is  to  say, 
fmm  the  tenth  to  the  twelfth  centurj'),  the  French  dialect  enjoyed 
n.^  notoriety  o  it  of  these  two  provinces.  But  with  tho  beginning 
01  the  twelfti;  ncniury,  lue  petty  Kings  of  Franco  begp.a  to  oxtcud 


INTRODUCTIOtt. 


|!     I 


their  possessions  at  tljeir  neij,'lil»ourH'  expense;  tlipy  annexed 
successively  Berry  (HOI),  Picardy  (1200),  Touraine  (1203),  Nor- 
raaudy  (1204),  Champagne  (1361),  and  carried  with  them  into  these 
ncwly-acquired  provinces  the  dialect  of  Ile-de-France,  the  French, 
which  took,  in  each  of  them,  the  place  of  the  native  dialect ;  and 
being  the  language  of  the  Icing,  it  was  soon  adopted  as  the  type  of 
fashionable  parlance.  IJesisting  this  invasion,  the  people  alone, 
in  each  province,  retained  their  old  dialect,  and  refused  to  accept 
the  French.  As  they  ceased  then  to  bo  used  in  writing,  the  idioms 
of  Picardy,  Burgundy,  and  Normandy  fell  immediately  from  the 
rank  of  diaiocts  (that  is  to  say,  of  literary  languages  both  written 
and  spoken)  to  the  humble  position  of  patois  (wo  mean  of  idioms 
not  written,  but  only  spoken).  This  date  (the  fourteenth  century), 
when  the  provincial  dialects  became  patois,  whilst  the  dialect  of 
Ile-de-Frauce  assumed  the  place  of  the  common  language  of  tho 
kingdom,  marked  the  death  of  the  Langw  d'oil  and  the  historical 
birth  of  the  French  language. 

The  patois,  which  we  find  at  the  present  day  in  the  rural  dis- 
tricts of  Picardy,  Normandy,  and  Burgundy,  are  not  therefore, 
as  is  commonly  believed,  the  literary  French  corrupted  on  the  lips 
of  the  peasants ;  they  are  the  debris  of  the  old  provincial  dialects 
reduced  by  political  events  from  the  rank  of  written  languages  to 
that  of  patois. 

The  Langm  d'o'il  had  disappeared  to  make  room  for  the  French , 
south  of  the  Loire,  the  Langue  d'oc  likewise  vanished  away.  The 
terrible  rivalry  between  the  inhabitants  of  the  south  and  those 
of  the  north  was  ended  by  the  Crusade  against  the  ."  igenscs, 
and  the  defeat  of  the  Southerners  struck  the  deaiu-blow  at 
the  Langue  d'oc.  In  1272,  Lauguedoc  was  annexed  to  France,  and 
the  introduction  of  the  French  language  speedily  followed  as  a 
matter  of  course.  The  Langue  d'oo  ceased  to  be  used  as  a 
medium  for  writing ;  it  fell  from  the  rank  of  a  hterary  language  to 
that  of  a  natois,  and  the  Limousin,  Gascon,  Languedocian,  and 
Provengal  patois,  which  still  persist  at  the  present  day  in  the  rural 
districts  of  southern  France,  are  merely  the  debris  of  that  Langue 
d'oo  which  shone  with  so  brilliant  a  lustre  in  the  times  of  the 
troubadours. 

To  sum  up :  we  see  that  French  is  by  no  means  formed  from 
the  corrupted  dibris  of  the  Celtic  language,  as  some  grammarians 
still  persist  in  saying;  and  its  history  may  be  concisely  stated 
thus :  the  popular  Latin,  transferred  into  Gaul  by  the  soldiers  of 
Caesar,  quickly  suppressed  the  native  language,  the  Celtic,  and, 
throut;h  a  series  of  slow  and  imperceptible  trausformations,  gavo 


XNTBODUCTION. 


'  «. 


birth  to  a  now  idiom,  tlie  Romance  langri^age,  to  which  the  bar> 
barians  added  a  certain  numhor  of  German  words  (such  as  fief, 
fief,  sdnicha!,  seneschal,  baron,  baron,  dchevin,  aldermiin,  sheriff, 
etc.)  relating  to  the  feudal  systoni,  to  war,  and  hunting.  Towards 
the  eighth  century,  this  Romanee  language  was  divided  into  two 
branches :  the  Languo  d'oc,  south  of  the  Loire,  and  the  Lanjue 
d'oil,  north  of  that  river.  One  of  the  four  dialecta  o'  the  L-ingue 
d'oil,  that  of  Ile-de-France,  gradually  supplanted  all  the  others, 
and  became,  in  the  fourteenth  century,  the  F,ench  lavguage. 

To  the  old  stock  of  the  language,  which  may  be  called  popular 
Frencta,  two  categories  of  new  words  have  become  suiieraddod, 
from  the  fourteenth  contUiy  to  tlie  nineteenth. 

1st.  Forelgrn  words,  imported  as  the  result  of  several  political 
circumstances,  the  principal  of  which  are,  in  the  thirteenth  ceu- 
tury,  the  Crusades  and  the  commercial  relations  with  the  East ; 
in  the  sixteenth,  the  Italian  wars,  and  the  influence  of  the  Re- 
naissance ;  in  the  seventeenth,  the  influence  exorcised  by  Spain 
over  the  court  of  Louis  XIII.,  and  the  wars  of  Germany  with 
France ;  finally,  in  the  present  century,  the  commercial,  indus- 
trial, and  social  relations  which  the  French  are  carrying  on  with 
IHugland,  and  which  are  daily  increasing. 

To  the  first  of  these  causes  is  due  the  introduction  of  a  small 
•.quantity  of  Arabic  or  Oriental  words  {sultan,  sultan,  caravane, 
caravan,  derviehe,  dervis,  alcool,  alcohol,  sequin,  sequin,  etc.)  ;  to 
the  second,  the  French  language  is  indebted  for  more  than  five 
hundred  words  of  Italian  origin  (especially  terms  of  war  and  of 
the  fine  arts — spa/la^sin,  fighter  or  hired  assassin,  brave,  brave, 
gabion,  gabion,  parapet,  parapet ; — costume,  dress,  fresqne,  fresco, 
aquayelle,  water-colour,  galbe,  entasis,  torse,  torso,  etc.)  ;  the  third 
has  contributed  a  few  Spanish  words  (mantille,  mantilla,  diicgne, 
duenna,  matamore,  bully,  hdbler,  to  boast,  etc.),  and  a  certain 
number  of  special  German  military  expressions  (vaguemestre,  bag- 
gage-master, schlagiio,  mili^iary  flogging,  bivouac,  bivouac,  blockJiaus, 
block-house,  etc.) ;  finally,  the  invasion  of  English  words  is  still 
going  on  very  steadily  (lohist,  turf,  spleen,  tunnel,  wajfon,  rail,  eolce, 
eapress,  fashionable,  budget,  jury,  etc.).  * 

2nd.  In  addition  to  the  popular  French,  which  is  the  v,  nk  of 
the  people,  and  to  the  foreign  ivords  imported  into  France  as  the 
result  of  political  circumstances,  we  must  distinguish  a  third 
series  of  expressions  created  by  learned  men  since  the  eleventh 
century,  and  ever  on  the  increase.    This  learned  Frencb  con- 


•  Ij'or  the  etymology  of  all  these  -.vords,  sec  IJrachct's  "DicUonnaire  (lymologiq/n* 


6 


INTBODUCTIOM. 


gists  of  worJa  borrowed  directly  by  tho  «atan/«,  either  from  tbe 
Greek  (aufopsie,  ariataaratie,  microscnpOfCosniogrophio),  or  Ivom  tho 
Latin  (as  relation,  proportion,  premeditation,  precession,  coordi' 
nation,  etc.). 

As  a  conchision  to  thesfl  short  historical  remarks,  let  us  show  by 
a  few  numbers  iu  what  proportions  the  three  olomeuts — popular 
French,  words  of  forei(;ii  orlgrln,  and  learned  or  artificial  words 
— have  combined  to  form  the  Frcuch  language.  We  shall  take  as 
the  ba  is  of  our  calculation  the  Dictiunnaire  de  VAcadcmie  fran- 
gaise,  which  contains  about  27,000  words  :  out  of  these  we  tiud 
600  whose  origin  is  entirely  unknown ;  1000  are  words  of  foreign 
extraction,  borrowed  from  the  modern  languages  (English,  Italian, 
Spanish,  etc.) ;  whilst  14,000  are  of  learned  origin,  having  been 
made  up  by  scholars  with  the  help  of  (ireek  and  Latin.  Wo  thus 
obtain  a  total  of  15,(100  words,  leaving  us  rather  less  than  12,000 
constituting  what  wo  may  designate  as  popular  French.  Of  these 
12,000  words,  about  SOOO,  suck  us  pami'-otte  (  =  poor  creature), 
faibl-ir  (  =  to  grow  weak),  niairir-ir  {=to  get  lean,  or  thin),  are 
immediately  created  by  the  French  with  the  help  of  the  simple 
If oida  pauvre  {  =  j>oor) ,  faihle  (  =  weak),  mai3?-0(  =  lean),  etc.  The 
timple  words,  which  constitute  the  real  substratum  of  the  language, 
are  therefore  reducible  to  about  4200,  of  which  3800  are  of  Latin 
origin,  whilst  the  remaining  400  are  German  words  introduced 
by  the  Teutonic  conquerors  at  the  time  of  the  invasion  (fifth 
century). 

OBJECT  AND  DEFINITION  OF  GRAMMAR. 

We  express  ourselves  by  means  of  phrases,  which  are  composed 
of  words;  words,  in  their  turn,  are  composed  of  letters. 

The  French  grammar  is  the  series  of  rules  to  be  observed  in  the 
French  languaga  for  the  assemblage  of  letters  into  words,  and  the 
combination  of  woi-ds  into  sentences.  Hence  three  divisions  iu  the 
grammar :  the  study  cf  letteriH  tiie  etudy  ol  words,  and  the 
study  uf  eeuteuoeSs 


\- 


BOOK    L 


STUDY    OF    LETTERS. 


CHAFrER  I. 

or  TBB  FBESrCH  AKPBAaBT. 

Z.  We  express  our  thoughts  by  means  of  worJt, 
which  are  composed  of  one  or  several  sounds,  rcpreseutocl 
in  writing  by  signs  called  letters. 

2.  The  collection  of  all  the  letters  used  in  a  lan- 
guage is  called  its  Alphabet. 

The  French  alphiibct  is  composed  of  twenty-six 
letters,  as  follows  : —  * 

A,  B,  0,  D,  E,  F,  G,  H,  I,  J,  K,  L,  M,  N,  0,  P,  Q, 
E,  S,  T,  U,  V,  W,t  X,  y,  Z. 

These  twenty-six  letters  do  not  express  all  the  sounds 
of  the  French  language ;  there  are  some  other  simple 
Bounds  which  are  expressed  by  joining  together  two 
letters  of  the  alphabet,  thus  forming  a  new  group. 
Ch,  <"or  instance,  is  a  simple  sound  represented  by  two 
letters. 

Why  does  the  French  alphabet  follow  this  curious  order  in 
which  consonants  and  vowels  are  jumbled  together  indis- 
criminately ?  Because  it  is  derived  from  the  Latin,  whoso  alpha- 
bet was  already  arranged  in  this  order.  The  Latins  borroweil 
their  alphabet  from  the  Greeks,  and  the  Greeks  took  theirs  from  tl.u 
Phoenicians. 

3.  All  the  sounds  of  the  French  language  are  divided 
into  two  classes,  viz.  vowels  and  consonants. 

•  We  do  not  attempt  any  equivalent  pronunctntlon  of  the  Frciit'li  Alphabet ; 
W»e  pupil  mnst  learn  from  tho      ister  how  the  letters  are  pronou:ictil. 

t  )C  is  used  lu  woi'ds  ta1<c  a  English  and  G err    n,  and  In  their  French 

llciivativcs.  ■  '" 


t 

i 


$  OV   THE    VOWELa 


SECTION  t 
or  THB  vovncziS. 

4.  The  souncl  produced  by  r  Bi'mple  emission  of  the 
voice  (a,  o,  u),  is  called  a  vowel.  There  are  seven  vosvela 
in  French — 

a,  e,  i  (or  y),  o*  u,  eu,  ou. 

All  the  vowels  can  bo  pronounced  by  themselves 
without  the  help  of  any  other  sound. 

5.  All  the  vowels  can  be  either  short  or  longr,  ac- 
cording as  they  are  pronounced  quickly  or  slowly  t 

thus  a  is  short  in  2>(itte  (  =  paw,  foot),  becausti  ib  is  pro- 
nounced rapidly;  whilst  it  is  long  in  pate  (= dough), 
because  we  lay  a  stress  on  the  d.    la  the  same  way — 

is  long  in  bete  (zrbenst),  and  short  in  jette  (^heorshotlirows). 


« 
% 

0 

u 

eu 
en 
ou 


II 
It 


gfte  (=lodging), 
c^to  (=:coast), 
fl«te  (=flutc), 
hewre  (—hour), 
iedne  (=:{ant), 
Towte  (=:vault); 


II 
II 


pettto  (rrBtual]). 

dCvote  (=devout). 

bwtto  (zrbiitt,  mound), 
jeune  (=young). 
crej^ser  (=:to  dig), 
towte  (=:all). 


Oat  of  the  seven  vowels  a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  eu,  ow,  the  first  five  are  rs- 
presented  in  French  by  a  single  letter ;  the  last  two  are  expressed 
by  the  junction  of  two  letters,  namely  e  and  u,  o  and  «.  Although 
appearing  to  the  eye  compound  vowels,  they  give  to  the  ear  only 
one  sonnd,  eu,  oh,  as  simple  as  that  of  a  or  o. 

6,  No  remarks  are  needed  about  a  and  » ;  but  e,  o, 
and  eu  require  some  obsorvations  to  be  made — 

The  letter  e  is  used  in  French  to  express  tbree 
sounds,  which  in  reality  ought  to  be  eousidered  as 
three  distinct  vowels : — 

1.  A  very  dull  sound,  called  e  muet  (mute),  as  in 
komme  (=man),  venir,  (  =  to  come). 

2.  An  acute  sound,  called  e  ferm^  (close),  as  in  am6 
(= loved),  fton^tf  (  =  goodness).  This  e  is  generally  de- 
noted by  the  sign  ( ' ),  called  acute  accent  (accent  aii/u). 

The  e  is  likewise  close  in  words  ending  by  the  lotier  /•  when  tlie 
»is  not  pronounced.  Thus  termor  (=;an  orchard),  rocker  (=a 
l[ock),  atiner  (==to  love). 


OF  Tm   VOWELS. 


8.  A  very  opon  sound,  which  is  hoai'd  in  ierro  (= earth, 
land),  m<T  (  =  sca),  entVr  (  =  hell),  succes  (  =  success), 
proct'S  (  =  UiW8uit),  and  uttorod  by  openiuf?  the  mouth 
wide.  This  e  is  called  ouvert  (opo!i),  and  is  {afeinriiUy 
narked  by  the  little  sign  ('),  called  grave  acoectit 
(acciiU  (irace).  No  accent  is  used  when  Am  open  e  is 
followed  by  two  consonants,  as  in  p<!sto  (  =  plague),  r^'ste 
(  =  remiiin(lei-),  frcsquc  (  -  fresco),  or  when  it  is  followed 
by  a  sounded  r  at  the  end  of  a  word,  as  in  : — 


anier  (zibiltor) 
caucer  (=:eancer) 
clier  (=donr) 
eufer  (=holl) 


far  (=iron) 
liier  (=ye.^teicl;iy) 
bivor  {=\viiitt!r) 
ver  (=  /orm). 


This  sound  of  the  open  ^  h  also  rendered  either  by  ai, 
a*;  iu : — 

aire  (stbresliing  floor),  pronounced  ^re. 
cbair  (:r  flesh),  „  cb«^ro. 

clair  (=cleai),  „  cliMe. 

6elair  (=ligbtiiiug),  „  eclrre, 

pair  (=eqaul),  «,  piio. 

Or  by  ei,  as  in  :— 

peiuo  (slroable),  pronounced  p^ne. 
Heine  (=Soino),  „  scene, 

veine  (nveiu),  „  vewe. 

7.  The  sound  eu  ia  represented  in  French  in  three 
different  ways,  viz. : — 

CM,     as  in  hcuro  (=honr), 

CBit,      „      hoeut  (=:ox),  ceuf  ^rrepg),  sositr  (ssister). 
a  andu«,       „      osil  (=:eye),  accueille  (rigreet  [tboii]),  cueille 
(=pluck  [tbou]),  orgiieil  (=prido), 

which  are  pronounced  as  if  written  :— 

acccBwille,  cauille,  orgojuiL 

8.  The  vowel  y  between  two  consonants  is  pro- 
nounced ?',  as  in  analyse  (  =  analysis,  parsing),  martf/r 
(  =  martyr),  presbyt^re  (= parsonage) ;  but  between  two 
vowels  it  is  sounded  like  two  i's,  that  is  to  say,  that  the 
first,  i  is  inined  to  the  nrecedinff  voweL  as  in  abower 
(  =  to  bark),  pronounce  abiri-ier,  and  not  aboi-er;  and 
in  pays  (=  country),  pronounce  joai-is,  and  not  pa-is. 


10 


OF   ITTE   VOWKT.S. 


u 


9.  A  diphthong-  is  tlio  oornbiiiatiou  of  tw  jmplo 
vowels  proiiouucod  by  a  Hin{,'lo  emiBsion  of  tlio  voice,  ng 
ut  in  lij/ileux  (  =  oily).  Ui,  boing  a  coiupouud  of  tUo 
two  vowels  u  and  »*,  is  a  diphthong. 

Diphthong  comos  from  the  Latin  diphthongua  which,  itself,  wai 
boirowed  from  the  Oroelc,  and  moiuis  two  sounds. 

10.  In  French,  diplithongs  are  formed  witli  the  four 
vowels  t,  0,  u,  ou,  followed  by  some  other  vowel  of  the 

alpbiii)ct. 

TiiUiJ  i    forms  :  la,  as  in  ptano  (=:piano) 
le,      ,,     pt'tid  (=:foot) 
io,      „     piocher  (=:to  dig); 
0    forms:  oa,  a~  in  moabite  (=:moabilo) 
oc,     ,      moella  (= marrow) 
ol,      „     rot  (sldug) ; 
tt  forms:  ue,  as  ill  (cuc'lle  (=:bowI) 
ui,     „    hnile  (=:oil) 
,,       ,,    snif  (= tallow); 
ou  forms:  oua,  as  in  dottanior  (=cuBtom-house  officer) 
ouo,    „    foHtitter  (i=to  whip) 
out,     „    cnii  (=oyes} 
„        ,,    louts  (=louis) 

Ezeroise  1. 

Writti  out  the  following  words  in  French  and  in  Enij'ish. 

A.   Underlining  with  one  dash  the  short,  ("J  iriti'  two 
dashes  the  long-  vowel'-   [see  §  5] : — 

p&t6  petite  cru 

thd  ohuto  crft 

Age  fete  da 

Bage  £pitre  dft 

mot 

aoat 

louve 

BUCC^S 


petite 
ohuto 
fete 
£pitre 
oravata  Bucro 
fourchotte  apotre 
ioL.'e  chAsse 

»rout»«        chasse 


fleur 

,.a« 

malheur 

He 

pCcheur 

jedae 

pecheur 

jeune 

mur 

taohe 

mQr 

t&cho 

Bur 

bflche 

s(Ur 

fou 

B    UndeslirJ  J   ihe  o  mute  (a);  the  e  close  (b);  and 
tt'n:  open  e  or  iis  equivalents  (c)  [see  §  6] ; — 


(fi)  puret6 
mener 

(^)  aim6 
j«, 

(€)  exciia 


tenir 

bijouterie 

m6chancet6    beaut4 

Icgcfeto  bouchor 

6lhve 

presque 


Bomme 
Home 


hivor 
elfaise 


Clever 

batelier 

Bobri6t^ 

bouu 

pair 

^huix 


Bsntence 

fCroce 

prustiuti, 

pwiii 

haine 

r«ia0 


or   TIIK   CONSONANT*. 


It 


plo 

as 

LUa 

irai 
)iir 


C.  Vtnlcrlinhuj  the  eu  or  its  vqiiitalmls  [sfc  |  7]  :— ■ 

Letirro       fuutuuil  douil  mend  couf 

ooiur         Courouil  cuuille  vilmi  ueuf 

clia-ur       orguuil  6cuoil  dciuuuro         auvrs 

D.  AnanjuKj  under  two  heads  those  where  th^  y  stands 
fill  1,  and  those  where  the  j  stands/or  11  [see  §  H] ; — 

croyaut     fondroyiint     fnyaril  cypiCsi  \  rcH'oylfire 

bruyiaii     riiyou  sylliilm  Blylo  in  irtyr 

piiykiiu      citoyea  Bymbolo  aiiulyHO  m    Ijto 

1j.   Underlininij  the  dlphtbong-B  [see  §§9  aiu.  10]:  — 

diable  builo  ni'diocio  t'toilo  t'ciu  ilo 

ncior  tuilo  oiiinii  pt)iro  quon« 

luliior  guide  ciiir  louo  C(|iii'    ro 

j.u)iodo  li(iuido  louago  Luiiis  quillc 


er) 


th. 
wo 


id 


SECTION  II. 

or   THS   CONSOXTAiaTS. 

11.  In  the  Froncli  alpliubet  thero  aro  twenty  c  .n- 
Bonants  : — 

B,  C,  D,  F,  G,  H,  J,  K,  L,  M,  N,  P,  Q,  li,  S, 
T,  V,  W,  X,  Z, 

to  which  CH  should  be  added. 

Several  of  these  consonants  express  the  same  sound,  thus  i,  h,  i 
have  the  sound  of  c  haid,  e.g.,  cavalier  (zzhorseman),  frakaliLS 
(=:cockatoo),  qualifier  (=:to  qualify). 

8  and  c  are  sounded  alike  in  sorvir  (=to  serve),  and  ccrvcUo 
(= brains) ; 

/  and  g  in  j'ai  (=1  have),  and  sreai  (=jay),  joli  (=pretty),  and 
(Hedlier  f= jailer) ; 

Z  ana  «  in  zero  (=:zero,  nought),  and  dCscrteur  (=deserteri, 
which  is  pronounced  d6aerteur. 

These  letters  are  called  consonants,  from  the  Latin  word  eonsonn 
(that  which  is  pronounced  with,  by  tin  help  of),  because  the  old 
grammarians  beliived  that  a  oousoua  ould  never  be  pronounced 
without  the  help  of  a  vowel. 

12.  The  consonants  are  produced  by  three  different 

Jiai  un  ui  mix: 


■  xjx.  ai  ixicv 


the  lips.     The  six  consonants,  o*  k«  q,  gr,  J,  ch,  whict. 
are  produced  by  the  throat,  are  for  that  reason,  called 


13 


OF  THE   CONSONANTS. 


gn^tturals  (from  the  Latin  guttur,  throat) ;  two  of  them, 
o  and  gr,  have  a  double  Bound,  viz.,  hard  before  tlio 
vowels  a,  o,  u,  as  in  camarade  (  =  comrade),  gamin 
(  =  street  Arab),  corridor  (=passage),  gobelet  (=goblet) ; 
CMmuler(  =  to  accumulate),  guttural  (= guttural);  and 
soft  before  the  vowels  e  and  /,  as  in  cerveau  (  =  brains) 
germer  (  =  to  sprout);  cirer  r=to  black,  to  polish).' 
gtbier  (=game).  ' 

13.  T,  d,  s,  z,  which  are  produced  by  the  teeth,  are, 
for  that  reason,  called  dentals  (from  Lat.  dms,  dentis, 
tooth). 

$  placed  between  two  vowels  ia  sounded  like  z :~« 
cloison  (=partltion)  'pronounce  cloizon 
poison  (=poison)  „        poizon. 

14.  The  consonants  produced  by  the  help  of  the 
lips,  and  for  that  reason  called  labials  (from  the  Latin 
labia,  lips),  are  p,  b,  f,  v. 

/<•*''  '^^^  *^°  consonants  1  and  r  are  called  liquids 
(from  the  Latin  liquidus,  liquid,  flowing),  because  these 
two  letters  are  easily  joined  to  other  consonants,  such 
as  p,  b,  c,  to  form  groups  of  letters  quite  liquid  (easy  to 
fo'iovnce)  such  as  bl  in  Wane  (= white),  pi  iAplaino 
(  =  tield),  cl  m  clameur  (  =  clamour,  outciy),  yl  in  //Zoire 
(=glory),  or  pr  in  ;;/emicr  (  =  first),  cr  in  croire  (  =  (0 
believe),  br  m  brmt  (= noise),  gr  in  ^^mndir  (= to  grow). 

!«•  The  two  consonants  m  and  n  are  called  nasal 
(trom  the  Latin  nasus,  nose),  because  they  give  to  the 
vowels  a  peculiar  sound  proceeding  from  the  nose,  aa  an 
in  mawger  (  =  to  eat),  va«ter  (=to  praise). 

is  Tn  !i!?"?i!  l''"^  *^^  ""'"^  "  ^''°™®  ^''^'^'^  ^  ««»»«  cases,  that 
IS  to  say,  they  are  pronounced  as  if  followed  by  «  very  weak  / 

^-^nt\Z  '"'*'"'''• '"  campa^nard  (=countryman).andtravatno; 

..  *''•,.*  "  f  double  consonant,  pronounced  some, 
times  Jiiie  cs  (/»x»f»u:=luxm-ious),  sometimes  hke  as 
{«i;ac«= exacts,  ^ 


4 


1    ._ 


OF   THB   CONSONANTS. 


18 


&Q.  K  is  the  weakest  of  all  the  consonants,  jast  as 
t  silent  or  vtute  is  the  weakest  vowel.  There  are  two 
kinds  of  A's ; — 

1.  11  silent  (or  mute),  which  docs  not  represent  any 
Bound,  and  over  which  leaps  the  elision  of  tlie  article  le 
or  la,  exactly  as  if  the  article  was  coming  into  contact 
'vith  the  vowel  itself.     Examples : — 

L'homme  (=tbe  mau),  I'/wbitude  (=Uie  Labit)  ; 

Exactly  as  in — 

l/abuissemeut  (=the  abasement),  I'obfiissance  (=the  obedience). 

2.  H  aspirate,  which  in  French  is  not  more  heard 
than  h  sileiit,  but  which  differs  from  it  by  preventing  tho 
elision : — 

Le  /leros  (=the  hero),  la  /loulctte  (=tbv.  sbepbcid's  crook). 
Cure  must  be  taken  not  to  sound  les-zhefoa,  les-zhou^cttoi. 


QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 


I    Uow  n'O  fnrrf.t  foiTiiod  ? 

3.  Ilow  lire  souiid.f  vcp  csontcd? 
.1.  Whiitis  the.  (ilii/iiiliilt 

4.  now  many  lottcr.s  nra  there  in  tlie 

French  alph.'iln-t  ? 
f.  What  is  the  origin  of  the  French 
alphabet? 

6.  AVtiat  are  rmr/"/.«? 

7.  (iive  a  list  of  the  Firmh  vowels. 

8.  What  is  a  sliort  vows!  'i—a  long 

viiwol  V 

9.  What  is  thocniiito?— the  e  close? 

— tlie  f  ojiiu? 


10 


What  is  to  bo  noticed  with  refer- 

eiico  to  tlio  letter  y  ? 
What  is  a  diphlhong  f 
Name  the  principal  (liphthon<?8. 
Ifow  many  consotuints  arc  tliere  in 

French  V 
Name   tlie   ffiilliinil^—the  drnltih 

— tho  labiuU— tho  liquidt  —  the 

li").  Wlien  do  the  consonnnts  I  and  n 

l>econic  linnid  ? 
IG.  Wiicn  is /(  a  nuite  letter? — When 

docs  it  become  ui-piruto  ? 


Szcrcise  2. 

WHte  out  the  foUoniiig  words  in  French  and  in  English. 
Underlining    the     g^uttural    consonant     (see 


question 
chaleur 


Roftt 

dcKiit 


A. 

cristal       jumeau  kilometre 

camp         joyeux  reqiiete 

B,    Uiiderlining  with  one  dash  the  o  and  s  hard,  and 
with  two  dashes  the  c  and  g  soft : — 

cascade        gar<;on  courte  c'losto  polfo 

cervultts        gCuut  gibiur  cible  guuira 


II 


t)F  SYLLAtJliEd.^— ORtllOGBAPmc   SIGNS. 


C.   Vmleitinlnff   ihe  dentals   (a);  the  labials  (b)} 
and  the  liquids  (cj  [see  §§  13 — 15] : — 


[a)  tciiulro     attontif 
tompcte   daiisor 


(6)  poulet 
peuple 

(c)   1.1(' 
croisce 


bonclo 
fuiblcsBe 

bltuio 


dinifinclie 
Bavoir 

fignre 
verbe 

bruit 
prairie 


seignenr 
Sucre 

perte 
vertu 

plateau 
trouble 


7.(ro 
zone 

rovora 
bible 

plume 
pruue 


D.    Underlining   the  nasal  (a),  and  th/  liquid  1  and 

(b)  [see  §  IG]  :— 

\  menton    mensong 
tonture    lo(;on 


(b)  mouillo     campague 
oreille      rej'iie 


un 
puissance 

pillo 
aiguille 


fonctioD 
prompt 


fostia 
vilaiu 


vermeil  v'''ivornnil 

sommeil  0-:sLO;'ne 


E.  Undcrlininri  with  one  dash  the  x  ewploij^d  *nsUad, 
of  cs,  and  with  two  dashes  the  x  employed  instead  yf  g'z 
{see  §  17)  :— 


luxe         texte 
esemple  exiga 


exhalor 
voxer 


exprSs 
annexion 


cxposer 
exigeaur 


F.    Underlininff  nith   one  dash  the  h  mute,  and  j(>*i 
two  dashes  the  h  aspirate  {see  §  18) : — 


habile      liap;ai'd 
Laie         Lubit 


liache  liapard  hc'ritior 

Labitatiun      Lerbuge  Libou 


■ 


CHAPTER  II. 

OF  S7XiXiABX.ES.— OIITUOCRAPHIC  SIGNS. 

19.  A  syllable  is  one  or  several  sounds  which  are 
pvonouuced  witliout  interruption,  and  by  a  single  crnis- 
siou  of  the  voice.  Thus  ofe  (=taken  away,  past  participle 
of  I'ter),  is  formed  of  two  syllables,  the  first  of  wliich  is 
composed  of  only  one  vowel  (tJ),  and  the  second  of  a 
consonant  {t)  and  a  vowel  {e). 

When  n  pyllable  ends  with  an  «  silent  (or  Miu<f),  us  tnt,  in  j'uinM 
(=:!  luvu).  it  is  cuilud  silent  (ur  mute). 


.» 


J 


t 


OF   SYMiABLKS. ORTIIOGRArniC   BiaNS. 


15 


The  name  of  orthosraphlc  siffns  is  givoii  to 
used   ill  writing,   citlior  to  iitdicnte  tho 


signs 


20. 

coitain  ...„--.   -  -^  .^. 

changes  of  the  same  vowel,  as  o  and  6,  e'and  e,  al  and 
at ;  or  the  suppression  of  a  letter,  as  in  I'epee  for  la  <'/k'c 
(  =  the  sword);  or  lastly,  the  joining  of  two  or  three 
words  into  one,  as  arc-en-cid  (  =  rainbow),  pied-u-terre 
(= temporary  lodging,  resting- pUico). 

There  are  five  kinds  of  orthogmpMc  sir/ns,  viz.,  the 
accents,  the  cedilla,  the  dioircsis,  the  aiiostrophc,  and  the 
hliiihcn. 

The  accents  are  three  in  number :  the  acute  ('),  the 
ijyave  ('),  and  the  circumjlcx  (*). 

The  acute  accent  is  placed  over  close  6  :  bonte  (= kind- 
ness), sante'(=  health). 

The  fp-ave  accent  is  placed  over  open  h :  proems 
(  =  lawsuit),  succes  (  =  success).  It  is  also  placed  over 
a  (  =  to),  la  (=therc),  oh  (  =  where),  dh  (=as  soon  as), 
to  prevent  the  confusion  with  a  (=  [he  or  she]  has), 
la  (  =  the,  fern,  article,  or  her,  pers.  pronoun),  ou  (  =  or), 
des  (  =  of  tiie,  defui.  art.,  or  some,  indejin.  art.). 

The  circumflex  accent  is  placed  over  long  vowels: 
cote  (  =  coast,  shore,  rib),  g<te  (  =  dwelling). 

The  circumflex  nccent  usually  shows  that  a  letter  has  beeii  sup- 
pressed. Thus,  the  words  h'io  (--liead),  fete  (=festival),  bete 
(=benst),  were  originally  spelt  teste,  festc,  beste,  and  they  pre- 
served that  spelling  till  the  uiidille  of  tlie  eigliteenth  century.  It 
was  only  in  1740  that  the  Academie  Fm^'gaise  replaced  the  con- 
sonant fi  by  a  circumflex  accent  iu  the  above  words  and  gimilar 

21.  In  order  to  show,  when  two  vowels  following 
■each  other  are  to  be  pronounced  sepavatoly,  the  sign  (•■) 
called  tr^ma  (diroresis)  is  placed  over  the  second :  thus 
ue  in  c?V/ue  (  =  hemlock).  "Without  the  diteresis  this 
word  would  be  pronounced  cig,  because  ue  would  bo 
mute  as  ii?  fig»e  (  =  fig),  lig"<J  (  =  league). 

The  apostrophe  ( ' )  denotes  the  suppression  of  tho 
vowels  a,  c,  x,  in  le,  la,je,  mc,  te,  se,  de,  que,  si,  and  a  few 


i 


i'  I 

III  i 


Id 


OP   SYLLABLES. OllTHOORAPmo   SIGNS. 


other  words  before  another  word  beginuing  wftb  a  voieel 
or  h  silent,  as  in  :•— 

instead  of  la-cp^,o 
M        jc-an-ive 
ff        si-il  viont 


7>'i!pCe  (=the  sword) 
J'arrive  (=1  arrive) 
S'il  vient  (=if  he  comes) 
i'lionnour  (=the  honour) 


lo-honnew 


The  cedilla  is  a  sign  (,)  placed  under  the  0 
before  a,  0,  u,  when  it  has  a  soft  sound,  as  in  farade 
j= frontage,  facade),  fajor  (  =  form,  shape),  riurure 
(= rinsings),  instead  of  its  regular  hard  sound  before  the 
same  vowels,  as  in  camarade  (  =  comrade),  colombe 
( =  dove),  curieux  (= inquisitive). 

23.  The  hyphen,  called  in  French  trait  d'union, 

joius  together  either  the  different  parts  of  a  compound 
word,  as  arc-en-cid  (  =  rainbow),  chef-lieu  (  =  chief  or 
county  town),  fw-a-m  (  =  opposite);— or  the  verb  with 
Its  subject  (m  the  interrogative  conjugation),  as  in  irai-je 
( =  shall  I  go)  ?  vicndrez-vous  ( =  will  you  come)  ?— or  with 
Its  object,  as  m  croyez-moi  (=belieYe  me),  vmez-y-voir 
(  =  come  hither  and  see). 

All  these  signs  were  introduced  into  the  French  language  by  the 

K^r^a'  °  *^'  '^^*''"'^  """*"'7-     The  accents  Se  borrowed 
from  the  GreeK  lauguaga,  iv  which,  however,  thev  were  used 

^?l^7.f'^A  ^l^r^""^  P^'TOse.  Trema  is  a  Greek  word  which  means 
pomt,  dot,"  or  more  properly,  "  hole."  Apostrophe,  likewise 
borrowed  from  the  Greek,  means  "that  which  wards  oiT  "the 
suppression  of  the  vowel  preventing,  or  warding  off,  the  hiatus 
which  would  be  cauF'.d  by  the  discordant  meeting  of  two  vowels. 
•llm  cedjjla  was  borrowed  from  the  Italian  printers,  who 
called  zedigha  a  httle  crotciiot  like  a  z  placed  under  c,  when  it 
was  to  be  pronounced  z  instead  of  k.  The  Italian  word  cornea 
Irom  tela  (z),  and  means  properly  '« small  z." 

2*.  The  three  accents  just  described  must  not  be 
mistaken  for  the  tojiic  accent  (from  the  L.  tonus,  a  tone). 

J  he  raising  of  the  voice  on  a  particular  syllable  in 
every  word  IS  called  the  tonic  accent,  and  the  syllable 
on  which  falls  that  accent  is  called  the  accented  or 
tonic  syllable. 

Inji'rench  the  accented  syllable  is  always  the  last  of 
"  '*""""    as  mouton  (  =  Bheep),  cheval  t=J 


lU^ . 

SUV   wuru 


(= horse),  il 


ON  SYi:iLABi,ES.^-onTnoaR\pnic  sign3. 


17 


aizaa  (—ho  loved),  except  when  the  word  ends  in 
e  mute,  as  table  (  =  table),  aimablc  (  =  amiable),  lisil  In 
(  =  legiblc),  in  which  case  the  tonic  accent  is  carric ' 
back  to  the  penultimate  :  tabic,  aixnable,  UqII'Ic. 

It  rosnlts  from  this  that,  vihon  two  muto  Hyllablos  would  otlior- 
wise  como  together  at  the  end  of  n  word,  as  in  the  fominino  of 
ndjcctivos,  and  in  verbs  (muot-e  =dnmb;  co?)ip?et-e=:comi)lott'; 
wppoTor  =  tQ  call,  j'appele  =  I  call;  acheter:=to  buy,  j'acheto  = 
I  buy;  mcner  =  to  lead,  jeweno  =  I  lead),  tlie  sound  of  tlio  e 
in  the  lust  syllable  but  one  is  increased  either  by  putting  a  Rravo 
accent  over  it  {complete,  je  mhtm,  j'achhte),  or  by  doubling  the 
following  consonant  [j'a/pTpcl-le,  nm«t-tc). 


QUESTIONS   FOR  EXAMINATION. 


I.  Whnt  \n  A  syllable  t  —  How  many 

syllabl&s  are  thoro  in  residence  t 
t.  What  la  ft  miilfi  syllable  ? 

3.  What  Is  meant  by  orthogrnpMc  sigm  t 

4.  Enumerate  the  orthographic  signs 

wed  In  French, 

5.  Wliere  is  the  (ieM<^  accent  placed  ?— 

What  are  the  various  nacs  of  the 
grnvf  accent?  —  What  does  the 
eii'euntfiex  accent  generally  show  ? 


6.  Where  is  the  Irfma  placed  T 

7.  Explain  the  use  of  tho  apnstrofht, 

tho  hiiphen,  the  eciiilln. 

8.  Stiite  the   orii-'in  of  tbe  various 

orthoffruphic  signs. 
0.  What  do  you  mean  by  the  tonle 
ncr.fnt  T 
10.  Which  Is  the  accented  lyllabU  In 
French  words  1 


Exorcise  3. 

Write  out  the  following  words  in  FrcncJi  and  in  English : 

A.  Underlining  the  tonic  syllable  (see  §  24) : — 

aimant     president        souvent  president  [verhe)    veille 

aiment     expudiant       trouvent         expedient  (varfcej    v«illent 

B.  Underlining  witJi  one  dash  the  tonio  syllable,  and 
with  tn!o  d  ishes  the  atonic  one  (see  §  24) : — 

Edifice      touffo  froment  plancber        sonl^vemont 

(ui'dfc        avuiue  olmrrue  a»Hiette  fuudcuiuut 


18 


OF   TUE    NOUH   Oa  SUUSTANTIVBd 


BOOK    IT. 


r      I 


STUDY  OF  WORDSc 


29.     There  are  ten 
French  language,  viz. : 

1.  lie  nom  (noun) 

2.  &'artloIe  (article) 
8.  K'adjectlf  (adjective) 
4.  lie  pronom  (pronoun) 
6.  &e  verbe  (verb) 


classes  of  words  used  in  the 


6.  J,e  partlclpe  (participle) 

7.  Xia  preposition  (preposition) 

8.  Xi'adverbe  (adverb) 

9.  Xa  conjonction  (conjunction) 
10.  Xi'interjection  (interjection). 

These  ten  kinds  of  different  words,  which  by  their 
combination  form  the  French  language,  may  be  com- 
pared to  the  different  parts  of  the  human  body,  and  for 
that  reason  have  been  called  by  grammarians  parts  of 
speecSi — that  is  to  say,  the  j)arts  of  the  language. 

All  tlieso  parts  of  speech  (with  the  exception  of  the  article  no- 
known  to  the  Romans)  passed  from  Latin  into  French. 

CHAPTER  I. 

OP  TBB   XrOUir    or  SUBSTAXrTXVS. 

26.  The  noun  or  substantive  is  a  word  used  to 
name  persons,  animals,  or  things. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  norns  :  proper  nouns  an<? 
oommon  nouns. 

The  proper  noun  applies  either  to  one  person  only, 
as  Pierre  ^  =  Peter),  Paid  (  =  Paul),  Loin's  (  =  Louis),  or 
to  one  thing  only,  as  le  Rhone  (=river  Ehone),  la  Loirs 
(= river  Loire). 

Rrmark. — Proncr  nouns  bopin  alwavs  with  a  nnnitiil 
letter. 


OF   GRNDKn   IN   NOUNS. 


10 


bhe 


n) 

I. 

eir 
ra- 
foi' 
of 


to 

ly, 

or 

ite 

ill 


The  ooxmnon  noun  (Icsij^uatos  either  all  the  pemnvH 
of  tho  saino  nature,  as  enfant  (  =  chikl),  marchuml 
(  =  merchant),  6o/^/rt«  (  =  soldier) ;  ov  thimjs  of  the  same 
kind,  as  cour  (=court,  yard),  jart/m  (=gardeu),  iiumon 
(  =  house). 

27.  Collective  nouns  are  those  which  express  a 
collection  of  persons  or  thinoja,  tisfoule  (  =  crowd),  trouije 
(  =  troop),  multitude  (  =  multitude). 

Compound  nouns  are  those  which,  although  formed 
of  two  or  three  words,  designate  one  single  person  or 
thing,  as  chou-Jieur  (  =  caulitlo\ver),  arc-en-ciel  (  =  raiu- 

28.  In  nouns  two  things  are  to  bo  studied  aud 
examined — gender  and  number. 

SECTION  I. 

OF  GSNBER  XtS  VtOXTttB, 

29.  Crender  is  the  difference  or  distinction  wliicU 
is  made  between  male  and  female  beings. 

In  French  there  are  two  genders  : — tho  masculine, 
and  the  feminine. 

Men  and  males  of  animals,  as  Upere  (=the  father), 
le  lion  (  =  the  lion),  are  of  tho  masculine  gender. 
Women  and  females  of  animals,  as  la  mere  (  =  the 
mother),  la  lionne  (  =  the  lioness),  are  of  the  feminine 
gender. 

Moreover,  names  of  things  which  belong  to  neither 
sex  have  been  made,  by  imitation,  masculine  or 
feminine.  Thus /e /w/s  {  =  the  wood),  le  chateau  (  =  the 
castle),  I e pays  (  =  tlie  country),  are  masculine;  whilst 
la  cour  (  =  tho  court,  yard),  la  rjrille  (  =  tho  grate,  rail- 
ing), la  lune  (  =  tho  moon)  are  feminine. 

30.  Feminine  nouns  are  generally  formed  by  adding 
ail  0  mute  to  the  masculine — 


yiitM  (==boar) 


»n(i)'7tiise  (=:marcliiouoss) 
OU'SS  (— slit'-bcar) 


20 


OP  NUMUKR   IN    N0UN9. 


Wlicn  the  masculino  noun  ends  witli  en  or  on,  the 
n  is  doubled  in  tlio  feuiiuiue — 

baron  (=:baron)  ftaronno  (••baroness) 

Chretien  (  =  Cliristian)  ehrdtienne  (  =  Christian) 

lion  (  =  lion)  lionne  (  =  lioness) 

When  the  masculino  ends  in  er,  the  fcaniuino  takes 
a  grave  accent  (')  over  the  e  :  portier  (  =  door-keeper), 
portiere. 

Exceptions. — About  twenty  substantives  form  their  feminine  by 
changing  e  final  into  esse,  as — negre  (=ncgro),  n^^i-esse  {=nc- 
groas) ;  tigre  (=tiger),  tigreane  (=tigresH)  ;  pi-oplicte  {=pr()i)lief), 
prop/i(f(es8e  (=proplietess);  hote  (=liost),  hntossfit  (=hostess ),  etc. 

Chasseur  (  =  hunter),  pecheur  (  =  sinner),  weaken,  besides,  tlio 
diphthong  eu  into  o  mute,  thus  making  chasserosse,  pdchercsse 
(and  not  chassenresso,  pdchauresse). 

A  few  masculine  substantives  ending  in  eur  form  their  feminine 
in  loe,  such  as  acteur  (  =  actor),  ainhassadevir  {  =  ambassador), 
etc.,  which  make  acJrloe,  amlassadrice,  etc.  C/ianteur  (  =  singer), 
tw/a/ear  (  =  traveller),  etc.,  have  for  their  corresponding  feminine: 
c/ianteuse,  voyageuse,  etc. 

Many  nouns,  denoting  professions  generally  followed  by  men, 
have  no  feminine  :  imprimoiir  (= printer),  graveur  (= engraver). 

Exercise  4. 

Write  out  the  feminine  of  the  following  siihstautiveSf  and 
give  the  meaning  of  each : — 

(«) 


(P) 


(«) 


(d) 


marquis 

cousin 

orphelin 

chatelain 

fiUeul 

ouvrier 

lion 

paysan 

EuropCen 

Fran^aia 

chien 

comedion 

magicien 

jurdiuicr 

Romaiu 

gardien 

mercier 
portier 
Anglais 
berger 

Louis 

ccolier 

ours 

Italien 

Gascon 

pair 

prophdte 
ut'gre 

chasseur 

tigro 

chanoine 

maitre 

defondour 

hote 

Suisse 
prince 
pecheur 

traitro 
com  to 
enchuiitcur 

baigneur 
voyageur 
ftcheteur 

nageur 
oueur 
aveur 

pecheur 

travailleur 

polisseur 

sautcur 

voleur 

flutteur 

clia.itour 
fauclieur 
danseur 

delateur 
acteur 

bienfaiteur 
moteur 

fondateur 
admirateur 

conducteur  dirccteur 
adorattiur     iustituteur 

SECTION  II. 

OF  XTVXucbSR  xnr  sroxnrs. 

31.  The  number  is  tlie  difforcnco  or  distinction 
wliich  is  made  between  one  single  thing  and  several 
things  collected  together. 


Op  numhkr  in  NoUNd. 


21 


J 


in  Froncli,  as  in  English,  there  iiro  two  niiinberrt — tho 
slns'ular,  to  clonoto  one  pciKou  or  oiio  tliiiii,',  as  le  lion 
( =  iho  Won),  le  linr  i^ihi)  book);  iiud  thu  plural,  to 
(Icnoto  sovcnil  persons  or  things,  as  Us  liuiis  (  =  the 
lions),  Ics  liins  (  =  thu  books). 

32.  Gknkual  Rule. — The  ])lurnl  of  nouns  is  fr  rmcQ 
by  adding  b  to  tho  singular:  Llmiinne  (^tr/,tn),  lis 
lioiiiiii<Qa  (-=  iflcn);  le  livre  (  =  thc  book),  /ta  //t';es(  =  tbo 
books). 

The  reason  v^li*"  tho  Fionch  forma  its  ilunil  in  «,  in  preference 
to  111  or  h,  or  any  ether  letter,  may  be  Ijriofly  st;ited  tlius  :  tho 
French  hm;,'unf,'o  has  borrowed  from  the  .Latin  accusative  both  its 
Bini^'ular  and  its  phiral ;  and  the  letter  s  was  generally  the  aijju 
of  the  accuKativo  plural  in  Latin. 

33.  AVheu  a  noun  in  tho  singular  already  cuds  in 
8,  x,  or  z,  it  does  not  change  in  the  plural — 

lefila  (=thG  son)  Icsjlls  (=tlie  «ons) 

la  roix  (=the  voice)  les  vvix  (=:the  voices) 

le  ncz  (=the  nose)  Ics  ncx  (=the  noses). 

34.  Exceptions. — Nouns  whose  singular  ends  in  aa 
or  en  take  z  in  the  plural — 

un  hatcoM  (=a  boat)  dcs  f/afcaux  (=:some  boats) 

le  cluiteskVL  (=thG  castle)  les  ch('itea,uyi  (^the  castles) ; 

as  well  as  the  seven  following  nouns  ending  in  ou : 

hs  hijoux  (=the  jewels) 

dcs  mHIoux  (=souie  jjobbles) 


le  hijou  (=tho  jewel) 
«a  caillou  (=a  pebble) 
itii  c/iou  (=a  cabbage) 
It'  gonou  (=the  knee) 
Ic  loibon  {=tbe  owl) 
ttu  joujou  (=a  toy) 
wnpou  (=a  louse) 


des  c/toux  (=some  cabbages) 
lea  (jonoux  (=the  knees) 
les  kibovLX  (=the  owls) 
desjoujonx  (=some  toys) 
des  poux  (=lice). 

N.B. — All  the  other  nouns  ending  in  uu  follow  tlie 
general  rule,  and  take  «  in  the  plural — 

nn  clou  (-s-.s  nail)  des  clows  (=some  ncl/'-) 

uu  verrott  (.3^8,  bolt)  des  verrou*  (=somo  bukte). 

This  irregularity  is  one  of  the  remains  of  tho  old  language.  The 
French  s  in  the  plural  is  always  silent :  roses,  fleurs,  aud  in  the 
Middle  Ages,  we  find  it  spelt  cither  2  or  x,  in  nes  for  nez,  voi$  or 
voiz  for  voix,  for  instance. 


iciiia.UiSu  iii  iiic  WOiUb  t/^/OU,  ge7V'''i,  vl"; 


are  still  written  bijoux,  gcnoux,  whilst  the  plural  of  cJou  and  t'erroH 
is  spelt  clous,  verrou'j. 


22 


OF  NUMDBB   IN   N0UN9. 


35.     Nouns  in  al  change  at  into  aux  in  tho  plnral— 

le  chcvaX  (  =  tbo  horse)  les  cheiaxa.  (  =  tho  horses) 

«n  i)m\  (=an  evil)  des  maxLx  {  =  cvil8) 

Except  :—ha.\  (  =  ball  [to  danco  at])    char.al  (« jackal) 

carnaral  (  =  carnival)  r^^al  (  =  rogalo,  feaat,  t''oat) 

which  take  %  in  the  plural  : — des  ^ala  (  =  balls) 

Seven  substantives  ending  in  ail  follow  the  same  nilo— 


un  ^all  (=a  lease) 

le  corall  (  =  coral) 

VemaXX  (  =  the  enamel) 

nn  sPwpirvM  (  =  an  air-hole) 

le  trarail  ( «<  work) 

U>  lavttail  (=the  loaf  of  i.  door) 


un  vitrvdl  (=a  etaiued  glasa 
window 


des  haxLT.  (  =  leases) 
les  coraux  ( =  the  corals) 
las  4ina,v.x,  (  =  the  enamels) 
des  sdiipiraux  (  =  air-holes) 
lea  traiaux  (=the  works) 

les  i-antaus  (=the  leaves  of 

doors) 
des  rttrav;-*  (=staiucd  glass 

wiuJows). 

K.B. — The  word  lesHaux  is  used  as  the  plural  oi  hitail  (=:catlle) 

But  all  the  other  substantives  ending  in  ail  follo\i 
the  general  rule,  as — 
un  jfouverwail  (=a  helm)  des  sfourcrnall*  (=Lelms),  etc. 

At  the  birth  of  the  French  langnngc— that  is,  in  the  time  ol 
Hugh  Capet — al  became  als  in  the  plural :  im  chcvaZ,  des  chevaJs, 
nu  tnai,  des  ma?« ;  but  in  the  thirteenth  century  (about  the  time  of 
St.  Louis)  al  was  softened,  and  became  aix  before  a  consonant. 
Traces  of  this  alteration  are  found  in  the  expressions :  chevau- 
/^(jfer(=a  light  dragoon),  and  Vaugirard,  still  used  instead  of  c/tcraZ- 
h'ger,  Val  Girard  {\e  vallon  de  Girard=thevaleof  Girard) :  chevala 
then  became  clicvaus,  and,  subsequently,  elievaux.    (See  {  34.) 

36.  The  following  nouns  have  two  plural  forms, 
one  regular,  the  other  irregular.  The  irregular  generally 
leaves  to  the  noun  the  same  meaning  it  has  in  the 
Biugular,  whilst  the  regular  gives  it  a  pecuHor  gigm- 
fi  cation : — 

inBEaULAB. 

Va^ieul*  (=the  grandfather)  lea  aieux  (=the  ancestura) 

le  ciel  (=8ky,  heaven)  les  cicux  (=::tho  heavens) 

Voeil  (=:the  eye)  les  yeux  (=the  eyes) 

U  travail  (=the  work)  lea  travoMX  (=:the  works). 

BEGULAB. 

hs  dieuls  (=the  grandfathers) 
les  dels  (= skies  in  pictures,  bed-testers) 
les  wilf,  in  coiupouuu  nouns,  uu  oeils-de-lij^tf  (i=ovul  windows) 
€«$  traxails  (=a  minister's  reports,  o.   brakes  for  shoeiiig 
vicious  horses). 

*  itietil  keeps  Its  original  mcaiiiog  in  the  regular  plnnL 


ffl 


roHMATTON    nv    aunSTANTlVEfl. 


23 


QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 


J 


J 


I.  TTow  innny  Wiiils  of  words  luo  tlioro 

ill  I'lcmli  y 
8.  Mliiit,  is  tlic  iiiennliij-'  of  tlio  cxiireg- 

sidii  :  yarl)  of  »iii'irli  t 
H,  Wliiit  Id  a  Cdiiniwn  BUbstaiitivc  ?— 

II  Jill  Jill-  OIK'  y 

i.  WliiitiHii  ci'lliciive  noun?— a  com- 
jx'iiiiil  oiiu  ? 

0.  ■\\lmt  ai-o  tlio  two  jAjiiitu    to    Im 

Ftiidicd  ill  connection  with  nouns? 
•.  AVliiit  is  iiiciint  Ity  tlie  i/rmtrr  of  a 
iionn?— How   iiiiiiiy  grndci-s  oro 
tlicrc  in  French  ? 

1.  Wlint  is  till'  pcncrnl  rulo  for  tlio 

forniiitioii    of    tho    feminine    in 
I''rDiicli  nouns  ? 
t.  Give  the  feminine  of  the  following 
lionns  :     c/iicii — Irtiilic — Ucutir — 
Jiunttur—j>^chtur. 


9.  AVlml  is  mennt  liy  tho  niimi»i  of  a 

iHiiiii  V — ildU'  iiiiiiiy  iiiiiiilH'rit  lire 

tliere  in  I'riiieli  ? 
10.  How  do  you  form  tlie  i>luiiit  of 

l''rciicii  nouns  ? 
Jl.  How  do  you  nccount  for  .(  Im'Ihk 

tho  siK'ii  of  tlio  iiUiriil  in  Tk  noli  y 
Vi,  How  do  yon  form  tlio  iiliir;il  of 

nouns  eiulint?,  l.ini,  x,  2,-  2.  in 
lit  or  (M  ;  11,  in  111)  t 

13.  liow  do  you  exiiluin  tlio  irret'ii- 

liirity  in  tlio  case  of  nouns  tiiiliiig 
in  ou  t 

14.  How  do  you  forni  the  iilnriil  of 

nouns  ending,  I.  in  al;  'i.  in  iiilt 
— What  arc  the  oxceiitions  ? 

18.  What  is  the  origin  of  the  iiiiinil 
in  iiux  f 

16.  Oivu  the  plural  of  uietil,  cifl,  ocil. 


Exorcise  5. 


H 


<b) 


te  out  the 

plural  of 

the  following  mhstan 

ttvcs,  ghiiig 

the  meaning  of  each  : — 

vaisseau 

bommo 

maltre 

cxcfis 

cluUcau 

rich  esse 

mer 

siicle 

Lambou 

Laincau 

|H)i3 

trou 

fcleve 

tableau 

cailloii 

vice 

ami 

uavigateur 

vortu 

acajou 

verroa 

oiseau 

perdrix 

ucix 

inar6chal 

CHual 

rCgal 

caiunil 

gouveiuail 

cheviil 

ui'seual 

bal 

detail 

rail 

bocnl 

cristiil 

carnaval 

Cventail 

vitrail 

eiguol 

vogCtal 

cLaeal 

bail 

travail 

amirol 

vassal 

BOiipirail 

corail 

eeiier.al 

mal 

journal 

attiiail 

gmail 

capital 

SECTION  m. 

rOKMATZOM-  or  SVBSTAITTZVES. 

37.    New    substantives  are  formed  by  joiiiing  to- 
gether, either : 

1.  two  nouns  I  uli  cliat-iigre  (=a  tiger-cat), 

2.  a  noun  and  an  adJectlTe  i  uue  hasse-iaille  (=a  bass 

voice), 
8.  a  noun  and  a  verb  :  uu  tire-houclion  (=a  cork-screw), 

4.  a  noun  and  a  preposition  i  uii  sous-oficier  (=anou- 

commissioned  officer), 

5.  &  7C5*lts  and  RT!  adverbs  nil  *>ij£.sG-*3{ii'iotif  ^=^9;  m&sto?" 

key), 

6.  two  nouns  Joined  by  a  preposition  i  un  arc-en-ciel  (=A 

ninbow). 


m 


J .'' 


Mi 


lU 


FORMATION    OF    BUU8TANT1VE8. 


38.  From  a  simple  suLstiintive,  as  hnit'upte  (  =  Bliop), 
two  now  words  can  bo  derivoti  iu  Iroucli : 

(n)  A  derivative,  with  a  new  termination  called 
BulBx  (from  tlio  Latin  .wi/i.nts  =  a//ijrd  tu  or  aj'l,r)  placed 
a  fur  the  word,  as  icr  in  ljout'i,juier  (  =  siiopkeoper). 
Tlio  part  of  the  simple  word  which  remains  unaltered, 
and  to  which  the  sullix  is  added,  iu  termed  root 
or  stem, 

(b)  A  compound,  with  the  help  of  a  new  word  called 
prefix  (from  the  Latin  pr(r;/h'ns  =  affixed  brjore),  which 
is  placed  hcj'ore  the  pimplo  word,  as  axribre-boutique 
(= back- shop). 

PREFIXES. 

3D.  The  prefixes  used  iu  French  to  form  new  Bub- 
Blautives  are — 

as  in  une  aprfls-miili  {=an  afternoon) 
H       un  atant-coureur  (=ra  forerunner,  precursor) 
„       une  awVre-boiitique  (=a  back-shop) 
„      un  coritreordre  (=a  couuter-ordor) 
„       uno  en<j-o-cCte  (=n  rib  of  bcof) 
un  «on-sens  (=a  nonsense) 
un  «ans-fa<jon  (an  off-handed  manner) 
un  sous-ollicier(=a  non-commissioned  officer) 

The  three  particles,  Z»w,  mi,  vice,  are  also  used  to 
form  compound  nouns — 

bia  (=twice),  ns  fctsaieul  (=gre-  *  grandfather) ;  l/i^cuit 
(=bi8cuit,  lit.  twice  baked) 

mi  (=half),  as  la  ni<-car6mG  (=mid-Lent);  la  m»-juillot 
(=the  middle  of  July) ;  nunuit  (=midnight) 

vice  (=in8tead  of,  in  the  place  of),  as  viet-roi  (=viceroy). 
viet-wmiral  (=vice-admiral). 


SUFFIXES. 

40.    Derivative  substantives  are  formed  in  French 

nv  addinfT  \,n  Riilisfn.ntivr>c  olvnorltr  n-wia*i»io>  +«  r.  J,\>«.;,,«„ 
or  to  verbs  eleven  suffixes :  ade,  ag'e,  ain,  ard,  att 
€,  <e,  er  (ter),  ie  (erle),  esse,  iato. 


aprSs, 

avant, 

arrlere, 

centre, 

entre, 

non, 

■ana, 

•ous, 


\ 


VORMATION    OF    SUOSTANTlVKS. 


ia 


' 


a 


1.  Snhstaiitiicn /onnol /rom  suhstaiitirtH  ahrmhj  exist'nttj. 

Fr«)iucoJotiT)c  (=a  column),  wo  get   colonnade,  i.e.  a  coUuctiou  of 

coliuiinB. 
pliunagro,  i.o.  a  coUectiou    of 

ftiitlicrs  (=pluuium'). 
cliiipolain  (=u  chiiitliiin). 
billard  (-=a  billinnl  tnMc). 
iimriiuiHat  (=a  inar(iiUHiito). 
conit6  (=a  connty  or  onrMouj). 
boichee  (=iv  luoathfiil). 
liorli)t,'or  (=a  clockinukoi). 
ponnniei^(  =  un  api>l<!-trt"j). 
buuciicrle   (=a  butchor'ti  biiop, 

butchery). 
&ncB»e  (=a  ebo-ass). 


jpluma  ( =a  fuathur)        „ 

eha'pelle  {=&  chapul)  „ 

billo  (=a  ball)  „ 

marquis  (=a  marquis)  „ 

eowte(=ucouutoroarl)  „ 

houcho  {=a  mouth)  „ 

hodoge  (—&  clock)  „ 

jmmme  (=an  applo)  „ 

bouclitr  (=a  butcher)  „ 

fine  (=an  ass)  „ 

;ou>'nai  (=a  journal  or      ) 
newspaper)  „  \ 


journaliste  (=a  journalist). 


41.  There  is  a  particular  class  of  suffixes  which 
indicating  diminution,  are  used  to  form  derivatives, 
whoso  meaning  is  less  than  that  of  the  simple  word. 
For  this  reason  they  are  called  diminutive  suiJUcs.  buch 
are,  for  instance,  illon  in  neijriWon^petit  negro  (=littlo 
negro) ;  eau  in  c\\QvreB.\x  =  petite  chovre  (=kid). 

Some  of  those  suffixes,  whilst  lessening  the  significa- 
tion of  the  simple  word,  give  to  it,  at  the  same  time,  a 
meaning  of  depreciation  and  contempt,  as  aille  in — 

lo /orr-alUe  (=old  iron),  from /or  (=iron) 

la  va^et-allle  (=:ilunkoys),  „    toifit  (=valot,  footman),  (&c.(Seo. 

42.  The  diminutive  suffixes  are  six  in  number — 

1.  alllei  valet  (=valet),  valetaiHo  (=flunkey8) ; 

2.  as:  pl&tre  (^plaster),  pliitraB  (=rubbi8h  of  plaster) ;  [inth« 
feminir.e,  asse) ;  paiUe  (=straw),  paillasse  (=:i>traw-mattresM). 

3.  et:  livre  (=book),  livret  (=small-book)  ;  (in  the  feminine, 
ette)  {  chanson  (=song),  cbausonuette  (=little  song,  ditty), 
jienco  the  compoond  elettes  goutte  (=drop),  goutelette  (=smali 
drop). 

4.  on  I  ftue  (=ass),  &non  (=foal  of  an  ass) ;  hence  the  com- 
pounds lUon  and  eroni  carpe  (=:carp),  carpillon  (=Bmall 
carp) ;  mouche  (=fly)  ;  moucheron  (=guat). 

5.  eau:  prune  (=plum),  pruueau  (=small  plum);  (in  the 
feminine,  elle),  pruneile  (s^sloe). 

The  suffix  ean  makes  elle  in  the  feminine,  because  the  old 

T?i*oi-iAh  InniTiifirra  liAil   flia  vn AC2/>iilino  fnniiiiinf u\n  al  ii\uianf\  t\f  0n.%L  • 
-  — r. — o" -  — — ' 

thus,  ehapol,  the  old  form  of  ehapcau  (=hftt),  Rub^it>tu  BtiU  iu 
e'lrtjw'ici'  (=li.attor). 

b.  ot:  itti  (=:islaud),  ilot  (=small  itiland). 


'M 


26 


FORMATION    OF    SUBSTANTIVES. 


2.  Siihstayitives  derii-ed  from  Adjectives, 
413.     New  substantives  are  formed  by  adding  to  ad- 
jectives the  five  following  snffixcs  :   esse,  Ise,  ie,  t6, 
ure.     All  these  nouns,  thus  derived  from  adjectives, 
arc  feminine — 

Jafaihlesae  (=wen1;ness)  Ivomfaihle  (=weak) 

?a  sof <i»e  (= foolishness)       „     sotte,f.  ol  not  (=zloo\islk) 

la  nmladie  (=;iliiicss)  „     nialade  (=111) 

la  pauvrcte  (=poverty)  „    pauvre  (=poor) 

iu  couc^ure  (=beudiug)        „     coiutie  (=:cuived). 

8.  St(bstantives  derived  from  Vei'hs. 

ft^.  New  substantives  are  formed  from  the  verbs  in 
llireo  different  ways,  either — 

(1)  by  using  as  substantives  the  Infinitive,  the 
present  participle,  and  the  past  participle,  as  le 
uiaiif/er  ( =  eating),  which  is  the  infinitive  of  vianger  ( =  to 
oat) ;  le  tranchant  (—the  edge),  from  tranchant  (  =  cutting), 
present  participle  of  trancher  (=to  cut) ;  le  requ  (  =  the 
receipt),  past  participle  of  the  verb  rccevoir  ( =  to  receive) ; 

Or,  (2)  by  striking  off  the  termination  er  from  verbs 
belonging  to  the  first  conjugation ;  thus,  from  replier 
(  =  to  fold  back)  we  get  repli  (  =  fold);  from  delmter 
?  =  to  begin)  we  get  debut  (  =  outset);  from  appeler 
(=to  call),  we  get  a2}pel  (  =  call,  appeal); 

Or  (8)  by  adding  to  the  root  of  the  verb  the  suffixes 
ade,  agre,  ance,  eur  (or  isseur),  is,  ment  (|or 
ement),  oir,  on,  aison  (or  ison),  ure. 

Thus  from— 
promcn-ei'  (t=to  walk)  comes  promenade  (=walk) 


lav-er  (=:to  wash) 
stinieill-er  (=siiperiutcuding) 

chas8-er  (=to  hunt) 
reg-ir  (r=to  rule) 

h(ich-er  (=to  chop,  to  mince) 

hurl-er  (=to  howl) 
parl-er  (=to  ppeak) 
jur-er  (=to  swenr) 
li-er  (=to  connect) 
gucr-ir  (=to  cure) 


» 
•I 

t> 
n 

H 

n 
•• 
t> 
n 


U^mt.Mr  t- 


\%n  tvmin  W 


lavage  (=washing) 
surveillance  (=8upcr> 

iuteudence) 
chasseur  {=hunter) 
r6gisseur  (= steward, 

bailiff) 
hachis  (=:hash,  mmced 

moat) 
hurlement  (=howling) 
parlolr  (=parlour) 
jnron  (—oath) 
liaison  (—connection) 
guerison  (=curing, 

healing) 


1ll£&b«lP«    i-L^ 


yxntxniW. 


i 


FORMATION    OF    SUBSTANTIVES, 


QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 


27 


1.  How  are  new  substajitives  fonncii 

i:i  I'Vetich  ? 

2.  Define  n;»/\/f.r;— a  stiflir. 

8.  l''uini  n  lew  substnntives  with  the 

jiielixes  mnliv,  sous,  S'liis. 
4.  W hilt  is  tlio nieiining of  mi,  liis.  ricf  f 
6.  Form  a  few  snbstiuitives  with  tho 

sufllxes  (il,  OH,  aille,  as,  ir,  isli\ 
fl.  What  is  meant  by  a  dintiiiulirc  siif'.c  t 
J,  Kunii  sub^tiintivcs  with  the  Eullixcs 

UN,  lUU,  Vt,  Ut. 


S.  How  arc  new  substantives  fornicd 

from  ndjeciives  ? 
9.  Wh'it  imitp  of  tlie  verbs  are  some- 
times used  as  substantives? 
10.  Wliat  siillixes  are  used  to  fomi 
fresli  substantives  from  verbs V — 
Give  a  list  of  sub^stantives)o^m  I 
from  tlio  v(!rbs  n((liiyi'i;ul>rcui,i; 
ipiincher,  /riinii;  tenlir. 


Sxcrcise  6. 

Wnte  a  list  of  the  following  substantives  iillh  the  prehx 
indicated,  and  (jive  the  meaning  of  both  the  simple  and 
the  compound  substantives. 


(a)  prefix  apresi 


(<>) 

tl 

arriere 

(«) 

II 

avant : 

(d) 

n 

centre  i 

(e) 

tl 

entre i 

(/} 

II 

non: 

(:/) 

i» 

sansi 

CO 

II 

souai 

('■) 

11 

vice: 

(•) 

II 

mi: 

(0 

II 

bUi 

conp,  midi,  demaiu,  diner 

garde,  saison,  boutique,  nevcu,  pcusce 

posto,  coureur,  garde,  goiat,  propos 

coup,  sens,  mm  que,  auiii-al,  luaitie 

cute,  mcts,  eol,  pont 

sens,  valeur,  payeinent 

facjon,  gcue,  dent 

oflicier,  )irt'fet,  maitre,  intendaut,  sol 

roi,  president,  nniiral 

nuit,  jambe,  jnilkt,  partie 

ai'eul,  sac. 


Exercise  7. 

n'^rite  a  list  of  compound  substantives,  by  adding  to  the 
foUoiving  one  of  the  suffixes  given  below,  and  give  the 
meaning  of  both  the  simple  and  the  compound  words. 

(a)  suffix  ade  {/em.) : 

aube  limon  colouue  poivre  arc 

peuple  face  gftlop  recul  bourg 

balustre  rodomont  orange  bourre  ceil 

(L)  sujBix  at  {masc.) : 

Bolde  consul 

externe  interne 

tribun  cardinal 

(c)  suffix  Vkige  {masc.) : 
berbe  osclave 

bord  brancbe 

lungue  magasin 

jHilnrin  grille 


assassin 

Auvergne 

marquis 

bnnde 
brigand 
£ebafaud 
mari 


syndic 

formo 

£couome 


jardiu  feuille 

corde  erniite 

vagabond  ligne 

munlo  plume 


m 


^U 


'■I 


2i 


(d)  Mujfix  ain  {fern,  alno) ; 


PORJIATION   OF    SUBSTANTIVES. 


o  r  mondo 

§  }  public 

"=»  (  Toulouse 

§  -j  SO)  Xante 

^  I  douzo 


ri'iiulilique  •   Eome 


Afrique 
JMuroo 

huit 
cent 
qninze 


tcrre 
qutitro 

qnaraute 
trcute 


proche 
Ami'iique  • 
diocese 

ciiiquftiite 
viu"t 


(e)  aviJix  ard  {fcvi.  arde) : 

Masc.  I    campague 
Fcm. :      poule 


montaguo 
bom  be 


bille 
moat 


(!)  svffljs  6 1 


(g)  sufjlx 

aBsictte 

6caclle 

p&te 


ee 


Maac :    comte 
Fern. :    parent 

(fern.) : 

Boir  rang 

jaito  table 

boucbo  train 


doigt 
prcvot 


matin 
cuiiier 


niclie 

plume 


(h)  auffiai  ler   [or  er  ajter  oh,  g,  or  ill  {mosc.) : 


cense 

poire 

peche 

plomb 

carrosRO 

Berrure 

colombe 

eucre 


anmnde 

cbdtaigne 

ferme 

guerre 

tapis 

porte 

cendre 

huile 


gommo 

groseille 

douane 

bourse 

cboval 

horloge 

Bucre 

moutarde 


grenade  pomme 

rose  orange 

barbe  botte 

vacbe  cloche 

Ccole  cuisine 

coutoau  Balade 
(O.F.coutel)  oreillo 

sable  houille 


(i)  sujfix  erie  [or  le  when  the  substantive  already  ends  in  or]  {Jem,.)i 
acier  bergor  boulanger      horloger        pirate 


boucher 
£b6niste 


argent 
gendarme 


bois 
lait 


(j)  sufix  Iste  {masc.  ox  fern.)  t 

dent  monarchle      copie 

mode  auberge  capital 

morale  Sbeue  latin 

(k)  sugix  diminutive  aiUe  {Jem.)t 
roo  pierre  Iftt 

(1)  sufix  diminutive  ai  {Jem.  as8e)t 
papierj  fll  terre 


corde 
singe 

art 

cbimie 

paysage 


fruit 
marbre 


journal 

lluur 

macLine 


mtur 


(these  are /evn.) 


*  Oue  is  Rlmnrrpd  intn  /•        «  Th»  «•  <•  <>h"n!red  <n^  -        t  o—  •  tt     -r  •  -  — 
.itenn  «/!• ' n..nsca  .n$o,.      I  nCc  X  2^,  uiJU  i  3« 


Note  ou  eur, 


Jmt, 


FOUMATION    OF    SUBSTANTIVES. 


(m)  ii^D  o\  (fern,  ettc): 
0   (  croc* 
§  <  cabine 
^  f  sac* 


couple 

poulo 

fouille 


eonssin 

jardin 

coffre 


C  br. 
5  bu 

C  ca^ 


broche  fourche  chivre 

buche  languo  boulo 

cacbo  mie  Cpaulo 


(n)  tufvB  et  (/am.  ette)  preceded  by  el: 

chateau 
goutte 


Masc. 
Fern.  : 

(o)  suffix  on 
1. 

janibe 

corde 

caisse 


braa      cerveuu 
bando  cote 


marteau 
tarte 


(tnase.) : 

dindo 
gaide 
carafe 


oeinture 

aiguille 

rejet 


jnpe 

ni^'lo 
mudaille 


livre 
vera 
boule 

poulo 
tablo 
cbatne 


mantoaa 


Ane 

glace 
lard 


2.  preceded  by  111  (fnasc.) : 

croiz  cotte  f 

3.  preceded  by  er  (masc.) : 

aile  vigne  bftche 

(p)  suffix  ean  (/cm.  elle) : 


ndgre 


oarpe 


mouclie       cbape 


^  r  cbevre 
3  i  tombo 
^  (.  cordo 

orme 
barre 
pomme 

prune 

^;;rit 

plat 

cavi 

tal)le 
tonne 

S  J  canue 
(^  (  citron 

prune 
tonne 

tour 
dent 

ombre 
rue 

(q)  suffiix  ot  (ntosc.) : 
baUe              lie 

bille 

maille 

Charlo 

Ezerolae  8. 

Write  a  list  of  the  aubstantives  formed  hy  adding  to  tlift 
follonring  adjectives  the  suffixks  indicated,  and  give 
the  meaning  of  both  the  adjective  and  Um  compound 
noun. 

(a)  s^iffix  esse  (fern.) : 

rude  sage  molle  haute 

bardie  faiblo  teudre  justo 

(b)  suffix  ise  (/cm.) : 
frauclio  gourniiiud 

(c)  ,viffij>  le  (/cm.)  : 
(61ou  peiiide 

•  Tl»us(i  tiiku  h  befoi'O  «, 


potito 
triste 


marchaud 


monotone 


Botte        faineant 


b^rbare    jaloux 


t  Tlie  doilvatlvo  tnlios  oniy  ono  t. 


I 


80 


FORMATION    OF   SUUSTAKTIVES. 


Ml 


In, 


espii^.gle  Imtho 


infirtne 


fipre 

vnri6 

immense 

tri^^nl 

chr6tien 

aviile  • 

irtime 

faisile 

(lure 

aciclo 

Biucore 

absiuda 

nette 

baual 

timide 

agile 

sure 

docile 

trauquille 

orcdule 

'fd)  8u£ix  erie  (/em.) ; 
coquette  di'Ole 

(e)  suffix  te  (fern.) : 

ficre 

lionnete 

pauvro 

forme 

ancienne 


Exercise   9. 

Write  a  list  of  the  substantives  formed  from  the  /ollotvivij 
verbs,  giving  the  meaning  of  both  substantive  and  verb. 

(a)  hy  talcing  the  infinitive  as  a  substantive : 

souvenir  aourire  souper  savoir 

manger  dCjouuor         devoir  avoir 

rlre  diner  pouvoir  boire 

(b)  by  putting  the  verb  in  the  present  participle  t 
peucher  mendior         debitor  assister 
protester         combattre      stimuler         commercer 
assi(!ger          tranoher         passer  conqucrir 

(c)  by  putting  the  verb  in  the  past  participle : 


gofltor 

toucher 

dire 


commander 

habiter 

Cmigrer 


t  5  pcudre 
j^  (  procfider 

'  en j  amber 
armor 
couduire 
venir 
fumer 


S 


apereovoir 
roduire 

bouffer 

revoir 

aller 

traucher 

monter 


devoir 
piecipiter 

voler 

ranger 

^tendro 

arriver 

renommer 


contenir 
61ire 

gorger 

couver 

entrer 

fichapper 

poussor 


(d)  by  taking  off  the  termination  t  to  form  feminine,  and  er  or 
tre  to  form  masculine  nouns : 

oublier 
crier 
soucier 
rebuter 


.  /arreter 

I  Ngaloper 

;^  1si6g(>rt 

(.  appeler 


soupirer 
dCsirer 
sonhaiter 
combattre 


plier 
debater 
d6battro 
rabattre 


Fern. 


scier 


rallonger        raper 


vondanger 


(e)  by  adding  the  suffix  ade  to  the  root: 

grillor  rouloi  embrasser 

enfiler  fusilier  glisser 

*Aii  the  following  adjoctivos  uiKUigo  Uie  Gnitl  «  into  i  Uufoiv  Uia  additioo  of  '4. 
t  Siijfe  kuuus  the  e> 


pnror 
ruer 


FORMATION    OF    SUBSTANTIVES. 


(f)  tri(?t  sulfas  agre  (mase.) : 
Ittver  ouvrer  nilTinor 
t<*moigucr       tircr  plier 

(g)  with  sujjio  ance  {/em) : 
dCpenilre         conficr  dClivrer 
ternpdrwr         croiio  csiiorcr 
Tenger             ressemhler     icconmiltro 
assistur           souffrir  couveuir 

(h)  with  suffix  eur  [masc.) : 
pecLcr  p6cher  relier 

rire  taillor  comptDr 

vaincre         .  flancr  fou'Viir 

r6gif  blaucbir  achctor 

(i)  with  suffix  Is  (masc.) : 
haclicr  logoi 

tailler  colorer 


pillor 
Bavouncr 

milTiro 
obligor 
rL'im,i!!icr 
hailro 

tricber 
ranicr 
cncbi'rir 
aciiuurir 

g/iohor 
laver 


amuser 

nppanvrir 

CcUiircir 


tr\pt 
cb  )mi}r 

mcdir^ 
pn'vuir 
romoiit:o7 
obeir 


vongor 
diviser 
polir 
iia^or 


somer 
croquer 

baiUor 

agrandir 

rugii 


roulor 
cliqiietor 

(j)  with  suffix  ment  or  ement  (masc.) 

affuissor          abattie  agencer 

aboimer          accubler  acconiplir 

applaudir        amollir  6tablir 

(k)  will  stiffix  olr  (/em.  olre) : 

„•  rcracber  salcr  reponsser  moncber 

Si  <  peigner  fermer  r6server  porchor 

^  (.promoner        mirer  abiouvcr  purler 

Fern. :         nager  tniicber  manger  bahincer 

(1)  wi'.h  suffix  on  (masc): 

jurer  plougor 

boucbor  groguer  inrullcr 

(m)  xmth  suffix  alson  {/em,): 

combiner  conjuguer 

comparer  lier 

(n)  with  suffix  Ison  (/em.) : 

garuir  gnerir  trabil 

(o)  with  suffix  ure   {fern.) : 

aller  border  foror  parcr  blosser 

chausser         user  voilcr  conpor  llotrir 

nioisir  mcurtrir        polir  6birgir  boiillir 

Exercise    10. 

Write  all  the  derlimtivcs  cf  the  faUoicinrf  words  with  Uh 
ineaiiiiiff  of  each. 

orango  dent  pbime  6b6no 

rang  bsrbe  table  bonch« 

limon  TTirflrtiile        jrauin  eordf 


brouillfr 
coupor 

tenninor 
dCscliner 


bucbe 


ballo 


poivre 


face 


U?  THE  ABTICLX. 


CHAPTER  IL 


hi 


or  TUB  AXtTZCXiS. 

45.  Tho  article  is  a  word  generally  pl.iccil  before 
the  substantive,  and  agreeing  with  it  in  gender  and  in 
number. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  articles:  1  the  definite 
article,  placed  before  substantives  the  meaning  of  which 
is  clearly  determined,  as  le  chcval  in  the  following  sen- 
tence :  le  cheval  de  mon  pore  est  noir  (  =  my  father'o  horse 
is  black).  The  words  de  mon  pere,  which  accompany 
the  suhstantivo  chcval,  serve  to  determine  it. 

2.  The  Indefinlt-)  article,  placed  before  substantives 
the  meaning  of  which  is  indeterminate,  that  is  to  say, 
vague,  not  precise,  as  un  chnal  in  the  following  son- 
teuce :  un  cheval  s'est  ahattu  (  =  a  horse  has  fallen  down). 

*6.  The  definite  article  has  both  genders  and 
numbers : 

BINGUIiAB. 


le  (for  the  maso.) 
la  (for  the  fern.) 


le  pfire  (=the  father) 
la  mfire  (=the  mothor). 


PLUHAL. 


tea  (for  both  genders)  f  !««  "^^l^^  (rlu®  i&iher^) 
^  "  '   (  les  mfires  (=the  mothers)^ 

"47.  There  are  two  remarks  to  make  with  reference 
to  the  definite  article : — 

1.  When  le  or  la  comes  before  a  substantive  begin- 
ning  with  a  vowel  or  h  mute,  the  vowel  {e  or  a)  is  cut 
off  and  replaced  by  an  apostrophe.     Thus — 

Ifl-omour  (=the  love)    must  bo  written  Tamoi-.r 
la-envio  (=the  envy)  „  I'envie 

lle-Aonneur(=tbe  honour)         „  I'honneur. 

do  Ze-amour  (  =  of  the  love)       „  Ae  V&mont 

de 'a-envio  (=of  the  envy)        „  de  ?*en\ie 

d  ?<3-honneur  (=to  the  honour,,  a  Thonnenr,  etc. 

This  suppression  of  the  vowel  is  called  ellalon. 


Tl. 


\    -cii=IOii;    15    ittrrrTCd    ffOffi    t}:fj    Liltiu    306, 

tlinonem,  which  means  "  a  striking  out  or  forcing  out." 


I 


i 


OF   THE    AtlTICT.B. 


B3 


i 


i 


2.  Wlion  tlio  masculine  dofinito  avticlo,  proccdod  ly 
the  prepositions  do  (  =  of,  from),  or  a  (  =  to),  is  pluecd 
before  a  substantive  bcginuinj?  with  a  consounant  or  /* 
aspirate,  both  the  article  and  the  preposition  are  bleudtul 
into  one  word.     Thus — 

de  le  becomes    du  i  du  pSre  (=of  the  father) 
i   du  hCros  (=of  the  hero) 
ji  le  M  BU  s   au  poro  (=to  the  father) 

:   au  heros  (=to  the  hero). 

Before  all  plural  substantives,  de  les  is  changed  into 
des,  and  a  Ics  i)ito  aux : — 

dea  pfiros    (—of  the  fathers),  instead  of  de  lea  pcroa 

des  h6i'os    (=of  the  heroes),           „  de  les  hC;ro8 

des  mdres  (= of  the  mothers),       „  de  las  meres 

aux  pSres    (  =  to  the  fathers),         „  A  les  pferea 

aux  h6ros   (= to  the  heroes),          „  k  les  heroij 

aux  m5res  (=to  the  mothers),       „  k  les  mSres. 

This  blending  of  the  definite  article  with  the  tv/o 
prepositions  de  and  d  is  called  contraction. 

4b8.     The  Indefinite  article  in  French  is— 

un  =a  or  an,  before  masculine  substantives, 

une  =  a  or  an,  before  feminine  substantives, 

des  =some,  before  substantives  of  both  genders; 

as — 

un    hommo  (=a  man),        dos  homraes  (= some  men) 
une  femme  (=a  woman),    des  femmes  (=  some  women). 

N.B. — 1.  Some  or  amj,  which  is  frequently  omitted 
in  English,  must  be  expressed  in  French,  and  repeated 
before  every  substantive:  Jl  a  de  Varymt  (  =  ho  has 
money);  j'ai  des  jwwwjes  et  dea poires  (  =  Ihave  apples 
and  pears)> 

2.  If  an  adjective  precedes  the  Bubstantive,  or  if  the 
sentencj  is  negative,  de  only  is  used :  J'ai  de  bonnes 
pomtnes  (=1  have  good  apples),  je  n'ai  pas  de  jwwj/.ta 
(=1  have  no  apples). 

8.  The  possessive  ease  is  expressed  in  two  ways  in 
English  :  My  father's  horse,  and  tlie  horse  of  my  father, 
but  in  French  only  one  way  (the  latter)  is  used :  U 
cfieval  de  7nvn  pere. 

The  same  conBtraction  nmst  be  used  for  expressions  like  j 
a  gold  watch,  Le.  a  watch  n^adu  of  gold,  uue  munlre  d'or, 

u 


84 


OF   TITE    ADJKOTTVB. 


'  lA>'P<. '' 


Exercise   11. 

1.  Le  pain,  du pain,  de  bon  pain.  2.  Le  pi'^io  a  da  pntn,  fl.  Tjoa 
bateaux  sont  snr  I'cau.  4.  Les  joujoux  dos  ciifauts.  5.  Les  llewrs 
do8  champs.  6.  Les  oiseaux  ont  des  ailes.  7.  Le  marin  est  sur 
le  livaKC  8.  Donnez-moi  des  noisettes.  9.  J'ai  do  bonne  viande. 
10.  L'arbre  a  des  branchea.  11.  Les  bijoux  de  la  more.  12.  Le 
maitro  de  I'enfant.    13.  L'encrier  de  porcelaino. 

>  Hvre  (m.),  'nonsavons,  »jou(m.).  *reiiie(/.),  » racine  (/O.  •  trnno 
(m.),  '  fcuille  (/.).  »ailo(/.),  "  linrbo  (/.),  '"  riviisK  (m.),  "  disc^oiira  (m.), 
"  g6n(5rol  (m.),  "vlUe  (/.),  "oliat(»».),  "gou.is  (/.),  "iniiriii  (.«  ), 
»»r»inc(/.).  "TOitui-oC/.),  »»  priiicpsM  (/.\  ""Oculu.  (/.),  ■' niaitre  di^cole 
(m.),   "  upicncleur  (/.;,    "^  rol  (m.),    **  vcire  (ra.). 

1.  The  father  has  a  book.^  2.  We  have "  some  horses.  3.  Tlie 
sports  '  of  the  children.  4.  The  queen  *  has  some  jewels.  5.  A 
tree  has  roots';  a  trunks  has  branches  and  leaves.^  6.  The 
\»ing8  8  of  the  birds.  7.  The  grass*  of  the  fields.  8.  From  the 
boats  to  the  shore."  9.  The  speeches"  of  the  generals."  10. 
From  a  village  {«».)  to  a  town."  11.  A  cat"  and  a  mouse."  12. 
A  collection  (/.)  of  fans.  13.  The  sailor's  w  oars."  11.  To  the 
carriage  18  of  a  princess.^"  15.  Some  bread,  some  meat,  and  some 
nuts.  16.  Tiieowls  of  the  castles.  17.  To  a  school  «>  and  to  a 
Bchoolmaster."!  18.  The  eyes  of  the  grandfathers.  19.  To  the 
Bploudonr*^  of  the  heavens.  20.  The  ancestors  of  the  king.*^  21. 
A  glass  *^  inkstand. 

QUESTIONS  FOE  EXAMINATIONS. 


t.  What  Is  the  arUde  f 

•i.  How  many  kinds  of  articles  are 

there? 
t   What  is  tho  dffinUe  article  ? 
4.  When  is  the  article  elided  t 
6.  Detiue  the  word  eliiion  t 


6.  When  is  the  article  eonlraefedt 

7.  What  is  the  tndii'iniic  article? 

8.  How  do  you  translate  some  or  amj  t 
8.  When  do  yon  use  des  and  when  de  f 

10.  How  is  the  iiossossive  case  expres- 
sed in  French  ? 


/ 


CHAPTER  III. 

OF  TBB  ABJECTIVE. 


49.  The  a<Uective  is  a  word  added  to  the  Bub- 
Btautive  to  express  the  quality  of  the  ])er  son  or  tiling— that 
is  to  eay,  to  indicate  "  what  is  "  that  person  or  thinj^. 
Thus,  when  we  say,  L'homine  est  mortel  (=mau  is 
mortal),  or,  Le  cheval  .st  noir  (=tho  horse  is  black), 
mortel  makes  us  know  that  man  is  mortal:  and  7ioir, 

At       1    xi- -    1 .-  --    I.J~-.7-  HJ.^^^tJ   oriel   'i'»'i}'i*  ova  q/lin/*f.i\rAa 

The  word  adkctive  comes  from  the  Latin  adjectivus,  and  mtuuB 
«  uUled  to," 


iit'i,ii  „.. 


ronMATioN  or  thr  femttjinf  of  adjectivkb. 


85 


50.  Thoi-c  arc  three  difforcut  sorts  of  adjectives  :— 

1.  Qualifj/inif. 

2.  Di'tcnni native. 
8.  Indefinite. 

t\  )  Ouallfylng-  adjectives  express  only  the  quality, 
ad'""lcs  iimmh  h(.iumo9"  =  the  uveal  (celebrated)  meu. 

(2  )  boterminatlve  adjectives  show  precisely  the 
obiect  desi<?nated  bv  the  substantive  to  which  they  refer, 
as  "w»«n  chapeau''  =  w/j/hat;  "  c.'  cheva^•  =  <^^s  horse. 

(3.)  Xndefinito  adjectives  mark  tlmt  the  substantive 
is  used  in  a  vague  and  general  manner,  as  "  Chaqn^ 
nays  a  ses  coutumea "  =  every  country  has  its  customs; 
'';i7(/si«Mrs  hommes  sout  venus  "  =  several  men  have  come. 

51.  Adjectives  take  the  mark  of  botb  ffondeia 
and  numbers.     {See  §§  74-77.) 


SECTION  I. 

rOUMATXOW  OP  TKK  FEMIWIWB  OP  ABTBCTIVES. 

52.  Gkneral  Kule.— The  feminine  of  adjectives  is 
toriiicd  hu  adding  an  e  mute  to  the  masculine: 

mechant  (= wicked)    mCclmut-e 
saint  (==boly)  saint-e 

53.  The  masculine  and  feminine  of  adjectives  ending 
in  e  mute  ai-e  the  same,  as — 

un  chapeau  larye  =a  broad-brimmed  hat 
la  riviere  est  large=iho  river  is  wide 
un  hommo  maigre^a  thin  man 
unti  femmo  maigr0=a.  tliin  woman 
un  bomme  sa-je      =a  wise  man 
une  politi(iuo  sage  =a  wise  policy. 

54.  To  form  the  feminine  of  the  adjectives  eudinfr  in 
ell,  el,  en,  et,  and  on — the  final  /,  n,  or  t  must  bs 
doubled  before  the  final  e  mute  is  added— 


MASC. 

cruel        =crnol 

jjareil      =  alike 
anclen     =  ancient 
eitco|)een  =  European 
ton  =  f^ood 

nmet       =  dumb 


FEM. 

cruelle 

pare  ills 

ancicnne 

euroju'eanfl 

bnnni! 

muctte 


'U 


,1* 


I 


60 


F0R:MATT0N    of    TIIR    feminine    of    ADJF.rriVKS. 


55.     A.     Adjoclivcs  oncling  in  ier,  er,  and  Uio  sit 

ailjectivcs  complct,  cnncret,  dhcrct,  iiKjniet,  rrjilet,  $<rrrt, 
instead  of  doublincr  tlio  final  consonaut,  take  a  grave 
accent  on  the  c  ■which  precedes  the  r  or  the  t. 


MASC. 

FKM. 

cotnplet  =coniplote 

coini)leto 

concret  =coucreto 

concreto 

discret  =disci'oet 

dibcioto 

inquiet  =nnea8y 

iiKluidte 

replet     =roi)lete 

rcpldto 

teoret     = secret 

Sf'frAto 

altier    =han{]thty 

ftltidro 

^iranjer=£oreign 

(jtruiigdre 

{Se(3§ 

24.) 

» 

•I 
I* 
It 


56*  B,  &eau        =beautiful,  becomes  bello    in  the  fcmiiiiuo 
jumean    =tniu,  „        jumoUa 

noui'oau  =new,  „        nouvolla 

/ou  =fooliah,  mad,  „        folio 

tnou  =soft,  „        molld 

vieux       =old  „        -vieino  „ 

Those  adjectives  were  formerly  spelt  in  tlie  mnsculine  hel, 
fumel,  nouvel,  J'ol,  mol,  vicil ;  hence  the  fomluinc  iu  elle  {beVo, 
jiimielle,  etc.).  The  niascnliuo  forms  hcl,  nouvel,  fol,  mol,  ricU  v.vo 
Btill  used  before  nouns  which  begin  with  a  vo\vel  or  an  h  uiuto ; 
thus  we  say : — 

nn  bel  homme=a  fine  man,  iurjtead  of  nn  heait  homnio 
le  nouvel  an      =the  new  year,  „        \e  noiu'cau  nn 

le/ol  enfant     =  the  mad,  wild  boy,  „        lo/ou  enfant 

le  mol  <jdredon=tlie  soft  eider-down,  „        le  mon  cilrcilou 

an  vtoiZ  ami     =  an  old  friend,  „        un  rieiw  ami. 

57.  To  form  the  feminine  of  adjectives  ending  in  x, 
change  z  into  a,  and  add  e  mute,  as — 


MASC. 

jalotix    =jcalou3 
houveux  =liiipi)y 


FKM. 

jalousfl 
heiu'eus9. 


Some  adjectives  even  double  that  s,  as — 

MASO.  FEM. 

/axtx= false  fansaa 

rfj«x=sandy  (of  the  hair)  rousse. 

Exception^— 

doux= sweet  douce. 

Fomiprly  faux,  roux  were  spelt  faua,  roua,  the  feminine  form 
h«  inij;  fausse,  ronase,  just  as  the  feuiinhie  of  gvas  is  grasae,  and 
tl;^it  of  groa  is  gmsae. 


I 


ifORMA.TION   or   Tin:   S-i^lMlNlXB  OF   ADJliCXlVES. 


87 


■rt, 

Lve 


ue 


i;ro 
to; 

1110 


rm 


58.  Tho  mtiHculIno  ailjoctivos  oinlin;';  iii  f  form  tlieir 
fcminiiio  by  cliiuiging  tho  final  f  into  v,  aud  aililmg  « 
wute: 

MASC.  FEM. 

brof       =Hliort  lnvvi) 

cmi)ifif:=f('inlul,  timid  craintiva 

tieuf      —new  lUMivo 

59.  Blano  ( =  white),  frano  (  =  frank),  sec  ( =  ilrv\- 
frala    (  =  fiosli,    cool),  have    for  tlicu*  femiuiup,  lu 
Bpoctively,  blanche,  frunche,  secho,  fraiche. 

Hut  some  adjectives  ending  in  c  hard  (sounded  as  k), 
form  their  feminine  by  changing  o  into  que,  us— 


MASC. 

IT,M. 

eac?wo  =  decayed 

cddiujiie 

publio  =  public 

publi«iue 

turo      =turkiah 

tiuquo 

N.B.  The  adjective  Greo  (  =  Greek),  keeps  the  final  o 
before  the  last  syllable  que — i.e.  —  Gvccijne. 

The  fominino  of  long  is  lonrjuo,  nml  that  of  oblong,  ohlonrjno. 
If  e  mute  only  liafl  been  added  to  cadiic,  public,  turc,  wo  should 
))nvo  liad  the  forms  caduce,  puhlice,  turci;,  iu  which  the  c  would 
Imve  lost  its  hard  sound.  In  order  to  preserve  it  in  the  femiuino 
form,  it  was  ucccst-ary  to  replace  c  by  its  equivalent  qu;  for  the 
eyi  J  reason  long  (=lon;;)  makes  longwe,  and  not  lonpte  (which  is 
a  substantive  feminine — e.g.,  •'  iougo  do  veau  "=a  loin  of  veal.| 

60.  Adjectives  ending  in  eur  generally  form  their 
feminine  by  changing  eur  into  euse;  tronipevLV  (=de- 
ceplive),  trompeuae  ;  vteiiteur  (  =  lying),  menteuae. 

Except  meillcur  (  =  better),  majeur  (  =  major),  mincnr 
—  minor),  and  a  few  others  ending  in  ^rieur,  interieur' 
{= interior),  inferieur    (•=  inferior),    which    follow  the 
general  rule,  and  form  their  feminine  by  adding  an  e 
mute  to  the  masculine ;  mcillcure,  viajeuiQ,  mineure,  etc. 

Accmatenr  (  =  accusing),  tlAiteur  (  =  owing),  pro- 
t^cteur  (= protecting),  and  a  few  others,  make  accuaa- 
trlcei  de'ldtrioef  protectricoi  etc. 

Pi'c/jeur    (  =  sinful),    enchaiitenr    (  =  charming), 


i 


«t^M/fn»2«  (  ; 


:avpnnriii(jf^_  TTlflko  "*)*/*. '/i^lTCSSS.  f^Hf /!fl!?i^©!*6SSSs 


ivM^eresBe.      We  have  already  seen  (  §  <iO),  that  ^  reuse 
is  only  tho  softening  of  eurcsiii. 


;'    i 


I 


8f^ 


FORMATION    OP   THE    FKMININK    OF   ADJECTIVW 


CJL,   'I'liu  foiiiiuiuo  of  lilnin  (^ ^innl-miUnvd) 

faviyri  (=  favourite! 
coi  (=:qniet,  tramini!) 
dissous  (  =  difi8olvecl) 
tiors  (  =  third) 
hellot  (  =  pretty) 
jft]J,ot  (  =  ;i(ili8h) 
sot  (==fooliHli) 
vioillot  (  =  oldiHli) 
has  (  =  Iow) 
jras  (  —  fat) 
las  (  =  tired) 
6pais  (  =  thick) 


M 
M 
II 
» 
II 
•I 
I* 
I* 
10 
II 
•• 
•I 
•I 

n 
II 
II 
II 

II 


lu  beiiigl^ 
,,  uiali<in« 
„  favorite 
,,  coito 
„  dlHsouta 
,,  ticnu 
„  bellotta 
„  palotto 
„  Hotto 
„  vicillotte 
„  bnasi) 
„  ^'rasso 
„  hisS'J 
6pai88d 


e>rj>r(3A-(  =  express,  positive)  ,,  cxprt'«M 

gros  (==biR,  hirge)  „  grusso 

nul  (=^nul) 

(lentil  (  =  pretty,  ftmiable) 

hdbreu  (  =  Hebrew) 

ti-aitre  (  =  treacherous) 


uullc 
gontillo 
hcbraiqu0 
traitretsu 
(see  §  30). 

^Totice  also  that  a  cliicivsis  is  pLiccd  oyer  tho  final  e 
in  tiiC  .^'ominino  oi  adjectives  whon  tlio  i.iasculine  ends 
in  gUf  in  order  to  keep  the  sound  of  the  u:  nigvL 
(  =  acute),  contigVL  (  =  contiguous),  iiigufi,  contigue  ; 
otherwise  the  g-ue  would  be  pronounced   as  in  /igue 

Szercise  12. 
1.  Ma  tante  est  richc.  2.  L'histoho  anclenne  est  iutCrossante. 
8.  La  nature  du  tigre  est  cruelle.  4.  La  tonleur  du  viu  est  ver- 
xneille.  5.  Cette  poire  est  bonne.  C.  Vous  6teB  trop  prndente 
pour  ne  pas  fetre  discrdte.  7.  Votre  fille  est  jalouse.  8.  La  tem- 
perature est  douce.  9.  Sa  uhovohiro  est  rousse.  10.  Craiguez  la 
foudre  vengeresse.  11.  Cetto  robe  est  vieille.  12.  Cette  ])aysanno 
est  grecqne.  13,  La  viande  ef-t  trop  fraiche.  14.  J'ai  rencontrfi 
votre  Boour  favorite  chez  (at  ^hc  house  of)  mon  oncle.  16.  Sa 
lettre  est  trcs-flattcuse. 

Mamo,  'L'Espnj,'no,  'dernifcniniiit,  « bionfuitenr,  •  dcs  p,auvrcs,  'jcii'aime 
pis,  'voixf/.)-  "nii>in  (/.),  'punit,  '"  coupable,  "  jo  la  rcgiude  comme, '" affligb, 
"flotte(/.>,  '*nrm6e(/.),  "nouvellec  M, 

1.  My  favourite  sister.  2.  Your  letter  is  too  flattering.  8.  This 
lady  1  is  discreet  and  prudent.  4.  Spain'  is  rich  in  fruits.  5.  Have 
y<  a  met  this  countrywoman  lately.''    6.  The  queen  is  the  benefac- 

fcrc;;s  ~  yi  viju  poor."     7.    '  UO  HOZ  iiiiG*'  iuj  rcij  iiicou  Oil  li^ii.     o.  iitt 

has  a  cruel  disposition.  9.  Her  voice  ^  is  sweet.  10.  The  avenging 
hands  of  the)  justit-o  punished  »  tbu  guilty.*"  11.  Your  aunt  is  very 
kind ;  1  csusider  her  as  "  the  consoler  of  the  afiiicte^."  12.  The 
Taikish  fleet  ^  and  the  Greek  army.**  13.  The  ue\rfi  "  is  fah>«. 
14.  Thi.t  child's  face  is  ruddy. 


I 


y% 


fORMAIION    OV  TUK   PLUBAL    Of    ADJEUTIVE8. 


89 


j^  SECTION  II. 

roRMATzoir  or  thb  pi.u»At  or  aujbctivss. 

62.  Genkual  lluLE.— Tlio  plural  of  adjectives  in 
foniicd  like  that  of  Bubstautiveo,  i.e.,  by  adding  a  to 
tiio  singular : 


MABO.  8IN0. 

yran(2=Bi'eat,  tall 
laint  =holy 


HABO.  PL. 

grnmla 
Baiuls 


FEM.  ri.. 
graudefl 
saintos 


63.  When  tho  adjective,  in  tlio  singular,  ends  already 
in  a  or  x  there  is  no  change  in  the  plural  masculine. 

MASC.  HINO.  WA8C.  PL. 
grcp       big  gro« 

<*^HMi»  —thick  ^paiji 

;;?oneux= glorious  glorieiix 

FiXamplt's  :  ''■■.•  homvios  gros  (-big  men);  dcs  mnrs  fpais{'m 
thick  wulis) ;  d^s  souvenirs  gloriimx  (  =  glorious  romciubiMiicos). 

6«.  Exceptions. — I.  Adjectives  ending  in  al  chaugo 
that  termination  into  aux,  in  the  masculine  plural, 
as — 

MASC.  8INO.  MASC.  PLUB. 

^.7al  =e(]nal  Cgaux 


h'-gal  =legal 
loj/al=faithfiU 


16gaux 
loyauz 


The  adjectives  fatal  (^fatal),  glacial  (=i<' '),  final  (-Riinl), 
naval  (  =  naval),  and  a  few  others  to  be  loirned  by  use,  foim  Hieir 
masculiue  phiral  by  adding  ■  to  the  Biugular  {fatal*,  jlacialA,  (.tc). 

II.  Adjectives  ending  in  eau  take  x  in  the  plural 
masculine. 


MASC.   BINO. 

beau       =bcautiful 
nottveau=n>  w 


MASC.   PL. 

beaux 
nouveaux 


Note  on  the  Position  of  Adjectives. — Adjectives  nre 
generally  placed  after  the  substantive  to  which  they 
relate:  past  participles  used  as  adjectives  alivays  follow 
the  substantive.  JJcau  =  fine,  Urn  =  good,  fjrand = gi'cat, 
tall,  jo?t=pretty,  pcfit=little,  »»ei7/f»r  =  better,  «out  =  all, 
maui'rtM=bad,  usually  precede  the  noun. 


t  I 


4D   Ot   tllte    DEGRKES    OP    SIGNIFICATION   IK   ADJECTlVfeB. 

Srorcise  13. 

1 .  Les  gCnSraux  sont  vieux.  2.  Les  chni^eaux  sont  neufs.  8. 
Les  fils  Bont  bons.  4.  Les  sonli'-rs  sont  grands.  5.  Les  hommes 
sont  Cgaux,  6.  Ces  accidents  sout  fatals.  7.  Les  palais  sont 
benux.    8.  Les  sujets  sont  loynux.     9.  Les  livres  sont  ^paia. 

•  LuITA  *  ^^nf'  s'  ^^'t''^'^    nrrivi'H,   •   ccole   (/.)    communale,  •   spacien*, 
snllc  (/.), '  bail  (m.),  p\.  batix, "  tlifficulto  (/.)  ' 

1.  The  hats  are  old.  2.  These  pnpilsi  are  equal.  3.  These  books 

fcre  thick.      4.    Tliese  men  are  loyal.      5.   The  churchesa  are  old. 

0.  Tlie  royal  palaces  are  beautiful.      7.  The  fatal  days  had  come.* 

8.  The  parish  school*  has  very    spacious »  rooms.'     9.  These 

leases »  are  new.  10.  Legal  difficulties.8  11.  These  books  are  moraU 

QUESTIONS  FOB  EXAMINATION. 

7.  What  is  tlif!  feminine  of  adjectival 
rnf1inf»  In/? 

8.  Give  tin- feminine  of  blanr,  ture, 
<jirc.  long,  Irompiiir,  proteeUur, 
mcilleiir,  vcngcui;  Miiiii./aiwi, 

8.  How  is  the  plurnl  of  ndjectivM 
formed  ? 

10.  Give  the  plural  mnsculine  of  beau. 

11.  How  do  you  form  tlie  plural 
masculine  of  adji^tives  ending 
in  III  ?     State  some  exceptioiii-. 

12.  Where  is  the  qualifying  adjective 
placed  in  Fi-cuch? 


1.  Wliat  is  an  ailjeciivi  f 

i.  How  many  kinds  of  adjectivns  are 

there  ? 
8.  Difinc    the  adjective  qualifying, 

drlriTnimitiri;  imhjinite. 
4.  How  is  the  feminine  of  adjectives 

peneriilly  formed  'i 
6.  Give  the  feminine  of  cruel,  par  it, 

ton,  etc.;  also  of  compleC    ran- 

crit,  et«.,  explain  the  p-v  >il:pr 

foriiiiition  of    tho    fcminir.  of 

hi  11 II.  luiinvau,  etc, 
k.  Account  for  the  formrtion  of  the 

feminine  of  adjeotivts  in  .r. 


hi 


SECTION  m. 

01«  TBS  BBGRSES  OP  SXGSrzl'XCATZOXr  ZST 
ASJSCTXVSS. 

65.  There  are  three  degrees  of  signification  in  ad- 
j^-ctives:  the  positive,  the  cinvparative,  and  the  superlative, 

Ihe  positive  ia  the  adjective  itself:  won  cheval  est 
noir=my  horse  is  black;  (?jotV= black,  which 
expresses  simply  a  quality,  is  the  iwsitive). 

66.  The  adjective  is  in  the  comparative  when  it 
expresses  the  quality  with  an  idea  of  compaiison. 

The  comparative  may  either  express — 
{a.)  superiority,  in  which  case  the  adverb  plusf  =  more), 
18  placed  before  the  adjective,  and  que(  =  than), 
after  it,  as —  ' 

tnrn  choral  est  d1u«  noir    ana    U  ../ifi./. — «.,,    i.«« i-   i.i--i 

thauyouri.  '  «.«»<«« 


OF   THE   DEGREES   OF   SiGNIFICATlON   tN   ADJECTIVES.      -^1 

or,  (b.)  inferiority,  in  whicli  case  the  adverb  moins 
(=icss),  is  placed  before  the  adjective,  aud  que 
(=than),  after  it — 

mon  choval  est  moins  noir  que  le  v6tre— my  horse  is  losa  black 
than  yours  (not  so  black  as  yours). 

or,  (c.)  equality,  in  which  case  the  adverb  aussi  (=as) 
precedes  the  adjective,  and  que  (  =  as)  follows  it — 

mon  clieval  est  aussl  noir  que  le  voire  =  my  horse  is  as  black  aa 
yours. 

In  a  negative  sentence  at  is  often  used  instead  of 
aussi : — 

mon  clieval  n'est  pas  at  noir  que  le  v6tve  =  my  horse  is  not  so  black 
us  yours. 

There  are,  therefore,  three  comparatives  :  (o)  of  supe- 
riority; (i)  of  infeiiority ;  (c)  of  equality. 

67.  Exceptions. — The  three  adjectives  petit  (=little 
or  small),  hon  (  =  good),  viauvais  (=bad),  form  their 
comparative  irregularly  : — 

Petit,  comparative  moindrc;  bon,  comparative  mcil- 
h'ur ;  mauvais,  comparative  pire.  {Petit  and  mauvais, 
however,  have  also  a  regular  comparative — plus  petit, 
plus  mauvais). 

Do  not  mistake  them  for  the  adverbs  peu,  bien,  mal, 
which  become  moins,  niieur,  plus  mal,  or  pis  in  the 
comparative. 

68.  The  adjective  is  in  the  superlative  when  it  ex- 
presses— 

(J.)  A  quality  in  the  highest  degree  without  any 
comparison,  as  mon  cheval  est  trbB-noir=niy  horse 
is  very  black,  i.e.,  my  horse  is  quite  black.  This 
is  called  the  superlative  absolute,  and  :a 
expressed  by  Ires,  fort,  bien,  extremement,  etc.,  all 
meaning  very. 

(B.)  A  quality  in  the  highest  degree  either — 

(a.)  superior,  hut  as  compared   with  other  persons  or 
olijcctJt  of  the  same  kind,  as  mon  cheval  est  l6 


-  -   I J.  - 1-    i~  ..:ii-      

jTxuis   Tfr/ff    ttc  totta    tea    t7fj'tj:au."    tit.-   :ti  vtnc=tuj 

Luisu  '^  theblucikUiil  of  all  the  horsuHiu  the  town. 


k 


'j 


42 


JOUMATION   OF  ADJECTIVES. 


1  I 


or  (b.)  inferior,  as  via  smir  est  la  molns /or/<?  de  nout 
tous= my  Bister  is  the  weakest  (lit.  the  ieasi 
strong)  of  us  all. 

These  are  called  superlatives  relative,  and  aro 
formed  by  placing  the  article  or  a  possessive  adjective 
before  the  comparative. 

The  superlatives  of  bon  are  trk-hon  (absolute)  = 
very  good,  and  le  wjt'tVi^jfo- (relative)  =  the  best;  petit 
mixkc^  tres-petit  ^absolute)  =  very  small,  and  le  moindre 
(relative)  =  the  least ;  mauvais  makes  (res-mativais 
(absolute)  =  very  bad,  and  le  pirfi  (relative)  =  the  worst. 

llemember  that  in  French  plus,  moins,  &c.,  are 
generally  repeated  before  each  adjective;  also  that 
very  much  must  not  in  any  case  be  translated  by  tres- 
beaucoup,  but  by  beauooup  only. 

Exercise  14i. 

1.  La  rose  est  la  plus  belle  des  fleura,  2.  Le  meillour  livre  de 
ma  bibllotlicque.  3.  II  est  moius  aimable  que  sou  frere.  4.  Vous 
etos  plus  dg6  que  moi.  5,  II  u'est  pas  si  avauc6  que  voire  ami.  6. 
Le  moindre  mal.  7.  II  va  mieux.  8.  Cc  qui  est  pis,  c'est  que  la, 
bataille  est  perdue.    9.  Co  livre  est  trSs-intfiressant, 

1.  Fine.i  finer,  finest.  2.  Gentle,*  less  gentle,  the  least  gentle. 
8.  Small,  smaller,  smallest.  4.  A  good  book,  a  better  book.  5. 
He  is  as  forward*  as  tliey.*  6.  His  health"  is  better.  7.  I  am 
not  so  young 8  as  your  siHtor.  8.  The  deaths  of  the  general  is 
less  fatal  than  the  loss 8  of  the  battle.*  9.  This"'  is  well,  that "  is 
better.    10.  My  sister  is  much  better. 

QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 

8.  Crive    the   com pam lives  of  bon, 

petit,  mnimiis. 
4.  How  is  the  guperlutiye  foriiioay 
6.  Stut'^    wliiit    lire    tlje   dlffereut 
kinds  of  snperlativa. 


1.  Wlint  «re  the  thice  dcprces  of 
signification  in  luljoctivcw  y 

t.  IJow  uiuny  diileiunt  couipara* 
tlvcs  are  there  i  How  arc  they 
formed  t 


SECTION  IV. 

rOBMATZOMT  or  ADJECTZVBS. 

69.  French  adjectives  are  formed  in  the  same  way 
as  Houns — wiat  is  to  aay,  by  coniposition  Uid  bv 
derivation. 


FORMATION   OF   ADJEt,'tlVE3. 


48 


■« 


Atljectives  formed  by  composition: —  (a.)  either  two 
Biinpie  jitljectives  are  joined  together,  such  Q,sai(jrc(==  sour) 
and  doux  (= sweet),  to  form  a  compound  adjective: 
aiV/rc-rfo?wr= sourish;  or  (/>.)  a  prefix  is  placed  before 
simple  adjectives  (.w  §  88  [b.] ),  for  the  purpose  of  giving 
them  a  new  meaning;  as  />tV/i-heureux  (= happy,  blessed) ; 
wmi-heureux  ( =  unhappy),  in-constant  ( = vo  viable) ;  som- 
marin(  =  submarine);  sitr-humain(= superhuman).  The 
prefixes  most  often  used  are  :  archl,  antl,  bien, 
deml,  In,  mal,  sous,  sur  ultra. 

''?-^,  New  adjectives  are  formed  by  derivation  Avith  the 
,'vlv  of  substantives,  adjectives,  and  verbs  alrcadij  exist- 
inij  in  French: — 

(a.)  Substantives (jnV»Teux= stony, from juu7>v= 

etone); 
(6.)  Adjectives  («otratre  =  blackish,  from  «otr= 

black); 
(c.)  Verbs  («ro»j^?eur=:  deceptive,  from  trompcr =io 
deceive). 

71.'  New  adjectives  arc  formed  from  substantives  by 
adding  to  the  substantives  the  terminations  euZf  ain, 
in,  6i  er,  u.  Thus:  coiirar/e  (  =  courage),  cojow/eus 
(  =  courageous) ;  mondc  (=-world),  ?/?o?j(ialn(= worldly); 
enfant  (=child),  en/anlin  (=childish);  aile  (=wing), 
ail6  (  =  winged);  mensonye  (  =  lie),  menson((er  (= untrue, 
lying);  barie  (r-beard),  barbn  (=bearded). 

72.  New  adjectives  are  formed  from  existing  ad- 
jectives with  the  help  of  the  four  terminations — &tre, 
et  (and  elet),  ot  and  aud.  The&e  are  called  diminu- 
tive sujfixes. 

Ex.:  grxs  (=grey),  grisiittQ  (  =  greyish);  aigre  {  =  aour),  <M<;ret 
and  at.7i'elet  (  =  s<)itiish) ;  rieivx  (=old),  vieillot  (ssoldisb) ;  lourd 
(=heavy),  iourdaud  (=clum8y). 

73.  The  French  language  makes  new  adjectives 
from  verbs,  either  by  taking  the  participles  [present 
nv  js/;.'.»^  fsf  tbo.  yp.vb  or  by  addinir  to  the  stem  of  tliQ 
verb  the  tlucc  suffixes  able,  axd,  if.     Thus  charmer 


44 


FOUMATION   OF   ADJECTIVES. 


d 


(=io  charm)  gives  charmant  (cluumiiig);  jwlir  (=to 
l)o\ish),  poll  (=polished) ;  compar-er  { =  to  compare),  com- 
jK.m^le  (comparable);  pill-er  (  =  to  pluadcr),  pU'wa 
(= plundering)  ;  pms-er  (=to  think),  jue/iiif(=: pensive). 


Exercise   13. 


^ 


Write  a  list  of  compound  adjectives  by  adling  to  the/ollomiig 
one   of  the    prefixes    enumerated   leluw ;    <jive   the 
feminine  of  each,  and  also  the  meaning  of  the  compound 
words: — 

(a.)  prefi. 


\d.) 
(c.) 
if) 
{'.'■) 


ti 
It 

i» 
i> 
II 
II 


archi,  ducal,  diuconnl,  Ciiiscojinl,  fou. 

anti,  social,  fdbrile,  religieiix,  moiiarcLiju©. 

hien,  lieureux,  seunt,  aiiiie,  i;iisiuit, 

demi,  uu,  fin,  uiort,  fcrmo. 

in,  constaut,  sullisant,  tUfffirent,  viiriabifl. 

wal,  forme,  saiu,  liuLiJc,  heureux,  iiiteiitioimft. 

sous,  inariu,  jacent,  terrain,  axillaire. 

uU.a,  liberal,  mondaiu,  royaliste,  zodiacal. 


aim 

in: 

6: 

ert 

u: 


Write  in  the  same  manner  a  list  of  derived  adjectives:—. 
a.)  From  substantives  \vith  the  suffix  : 

eux  :    pierro,  rabot,  joie,  brume,  lieur. 

moude,  Home,  chdteau,  proche. 

enfant,  mal. 

aile,  bit,  sangle,  laite. 

message,  mensonge,  passage,  potage. 

pointe,  barbe,  brauche,  bosse. 

(b.)  Fiom  verbs  with  the  sufiix : 

able:    comparer,  s('parer,  voler,  puiv'r. 
ard:     pillar,  baver,  van ter,  brouiller. 
if:        peuser,  pousser. 

(e.)    From  adjectives  with  the  dimmutive  suffix  I 

aire:    noir,  bel,  (beau),  rongo,  doux. 
et(elet):  nigre,  rond,  niou,  fou. 
"■'  ■       vieil  (vieux),  pAIo. 

noir,  Bale,  rouge,  fin. 

QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 


ot: 

and . 


1.  How  do  the  French  fonn  new 

adjectives  from    adjectives  aU 

rcaiiy  exlstiiitf? 
I.  What  aro  tho  parts  of  the  verb 

~htvrt  "."•?  iiSth't  iu  tut  iumiation 

of  aUjnctivM  ? 


8.  Give  a  list  of  ndjoctlres  fornierl 
with  the  prefixes  Men,  uniif;  niul 
with  tho  siifflxes  dlir.  ij,  iil,l,,  etc, 

4.  How  aro  adjectives  formed  from 

5.  Wliiit  sul't.M's  iire  added  to  tha 

ntfDui  of  I  H>  verb  i 


MimKKAT,   ADJECTIVES. 


45 


v- 


SECTION  V. 

AOBSBMSNT  OF   THS  AS7ECTXVE  "VXYII  THB 
SVBSTAXTTXVS. 

7*.  Tlio  adjective  takes  the  same  gcuJer  and  number 
as  the  substantive  which  it  qualifies.  Thus:  Diea  est 
ol^ment  ( =  God  if?  clement) ;  ma  mere  est  bonne 
(ssmy  mother  is  good);  les  hommcs  sont  mortels 
(s=meu  are  mortal). 

rs.  When  an  adjective  qualifies  several  substantives 
in  the  singular,  it  is  put  in  the  plural.  Thus :  le  riche  et 
le  pauvre  sunt  ^graux  devant  Dieii  (=tho  rich  and  the 
poor  are  equal  in  the  sight  of  God). 

76.  If  the  substautivos  are  of  different  genders,  the 
adjective  is  put  in  the  masculine  plural.  Thus:  le.  rui  et 
la  reiiie  sont  prudents  (=the  king  and  the  queen  are 
prudent). 

SECTION  VI. 

BETBUiaiWATIVB    ABJECTIVHS. 

77.  There  arc  three  sorts  of  dotorminaiive  adjectives: 

Numeral  adjectircs, 
Pemonstrative  adjectives, 
Possessive  adjectives. 

78.  Numeral  adjectives  are  those  which  dcnoto 
number,  order,  or  raidc. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  numeral  adjectives :  the 
cardinal,  and  the  ordinal. 

79.  Numeral  adjectives  indicating  the  mnnher  or 
quantiUj  of  objcctH,  as  trois  (  =  three),  q^uatre  (  =  four), 
eiH3(  — five),  are  called  cardinal. 

With  the  exception  of  zero,  wliicli  conies  from  the  Arub,  all  the 
lurneral  adjectivcB  are  of  Lain  oi'i;rin  ;  for  iiio  Frunch  nuiiiLur  ua 
the  Uumiina  did,  and  hnvo  luliiiiltud  their  terms  of  numoruaou. 


40 


NUAIKRAL    ADJECTn'ES. 


S^tanto,  odante,  and  nonav.lo,  wore  formoily  used  as  synoiiynis 
of  soixante-div,  quatre-vingts,  and  quatrti-viwit-dij;,  rosjipr lively. 
During  the  Middle  Ages  iiie  even  decades  (GO,  80, 120,  J  iO,  ete.) 
stood  thus—  ' 

trois-vingts  for  60  six-vingts  for  120 

quatie-vingts  for  80  sept-vingts  for  140; 

—that  is  to  say,  three  times  twenty,  four  times  twenty,  etc. 
Traces  of  this  auciont  usage  rcinaiu  even  in  our  day  (to  say 
nothing  of  quatre-vingts  =  SO),  as  in  the  hospital  "des  Quinte- 
Vingls"  (15x20=300),  founded  by  St.  Louis  to  support  3ue 
crusaders,  whose  eyes  had  been  put  out  by  the  infidels  ;  so  also 
Bossuet  and  Voltaire  have  made  use  of  the  expression  six-vino  ts 
ans  for  120  ans  (=120  years). 

Million  (  =  million),  and  milUavd  (=.a  thousand  millions),  are 
derived  from  mille  with  the  suffixes  on  and  ard. 

Note.— Care  must  be  taken  not  to  confound  un  (=  a 
or  an)  indefinite  article,  with  un  (  =  oue),  numeral 
adjective. 

80.  Ordinal  numeral  adjectives  point  out  the  rank 
or  place  occupied  by  the  object.  They  are  formed,  with 
the  exception  o£ premier  (  =  first),  AnA' second  (  =  second), 
by  adding  the  termination  -i£me  to  the  cardinal  ad- 
jectives, as — 

trois  =  three  trois-iVwa 

six  =  six  Bix-it'me 

sept  =  seven  eopt-ieme 

vingt  =  twenty  viuqt-iflim 

When  the  cardinal  adjective  ends  in  e  mute,  that  e  is 
out  off,  as — 

quaire  =four  quatr-t^mo 

onze      =  eleven  onz-t^ma 

douze   =  twelve  douz-im« 

r  T^mf  (=mne),  changes  /"into  v. • 

neuf     =niue  nen-v-ieme     =  ninth. 

Cinq  (  =  five),  adds  u  before  the  termuiation  -ieme: 
einq      =five  cinq-u-icme     =  fifth. 

Formerly  prime,  tiers,  quint  were  used  in  French  as  well  as 
pvenner,t>-oisicnie,  cinquii'mc.  Traces  of  these  old  forms  remain  in 
some  few  locutions,  as  deprime-a?Jor(i  (= at  first  sight);  de  prime 
sfuit  (= spontaneously);  le  tiers  itat  (=:the  third  estate,  the 
Commons);  C/taiZes-Quint  (  =  C'lmrles  «7io  Fifth,  Emnoror  of  Ger- 
iiiuay  ami  King  of  Spain,  the  great  rival  of  Francis  the  Fir;4, 
lung  of  France) ;  Su-fe  Quint  (=ropo  Sixtus  Quiutus,  tho  fi(i,h>. 


=  third 

=  sixth 

a=  seventh 

=  twentieth,  etc. 


=  fourth 

=  eleveiitb 
» twelfth. 


ktimkhm.  actkcttves. 


47 


w  B  — Tlio  carainal  nnrabor  is  usotl  instcaa  of  the 
onlinai  in  the  following  casos  t  [a.)  after  the  uaracs  of 
Sovrei'ns:  Henri  ./uatr.  (  =  lionry  I V.) ;  {b.)  in  spcalung 
of  the  days  of  the  m.nth:  le  trois  mars  (=thG  thud  of 
March.)  ,        .      n  • 

ftS-But  Premier  (=first)  is  an  exception  to  this 
ml^Fran90ispm.i'r(=Francis  L);  lo  j^rmt^  mar 
(  =  t,he  first  of  March).  In  compound  niimber8,^/./.s  i8 
to  be  translated  by  un:  Lo  pape  Jean  vingt  et  *<n  (  = 
Pope  John  XXL);  le  vingt  et  an  jum  (=the  twciity- 
first  of  June). 

81.  Nouns  of  number  which  indicate  a  certain 
quantity  (as  vne  dizaine*^^  collection  of  ton,  une  cm- 
?ar=  J  hundred),  are  connected  m  h  the  numenl 
adiectives,  as  are  also  the  nouns  winch  denote  the 
Siikront  parts  of  a  whole  (/.  <?»art=tho  fourth ;  lamnU. 
=  the  half),  and  those  which  are  used  for  multiplicat  on 
(?.rfouW.= the  double;  le  tnvle^i}^^  treble,  threefold; 
le  centHiJ/e= centuple,  a  hundredfold). 
A  Comparative  Table  of  tHe  Numeral  Adjectives. 

CARDmAL  NUMBEKS.  OllDINAL  NUMnhUS^ 

takoHthe  mai-k  of  the  femiume:         tho  ouly  ordinals  NvlncUare  van 


une. 

1.  un,  una 

2.  deux 

3.  trois 

4.  qnatre 
B.  cinq 

6.  8ix 

7.  sopt 

8.  huit 
0.  neuf 

10.  dix 

11.  onze 

12.  df-n/.e 

13.  tieizo 
11.  qnatorze 
15.  quinze 
IG.  sei^o 

17.  dix-n^pt 

18.  dix-lv.iit 


ablo:  premiere,  s«condea 

] St.    premier,  premiiro 

2nci.  Becond,  — e,  or  deuxitSma 

8rd.   troisiSme 
m^th.    qnatriSmo 
\5</i.    ciftquiftnie 

(tth.    sixiemo 

mh.  stpuenie 
%8t/i.  huitiSnio 
\  flt?i.    nouviSnie 

lOf/t.  dixitme 
•  llt/i.    onziiimo—     !• 
<i.1ih.    dou'/.ieino      • 

13//1.    troiziciiio 

Itt/i.    quatorKi^md 

15t/i.    qvtin/.i^aie 

lOt/i,.    sei'/icmo 

I7t/)..    dix-Hept'(«me 

let/t.    dix-huiti5ino 


■  .  .-  J  -  M,«^-,.  /.niionHv!"!  ill  Kni'lish,  in  soiitoni-cs  UUp  tho  fol* 


48 


NTTMERAL    M)JECTn'ES. 


Cardinal  NnsinERS -contmuei.      Ordinal  NoMnRns— ccnfiniMd. 


tl 


if- 


19 
•20 
21 
22, 
28. 
24. 

2:>. 

26. 
27. 

28. 

29. 

80. 

Al. 

40. 

41. 

50. 

61. 

60. 

61. 

70. 

71. 

72. 

7.i. 

74. 
75. 
76. 
77. 
78. 
79. 
80. 
81. 
90. 
91. 
92. 

m. 

94. 
95, 
96. 

97. 

98. 

99. 
100. 
101. 
102. 
103. 
200. 
300. 


1 

'I 


dix-neuf 

viiigt 

vingt  et  un 

vingt-denr 

vingt-trois 

vinpt  quatre 

vingtcinq 

vingt-Hix 

vingt-sept 

vingt-lmit 

vingt-neaf 

trente 

treute  et  un,  etc. 

quarante 

qimrante  et  un,  eto. 

oinqnanto 

cinqnante  et  un.,  eto. 

Boixnute 

Boixante  et  un,  etc 

Hoixa^fl-dix 

soisanto  et  onze 

soixante-dou7.e 

soixante-treizo 

soixaiite-quatorza 

soixante-quinze 

soixnnte-eeize 

8oiXiinte-dix-h-(ipt 

Boixante-dix-huit 

soixante-dix-neuf 

quatre-viugts* 

quatre-vinKt-uii,  etc. 

quatre-vingt-dix 

quatre-vingt-onzo 

quatre-vingt-douze 

qufttre-vingt-treize 

quatre-vingt-quiitorze 

quatre-vingt-qui  n  zo 

quatre-vingt-seizo 

quatre-vingt-dix-Hept 

quafre-viiigt-dix-huit 

quutie-viiigt-dix-nouf 

cent 

cent  un 

cent  deux 

cent  troJB 

deux  cents* 

trois  cents*,  e4fl. 


1 


imh. 

20th. 
2\st. 

22nd. 

iith. 

25th. 

inth. 

27th. 
28th. 
29th. 
SOth. 
31st. 
40th. 
4lst. 
60th. 
6lst. 

eoth. 

6Ut. 

70th. 

71st. 

12nd. 

T6rd. 

74th. 

75th. 

7Uh. 

77th. 

7^,.. 

7Qth. 

mth. 

81  it. 

90th. 

9lst. 

92nd. 

9'^rd. 

9ith. 

95th. 

9C>th. 

97th. 

98th. 

99</i. 

100«/i. 

lOls*. 

102;(d. 

I03)d. 
200th. 
200th. 


dix-nenvifime 

vingtifcine 

viugt  et  uni^ino 

vingt-deuxii^me 

viugt- troisio  me 

vingt-qufttri^iiin 

viugt-cluquii^me 

viugt-flixi6mo 

vingt-septi^nie 

vingt-huitiome 

vingt-neuvifiine 

treutiomo 

trente  et  uni5ine 

quarantiome 

qnaranto  ot  unieme. 

cinquauti^nie 

cinquante  et  unii^me 

Boixantiome 

soi  Xante  et  nni&me,  eto. 

soixante-dixieme 

aoixante  et  onzionie 

Boixante-douzifeme 

Boixante-treizieme 

soixunte-quatorzi^me 

Boixante-quinziome 

soixante-soizicnie 

soixaute-dix-HL'ptii-me 

soixaute-dix-huiti(''ino 

soixante-dix-neuvicme 

quatre-vingtieino 

quatre-vingt-unieme,  eto. 

quatre-vingt-dizi^me 

quatre-vingt-onzieme 

quatre-vingt-douzit-rae 

quatre-vingt-treizii^me 

quatre-vingt-quatorzicme 

qnatre-viagt-quinzieme 

quatre-vingt-seizi6me 

quatre-vingi-dix-septiome 

quatre-vingt-dix  li'.ntienio 

quatre-vingt-dix  nouvicme 

ceutieme 

cout-uniSme 

cent-deuxifime 

cent-troisi^me 

deux-ceiitiOuie 

trois-ceuticme.  etc-. 


^ 


-:ar.ari"i'aviJ,K.z'Lr.;.;rrhii''r  ■'"''*''«' ''"""■■■I" 


l)EMOT«STnATIVE    ADJECTIVES. 


4d 


A 


OiuiiNMi  Ni!Mnrus  (continuotl). 
lOOOt/i.    milliemo 
f)0()Ot/i.    cinq  milHi^me 
lO.noO^/i.    «lix  millicino 
1 ,000 ,001 ) t  /t.    millioni^ mo. 
i^u.—  iiiv    «„...„   ovr,   and,  in  exin-cssiouB  like   cent-ihm.T  =. 
one  hundred  and  tno,  are  sui-presscd.  Million  and  numbers  above 
lue  substuatives,  and  must  bo  followed  by  de. 


tJAumNAii  NuMiJERa  {cmlinucd). 

\IM{).  mille* 

5000.  cinq  mille 
10.000.  dix  millo 
1,000,000.  million 

N.B.— The    words 


I 


Exei'cise  16. 

1.  Soixanto-treize ;  Clinrles  Quint;  Loais  qnatorze.  2.  J'Jii 
BiK  mille  volumes  dans  ma  bibliolhoquo.  3.  Le  premier  janvior. 
4  L'an  mil  liuit  cent  soixnnte.  5.  Cetto  urm6o  se  composo  de 
vii.K't  millo  hmnuics.  6.  11  a  perdu  doux  cents  francs,  ot  sa  swur 
(Ml  a  gagn6  d.nix  cent  cinquaute.  7.  Une  dou/.ainc  do  cbomises. 
8  I!  a  mango  lo  tiers  dc  sa  fortmio.  9.  J'ai  dopensfi  un  miUior 
de  francs  po.ulant  mou  voyag.-.  10.  II  est  une  lieiue  un  quart. 
11.  11  est  deux  heures  moins  dix.  ^ 

'rnpc  Plo,  Turcnt  m^ssacrte  A,,  'pcnln  ♦combu-n,  '  nrKcnt, "  ga«n6  '  cofttj^J* 
•ro.m.7,-vons  ma..Bor,  "gatoau(m.),  -Jopcnso,  "  uii  n.ill.or  (m.),  'Mivrc  {f,) 
"dinins. 

1.  99;  2,816,578.  2.  (The)  Pope  riu,s^  tlie  Fifth.  8.  The 
I'rotestants  were  murdorod  in 2  P.uis  in  ir.72.  4.  The  twenty- 
liiBto/Jamiftry.  5.  Your  brother  has  lo^^t''  375  francs.  6.  How 
much*  (of)  moneys  have  you  gained"?  25,000  franca.  7.  These 
►hn-ts  cost  7  30  shillings  a  do>.eu.  8.  Four  is  the  third  of  twelve. 
'.'.  Can  you  cat^  thirtebn  cakcsS?  10.  He  has  spent  lo  about  a 
llionsaud"  (of)  pounds.ia  n.  It  was  ton  minutes  to  four.  12. 
We  dine  ^^  at  a  quarter  past  seveu. 

II.— OEHESSISTIlATIVi:  A1>JECTIV£!S. 

82.  Demonstrative  adjectives  are  used  to  point 
out  tlio  person  or  tiling  spoken  of: — 

ce  c7irtecaw= this  castle  ce /icros=  this  hero. 

The  demonstrative  adjectives  are  : — 

ee        for  the  masculine  singular  :  ce  ?ton  =thisliou 

cette  for  the  feminine  singular:  cette  femme  =thi3  woman 

I      for  the  plural  of  both    \  cea  fjnr<;ons    =  these  bo\s 
1^  gentturs.  .;  tea  ^-f-ccj        —i,in„'.^,\..^ 

•  mille,  'u  dalef  of  fcho  Christian  era,  Is  spelt  EliL 


tiO  POSSKSSIVE    ADJEOTlVEd. 

/    oet  is  placed  before  ir)n,ciCulinG  suLstanlives  bcgin« 
niiig  with  a  vowel  or  A  '.mite,  instead  of  ce  : — 

cet  taom)ii0=tliis  ninn,  not  ce  hoiinne 

cet  evj'ant  =-ih\H  c)   Vi,  „   ce  e«/ant. 

(^W  In  order  to  show  whether  the  person  oi  thin{? 
vro  speak  of  is  near  or  far  from  us  the  adverbs 
-d  (  =  hcre)  and  -Ih  (  =  there)  are  joined  to  the  sub- 
Btantivo  by  a  hyphen,  as : — 

cet  enfant-cl  est  Irun  '^tlifs  child  (i.e.  close  to  me)  is  dark 
cet  enfant-lk  est  blond— that  child  (i.e.  far  from  lut)  is  fair. 

•et  ia  the  ahridgmeut  of  ici,  udverb  of  place. 

Exercise  17* 

1.  Cette  gravure  est  trfis- belle.  2.  Cot  eufant  a  uu  vilaia 
cnract6re.  3.  J'aime  ce  cheval-ci,  mais  ce  cheval-lu  est  trop 
vieux  pour  moi.  4.  Ces  javdins  ci  Bout  la  proprietc  de  mou  piiro. 
5.  Cette  dame  est  tres-uimablo.  6.  Poiirqiioi  battez-vous  ces 
eufants-la?  7.  Que  dites-vous  de  ces  jcnnes  persouucs ?  8.  Cos 
raisins  sont  excellents.  9.  Co  di(;tiouuaire-ci  u'ost  pas  couiplet. 
10.  Ces  8ouliers-l&  soat  trop  utroits. 


BouUer  (m.),  blcssent,' joinio  dcnioisellr,  'ditos fjuo/fldcliiri, ' oiniiiblp  vicillnrd, 
•mnire(m.), '  pvenez,  'uiur,  °  tu,  '"  large,  "pioiiriOttS  (,/.),"  oaivicttre  (m.),'^ buttez, 
»*  hubit  (f».)  h  m. 

1.  This  child.  2.  These  generals.  3.  I  do  not  like  these  old 
horses.  4.  This  garden  belouRs  to  my  father.  5.  Those  b-hocs 
hiirti  that  young  lady.a  G.  ¥ou  say  ihaf^  tliia  en;!ravii)g  is 
torn.*  7.  That  amiable  old  mau'^  is  the  mayor  o  of  the  tuwn. 
S.  Take"  these  grapes  ;  they  are  ripe.^  9.  llavoyou  seen"  that 
dictionary?  10.  These  hats  are  too  widcJ"  11.  This  lady  has  a 
fine  estate.ii  12.  The  temper^  ol  that  child  is  aVomiuable. 
13.  Dust  18  this  coat."  -~^. 

ZZX.— POSSBSSXVS  ADJECTIVES. 

83.  Possessive  adjectives  are  placed  before  the 
tioun  to  point  out  to  whom  the  object  hclonys:'— 

mon  chex'ol    =my  horse — t.a.  the  hoise  \vhich  belongs  to  mo 
ton  chapeau  =lliyhat — i.e.  the  liiit  „  „       thee 

mou  baton      «=  his  stick — i.e.  the  stick       „  m       hiiu. 


frb88RHStVl!l    AWECTlMCS. 


6t 


the 


UA8C. 

tnon 

tun 

son 


FICM. 

rnck 
aa 


llie  possessive  a-ljoctives  arc  : — 
A.  Wheu  the  object  belougs  to  one  person  only  (mon 
chi('n=my  clog): — 

BINUULAR.  TLUllAIi. 

(fob  both  oendeus.) 
ntcs  =  my 
tcs  =tliy 
sea  s  liiK,  hor,  its. 

li.  When  the  ohjoct  belon.TS  to  sovornl  persons  at  the 
same  time  (notro  (7uV/i  =  ou''iIog;   noa  rlwiauM 

=  our  horsob) ; — 

BINOULAn.  ^  PLtmAT. 

(rou  noTH  aENDELS.)  (ron  nora  (ikndku.s.) 
notre  nos     =our 

voire  'OS      =your 

jgy,,.  lenm  =  their 

B^JJT  The  mascnline  forms  mnn,  ton,  anii  are  placed 
before  feminine  nouns  bugii  uing  with  a  vowel  or 
h  mute,  instead  of  the  feminine  via,  ta,  sa,  in  order  to 
prevent  the  hiatus  which  the  meeting  of  two  vowela 
would  produce ;  thus  we  must  say  : — 

tnon  dme       =my  aoul,  iiistcadof  jim-ame 

ton  rpce        =  thy  swortl,  ..  ta-epeo 

son  /iitmf  itr  =hia  or  her  tompcr,     „  .sa-hu/ucitn 

In  Old  Fvoiich  mnn  \wi\s  strictly  Icopt  for  inasnilino,  and  ma  for 
fomiuiiie  iioniis.  Whenever  mq,  ta,-  #a  c:uuo  btl'oro  a  word 
li(";hiiiiiif,'  with  a  vowel,  the  a  was  elided,  iis  it  iS  now  for  tlio 
fciuiuiuo  dethiite  urtiole  la,  iind  people  tlieii  stiid  mdine,  t'rpce, 
a'amie,  just  m  we  now  say  Vdinc,  Vepco,  Vamio.  Towardb  the 
fourteenth  century  the  uso  of  tlu  marfcuiiiui  forms  won,  ton,  son 
Buperscdod  tliis  elision,  wliich  has,  however,  survived  in  the  term 
of  endearment  m'aian,  ma,  nmio  (=my  love),  which  later  on 
beciame,  by  corrujjtion,  ma  mia;  heuoo  came  the  expressions  (a 
into,  sa  nw9=thy,  iiis  lady-love,  etc. 

Note  that  in  French,  the  possessive  adjective  agrees 
with  the  thing  possesst  !,  not  with  the  possessor  ;  also, 
til  at  it  must  bo  repeated  before  each  noun :  son  pete, 
Bon  J'rere  et  sa  su.;o- .(= his,  or  her  father,  brother  and 
iiihter). 

±<A6irCii30     Him 


,  mea  livrea  ?    2.  Notre  malson 
Oil  jjrando.     3.  Jo  purlcrai  do  vous  a  mon  pere.     4.  Voa  craiuLua 


1.  Oil  est  votre  plume,  et  o^  sent 


ONTARIO  COLLtGE  OF  EDUCATION 


ti 


hJDEFINlTE    ADJECrnl^B. 


font  ridicules.  6.  Ma  montre  avuuce.  (5.  Ton  liabit  eat  taoliA. 
7.  3b  voub  moiitrenii  ma  gravnres.  H.  Mn  in^re  est  4  la  cam- 
pagno.  9.  Son  chcval  est  boiteux.  10.  J'aime  boaucoup  noi 
cousins ;  iln  sont  trfis-aiuiables. 

'  AmltlA  (/.)  ponr.  'f\nct-ro.  »lol(/.),  'miprPmo,  'llvro'  -  ),'m^ro(/.).  'A>« 

ttiDiiviffno  (/.)     'voug  ni(iiitrcnil-je,  'piir  la  tiMo,  '"m'  ""•>.  "cnnna  a.;, 

"Mn^iiMl,  "nuilson  (/.),  "biaitS  ■•iwlc.ui,  >' im>orUu  '  cliiuiuc  p^ys,  "oou. 
Ml  lie  (/,)                    • 

1.  Your  ongraviiijtH  are  good.  2.  iMy  friendship  for*  you  il 
Bincero.*  8.  His  laws'  ftio  supremo.*  4.  These  bookH "  belong 
to  my  motbor.8  5.  Our  cousins  («».)  are  in  the  country.'  6.  I 
have  lost  my  watch.  7.  Shall  I  show  you*  his  horses?  8.  My 
pons  are  on  the  table.o  9.  Give  me  my  coat,  my  gU)veB,i<'  and  my 
walking-stick."  10.  When"  have youseenyourcousin?  11.  Ilia 
liouso  "  is  burnt."  12.  I  shall  speak"  to  your  officer.  13.  Hor 
friend  has  brought  back  "  his  book.  14.  Each  country  "  h&B  its 
own  laws  and  cusloms.^*> 


SECTION  VII. 
nrasmrxTB  abjsctxvxsji. 

8-1.  Indefinite  adjectives  denote  that  tlio.  notin 
is  ubctl  in  a  vague  and  general  manner,  as  :  auoane 
httre  n'est  arncec  {  =  710  letter  has  arrived);  quelque 
niallteur  nous  menace  {  —  some  misfortune  threatens  us). 

These  adjectives  are  twelve  in  niimber : 
1.  auoun  (/fW.  aucune)  =  any,  no,  none;  2.  autre 
Brother,  another;  3.  certain  {fern.  certaine)  =  Boine, 
some  one.  a  certain;  4.  chaque  =  eaeh;  5.  maint 
(_/;w.mainte)  =  many;  G.  meme  =  samo;  7.  nul  {fevi. 
nulle)  =  no,  none;  8.  plusieurs  =  several ;  9.  quel- 
conque*  =  whatever,  wliatsoever;  10.  quelque  =■? 
some;  11.  %e\{J'em.  telle)  =  such;  12.  tout  (^^^wn  wa«c. 
touB,  fern,  sinfj.  toute)  =  all,  every. 

N.B. — Certain  is  an  indefinite  adjective  when  it 
means  un,  quelque=one,  some,  as:  certain  homme  {j=q, 
liiau.  some  mauV  But  wlien  it  means  stLr  (  =  8iire).  it  is 
a  qualificative  adjective,  as:  j'en  mis  certain  (=1  am 
sure  of  it). 

•  queUonqut  alv  ayp  Tullowt'  t  le  novM, 


OP   TriE   PBONOUN 


S8 


Auoun  and  nal  am  acoompaniod  by  m :  Jo  u©  c\iti- 
mis  aucun  de  sea  frhea  {  =  1  dou't  know  any  ol"  Lis 
brotUura). 

1.  Je  n'al  ancimo  onvi  i\  \mn\v  a  tiutro  CX^.ve.  2.  CVvtaIn 
rcniird  gaseon  ;  .r>uitrc3  disi  '  norir.  ,.id.  3.  Clm.iuo  jour  uiui\io 
avoc  lui  son  travail.  4.  Miih,'  ;cnvft9aior  bO  croit  pocte.  5.  J'ui 
roncontr6  plusioiirs  hoUIiUh  ilaus  la  rue.  0.  II  n'  i  iiuUo  pitiO.  7. 
Tol  maitro,  toUo  mainnu.  8.  Toub  leu  matins  je  lis  \\n  livro  quel- 
comiufl.  9.  Tol  qui  rit  vcndrodi,  dimancho  plourora.  10.  riuKiourjJ// 
do  vos  nmia  sont  ici. 

«6I6vo  (m.),  "noBortiravcndrcdl.  "wsmiilni*  (f.h  *.^<rlv,^<«ior  ("«■).  iTOi*"" 
r/.).  "ft'iait  plus  .ic,  'vu.  -porBoaua  f/.J,  ^am.ti.i.rut  fm.J.  '"vuia,  "rebollo 
f ni.J,  '"  iiinwU  fm.). 

1.  Have  you  (of)  sucb  pupils  ?  ^  2.  Nono  of  tlioso  soldiors  shall 
go  out  on  Friday."  3.  Every  \vook»  my  father  brings  with  him 
many  a  scribbler.*  4.  Liko  master,  like  man.  6.  Your  friend 
has  several  liorsea.  6.  Ai-e  you  of  another  oiuuion  (/.)f  7.  i 
have  seen  several  fine  carriages."  8.  Another  poet  would  do 
more«  work  every  day.  9.  Have  you  scou^  the  same  persons?' 
10.  Every  child  likes  (the)  cakes.  11.  Ho  has  no  souse »  of  ouvy. 
12.  I  am  goingi"  to  punish  aoveral  rebels."  IH  '-  '  ave  met  uo 
fox  ^  in  the  street. 

QUESTIONS  FUR  EXAMINATIONS. 


.,v^''' 


I.  Olvoalistof  the  detenniniUive  ad- 

^.  V>  hat  MO  the  numeral    .(ircHvesr 
8.  Oivo  a  Ustol  the  caiiUuul  nnmbers. 
4.  What  is  the  difToronco  bctwicu  «« 

indefinite  article,  and  «/« nninenil? 
t.  II 3W  do  yon  form  tho  French  o/rf^ 

nflj  numbers  ? 
8.  What  are  tho  numoinU  wUlci  serve 

to  multiply  ? 


7.  Write  down  the  tlrmonstraUve  a4' 

jri-tivs. 

8.  II f murk  on  the  demonstrative  aa- 

j(<!iive  ce, 
0.  (five  a  list  of  the  possestite   i.dt 
jcrtii-is, 

10.  State  tho  pccnllaritlcs  which  (itTt-i't, 
the  worda  won,  tun,  i(m. 

11.  What  are  tho  Imiifinitfniijntin-it' 
\%.  Remark  on  the  adjective  ce/du*. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

or  TBB  PROM'O'in!!'. 

85.  The  pronoun  is  a  word  which  tuicCB  mjC-  piacs 
of  the  noun.  In  the  sentence  Kenrl  est  cspici/le,  nntis 
l^deviendra  rt^^nnabU  (^^Benvy  is  froUcsome,  Uut  ha 


64 


PERSONAL    PRONOUNS. 


t 


will  gi-ow  steady),  the  word  il,  being  put  there  iustcail 
of  Henri,  is  a  prououn. 

Pronoun  is  the  liatin  pronomen  (j?ro=inRtead  of,  ttomen=noiin). 

06.  The  pronoun  takes  the  gender  and  number  of 
tl/e  noun  instead  of  which  it  is  used.  Les  hiron- 
dclhs  partent ;  ellcs  vont  dans  lis  jxnjs  cliawh  (  =  the 
swallows  are  on  the  wing  ;  they  go  to  warm  countries). 
Elles  is  feminine  plural,  because  hirondelies  is 
feminine  plural.  Votre  viaisan  est  grandc;  la  xnienne 
ext  plus  petite  {  =  yo\\Y  \\o\\?,Q\&  largo;  mine  is  smaller). 
La  xnienne  is  feminine  singular  to  agree  withmalBOU. 

87.    There  are  five  kinds  of  pronouns  :- 

1.  The  personal. 

2.  The  demonstrative. 
8.    Tlie  possessive. 

4.    The  relative. 
0,    The  indefinite. 

SECTION  I. 

PBKBOXAXi  TTLoixorma. 

80.  Personal  pronouns  are  those  which  point 
out  the  persons,  and  indicate  the  part  they  play  iu  the 
speech. 

In  the  sentence  Je  devtno  qu?  tu  vion»  de  chez  lul  {= I  (,1X683 
you  come  from  his  hone  ,  wo  distinguish  at  ouco  three  different 
persons,  jfl,  tn,  lui,  as  beiug  the  actors  in  this  Httlo  drama.  Thosa 
actors  liave  different  parts,  wliich  are  indicated  here  by  three  dis- 
tinct words :  the yirst  part  (Je  =  I)  is  that  of  the  actor  who  speaks  t 
the  second  (tu  =  thou),  tiiat  of  the  actor  spohcn  to;  and  tUt  ikird 
(lul  =  hi.  J,  ihnt  of  tho  actor  .ipoAen  of. 

Those  three  chavacters,  or  rather  jiaits,  are  cilh'd  porsonnes<« 
persons  (from  tlie  Latin  [d,-awatis]  jpersoiw),  and  ruprosented 
by  the  i  csonal  pronouns,  which  point  out  beings  h^j  the  part 
they  act  in  that  siiurt  piece  culled  a  setdeiice. 

89.  The  jrsoual  pronouns  are  dividca  i»lo  coH' 
jua:tive,  disjunctive,  and  rejkctive. 

Tlio  oonjuncti^e  personal  pronouns,  or  ]?FOr 
nouns  immediately  couiiected  with  tho  verb,  are  :-»*. 


C 
1 

/ 


PEKSONAL    niONOnNS. 


65 


Je  =  I ;  tu  =  tliou ;  i!,  elle 


ho,  fiho,  it. 


Nom.  J'e  =  I. 

Gen. 

Diit.    me=io  mc. 

Ace.    me— mo. 


tu=tbon. 

te— to  thee. 
te=tht'o. 


tl,  ello— lie,  flho,  it. 
en--of  him,  hi-r,  it. 
lai.y(ofthiii!^s)  -toit.tothria. 
le,  la=him,  h-^v,  it. 


Nom. 

Nous  =:  we. 

vcus--you. 

(iea. 

Dat. 

nou»=tous 

vous=to  >'Oll. 

Ace. 

nous— us. 

V0U3=:y0U. 

Plural. 
ITous  =  WO ;  vona  =  you  ;  lis,  olios  ~  tlicy. 

lis,  ellcs=tiioy. 

on=i)f  th(>ni. 
Icur— to  thum. 
las  — tlioin. 

90.  All  conjunctivo  pronouns,  nscd  as  suLjoct,  are 
placed  hrfore  the  verb,  except  wIkmi  the  sentcuco  i8 
interrogative:  il  vitnt  (=hQ  comes);  vient-iU  (=clocb 
he  conic  ?). 

91.  When  uRod  ns  ohjoct,  all  tho  conjunctive  pro- 
nouns are  placed  immediately  before  tho  verb,  unless  the 
verb  is  in  the  impora,tlvo  and  used  afiirmatively :  Je  la 
eonmis  (  =  1  know  hiin);  ne  lofaispas  (  =  douot  do  it) ; 
/<i/s-le  (  =  do  it). 

92.  When  a  verb  governs  two  conjunctivo  pronoiinB. 
both  are  placed  before  tho  verb,  the  dative  being 
put  first,  and  the  accusativo  next :  Je  to  le  donne  (  =  1 
give  it  to  you);    te  le  donne-UU  (=docs  ho  give  it 

to  you  ?). 

However,  lul,  lour  are  to  bo  put  after  le,  la,  let  • 
Je  le  lui  donne  (  =  1  give  it  to  him). 

N.B.— 1.  All  these  pronouns  aro  used  lot  both 
genders,  with  the  exception  of: — 

il,  le,  ils,  eiix,  which  oio  reaervod  for  tho  mascnhne  ;  apd 
elle,  Ja,  elles,  which  aio  reserved  for  tho  fcmiuiuo. 

2.  Vous  is  used  for  politeness'  sake  instead  of  tu, 
and  tho  adjective  remains  in  the  singular :  ruul,  voutt 
ttcs  triste  (  =  Paul,  you  aro  sad). 

o  r|M.p  rsvonfsuns  le=  la^  lc«  must  not  be  mistaken 
ior  the  dAnito   article  le,  la,  Us,  tho  former  always 


60 


PKRSONATi   PRONOUNS. 


jiccompany  a  verb,  the  latter  a  substantive:  Void  lo 
litre  (jiieje  runs  at  prouiis,  prencz-le  (  =  hcre  is  the  book  1 
liroiiiisid  you  ;  take  it). 

4.  Z«eur  is  a  personal  pronoun  when  it  means  a  cux, 
a  elles  (~io  tlicin),  and  accompanies  a  verb.  In  that 
case  it  never  takes  the  mark  of  tlio  plural,  as  :  Je  leur 
at  (hnne  un  lirre  (  =  1  have  given  thera  a  book).  It 
is  a  possessive  atljective  when  it  signifies  iVexix,  iVcUcs 
(  =  of  thcni),  and  is  placed  before  a  substantive.  It 
must  thou  take  the  mark  of  tb^  plural,  as:  Cos 
enj'diits  out  perdu  leura  Uvres  (  =  these  children  have  lost 
their  books).  Xieur,  possessive  adjective,  never  takea 
the  mark  of  the  feminine  :  Iteurjille  ( =  their  daughter), 
leuTB/dh's  (  =  t]ioir  daughters). 

6.  En  is  a  pronoun  when  it  is  used  instead  of  de  lui 
(  =  of  him);  d'elle{  =  oi  her);  d'cux,  d,' flics  (  =  of  them): 
J'aiiiie  cct  enfant  et  j'cn  suis  aiiiie  (  —  1  love  this  child, 
and  I  am  loved  by  him).  Otherwise  it  is  eitlicr  an  adverb, 
fen  vitfis  (  =  1  come  from  thence),  or  a  preposition, 
je  suis  en  France  ( =1  am  in  France). 

6.  V  is  a  pronoun  when  it  means  a  cette  chose  (=to 
this  thing),  a  ces  choses  (=to  these  things),  a  cela  (  =  to 
that) :  L'ajf'aire  est  importante,  fy  donncrai  tons  mes 
aoins  (=tbo  affair  is  important;  I  shall  bestow  all 
iny  care  upon  it).  Otherwise  it  is  an  adverb:  Tu 
y  cours  (  =  thou  runnest  there.) 

93.  The   aicvfunctive    personal    pronouns,  or 

pronouns  used  apart  from  the  verb,  are : — 

Siiigulnr. 
Moi  =- 1 ;  tot  =  thou ;  Ittl,  elle  =  he,  she. 


Nom.  Moi=I. 
Gen.     de  mol. 
Dat.      k  B&oi. 
4co.      moL 

toi=thou. 
de  toi. 
ktol. 
tol. 

Plural. 

lul,  olle=he,  she. 
de  lul,  d'elle. 
k  lul,  k  elle. 
lul,  elle. 

Mons  =  we 

Nom.  Iirous=we. 
G'jii.    d£  nsss. 
pHt.     k  nous. 
Acc.     nous. 

;  VOUS  =  you ; 
vouB=you. 

k  vous. 

▼OttS. 

enz,  elles  =  tliey. 
enz,  elle«=they. 

k  snx,  k  olios,, 
eux,  iiUos, 

i,' 


PKHSONAti   PRONOUNS. 


»7 


T 


94.  The 


disjunctive  pronouns  are  always  tTic  same, 
wlietLer  used  as  subject  or  as  object  o^  a  verb.  They 
are  used  as  subjeofc  only  when  it  is  uccepsary  to 
establish  a  distinction  between  two  persons  or  things, 
or  for  emphasis :  liul  m'a  donne  de  Varrfcnt,  ©ux  m  out 
donnea  manger  {= he  gave  me  mouoy,  they  gave  me  to 
eat);  moi,  je  vous  le  dis  (=/tell  you  so). 

95.  These  pronouns  are  used  in  Froiich  after  the 
verb  dtre,  after  a  preposition  or  conjunction,  and  also 
in  answer  to  qu.^tions :  Cest  xiaoi(=it  is  I);  c'eUnl 
lui  (=it  was  he) ;  ce  lure  est  a  mol  (  =  thi8  book  is 
mine,  belongs  to  me);  il  parte  contre  tol  (=he  speaks 
against  you);  it  cut  }>!ns  r/raud  que  mol(=he  is  tailor 
than  I) ;  qui  vicnt  la  ?     '.-^Xoi  (  =  who  comes  there  ?    I). 

In  order  to  give  still  greater  force  to  the  expression, 
the  adjective  mme  is  joined  by  a  hyphen  to  these 
pronouns,  as : — 


Singular. 

mol-meme  =  myself 
tol-mdme  =th3'Bclf 
lul~meme  sbiuiBclf 
eUe-meme = herself 


Plural. 

nons-iuf^ines = onrselvcs 
vcus-menies = yoiirsclveB 


euz-xnSine*     ) 
«kies-m6mes  | 


themBoIves. 


•ol-m6me  =  oneself,  himself,  '^crself,  etc. 

96.  The  reflective  peraonal  pronoun  (con- 
jnnctive,  se ;  disjunctive,  «oi)  is  used  only  for  the  third 
person,  and  for  both  genders  and  botl.  numbers.  The 
first  and  second  persons  are  formed  with  the  pronouns 
given  above. 

N.B.  -In  modern  French,  sot  is  only  used  wV.on 
the  subject  of  the  verb  is  on,  tout  le  monde,  chacun, 
etc.,  or  after  an  impersonal  verb. 


Bxerolee  29i 

1.  n  travoille  aveo  Boin.  2.  Cest  moi  (ivA  irai  lo  voir.  8.  Jd 
«rni«  n»n  c'eat  k  toi  ou'il  parle.  4.  Adressez-vouB  a  lui.  5.  Elle 
Ipi  parlera  de  votre  ^airo.  6.  Jo  le  vols  d'ici.  7.  Bile  eai  hi 
IjouDO  qiie  ie  veu»  la  r<-corapcuBer.     8.  Cos  fleurs  rao  plaisenk 


58 


DEMONSTRATIVE   PROXOUNS. 


beauconp.     9.  Croyez-mci,  consentez-y. 
et  j'en  pai-lerai  daus  la  revue. 


10.  J'ai  In  votre  livre» 


•  tnarche,  •  vols,  *  voyons,  *  ponsez,  •  jonent,  •donsoiifc,  'donnorni,  '  (fvi 
plniscnt,  "  croyez,  '°  a'^couipciiscr,  "constus,  '"  pmlo,  "  vcnoiis,  "en,  " uionti-fiiii, 
"  o'rtait,  "  pnrlez,  "  gonvBiicz-vons  de,  "  loin,  ""  nlloz,  "'  ullons,  "  font  top.c, 
*•  on  no  dolt  jamais  purler,  ='  fl.ittent,  "  sais. 

Conjunctive  pronouns  i  1.  I  walk  •}  tliou  sccet  *  tlief<e 
flowers;  ho  has  read  your  book;  your  sisters  arn  very  good. 
2.  She  works  with  much  (of)  caro ;  we  sce«*  you  think,*  they 
(masc.)  play,"  tlioy  (fem.)  dance."  3,  I  shall  give'  him  those 
flowers  which  ploiiso^  (to)  him.  4,  Go  and  (to)  see  him.  5.  You 
beUevc  "  that  I  wish  to  recompense  ">  her.  6.  Wo  have  read  the 
review  of  your  hook.  7.  I  consent "  to  it ;  I  sponlt  '^  of  him  ;  he 
has  some  of  them ;  we  couio  i^  from  that  place.'*  8.  I  will  sliow" 
it  to  you ;  don't  show  it  to  her. 

Blsjunctlvt)  pronouns.  1.  It  is  he;  itwas><'  I;  speak ^^  to 
them  (wasc);  remember  i**  them  (fern.)  2.  Fari*  from  thee;  go*" 
with  them  ;  let  us  go "  there  ourselves ;  they  do  everything  ■^■* 
themselves  (fem.).  3.  One  should  never  speak '^  of  one'a  self. 
4.  They  flatter  2*  themselves.  5,  1  who  was  theto  {!)  know  2»  it 
better  than  he. 


x 


*  -: 


# 


SECTION  II. 
SEMONSTBATivE  PRoxroirxra. 

97.  Demonstrative  pronouns  are  used  to  point 
out  the  person  or  thing  spoken  of :  ilfon  cheval  est  plus 
grand  que  celul-cl  (=my  horse  ie  higher  than  thia 
one). 

98.  The  demonstrative  pronouns  are  the  folio  win  9 : 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Oe,  oelnif  oelle  ( = this,  that,  it),      oenz,  oelles  (» these,  tho.<o.) 

99.  We  have  seen  (§  82)  that  the  advcih  d  is 
added  to  the  demonstrative  adjective  to  point  out  an 
ohjoct  close  to  us,  and  the  adverb  Ih  to  indicate  another 
object  far  from  us.  Those  two  adverbs  are  also,  and 
for  the  same  purpose,  joined  to  the  demonstrative 
pronouns  oe  (but  without  a  hyphen):  ceol  (  =  this); 
cela  (  =  that);  oelul  (with  a  hyphen)  =celui-olt  cdle* 
olf  celui-likt  cellc  lit;  <rt'i(.r-ci,  ceu.i-  Ikt  etc. 


\ 


POSSESSIVE    PK0N0UN3. 


CO 


// 


* 


100.  Ce  is  a  proaouu — 

1.  When  it  accompanies  a  vovl) :   Co  doit  etre  son 
frere  (  =  it  must  bo  liia  brother);  est-OQ  Udf 

(  =  i8itho?). 

2.  When  it   is   placed  before   the    pronou'is    qui 

^  =  who),  que  (  =  whom),  qnoi  (  =  wliab),  ii-^nt 
(  =  wliose):  J'irai  voir  ce  qui  cM  arrive  (—-I 
■will  go  and  koo  what  has  hiippcned) ;  je  prai 
ce  que  voiis  vio  dcmandcz  (=1  will  do  what  you 
ask  me). 
But  placed  before  a  noun  ce  is  an  adjective  :  Ce  livra 
(  =  thi3  book);  ce  cliapntH  (  =  that  hat). 

(Mui  qui  =  ho  who,  the  one  who  ;   cchii  que  =i  he 
whom,  the  one  whom. 


nxeroise  21. 

1.  Mon  livre  et  colni  do  mon  fiijro.  2.  Ma.  clmiso  et  colU  do 
ma  oousino.  3.  Ses  crayons  oteoiix  do  GuilUunno.  4.  Vos  t>f'n  h  ( t 
celles  de  votro  ami.  5.  Piof6rcz-vou3  ce  couteau-ci  on  c«liii-]a  .' 
6.  Gardea  ces  Lottos-la;  jo  clioisis  collcs-ci.  7.  Ccci  iiu'riio 
attention.  8.  Cola  ne  vaut  rien.  9.  Quol  eat  oe  monsieur  ?  Ce 
doit  fitre  sod  colonel..  10.  Est-co  biou  hii  ? 


*  priifiiro,  '  qui  faitns,  •commodo,  *  mais,  '  no  vaut  rion,  * 
•  pui-co  que  co  dolt  Otre,  •  ouvrago  (»i.). '"  rwompcnao  (/.). 


pairo  (/.), '  cho'sli, 


1.  I  prefer  1  these  booU  to  those.  2.  I9  it  you  who  make' 
t)iose  offers  ?  3.  Give  mo  this  or  that.  4.  Your  cluiirs  aro  not  so 
JL-oomfortable8  as  those  of  youv  friend.  5.  Those  knives  are 
*  excellent,  but  *  this  ouo  is  food  for  nothing.*  6.  Of  several  pairs  ■ 
of  boots,  this  one  or  that  one  ?  the  ■,  or  those  ?  7.  I  choose  '  thig 
book,  bocaua©  it  must  bo  ^  an  excelleut  work."  8.  Y  "  brother'9 
attention  deserves  a  reward-^  9.  I  do  not  like  tliu  10.  The 
ouo  that  I  ahuw  you. 


Vi^ 


SECTION  m. 

XOl.  PosaesBive  pronouns  take  the  place  of  tho 

_    1     i  ii_   -   i • 1       i     ^  • -    »*... 

COUUy   tillU    tit    till!    iJUiiIlo     iiiiuU     flCnOli;     pi'Ioov^SoiLJIi  :      ii.f'''* 

^hapeau  eat  rncilleuK  qitolo  vOtre  (=iny  hat  is  bcttuj; 


i*I"^'*irA 


60 


POSSEBST^'K  PR0NCn?3. 


1 

tbau  yours);  ton  cheval  et^f, pbis  noir  gugile  slen  (=»ihf 
horse  is  blacker  than  Lis).  XiO  vdlr"^!  le  fiien  are 
possessive  pronouns — ■jaro^joj/Ji  ,  becaufc:  i;hty  aiy  uised 
to  avojfl  the  rnp/;Ution  of  the  noun  which  reii'Cieuts 
tbi!  objcjt,  md  po;;4essive,  because  they  indicate,  at  the 
bjirao  lir ,.'%  vO  vbom  the  object  belongs. 

When  ouci  oV\ot  pus.itsscd  by  only  one  person  is 
spulion  of  {&"  man  thapeau  est  meilleur  que  le  tlexs),  tho 
possessive  piOi>uun8  a:.c: 


1bi'  Pis  rson 


C  Masc.  le  zuieu       ... 
I  Feu.    la  mlenne  ... 


2nT^  Person 


8UD  PiltiSON 


PLURAL. 

l«s  mluns 
les  mlennes 

lea  tlens 
les  tlennea .. 

les  slens 
lea  siennes., 


t 


vi-ne 


J  thitio 


s 


ilia,   Is 
liers,  da. 


I  Mapo.  le  tlen... 
(,  Fev.    la  tlenne 

TMasc.  le  slan ... 
\  Fgv.    la  sienne 

Mien,  Hen,  sien  are  softened  forms  of  mon,  ton,  son.  In  the 
Middle- Ages  the  pronouns  mion,  tien,  sien  could  be  usetl  ua 
adjectives,  that  is  to  say,  pliuied  between  the  oxticle  and  the 
name  of  the  possessed  object ;  people  said  indiscriminately  eithtr 
mon  frero  (  =  my  brother),  ton  vassal  (=thy  vassal),  or  le  mion 
frirc,  le  tien  vassal,  etc.  This  rale  soon  disappeared,  but  some 
remains  of  it  are  still  found  iu  the  modern  expressions  :  un  mion 
cousin  (  =  a  cousin  of  mine),  le  tlen  propro  (= thine  own),  una 
«ienne  tante  (=an  aunt  of  his),  etc. 

When  an  object  possessed  by  several  persons  at  the 
same  time  is  spoken  of  (as  Iciir  cheval  est  moins  beau 
que  lendtre  =  their  horse  is  not  so  fine  as  ours),  the 
possessive  pronouns  are : 


SINGULAR. 


IST   PEnSON 

2nd  Pbrsom 
Sno  Pbbson 


<  Masc. 
^Feu. 

5  Masc. 
^Feu. 

)  Misr- 
f  Feu 


le  ndtre 
la  ndtre 

le  v6tre 
la  v6tre 

le  lenr  .. 
%  leur  .. 


PLURAL. 

"*  >  lea  nfttrea  =outs 
...  J 

*"  ]  lea  Tdtrea  1         • 
...J 


leal' 


Exercise  22. 

1.  Yotre  fuail  est  plus  lourd  que  le  mien.     S.  i'au'i^. 
tnt^am,  mais  jo  n'aime  pas  la  icur.     3.  Est-ii  k  ma  placfi  :  'U 
eienne?    4.  Yoici  mcs  patina;  montrez-moi  les  vAtrcs.  5.  *' 
moi  un  morceau  de  ton  g&teaa,  le  mien  n'cst  pas  eacoro  <,. 


cira. 


'~*ire 

;rO. 


i 


I 


f;'^'^S'*e'  A 


yLl 


IfeLATlVfi   PRONOtNd. 


01 


6.  Qmh  jolis  cukntsl  Sont-ce  lea  vfitros?  7.  Le  aomcsluiue 
ni'a  appoit6  mes  lettros  et  les  leurs.  8.  II  a  parl6  i  mon  colonel 
et  ail  flien.  9.  Je  voi8  souvent  vos  amia  et  les  sions.  10.  Je 
trouve  mon  pays  meilleiir  que  le  v6tre. 

'  rtomesti^ne  (m,), '  n'cut  pas  onrote  nrrir*.  •  oanlf  (m.).  •  pays  (m.).  •  Angle 
Icrrc  C'^-).  •  oonflanca  (/.), '  joU,  •  6taiig  (m.). 

1.  Your  Bervant »  is  here,  Ijut  mine  has  not  arrived  yet «  2.  My 
colonel's  gun  is  hen  vicr  than  yours.  8.  Is  that  your  pen-knife « ? 
No  ;  it  is'his.  4.  (The)  France  is  my  country  * ;  (the)  England* 
is  yours.  5.  My  frleud  deserves  your  contidonce"  and  theirs. 
6  His  skates  and  thine.  7.  He  fipcaks  to  your  pretty  ^  chil.lrea 
ond  to  mine.  8.  Your  gloves  and  hers.  9.  This  pouds  is  Bui:iUor 
than  onth.    10.  I  have  reacT  your  book  and  his. 

SECTION  IV.- 

102.  Ilelativo  pronouns  are  those  which  con- 
nect tlie  aouu  or  pronoun  they  Btand  for  with  the  part 
of  the  sentence  which  follows  them:  Le  client  qui 
vmhraqe  notre  cour  est  tres-virux  {  =  ihQ  oak  which  over- 
Bhatlcs  our  yard  is  very  old);  le  lure  quo  vous  vi'avcz 
prete  est  intirnsaiit  (  =  the  hook  [which]  you  have  leut 
mo  is  interesting). 

103<  The  word  re]ircscntcd  oy  tne  relative  pronoun 
is  called  the  antecedent.  In  the  above  examples 
chenc  and  Here  are  the  antecedents  of  qui  and  of  que. 

The  French  word  antccnhv>,t  comes  from  the  Latin  anteeedcniem 
{-^  prccoaiug),  IccauBO  i(  is  placed  before  the  rolutive  pronoun. 

iO*.  The  relative  pronouns  are— 

1,  qui        =  who,  which  (fippiiod  to  persons  and  things) ; 
de  owl  =  whoso,  of  or  from  whom ")       applied  to 

h  qui     =  to  whom  )     persons  only ; 

2.  ovLV)"      s»  whom,  which,  what  (persons  and  thingn) ; 

8.  quol      -  what  (things  only)  in  cxckmation  and  after  pre- 
positions ; 

A.  dont     -  whose,  of  or  from  whom  or  which  (persons  and 
iliiugb) ; 

6.  logiuel  =  who,  which,  what  (jiersons  and  thin;^). 
•  <^'  i.i  8i*J'  «"'  '>cf»rc  »  vowoi ;  qui  U  nefM  »h<i»iwn«d 


63 


kKt.AtlVfe   tnONOUNB. 


Q'lio  rcliitivo  i)ronouns  qui,  que,  qiioi,  dont  are  Inv^ 
riable,  but  leqtwl  is  variable : — 


MASO. 

Icquel 

duquel 

auquel 


haqvels 
chsqueh 
aumquels 


8INGULAB. 
FEM. 

laqaoUe      =  who,  which,  what 

de  hviuoUg  =  of  or  from  whom,  which,  whiit 

a  laquelle  =  to  whom,  which,  what. 

PLURAL. 
Xa^que'hs    =  who,  which,  what 
dc.iquelles  =  of  wliom,  which,  wliat 
auxquelles  —  to  whom,  which,  what. 

105.  Ekmabk. — Que,  pronoun,  must  not  bemistalceu 
for  que  adverb  or  que  conjunction.  Que  ia  a  pronoun 
■when  Icquii,  laquelle,  lesqueh,  Icsquellcs  can  be  used  in  its 
place,  as:  la  rose  que  j'al  cueillie  ce  matin  est  fan ee 
(=the  rose  I  gathered  this  mornhig  is  faded)  =  la- 
quelle j'ai  cueillie. — Que  is  an  adverb  when  it  means 
how  vmni/,  as  :  que  de  belles  roses  j'ai  cueillies !  (=horv 
many  beautiful  roses  I  have  plucked !)  And,  histi/, 
quo  is  a  conjunction  when  it  means  neither  lequel  nor 
combien,  as :  J'eq:ere  que  rons  re'ussirez  dam  votre  entre' 
prise  (=  I  hope  [thatj  you  will  succeed  in  your  undcr- 
taldng). 

N0T13  that  the  rchitive  prononna  nra  often  understood  in 
English,  but  must  always  bo  expressed  ia  French, 

lOS.  The  relative  pronouns  are  also  used  in  iufcr- 
rogative  sentences,  in  which  ca^io  they  are  called 
inter vog-ative  pronouns:  Qui  etrs-vous?  (=^110 
mo  you?)  que  demandez-vous?  (=  Avhat  do  you  ask 
lor?)  a  quoi  cela  est-il  hon?  (=  what  is  the  use  of 
ih'iit^)  void  deux  accuses,  lequel  est  couvahle /  {=  hore 
arc  two  accused  persons,  which  is  the  guilty  one  ?). 

Eemark. — Interrogative  pronouns  have  no  antecedent. 

Sont  is  never  used  as  an  interrogntive  pronoun : 
Se  qui  (not  dont)  })arlez-cous?  {s=\ihom  are  you 
Bpoaking  of  ?). 

107.  Besides  the  interrogative  pronouns  proper, 
there  is  the   intecrog-ative   ac'yective  quel,   wlacli 


INDEFINITE    VllONOl'NP. 


C3 


prococlos  a  not?n  or  pronoun :  Quel  dije  avez-voiis  f 
(=:\vliat  is  your  age,  or  how  old  are  you  ?)  quelle  heme 
ent-iU  (=  what  o'clock  is  it?)  j'ai  <frs  vouielirs  a  votis 
(tpprmd re. —^nellea  sunt-ellcs?  (■=  I  Lave  Bome  news 
to  toll  you.— What  is  it  ?). 


108.  Quel  is  variable  :— 

jTiftsc.  Hiiig.     quel 
fcm.  eing.      quelle 


mnne.  plnr.     quets 
lum.  plur.     quelleft 


XSzerolse  23. 

1.  Lft  personno  qni  vons  comialt.  2,  Le  marcLoud  que  von« 
nvcz  vu.  3.  La  batnille  dont  jo  parle.  4.  En  quoi  vous  ai-je 
troiiipd  ?  5.  L'alluire  Si  laquello  il  a  <3ohu6  see  soiua.  6.  Quel 
fi;;o  a  cet  enfant?  7.  Do  qui  vous  a- til  parlfi?  8.  A  quoi 
voiiH  occupoz-vousf  9.  La  roBo  que  j'ui  cueillio.  10.  La  loi  qui 
ebt  votoe. 


'  ni.ircliiincl. 


tout  lu  lumirio,  ■' iiiiiiisti"c  {in.),  "IhjiiU', 
<l(pit,,    ''t.ii,'iu   (»».),  "hiUjitont,  "dcssiu,  "coiisiicre,  "  triiit<5  (m.),  "lisca, 
»l)lLiii,"iUi.e(/.) 


'  mrlnis  hicr, 
' r.olictii  imrt  (loninin,  * ri""i5;  (P-), 


1.  Have  you  seen  tlio  morolinnt^  of  whom  I  spokfj^yostenlay*? 
2.  In  what  have  you  fnilud^?  3.  To  what  tlo«s  he  apply  hiuisol{«? 
4.  WJiich  of  my  fans  has  he  biokou*?  5.  The  eliip*  (^YhU:ll) 
lie  has  bought  sails  to-morrow^.  0.  The  poem  *  of  which 
everybody^  speaks  is  by  Victor  Hugo.  7.  Tj^o  miuisjterio  to 
whoso  kindness"  ho  owesi^  },ifl  place  (/.) 
tigers"  wliich  inhabit"  the  desert  (m.) 
BU  art  (m.)  to  which  I  devotie"  myself. 
are  reading"  is  full"  oi  orii^inal  iduas.''"' 


( /^t-v</^ 


8.  Tlie  lions  (ni.)  and 

9.  (The)  drnwiugis  jg 

10.  The  treatiao"  you 


t 


SECTION  V. 
zirBfiFZNiTi:  PROxvotnrs. 

X09.  Indefinite  pronouns  denote  persons  or 
tliiutr?  iu  a  aeucral,  vngnn,  and  indeterminate  manner  : 
(>ueA<.a'un  est  renu  (=  somebody  came) ;  on  nous  V<t> 
(lit  (=  3ome  one  told  us  so);  'xe  faitvs  pas  de  mal  h 
aui^'ui  \^  -  du  uo  hani  to  otlieit-)-. 


JH 


64 


INDEFINITE   PRoVoT"'* 


quelqu'un 
rien 
rien  ne 
I'un  I'autre 
I'un  et  I'autre 
run  ou  I'autre 


■:  Bomcbo^y 
csoinctliing 
BT  nothiug 
c:ouo  auotbeir 
B=both 
=  (jitLer 


nl  I'un  nl  I'autre  =  neither 


The  inclofinite  pronouns  are — 

auArul        =  other  people, 

others 
cL<,t!un       -=  every  one, 
on  {or  Von)  =  people,  one, 

they 
j><>rsonne  =  somebody 
iiersonne  ne=n(>body 
luloonque  =  whoever 

110.  Peraonno  (from  Latin  pemma)  is  a  pronoun 
(and  of  tlie  wasculine  gentler)  when  it  is  not  accora- 
piuiicd  by  an  article  or  adj  ctiv> ,  as  :  Peraonne  ii'est 
m»«  (=  no  ono  came);  peraonno  a-t-il  jamais  parh 
comme  vans?  (=ha8  any  one  ever  spoken  like  you?). 
In  all  oiupr  cases  perao  ne  is  a  feminine  aub- 
atantive  :  C  ite  peraonno  est  trh-obligeante  (=  this 
person  [either  man  or  woman]  is  very  obliging). 

2.  Rien  is  a  pronour:  when  not  accompanied  by 
an  article  or  an  adjecti  .o  :  Je  n'ai  rien  vh  (=  I  have 
not  seen  anything).     Otherwiac.  it  is  a  mascalim  noun  : 


un  sovge,  un      f^-n, 


t<ni     lui 


peur 


(  - :  a  dream,  a 


trifle,  ovcrythiut  rightens  him).     (La  Fontaine,  Fahleit, 
viii.  11.) 

111.  Some  l.dtJinlte  adij*>'^llvefl  m  '  be  used 
by  tlK^msolvea,  i.e.  without  beinj,'  placed  before  a  sub- 
stantive, and  are  therefore  considr -yl  as  lTidefi*4ito 
pronouna.     Such  are  nul    pi    iieuia,  tout :  liui 

nest  irreprochablc  (=  no  oiv     ^  bin  uelcrs) ;  pluBieura 
out  pleure{=  several  shed  '       j)      out  est  perdu  ^=  all 
[everything]  is  lust^,  etc. 

The  following  adjectives  i:Liay  be  used  asproii  nns: 
autre,  certains,  mil,  plusieurs,  tel,  tout. 

Eemabk. — Certain  is  an  indefinite  pronoun  in 

the  plural  when  it  means  quelques-um  (=  some  persons), 
as:  Certains  Vajfirment  (=  some  persons  affirm  this). 

Li  aiiKwers,  rien  and  peraonno  do  not  require  the 
ne:  Qu'avez-tout  vui  rlon  (=what  have  you  scenJP 
BoUiiug). 


UIDKKINITK    PRONOUNS. 


Bzercise  24. 

I.  Qiiclqu'nn  o«t  vonu  voiis  voir.  2.  Ne  ditea  jamais  da  mal 
d  uiitrui.  3.  Gliucun  pcnso  que  la  guerru  uora  d6cli'.r6e.  4. 
Quiconque  onvrira  outto  porto  ora  puni.  5.  On  dit  qn'an 
Inccndie  a  di'hiiit  le  palais  du  roi  6.  lis  He  Hont  mordus  I'lm 
Tautro.  7.  Jo  n'ai  rien  eatondii.  8.  Voici  deux  bous  (ouets, 
prnnoz  I'uii  on  1  ttutre.  9.  J'aiuie  Ton  et  I'autre.  10.  Chaoun  a 
fait  son  devoir. 

•bonb  iir  (wi.),  •  riiml,  Mienront, 'tonlonrs  f?nl,  'iiooIAM  (/.>, 'm  oalomnloiit, 
'porto  (/.), 'form*,  •  pliiH,  '"ooQW  iiiiisioiira,  "  monlu,  '*  pnnvre,  "•6»<u*- 
iMent,  "orronr  (/.),  "11  y  avalt,  "qn'y  nvait-il. 

1.  The  happinoasi  of  others  makoH*  me  happy.'  2.  One  is  always 
rierry^  iu  your  Booiety.'*  3.  They  calnmoiate*  one  another.  4. 
"''itlier  of  these  doors^  shall  be  closed.*  5.  Neither  of  these 
ps  pienseB"  me.  6.  Each  one  of  these  palaces  has  cost 
several'"  millions.  7.  Whoever  hn*  bitten i'  that  poor^*  child 
shall  verely"  punished.    8.  I  have  seen  nothing  of  the  tire. 

9.  Eaci.  ae  has  his  opinion.  10.  No  one  is  exempt  from  error." 
11.  There  wua'^  nobody ;  what  wa ;  there  ?"  llothiug ;  there  was 
nothing. 


QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 


I.  Define •  p'-o«ottn. 

I.  What  is  the  rtilo  for  tbe  ngreenicnt 
of  prononiis? 

I.  Hnw  many  KiiiUa  of  )in>nuauaare 
there  ? 

4.  Ddinea;')'      ml  juonnun. 

t,  (ii-  u  liat  of  llio  iH-Tgonul  pro- 
111111118,  und  say  wlu.ieyoii  place 
tlie conjunctive  ;  and  wlu-re  the 
diajuni'iivuV 

S    Wl:eii  is  voim  tisitl  ingtead  of  Iu  t 

1,  stito  the  lifTerfnce  bt'twun,  /f, 
la,  li'i,  MlwW,  and  /<•  in.  <, 
prononns  ; — between  hnr,  u 
jpctivo,  and  Uur,  prououn  - 
between  en,  pruiioun,  und  ■ «, 
adverb  ;— bitweon  y,  iioncuii, 
and  y,  adverb. 

I,  MeuUuu  A  compound  proiiiun. 


». 
10. 
11. 


Give  a  table  of  the  demonfltrt  '»*• 

prononns. 
Wliiii  igc-  a,  prouoHn? — Whui  ia 

it  Ml  ailjoctlvo '/ 
Give  a  list  of  the  pi>ss<uive  pi »• 

nouns, 
18.  Wliat    ia    meant   by    a   nliuve 

pri'uuun  ? 

13.  yrhai  is  an  iinticifUmt  t 

14.  Keiuai'k  on  the  word  que. 

18.  What  API'  Hie  inti-rri>galivf  pro» 
nouiw  '      What  la  i/uel  f 

Wliat  ih  ilir  (lilTiience  iHtwcen 
tfui  and  i/ii  ,  1"  us  relative,  i"  ax 
interrogtttivt;  pronouns  V 

Write  a  table  of  the  indrfmiU 
prononns. 

lleniiirk  on  pi^-fotnif  ;— nn  rim. 

Name    the    indefinite    adjocUvea 

rfjAil  2*  nivitinnna- 


16. 


17, 

1-^. 


or  TUE  VEBd. 

CHAPTER  V. 

or  TBI!  VEBB. 


112.  The  verb  is  n  word  which  cxprossos  thfe  idea 
of  an  action  or  of  a  state  which  can  ho  nsciibod  to  a 
person  or  to  a  tiling  :  Le  ckeval  est  docile  (  =  the  liorse 
i'l  docile)  ;  h  loop  mamjt  Vayneau  ( =  the  wolf  cats  the 
lamb). 

113.  When  We  say,  U  hup  maiiye  Vayncau,  the  Avord 
manye  (  =  eat8),  which  indicatoH  the  action  perfor'.ncd 
by  the  wolf,  is  called  the  verb ;  the  word  louj)  (  =  wolf), 
indicating  the  animal  which  performs  the  action,  is 
called  the  subject;  the  word  a^/jt-aw  (  =  lanil)),  i)ointing 
out  the  animal  c  aton  by  the  wolf,  is  called  the  com- 
plement (or  object). 

114.  The  word  agmau  (  =  lamb)  is  called  the  com- 
plement (or  object)  l)e('aiise  it  complctcH  i\ni  idea 
which  the  verb  »«rt/(//<i  (  =  eats)  commences,  by  indicating 
what  animal  the  wolf  is  eating.  There  are  two  kinds 
of  complements :  the  direct  and  the  indirect. 

115.  The  direct  complement  is  that  which  com- 
pletes the  meaning  of  iiie  verb  in  a  direct  manner,  tliat 
is  to  say,  without  the  aid  of  any  other  word  :  il  aiine 
son  p6re  (=ho  loves  his  father).  Son  pere  is  a  ilireot 
oomph  inent. 

116.  The  indirect  complement  is  that  which  com- 
pletes  indirecthj  the  meaning  of  the  verb,  that  is  to  cay, 
with  the  aid  of  certam  words,  such  as  a,  de,  etc,  (  =  to,  of, 
etc.),  which  are  called  prepositions  :  il  obeil  &  son 
p6re,  it  dcpetul  de  son  p6re  (  =  he  obeys  his  father,  he 
depends  on  his  father),  it  son  pere,  de  son  ^icre  are  indi- 
rect  complements. 

^  There  is  only  one  verb  properly  so  called,  imracly  the  verb 
etre,  which  expresses  existence,  aud  is  desiguated  as  substantive 

addition  to  the  idea  of  existence,  they  also  describe  a  quaUty  a 
niaunor  of  beinR  of  the  Huhject :  thus,  je  dors  (=1  slwp)  is  the 
s'lme  as  Je  suis  {  =  1  am,  .lfiiotiiij{  existence)  dormart  (=^sJeep. 
ing,  denoting  the  quality,  the  uiuuuer  of  behiy). 


L 


OF  tllE   VKnB. 


W 


X17;    In  Btiulyiiig  verbs,  wo  mimt  oxaniinc  thfi  stem, 
the  termination,    tk,'   nuinoer,    tlie  person,  the  iiujud,    t/m 


tente. 


A 


1.  Stem.— 2.  Termination. 

118.  Tho  vorb  in  alwiiya  formotl  uf  two  (liHtiuct 
parts  :  Ist.  A  part  wbi;'l»  dooH  not  change,  called  tho 
Btem"  (or  root)  of  the  verb.  2ii(l.  A  chuugeable  ami 
variable  part,  which  is  called  the  termination. 
Thus  in  je  marclie,  nous  wn,r!ion%,  voiis  marckorex 
(:=l  walk,  wo  walk,  you  will  walk),  tho  stem  uiank 
esprcsses  the  action  of  walking  ;  and  tho  Kyllables  e, 
ons,  erez,  which  follow  tho  stem  and  mark  tho  dillo- 
rcut  shades  of  tho  meaning,  are  tho  tormiuatioub. 

3.  Numbers. 

119.  Verbs,  like  nouns,   have  two  numbers:    tho 

smcrula),  relating  to  ono  person  and  thing  alone:  jo 
nuirche,  tu  lin,  11  man(je  (  =  1  walk,  thou  readest,  ho 
cats) ;  tho  plural,  when  several  are  alluded  to :  noua 
h'snns,  vous  marchez,  ila  fuiissent  (  =  we  read,  you  walk, 
thoy  finish). 

'4.  Persons. 

120.  Tho  action  expressed  by  tho  verb  can  be  por- 
foDued  by  the  person  who  speaks  :  je  uimrlie,  noua 
vianacons  (=1  walk,  we  eat);  by  tho  person  to  whom  wo 
speak  :  tu  inarches,  vous  manijez  (  =  thou  walkost,  you 
cat),  or  by  the  jjcrson  of  v'liom  wo  speak:  11  iit,  11a 
vhirchcnt  (  =  he  reads,  tb.'y  wilk).  Tho  French  lau- 
gu;ige  marks  these  chaL'ges  of  persons,  both  in  tho 
pingnlar  and  in  the  plural,  by  adding  for  each  of 
Ihem  a  new  termination  (e,  ona,  ez,  etc.)  to  tho 
stem  of  tho  verb.  Those  ditl'erent  terminations  are 
culled  in  graunnar  tho  persona  of  tho  verb. 

aV  5.  mooda. 

121.  The  mood  is  the  wanner  in   which   the   verb 
jnosents  tlic  state  or  action  which  it  expresses. 

Mode  (=-  mood)  ia  froui  the  Liitiii  moJus  (nmmer«=  Uiaiiut-r). 


mMI 


HI 


•8  OF   TltE    VERB. 

There  are  in  Froiich  iive  vimxh :  the  Icdloatlvey  tte 
Imperative,  tiio  conditional,  tlie  subjunctive, 
and  the  infinitive. 

1.  The  indicative  mood  merely  indicates  that  tho 
Action  takes  place:  j«  warche,  tu  lit  {=1  walk,  thou 
roadobt). 

2.  The  imperative  mood  expresses  command: 
miarchez,  Usons  (  —  walk,  lot  us  road). 

8.  The  conditional  mood  shows  that  the  action 
would  take  place,  if  a  certain  condition  were  fulfilled  : 
jc  tortirais,  s'il  fai.sait  beau  (=1  should  go  out,  if  the 
weather  were  fine). 

4.  The  subjunctive  mood  presents  the  action  in 
a  doubtful  and  uncertain  manner,  bocaiise  it  always 
depends  upon  another  action  :  je  vetioc  que  tu  vienma 
(  =  1  wish  you  to  come).  Que  tu  viennes  is  governed  by 
the  verb  j^  mix,  imd  depends  on  it. 

6.  The  infinitive  mood  presents  the  action  simply 
in  a  vague,  imlcjlmte  manner,  without  any  distinction 
of  number  or  person  :  iire,  faire,  remplir  (  =  to  read,  to 
do,  to  fill). 

Bemakk.— The  infinitive  mood,  which  takcB  no  notice  of  persoug, 
is  called  the  iwrer»onal  mwd;  the  other  moods,  which  iudioate 
the  persons,  uie  called  yevsmal  moods. 

6.  Tenses. 

It*-  The  tnisc  is  the  form  assumed  by  the  verb  to 
show  at  what  time,  at  what  moment  the  action  alluded 
to  t;  Jces  place. 

There  are  three  principal  tenses:  the  past,  the 
present,  the  future. 

123.  The  present  shows  that  the  action  occurs  at 
Uie  time  when  we  are  speaking  (as,  je  lis-^I  read);  the 
past  shows  that  the  action  is  ahendy  performed  at  tlio 
time  when  we  are  tspeaking  (as,  j'ai  marche'^l  havo 
walked) ;  the  future  shows  that  the  action  will  bo 
performed  at  some  ^uture  time  (as,  je  ninnherai-l 
ebali  walk). 

12*.  There  is  only  ono  present,  but  there  are  several 
mxt  and  Bey ernl  future  tenses,  because  every  action  can 
be  more  or  less  past,  mere  or  less  future.    < 


^ 


ATTXILIARY   VERBS. 


6d 


129.  Thore  aro  flvo  kinds  of  pant  or  p^rfeH  tons^s : 
the  iiiijwrject,  tho  i^rctcrite  or  past  df/imto,  the  /;a«t  t/jcf^- 
finite,  the  ;)(i.s«  anUrior,  and  tho  plupvrjWt. 

1.  Tho  imperfect  oxpresBos  an  action  actually  per- 
formed, but  which  was  not  bo,  when  another  action 
took  place:  il  lisait  loraque  fenlrai  (  =  ho  was  reading 
when  I  camo  hi). 

It  is  also  used  when  speakinpf  of  p,  state  or  action 
which  was  habitual  or  characteristic  :  //  venait  tout 
lea  jours  (==he  came  [used  to  come]  every  day). 

2.  The  preterite  or  past  definite  shows  that  a 
thing  has  been  done  at  a  definite,  dotonnined  opocl  i ,  which 
has  completely  passed  at  the  time  when  we  aro  speaki^a  : 
je  chantai  hier  toute  la  soiree  (=1  sang  all  last  evening)- 

8.  Tho  past  indefinite  oxpvcssos  an  action  which 
has  taken  place  at  a  vague,  indefinite  epoch  :  j'ai  lu 
ce  livre  autrefois  (  =  1  have  read  that  book  formerly). 

4.  Tho  pluperfect  (j'avaia  lu  quaiid  vous  ctr$ 
etitrr  =  I  had  read  when  you  entered)  is  thus  called 
bee-use  it  doubly  expresses  tho  past,  by  marking  that  a 
certain  thing  was  done  before  another  one  took  place  in 
a  past  time. 

5.  Tho  preterite  anterior  mar^is  that  the  cir- 
cumstance occurred  immediately  before  another  one 
wliich  took  place  in  a  past  time :  <juand  j'euB  lu  cs 
journal,  je  sortis  (  =  aB  soon  as  I  had  road  that  news- 
paper, I  went  out). 

126.  Thore  aro  two  kinds  of  future:  the  future 
simple,  and  the  future  anterior. 

1.  Tho  future  simple  indicates  that  the  thing  m 
question  shall  bo,  or  shall  take  place :  je  chanterat 
demain  (  =  1  shall  sing  to-'^norrow). 

2.  The  fViture  anterior  indicates  that  tlio  thing  in 
question  will  take  place  before  another  one:  quand 
/aural  lu  ce  journal,  je  sortirai  (=whcn  I  have  r«ad 
that  newspaper,  I  shall  go  out). 

AXIXnilAliT  VllKliS. 

127.  The  verbs  avoir  and  etre  are  called  anzlllary 
vcrhs,  because  they  help  in  the  conjugation  of  others: 

ie  suis  venu  (=1  havo  come), /<«  (/oi»m'  (  =  I  have  wlept).,    •/. 


70 


ATIXn.TATlY   VKTinS. 


128.  simple  tenses  arc  ilioso  wliich  ore  conju- 
gated wiUutut  tlio  luixiliiuy  iiroir  or  t'de:  fuimo, 
j'ai»ia.iB,  (Jilt:  j'uiine  (  =  1  love,  I  loved,  tluit  1  nniy 
love). 

The  Himplo  tensrs  aro  furmed  by  inoroly  ftddiiig  a  tcnniiiatioQ 
to  tlio  Ktein. 

129.  Compound  tenses  arc  tlioso  vsluch  arc  cou< 
JTigiitcd  with  tlic  auxiliary  aioir  or  etre:  J'el  aim,'', 
J'aurai  aiiiu',  qu«3  j'eusse  ainie  (  =  1  have  loved,  I 
Bliall  have  loved,  t:iat  I  might  have  loved). 

Coi^jugratlon. 

130.  The  union  of  all  the  tenses  of  the  same  verb, 
■with  all  their  numbers  and  all  their  persons,  is  called 
its  conjugation. 

131.  There  are  in  French  four  conjugations,  which 
are  distinguished  bj'  the  termination  of  the  uifmitivo. 

The  infinitive  of  the  first  conjugation  ends  in  -or, 
as  aimer  (  =  to  love). 

The  second  conjugation  has  -Ip  for  the  ter- 
mination of  the  infinitive,  as  Jinlr  (  =  to 
finish) ;  and  the  imperfect  of  the  indicative 
ends  in  Iss-als,  j^y/n-lss-als  (=1  finished). 

The  verba  in  Ir  really  includo  two  conjugations :  the  one,  tis 
finir,  the  iinnorfcct  of  wliioh  enda  in  issais,  aa  jefmixsais :  the 
other,  as  stiittr  (  =  to  feci),  the  iuiperfect  of  wliich  eudn  in  -ais, 
UB  je  ventais.  We  ^ive  here  the  first  of  thewe  conjugationH, 
wliich  includes  more  than  three  Imvdrcd  French  verbs,  reservinjj 
for  the  chapter  on  irregular  verbs  the  notice  of  the  second  con- 
jugation in  -Ip,  which  includes  only  twenty -eight  verbs. 

The  third  conjugation  tciTninatcs  in  the  infinitive 
in  -oir,  as  wccvolr  (  =  to  receive). 

The  fourth  conjugation  has  for  the  ending  of  the 
infinitive  -re,  as  rompre  (=to  break). 

The  French  langunge  includes  (if  we  take  the  Didionnah'e  de 
VAcad^niie  as  nn  authority)  ubout  401/0  simijlo  verbw  (kaving  ojit 
the  compound  oiks);  of  tlioso,  SCCO  oudiu  »cir ;  I'M)  m  -Ir  (\\\x\i 
the  iuiperfect  in  -issais) :  23  in  -ir  (witii  ibo  inii  cri'ect  in  -ik'.-)  ; 
10  verbs  in  -clr ;  and  50  verba  in  -ro.  Wo  tlius  pee  tliiit  (ho 
first  oonjugntion  iu  -or  iuehuU.B  in  iltelf  uiue-teuths  of  lUa 
Vluncli  verba.  .■ 


iX 


-i 


AnXIUAnV   VEBHS. 


n 


As  wp  tlmll  eeo  (Rciction  lO)  tlio  Frondi  huigiiago  crefttos  now 
▼orl.^  witii  tl.o  hflr  of  Hubstiintivos  un.l  adjectives,  by  a.ian.K  to 
tho  former  tl>o  tonaiiation  -or:  fcte.jVter;  i/a.i{,  ga^d^r  ;  lard, 
larder  camp,  camber  (=- holiday,  to  u.nk.,  hol..Uy  ;  glovo  to  ,mt 
g"  .vel^n  ;  b.u,ou.  to  lard ;  camp,  to  camp)  ;  and  to     ..  latter    he 

pdh;v»lir  (  =  tliiu,  to  hoconio  thm;  dear,   to  cherish;    blue,  to 
make  bluo;  pale,  to  booomo  pall').  ,♦,„*;.,. 

Tho  lirst  coMJuKation.  iu  -er,  forniH  now  verb,  ^^■iih  snUtantu  a. 
tie  second  conjnuation,  in  -ir.  with  ././jo.  Urcs.  Wo  may,  thei , 
(ics'L'i.atu  them  as  living  conjut^ations  (do8  conjugaisous  vivantes), 
inasmuch  as  they  are  constantly  usod  for  tho  purpose  of  now 

formations.  ,     ,  .,  i  ,-„    i«n  ,,.«  ,,« 

Tho  couiui^ations  in  -oSr,  -re  (and  tho  second  in  -ir)  uio,  on 
tho  contrary,  incapable  of  beiuK  used  to  form  new  verbs  and 
since  tho  oriKin  of  their  lan-uago.  tho  French  havo  not  added  .no 
siMle  verb  in  -oir  or  in  -re  to  the  small  munber  of  those  k. 
qnoiithed  l)y  tho  Latin  language.  Tlieso  conjugations,  wl  ch 
have  ruuaiued,  so  to  say,  barren,  can  with  good  reason  be  called 
dctid  coniupations  (des  conMiaisons  mortea).  ,  , ,   „„,i 

This  simple  di.:<':nction  of  the  eonjniiut.onB  into  tl«a<  and 
li,;in<,  shows  us  at  once  wliy  aOOO  French  verbs  (out  of  4000)  are 
in  -er  and  in  -Ir,  w)iil6t  tlie  tLroo  other  couju-atioua  put  togo.her 
only  iucUiuo  about  UU  verba. 


SECTION  L 

AUXXZiZART    VSRSB. 

132.  Avoir  and  6tro  are  auxiliaiiosonly  wlion  tfcey 
serve  to  conjugate  anotlur  verb,  that  is  to  say,  when 
tlioy  are  followed  hy  a  past  vavticiplo  ;  they  havo  no 
claim  to  that  designation  when  they  are  conjugated 
by  themselves,  as;  j'ai  un  cheval  (  =  1  havo  a  horse); 
je  auiB  ltd  (  =  1  am  king). 

X.  Conjuffatlou  of  tho  Auxiliary  Verb  AVOXS  {^to  have). 


pnKSBNT. 

(I  ftaiw) 
J'ai 
tu  as 

ii  0/  elle  a 
nous  avons 
vo'iH  avez 
i}lt  or  eilus  out 


INDICATIVE. 

rKBFKOt, 

(/  hoiti  /lod) 

J'ai  en 

tn  as  en 

il  or  elle  a  cu 

nous  avons  ttt 

vouB  live/,  eu 

ilK  Of  ulU'S  ont  eo. 


!A 


A 


72 


AITXILIAnV   VFJIBS. 


(T  had) 
J'avrtis 
tu  aviiis 
il  ov  olio  nvfiU 
DOUR  avion  s 
vous  avioz 
ils  or  elles  avaiont 

FAST  DBVINITS. 

{I  had) 
J'ciis 
tu  eu8 

il  or  olle  ent 
nouB  cOmca 
vous  oAtOB 
ils  or  ellos  enrent 

PnTDRB, 

(T  shall  have) 
J'anrai 
tn  auras 
il  o)'  olio  ftura 
nouH  auroiis 
V0I18  anroz 
lis  Of  eliea  anroni 


Pl.TiPKnPKCT* 

(Thnd  had) 
J'avnis  ou 
tu  aviiifi  cu 
il  or  olio  uvnlt  eti 
nouH  aviouR  ou 
vouB  avioz  «u 
ils  or  cIloH  avaiont  en. 

PAST   ANTKIilOli 

(7  had  had) 
J'ons  en 
tu  ouB  ou 
il  or  ello  out  en 
nous  ennioB  on 
VOUB  oftlos  ou 
ila  or  ellos  eurent  on. 

FUTUHE  ANTEnrOfc 

(T  «7ia/l  liave  had) 
J'anrai  cu 
tn  auras  ou 
il  or  ello  aura  en 
nous  aurons  on 
yons  auroz  eu 
Us  or  elles  aurout  eiL 


CONDITIONAL. 


MIKHENT. 

(7  $hould  have) 
J'aarais 
tu  aarois 
il  or  elle  anrait 
nous  aurions 
vous  auriez 
ils  or  ellee  anraieut 


PBKBXnT. 

{Have  [thou]) 
Aio 
byona 
^   •    •   •   *  • 


ANTKRIOn, 

(7  should  have  had^ 
J'anrais  eu 
tu  anrais  ou 
il  or  elle  anrait  en 
nous  aurions  eu 
vous  aurioz  eu 
ils  or  elloB  auraient  evu 


mPEBATXYB. 


(Havo  [thou]  haQ 

•  ••••• 
Aieea 

•••••• 

ayons  eo 
ayoz  eu 

•  •      •      •     9     • 


f 


rHWflKNT. 

(That  I  may  hare) 
Qnc  i'liio 
qno  tn  aios 
qii'il  or  qti'cllo  ftit 
que  nous  ayon« 
quo  voua  uyez 
qii'ila  or  qu'i-llos  aicnt 


ArxTi,T\RT  vKnna.  78 

SUUJUNOTiVE. 

{That  I  may  hare  hatJ) 

Quo  j'rtio  on 
quo  tu  aios  on 
quil  or  qu'cllo  ait  en 
qiu)  UOU8  iiyoDH  on 
«qu(!  vouH  11107.  eu 
qii'ils  or  qii'ollos  uient  ao* 


rapF.nFECT. 
(That  I  might  haro) 
Quo  j'ensfie 

<1IU>  tu  OIIHSOB 

qii'il  or  qu'ollo  oflt 
quo  nouB  cuhhioiis 
quo  V0U8  eussioz 
qu'ils  or  qu'ollos  euHBont 


PLUPIUlFRiIT. 

(That  I  miijht  have  had] 
(Jno  j'oiiaHe  en 
quo  tu  cuHHca  eu 
qn'il  or  qu'ollo  efit  cu 
quo  nous  cnssions  ou 
quo  vous  onssiez  ou 
qu'ils  or  qu'olloH  ousscnt  oO. 


INFINITIVE. 

rilESRNT.  PUnFEOT. 

Avoir  (to  have)  Avoir  ea  (to  havu  ha  i), 

PABTICirLR   FRESENT.  PERPEOT. 

Ayant  (havivg)  Aynnt  eu  (liaoing  had), 

PAST  (vAnunLB). 
Eu,  fcm.  eue. 


7iuUeat{f  preHcnt. 
Nous  avons  uno  grani 


Czercise  29* 

'ai  nn  chopean  neuf.  To  as  uno  robo  neuve. 
^de  mtiicon.  Vous  avoz  de  Tambitiou.  lis 
ont  un  cheval  noir.  , 

Imparfait J'avai^  nn  bon  mnltro.    To  avais  une  belle  biblio- 

thdqne.  EUo  avait  une  voituro  61eganto.  NouB  avions  don 
chagrinfl.  Vous  aviez  perdu  votre  temps'.  Ellos  avaiont  doa  iiroiia 
plcins  de  jouots. 

Pass4  d^fni.—J^enn  nn  grand  jardiu.  D  eat  an  morceau  de 
pain.    Nous  oAraes  uno  recompense.    Ila  enrent  de  la  joio. 

Futnr. — J'aurfti  six  paires  de  bas.  Tu  auras  des  raisins.  Nous 
surons  des  poires  d61icifiUso8.    Vuus  aurez  trop  de  phuHir. 

Conditionnel  prcaont.— J'anrnis  un  billot  jHJur  le  convoi  do  Pnria. 
EUe  anrait  nne  robe  ot  an  clmpuau  neuf.  Nous  auiiuna  uu  habile 
Inrdiniar.    Ha  autaiout  une  rScouipenKO. 


74 


AnxTT.nnY  VKnns. 


iy  i 


if: 


ImpSratif. — Aio  dii  couriigo.  Ayons  nn  pen  Je  pationoe.  Ayca 
plus  do  poiH(5vCranco. 

Snbjonetif  ptcsent.— Quo  j'liio  mon  dc^joftner.  Que  tu  ttios  toa 
lettros.    Quo  vouh  ayez  votro  fusil  chnrf,'<*. 

/.»j)ar/ai<.— Quo  j'ousao  mon  fipdo  et  men  pistolet.^.  Quo  ta 
cnssos  un  grand  pouvoir.  Qu'ello  cftt  uuo  nombrense  funiillo. 
Qiu'  noufi  en.sBioiis  des  enibunas.  Que  vous  eiissioz  dea  billfts  de 
biiin|uo.    Qu'fUes  ouBHcnt  uno  Pluunbro  petite  muis  propre. 

Teinpa  comj)os^s.—'Mou  fivre  a  ou  uiie  boniio  place.    Ello  aviut  ou 
(IcH  oisoaux.     J'eus  eu  des  (lenrH.    J'nunvi  ou  mon  arj-'cnt.     Nona 
aurions  ou  nn  C-tu  magnifiquo.     Quo  tu  aies  eu  de  lo  prudcuce. 
Qu'olles  ouHsont  ou  uue  bouteillo  do  vin. 
I njlnitif. —Ayoii  de  I'esprit.    Ayant  ou  du  succfi.^. 

'  IxTwH-.^rnnce  cp.'plHCo  (/.).' conr  {/.).  -  ix.lro  (/.),' cUixix-nn  (m^'comMla 
C/.),  'choix  (m.).  "iimin  (/.).  " liilMiricux,  "foiiKu  (m.).  "  tix'i-.m  (»..),  "Bitruillo 

^ritr,.n  («, ),    '  i."J<  I"  ur  («.).  "'(liiifi    (m.),  "verger  (m.),  "'•  inquUHuUo  (/.) 
^m,iiit<-:i,.  (,«.).       U.nlK.iir  («.),  '"  oclmriw  (/.).  '"arguiit.  "  jiourrimre  '/.i. 

Indicatira  prflsen«.(^I  havo  a  sword  rtnd  (some)  pistols.  /  Thou 
bast  v(?ry  littlo  (of)  patience  (/.).  Sbo  bus  prudonco  (/.).  We  have 
more  (of)  persevorauce.J 

hnporfed.-0.  Imd  two  largo  gardensu)  Tbou  badst  a  bottle 
of  wine.  He  bad  a  gond  situaticu »  at  (tlie)  court.*  Wo  liiul 
eome  delicious  pears.'    They  had  new  boniK'ts." 

Pec/fct.-^Sbe  kad  a  pair  ol  stockings. )  Wo  bad  a  ticket  for  tbo 
play.o    My  iai  doner,  who  war.  in  tbo  train,  bad  an  accident  (m.). 

i\iliire.-U  eball  have  lost  my  tijno.  \  You  will  have  an  elogiiut" 
oarrinj,'©.    They  will  have  their  reward. 

Conditionai  'presmt.—l  elu)uld  havo  ray  choice.^  Tbou  wouldst 
have  a  small  room.  He  would  liave  some  bauk-uotos.  Wu  should 
have  some  dilJiculty.  You  would  havo  some  now  skates.  They 
would  havo  a  quire''  of  paper. 

Imperative.-{llK\'ti  (thou)  a  more  industrions  o  pupil.^  Let  as 
have  our  hohdays.JC    Have  (ye)  somo  meloiis  («».). 

iiuhjundiv6p,-eieni.-4i\i&i  I  may  liavo  a  pair  of  8purs."\  That 
thou  may'st  have  some  needles."  Th.it  she  may  have  a  work- 
box."  That  wo  may  have  leisure.'*  That  you  may  have  more 
(of)  confidence.    That  they  may  have  eye-glaasos.i* 

Imperject.:^imi  I  might  have  your  coiisontV  That  thou  migiitest 
have  acup  "  mid  a  tea-pot."  That  he  might  have  jewels.  That  slio 
might  buvo  curtains  J"  in  her  rooin.  That  we  might  havo  a  candle. 
#tick.«"  That  you  might  have  a  ooiU.-''  That  they  might  have  lemong.-'S 


/f--' 


5ai?'^'aiWBBM!ai 


ly 


Atrxti.TARY  vr.nnB.  76 

Cot)i;if>i(ri(/  tevfcu.d-J  li(i\o  lind  a  niinfortuiip.J*  'I'lum  Imilfll  Inid 
•  pood  diiiiii'i'.'''''  Hho  IiikI  iuici  ii  lnrj.'o  orclinrd.**  W(>  nlnill  Iimvb 
Jintl  much  (of)  anxiety.'-'''  Ymi  would  Imvo  liiid  a  cloaU.^''  That 
tlii»  Dirrcliiiiit  may  hiivo  bud  hick.^  Tliut  Hho  uiight  hiivu  luul  u 
Bcnrf.2» 

Injlnilho.-f To  hiwij  nioixy  "•  Ib  not  iilvmyH  to  ho  hapiiy.,  Having 
food.""!     Having  hiul  tt  ciins  11."*  '' 

ZX.  ConJuKatton  of  the  Auxiiliary  Verb  X.TI<:X:  («(<>  bo). 


INDICATIVE. 


rnr.sKNt. 
{T  am) 
Jc  Buis 
tn  08 

il  or  olio  oat 
iioiiH  Kotnni(>fl 
voiiri  ctoa 
ilB  or  cllcB  si)iit 

ISriKlSFECT. 

(Twos) 
J'ttais. 
tu  ota'iH 
il  or  Gilo  utait 
none  6tion8 
TOU8  iticz 
ils  or  cllofl  Cdniont 

FABX  DSVI.N.  11 

{I  was) 
Je  fuB 
tu  fns 

il  or  ello  fnt 
uons  fftinus 
yoUB  ffitea 
ilB  or  olloH  furon4 

FlMUUl* 

{1  shall  bu) 
3e  serai 
tu  Horas 
il  or  elle  sera 
tkUUH  Horons 

VOUK  80rf'7. 

lis  or  oUlb  Kovimli 


(r  have  ''('•  h) 
J*ai  H(> 
tu  H4  vt& 
il  oc  olio  a  6i6 
iioiis  HVoni-i  (-16 
VollH  iivcz  f  to 
ilu  or  elloK  ont  ttft. 

n.uPEiii'KCT* 
(f  had  been) 
J'tivaix  t't6 
tu  aviiis  OiC 
il  or  olio  avixit  614 
uous  uvioiiB  otu 
V0U8  iivitz  (-to 
ils  or  elles  nvuicnt  06, 

PAST  AKTEUIiiO. 

(Iha<l  Jjecn) 
J*CUH  rto 
tu  otiB  eto 
il  or  olio  out  I'tfi 
Dous  criinoB  616 
TOllB  ofauB  6t(i 
ils  or  olhri  ouniit  rti. 

(/  ghall  iMVr  tHM*l| 

J'anrui  ote 
tn  anrnB  utS 

il  <i.-  olio  aura  ote 
tioiiH  aui'oiiK  i'ttu 
'»^IU^  ttHro/.  <t6 
its  or  ttUoM  tiuroiil  6tl^ 


4 

f 


<m 


ATTXTLIABT  TEBB8. 


i  , 


I 


PHRSENT* 

(7  gTiould  he) 
Je  serais 
tu  Hcriiis 
il  or  elle  scrait 
UOU8  seiions 
V0I18  Rorioz 
Ua  or  elies  sorniont 


CONDITIONAL. 

ANTRRIOB. 

{J  Bhouhl  Tiave  hetni^ 
J'nnrais  <jte 
tu  anraisi  6t6 
il  or  olle  /lurait.  <;t6 
nons  anrioDH  C'iG 
▼ons  aiiricz  et6 
ilB  or  ellos  auraient  €t<. 


IMPEBATIVB. 


Sois 


(Bfl  [thou]) 
•    •    •    >    t 


PFnPKOT. 
(/fare  [</iott]  been) 
•    •    • 


aoyons 
soyoz 


A  in  (<ti'( 

AyonH  616 
Ayoz  et6 


•    • 


k'^ 


•  •  •  •  • 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


PRESENT. 

(That  I  may  be) 
Que  je  sois 
que  tu  sois 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  soil 
que  nous  soyons 
quo  V0U8  soyoz 
qu'ils  or  qu'olles  soiont 

IMPEItFECT. 

{Tliat  I  might  be) 
Quo  jo  fusse 

quo  tu  (URHOS 

qu'il  or  qn'oUo  fi5t 
quo  nous  fuRHioug 
que  vous  fusHioz 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  fusspul 


PEnFECT. 

(That  I  may  have  been) 
Que  j'aio  6t6 
quo  tu  aies  6t6 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  ait  6t6 
que  nous  ayons  6t6 
que  vous  ayoz  cto 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  aient  fitd. 

K-CPERFECT. 

(That  T  mi,jH  luwe  heen) 
Qne  j'oussB  6t6 
quo  tu  euNRcs  f.t<< 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  eat  6t6 
que  nous  enssions  6t6 
que  vous  oussiez  t'tti 
qu'ils  tf  qu'elles  euasent  6t4 


PnESENT. 


Etro  (to  be) 

PARTHIPLE   PBESENT. 

E)tant  (being) 


INFINITIVE. 

PBBFECT. 

Avoir  6t6  {to  hare  b^en), 

PEUFECT. 

Ayant  <$to  (having  been), 

PAST   (iNVAnUBLF.). 

^t6  (leen). 


AUXIUARY   VBRUS. 


W 


Sxeroise  26. 

fndimHf  prhent.—3e  huIs  mnludo.  Tix  os  rtvani.  II  est  mat. 
hcMiroux.  Elle  eat  joyeuse.  Nous  bouiuioh  liiboiiem.  Vohb  6lei» 
in()(lo8teB.    lis  Hout  oiaifB.    Ellus  gout  oisivea. 

Imparfait. — J'^tiiis  pnnUnit.  Tu  Cttiis  timiilo.  II  Ht\\i  hmionx. 
Elle  6tuit  liontouse.  Noub  Ctions  diHcretcH.  Voub  Ctiez  utiulious. 
lis  6taicnt  jaloux.     Vo»  BceurH  ftaicnt  jiilouKes. 

Pats^  defini.—Je  fns  son  ami  intimc.  Tu  fun  mon  pins  urimd 
eniieiui.  EUo  fut  excolleiito  imisiciennc.  Nous  fftiui-s  ^{Oju'it'iu. 
VouH  ffttoa  ingrata.     Eiles  furtuit  cruoUcH. 

J'\iiur. — Je  serai  RdiCrnl  en  cliff.  11  pcra  mis  h  mort.  Ella 
ecra  C8tim6o.  Nous  serous  fulMoH  k  notro  pnya.  Vous  serez  «hiti8 
dvH  craintos  contiuuellcB.    IIh  sorout  inquiots. 

Condi^ipnnel  pr(^.tont.—Je  serais  prCt. .  Tu  Koriiis  turbulent.    II  <- 

[j'-^    *5     SWttiifa^fiant.     EUo  struit   liiiiu.     Nous  sorions  foruies.     Voua 
|C-   .ii^^^-lSerWKfriwleB.     lis  soraiont  qjitiii^     Elles  seraiout  aoiguousus.  /)^^    Ijijf 
Tinp4ratif.—Ho\»  tranquille.     Soyez  cliaritiiblos.      Soyuua  auiia.  m 

Soyoz  obiifisantB.    Soyons  lil»rc8.    Soyoz  gaies. 

SuhjondifprcKevi. — Que  jo  soia  moius  iuipuliont.  Quo  tu  bojij 
nn  bon  citoycn.  Qu'il  soit  toujuura  puisnaut.  *  'ello  aoit  aoumiso 
a  ses  parontB.  Quo  nous  aoyous  sobroa.  Quo  vous  Boyez  crodulofl. 
Qu'ils  Boient  opiuidtres. 

Imparfait.—Qm)  jo  fusso  fcrnio  et  couragoux.  Quo  tu  fuBaoa 
Cconome.  Qu'il  fCit  moduro.  Quo  nous  fussious  Lospitaliota. 
(^Uio  VOUB  fuBsiez  trompC'S.     Qu'olies  fusfleut  aatisfaitos. 

Tenipa  composes. — Tu  as  6t6  trop  prompt.     Ello  avait  Hd  prisa. 
Nous  oftmes  Hd  invit68.    Voua  aurez  ftC  inoqueurs.    Ila  auruidiit.^ 
6t6  plus  g6a<5reux.    Que  j'aie  6{,6  vol6.     Qu'olJos  eusHeut  616 
prficocos. 

Innnitif.—Vonr  tire  liourcux  il  fuut  avoir  la  o«)UHciuuc-c  trau- 
quiilH.     Etatit  battu,  jo  uiu  niliio. 

Bif  I'he  pupil  must  be  catv/vl  to  obstrvo  Iwre  t/w  ruloi  for  I/mi 
place  of  ot/jccfife*  ;  see  {  04,  Note. 

'  iii.liscrot,  "obBtlni'',  ■riiHcuto,  *  cajirlpienx  •rccoiinHlawint,  *pniiif>rtA, 'Hp- 
ilitliu', "  nnxinenr,  "Hage, '"liuimiiii,  "  iimllioiiiiOU;,  '■' iiiliriu.',  '^ooiitciit.  "  c<>iu- 
iiUlswniit,  "  Wi'iivoilliint,  "■  tiiiiidf,   "  mllismit.  '"  di'Cinu'iip',  '"  faib'u!,  •"' pusc. 


"' hnttii,     '  jilMKU'tit  a  lavi'iiir,  "'I'liiiiijt'iix.  "s 'iijivonni;, 
•'tuii,  •"chagrin,  "coinmuudc,  "Uevint,  "  ri\     -f- 

Indicative  p^-esent.-f-l  am  obedie'.u  .iiou  art  ready, 
charitable.  Sho  is  imjniticiit.  Wo  i  M^jderuto.  You 
continual  fears.     TLuy  u.'v  iln;lluaidcrut^.l 


coiiquia,  *  Umii.iiu, 


He  is 
au-  iu 


1 


^8 


AOXILIAIIY    VKHUrt. 


il 


i 


/m;).'./(j,!«.v-I  WI18  a  distriwtfiil  man.  >  Tlioii  wiist  obnliiiatn* 
Bhc  was  firm.  Wo  wore  ridiculous.*  You  were  vvhiuiHiciiI.*  Tlnae 
■uldieru  wi>ro  brave. 

Pad  dojlnitc.^1  W.18  joul.nis.  Thou  wast  Krutoful."  IIo  was 
.t.idioufi  Wo  were  haniyfi  You  were  atltutivu.  My  Hi.tur«  wc-ro 
uiliKcnt." 

F,d,i,-e.~I  flhftll  be  florcastio.o  )Thou  wilt  be  a  rich  .n,m.  Slio 
will  bo  a  wmoo  w.,mn.  Vu  Hf.ull  be  buiaauu.'"  You  Will  bo 
luipohto."    They  will  be  ridiciUoua. 

She  would  be  indrm."    Wo  .should  be  pleated  ^v'''        n"!  * 
diHcroet.     Thoy  would  bo  ki.yl.  ^  ^"^  '"'^"'^  ^» 

IiiiperaHre./-Be   iudulircnt  ^  T^t  no  v.„ 
UBbobenov.  .    r,  5      ""''''"*-^^*  ««  l^o  comp„8.s.onHte.u     Lot 

a.tu. 17     Jb.it«homaybodiH,.onrarud."<     Th.tt 
*-         -rimt  you  may  bo  steady.*    That  thoy  u,,.y      i^^-t- 

?mpo.-Ae«.^TIial   I   lijij-ht   bo   beaten  «      Tb .f    ».„       •  i  x    i      ^ 


Su/y'uwf' 
niay'st  ' - 
Wo  may  1.-. 
bo  diniib. 


QUKSTIONS,tyiJ  EXAMlNATIOJf. 


I.  Dcfll.c   tJio   v.;l,.   tlio   »u/,i,rt,      he 
</i/''./  romplrmrnt  or  ..^^,,y,  the 

J.  Mlmt    is    the   «//-,./„«/,r/verb? 

piiliiry  when  III  riicjiiunil? 
fl.  How   ,,mny    jHi.soiw   ,uc    thoru  ? 

6.  l!U],laiu  the.  foiw  of  cverv  one  of 

till'  iihhhIs  'f 


10. 

11. 

II. 

u. 


JVhiit  iH  lui  iviprsonnl  mood  ? 
t.m|?    What  i.s«.xi,„;.n,l    ^ 

""iho^"?"^  '"'"''   "'  ■^"""•'   "" 
Dminea  .,m;7.  tense ;-«  «„»/«,«„,, 

Qiyu  n  list,  of  tho  Fit^nch  .•onint^a- 
tions    ana   explain    ho«-    they 

Sth(M-       "'^"^'"■■*'    *'■""'    ««=^ 


immmm 


tmim 


tn.i 

IVHB 


y    i>*  si^  t' 


^ 


ACTIVE    VRnOI. 

SECTION  IL 

ACTZVB    V1»SS. 


70 


133.  There  are  in  French  five  kinds  of  vcrhs  :  Iho 
artii'fi  vovh,  the  vmter  vorh,  the  passive  vorb,  tlio  reJhrUvt 
V(!rb,  ami  tlio  impemotnil  verb. 

1341.  The  active  vorb  expresHes  the  action  per 
formed  by  the  Hubjcct,  and  is  followed  by  a  direct 
object:  i/'aime  votrefrere  (  =  1  love  your  brother). 

Tho  ttct'ivi;  vorb  is  also  onllcil  tmnniivo  (from  tlio  Latin  tianxirt 
=to^nH«  over  from  oue  pliico  to  mn.tlicr),  bt'causo  the  action  ig 
truimmiHed  from  tlin  Hulijoct  to  tho  objuct :  Le  loup  maoice 
l'o<pu-a}c  (  =  the  wolf  cuts  tiio  litipb),  j«  rdoompense  ect  enjant 
(ubI  ruward  this  child). 

135.  We  now  give  a  model  of  the  four  coiijn<j;ation8 
ol  French  verbs,  taking  caro  to  point  out,  by  different 
t)pe8,  tho  stem  from  the  termination. 


S.  First  Coi^a(ratlon.— Verb  AZMBXt  (=(o  lore). 
Stem,  aim  ;  termination,  er. 


PRESI  NT. 

(Thve) 
J'ainie 
tu  uiiiies 
il  or  ello  aiine 
nous  aiiiians 
voiis  aimez 
ils  or  elies  uiuient. 

IMPKUl  IX'T. 

(7  was  hiimj) 
J'ninials 
tu  aimals 
il  or  clle  aimalt 
QOU8  uimlona 
vous  aiuiiez 
lift  or  elloB  aimnient. 


INDICATIVE. 


I'AST    'NDKriNiTl, 

(f  hai'o  loved) 
J'ui  nimi 
tu  U8  aiiiie 
il  or  uUu  a  aitn6 
nous  uvoiis  aiin6 
vouB  avez  aitn^ 
ils  or  ellcs  out  aiiu6. 

ruTPEnriicT. 
(I  had  loved) 
J'avais  uiin6 
tu  avals  aiiu6 
il  or  ello  avnit  aime 
nouB  aviouH  aiin6 
T0U8  avit!/,  uhub 
ils  or  cllcs  avnivnt  nim6. 


iMIiii 


■U 


MICROCOPY   RESOLUTION   TEST   CHART 

(ANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  2) 


1.0 

tarn 

■  ■5* 

tii, 
m 
m 
u 

■luu 

I.I 

1^ 

■  3.2 

■  4.0 


2.5 
2.2 


1^ 

1.8 


^    /APPLIED  IISA/IGE    I 


nc 


1653  East  Main  Street 

Rochester,  New  York       U609      USA 

(716)   +82  -  0300  -  Phone 

(716)  28B- 5989 -Fox 


I 


80 

PAST  OEFINITI 
(I  loved) 
J'aimal 
ta  aimas 
il  or  eJle  aiiT)i» 
nous  aitn&mcs 
yoiis  aiiuatcs 
ilBor  elles  aifierenH 

FUTUHM, 

(T  shall  lovj) 
J'aimeral 
tu  aim  er  as 
il  or  elle  aim  era 
nous  aiino,ons 
yous  aim(?rez 
ila  or  dies  aua  e;  ont 

TRESENT. 

(T  should  lor)e) 
J'aimerais 
tn  aimerstia 
il  or  elle  iiiiuocalt 
nous  aimut'lonit 
youB  aim  fries 
ils  or  eJics  aim  er  alent 


&0T1VK   V&RB3. 
•  PAST  ANTKlllOj, 

(/  had  loved) 
J'ous  aime 
tu  ens  (lime 
II  or  ello  eut  aini6 
nous  eunic's  dime 
yous  efttes  aime 
ils  or  elles  euront  aimo. 

FUTURE   ANTEllloa, 

(/  shall  have  loved) 
J'anrai  aime 
tu  auras  aime 
il  oi'  elle  aura  nim6 
nous  aurous  aime 
yous  aurez  aime 
ils  or  elles  auroat  aime. 

CONDITIONAL.    ^^ 

ANTERIOR. 

(I  should  have  loved) 
J'anrais  or  j'eussc  aime 
tu  aurais  or  tu  eus.sos  aime 
il  or  elle  aurait  or  eut  aime 
uous  aurions  or  eussions  aime 
yous  auriez  or  eussiez  aime 
lis  or  elles  auraieut  or  ousseut 
aime. 


PRESENT, 

(Love  thou) 
•    •    •    « 


IMPEHATIVE. 


Aime 

'         •         I 

nimons 
aiiuez 


PRKf^HNT. 

(That  I  may  love) 
Quo  j'aime 
que  tu  aimes 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  aime 
quo  nous  aiiDions 
que  v      aimlez 
ii'-i  ..a  or  ^u'elio.s  aiment 


PERFECT. 

(Have  [thou]  loved) 

• 

Ate  amie 

ayons  aimo 
ayez  aim© 

EUI>JUNCT1VJ3. 

rERPRCI. 

(That  1  vuiy  have  loved) 
Quo  j'aie  aim6 
quo  tu  aies  aim6 
qu'il  or  qu'dle  ait  aimo 
que  nous  ayons  aime 
quo  vous  ayez  aiiue 
qu'iis  or  qu'ellas  uiijiit  ains". 


ACTIVE   VF.nBS. 


81 


Lie 
eut 


IMPERFKCT. 

{TTiat  I  might  'ore) 
Quo  i'aimasse 
'jiie  tu  nimasses 
qu'il  or  qn'ello  iiiinut 
quo  nous  aiitiasslo  :s 
quo  vouH  aimassisz 
qii'ils  or  qu'ellos  niinassent 


PtiTTPEBFECT. 

(That  I  might  have  loved) 
Que  j'eusse  uime 
quo  tn  eusses  aiine 
qu'il  or  qu'oUe  eflt  aini6 
que  nous  oussions  aiiiie 
que  vous  eussiez  aime 
qu'ils  or  qii'ellea  oxissout  aiuifi. 


INFINITIVE. 

rnKSENT.  PKRFECT. 

Aimer  (to  lore)  Avoir  aime  [to  have  lov«^. 

I'AUTICIPLE    PRESENT.  PERFECT. 

Aimant  (loving)  Ayant  ahnfi  (havitig  loved), 

PAST  (variable). 
Aime, /em.  aimee  (loved).      ^J--f- 


—1    -  I 


Sxerciao  27. 


JndtVaK/  prSsent. — J'aime  nion  pero.  Tu  aclorei  Dion.  II 
niarme  le  pays.  EUe  danse  tres-bien.  Nona  apportons  de  bcnnea 
nouvolles.    Vous  arrosez  le  jardin.    lis  attaquent  rennemi, 

Imparfait. — Je  balayais  I'ecole.  II  bassiuait  le  lit.  Elle  brodait 
sa  robe.  Nous  cachotions  la  lettre.  Vous  trouvicz  votre  thouie. 
lis  condamnaient  ma  conduite. 

Paas^  d^fini. — Je  recompensai  le  domcstifine.  Tu  donnas  ta 
parole.  II  discuta  la  question.  Elle  consola  pa  m^re.  Noua 
contoiitamea  notre  raaftro.  Vous  remnrquiit.'H  lea  fautes,,  lis 
d^caclicteront  la  lettio. 

Fatnr Je  deciderai  la  question.    Tu  tueras  un  canard.    II. 

dCclarora  la  guerre.     Elle  dtjjednora  avoc  vous.    Nous  aimerons  los 
bons.     Vuus  dctrompcroz  ma  sccur.    lis  dilKreront  la  punition, 

Conditiannol  present. — Je  frCquenterais  la  bonne  coinpaRiiio. 
Tu  dcvoi^erais  le  complot.  II  graverait  co  tableau.  EUo  hurai- 
iierait  votrc  orgueil.  Nous  iraprimorions  uno  graramairo.  Vous 
oublieriez  nics  torts  onvcrs  vous.    lis  riifurmeraiont  lours  lois.      i 

Lnperatif. — Sacrifio  ton  intCr^t  au  bien  public.  Di'brouilioz 
cetto  affaire.  Torminons  ce  livre.  Apaisez  sa  colcro.  Evitoua 
le  danger. 

Hubjondif  presont. — Que  jo  donne  oe  joujou  a  votro  fils.  Que 
tn  blAuies  sa  conduite.  Qu'il  propose  uu  avis  salutairc.  Quo  nous 
ndmirions  la  beautfi  do  co  paysage.  Q;io  voua  ponsioz  a  mes 
malhours.    Qu'ils  oublient  uno  circonstance  esscntielle. 

Imparfait. — Quo  jo  surmontasso  Ics  obstaeloa.     Que  tu  conso- 

uo  iiQUt^  fermasfiious 


laoana  Iaa  naUVVeS. 


r*iii!/\rrj 


if.  1 


It  10  paiDi. 
U 


k!      Oi. 


>^ 


H 


82 


ACTIVE   VEHnS. 


les  voIclR.  Qno  rous  racoutassioz  cette  cl.armjinto  l.istoire. 
y  A^h7«iu'ils  Hurveillttsscnt  oe  mechaut  homme. 

InJiniHf. —Trop  parler  nuit.    II  faut  avoir  traverse  lo  desert. 

Parhctpes.— En  patinant  Iiier,  il  s'est  cuss6  la  jambe. 

romps  eomposes.^J'ai  chant6  deux  airs.  Tu  avais  montr6  trop 
do  talent.  II  eut  ferm6  la  porte.  Nous  aurons  dCpeusfi  trois 
niillo  francs.  Vous  auriez  pasfci^la  journoe  choz  des  amia.  Q  ,e 
j'aie  hosito  &  vous  dfifondre.  Que  tu  eusses  mauqu6  a  tons  tea 
devoirs. 


V 


r^ifYr*'^  pre,en<.4l  speak  (the)  French.  Thon  skatest  very 
j.^  wdll.  ^e  shows  much  (of)  talent.  Our  troops  i  strengtlien^  your 
party  (m.).  We  print  a  grammar.  You  unravel  a  my  affairs  (/ ) 
Jmper/t>c<.-^  thought  of  your  misfortunes.  Tliou  wast  crossin.' 
the  wilderness.)  He  related  a  chatming  history.  We  were  shutting 
the  shutters  (m.).  You  were  mending  your  conduct.  He  was 
discussing  the  question  (/.). 

Past  dej^te.^YquT  sistep  sang  y..  .y.     i  forgot  all  yonr 

offence..^  Jthon  avoidedst  a  great  da.  ,  .,     We  spent  more  (of) 
money  than  you.    You  forgot  your  punishment.e 

FutureA-I  shaU  cive  you  some  sound  advice.*  Thou  wilt 
nndeceive  my  sister^  He  will  expose  7  the  plot.s  You  will  froauent 
the  company  of  (the)  virtuous"  men.  They  will  pr.^posc »«  three 
questions. 

Conditional  present -f  I  would  sweep  the  school.  Thou  shouldst 
alarm  the  camp  (m.).)  ^e  would  give  these  toys  to  my  children. 
We  would  water  their  flower-heds"  in  the  garden.  You  should 
love  your  parents.  He  should  engrave  the  best  pictures  ini*  the 
museum.is        .  i  ,    «     tuo 

rmpfl-ahVe^-jWorship  God.  Let  us  notice  the  mistaken  in  this 
•xercise. )  Shut  your  boojcs. 

Si^hjunctive  present  J^^^^^  I  may  kill  a  goose."  That  thou 
may  st  warm  the  bed.  J  That  she  may  think  of  us  when  she  is  in 
France.     That  we  may  breakfast  this  morning  with  our  friends 

p'orr"  """^  "'"'"  ""  "'"  *''"^^'-     '^^'"^  y°«  "^^y  ^i«it  the 

Imp^fed.-^hat  I  might  condemn  her  conduct.  That  thou 
mightest  satisfy  thy  kind  mother.;  That  she  might  scold  hor 
servants.  That  wo  might  spend  too  much."  Tiiat  you  mi-'ht 
Steal  J«  my  letter.    That  they  might  weep.  ^  °  * 


r^'    a- 


^to— p 


ACTIVE   VKBIIS. 


98 


f    a 


rrflnitive.-^To  sing  ia  tunc"  is  an  easoutinl  quality.  To  have 
confessed  one's  faults  in  the  best  meanB  of  being  '■'O  parilonoil.  \ 

Paiiiciplos.-fl  have  seen  you  broaliing  the  ice^'  in  the  garden. 
Passing  through  ^a  the  camp.  \ 

Compound  tenses.-f-l  hi»ve   avoided   this   wicked  man.     Thou 

ulst  embroidered  my  collar.'*^  He  had  watched  over  i'*  that  cliild. 
Wo  shall  have  dined.  You  would  have  postponed  your  departure.''"' 
That  they  may  have  observed  all  the  circumstances.  That  I  might 
have  admired  the  landscape.  ^ 

ZI.  Second  Conjugation. — ^ITerb  rXNIS  (=tto  finish), 

Stom,  fin  ;  tcrminatiof^,  Ir. 

INDICATIVE. 

PRESENT,  PAST  INnF.FlNITB. 

(I  finish)  (I  have  finisliud) 


Je  finis 

tu  finis 

11  or  elle  finit 

nous  tiuissors 

vouM  finis5ez 

ils  or  elles  fin  is»  ent 

IMPEll    EOT. 

(I  was  finishing) 
Je  fint.sijais 
tu  fini'^sais 
il  nr  elle  finissatt 
nous  fin  iss ions 
vous  fin  tables 
ils  or  elles  finis'^alent. 

PAST   DKi'lNli'U. 

{I  finished) 
Je  finis 
tu  fints 
il  or  elle  finit 
nous  fintmes 
vous  fiuites 
ils  or  elles  finirent 

PUT  0  KB. 

{I  shall  finish) 

Je  finiral 

tu  fin  i/' as 

il  or  elle  finira 

nous  fin  icons 

vuus  fiutrez 

iiti  Or  uiius  ihin'OHZ 


J'ai  finl 

tu  as  fini 

il  or  ello  a  finl 

nous  avons  finl 

Tous  avez  finl 

ils  or  elles  out  finl. 

PLUrKllFUCT, 

[I  had  finished) 
J'avais  fini 
tu  avals  fini 
11  or  elle  avait  finl 
nous  avions  finl 
vous  avioz  finl 
lis  or  elles  avaient  finl. 

PAST  ANTEBIOB. 

[T  had  finished) 
J'eus  finl 
tu  eus  finl 
11  or  elle  cut  finl 
nous  eflmes  fini 
vous  efttes  finl 
lis  or  elles  eurent  finl. 

FUTOnE   ANTEniOB. 

(I  shall  have  Jinisluid) 
J'aurai  finl 
tu  auras  finl 
il  or  elle  aura  finl 
nous  aurons  finl 
vous  aurez  fini 
lit)  or  eiius  uuront  fini. 


9i 


ACnVR   VEBC9. 


PItERKNT. 

{I  should  Jinish) 
Je  fintrais 
ta  fintrals 
il  or  elle  fin  trait 
nous  fin  tr  ions 
Tous  finirlez 
ils  or  ellcs  fiutVaient 

PnEBEST. 

{Finish  [thou]) 


CONDITIONAL. 

AMTERIOm. 

(I  should  have  Jinished[) 
J'atiiais  or  j'eusso  fini 
tn  aurais  or  tu  eusscs  finl 
il  or  elle  aurait  or  eut.  liul 
nous  aurions  or  eussions  fini 
V0U8  auriez  or  enssioz  fiul 
ils  or  elles  auraieut  or  eussout  fiul 

IMPEEATIVE./^^  ' 

{Have  [thou]  finishsd) 


Finis 


Aie  finl 


fintssons 
fiui«£ez 


ayons  finl 
ayez  finl 

•        •        • 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 


•  • 


PRESENT. 


{That  I  may  finish) 
Que  je  fintsse 
que  tu  fintfses 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  finf.«se 
que  nous  fin  m  ions 
que  vons  fintssiez 
qu'ils  or  qu 'elles  iini.«sent 

IMPEKFECT. 

{That  I  might  firdsh) 
Que  je  fit^pse 
que  tu  finisses 
qu'il  or  qu'ello  fin!t 
que  nouB  finissions 
que  vous  finissiez 
qu'ils  or  qu'cllos  iinlssent 


PERFECT, 

{That  I  may  havejinishetl) 
Que  j'aie  finl 
que  tu  aiBS  finl 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  ait  finl 
que  nous  ayons  fini 
que  vous  ayez  fini 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  aicnt  finl. 

PLDPERFECT. 

{That  Imight  hare  finishml) 
Que  j'eusse  fiul 
que  tu  eufisea  finl 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  oflt  finl 
quo  nous  eussions  finl 
que  vous  eftssiez  fini 
qu'ils  or  qu'ellos  eussont  finl. 


A^-^j 


t 


INFINITIVE. 

PRESENT.  PERFECT. 

Finir  {to  finish)  Avoir  fiul  {to  Juive  finished), 

PARTICIPLE   PRESENT,  PERFECT. 

Finissant  {finishing)  Ayant  finl  {iMvingfinhhod), 

?ABT    (variable). 

Finl,  fern,  finie  {finished). 


lA  -f  -{ 


ii.. 


AOTIVK  VlfiRUS. 


» 


SzerolBO  28. 


n  adoucit  io  coinr, 
Noiitf  ban< 


Gill 


n 


IndicatiJ  prhimt, — Jo  puni8  les  conpablos. 
Voiis  applandissez  a  ce  qu'il  dit. 

ImparfaiL — J'avertissiiis  votre  frSre  de  son  dauger. 
nissioua  les  m6chaiits  do  uotio  bocidto. 

Passd  defini, — Tu  rouH.sis  daus  tou  outreprise.    Vous  dC-sobvitOd 
^  votre  maitro.    Ila  eiivabirent  le  pays. 

Futtir. — Je    tinirai    muu    oiivraj^o  co   soir.      II  garnira   cotte 
chuinbre  de  tableaux.     Nous  jouirous  dos  plaisirs  de  la  cauipaguo. 
Conditionnel  prhent. — Tu  trahirais  mes  iutorets.     Nous   ea- 
ricbirions  notre  famillo.     Ellos  comi)atiraient  a  noa  maliioura.    V- 

AttendrLssez  co  caiur  iulloxiblo.  '**' 
^        ^^.-j^.^K^.y  ^, cov... — vgiio  j'Ctablisse  ma  rcputatiou.      Qu'il  i^- 
'i-^v^aiblisse  son  parti.    Que  vous  rencWnssiez  ces  uiarcbandirio* *../.• 
Lnparfait. — Que  tu  li;s  alltiriuisst's  daus  lour  devoir.    Que  noua 


yV  ^  J  Impcratif. — Polls  ces  cuijlers. 
'J        Suhjonctif  present. — Que  j'Cta 


^'> 


\4)(Wl«.# 


««) 


#ii   *"''j"*v"'"" — vi;uu  111  lun  uiuAiiuiajAia  uuus  lour  uovoir.     «^ue  noua  ,    ,       i 

f  abolissious  cos  iiupots.    Qu'ila  asservisso^t  los  nations  (^ixAwv^iiXki^tS'^^V'^if'*^ 
^     Jn/tniti/.—Jo    puis    fouruir    c«  "travail.      Avoir    assurti    coa 
coulcurs. 
Participes.— En  puuisaant  les  coupablea,  j'ai  rompli  un  vCrilable 


devoir. 


Temps  cnmposh. — Tu  as  ap£rajiai.ccs  onfanta.    Ce  cbcval  avait 
A.  ,^ja>thcnni.    Vous  aurioz  accompli  cetto.tdcbe. 

»"h6flr,  'dK>lt3(m.).^soci(it6  (/.),* rtpartlr,  '.Qfehlr.  ;coup  (m.),  '  toijjicrre 
.i^ptcntir.  " fournir,   "'de  charbon,  "rotir,    -"gigot  [m.),  "Es\mnn»(/.), 


■.A..<>irV^t*»-' 


ml) 


--|      v^/ 


^-'8ubir,»'-BpproWndir,^niroir.  "musiqueC/.).       *  ^    ">,        *^*  ' 

hidicative  prcaent.-^Tbou  cberisliest*  thy  parents.  We  abolish 
the  duties  a  on  those  goods?)  You  strengthen  them  in  their  duty. 

Lnporfect.-^  finished  thia  book.  She  enjoyed  the  ploasurt;* 
of  (the)  society.' \We  distributed*  the  provisions  (/.). 

Past  deMiter^^Q  boii^»~ticder  the  blow.^  The  tli^der^  re- 
soun(Jn(y^  You  BuppUcd"  our  house  with •coal.w 

Fikure.-^hou  wilt  betray  the  party.  Wo  shall  roast"  a  Ic^" 
of  mutton.  >  They  will  invade  (tlie)  Spain.i^ 

Conditioned present.-d^l' wonhX  ampoth"  the  dillicultios.  He 
would  aa8c§s^»  the  taxes  of  the  parish.iy  They  would  establish 
their  reputation, 

/♦itperaeu'e.^^olish  alMho  forks.     Strengthen  thia  ladder.^y 

Subjunctive  present.— ^hat  ^hou.  mayeat  enslave  the  nation. 
That  wo  may  Mten  his  grief.w)  That  the  fruit  may  rise  in  price. 

hHjreTjaei.~%j.hat  I  mij;:;!  ui:;thar;;c •-  niy  duty.  That  she  iiiij^i 
midcrgo*"  th«  pnuishineut.  \  That  voa  might  uufuruish  the  room. 


:  t. 


88  Active  VERna. 

Infinitive.-^lo  fiuish  tbia  book  before  a  moutb  is  imposeible.     ' 
Participhs.-^y  exatuining  into!"!  tbis  question,  you  will  find 

tbat  tlie  laws  nave  bMn  establiabed.  J 

Compound  tenses.(-l  bave  filled  these    drawers.™      We  sbaU 

bavo  applauded  tbat  boautiiul  music^  Tbat  be  migbt  buve  l>eeu 

warned. 


i 


I 


^ 


IZX.  Tblrd  ConJugatioD.— Verb    KECSVOZR  ^=>to  receiim). 
Stem,  reoev  i  termination,  olr. 
^  — f  wy  •-/  INDICATIVE. 

rilESKNT.  PEIIFECT, 

(I  rcco  ire)  (7  have  recci  cvd) 


u 


Jo  rcQols 

tu  re^ois 

il  or  elle  revolt 

nous  reccvons 

Tous  recevez 

ils  or  elles  rr  9olvent 

IMPERFECT. 

(J  was  receiving) 
Je  recevais 
tu  recevais 
il  or  ello  rccevalt 
nous  recevlons 
V0U8  recevlea 
ila  or  ellcs  recevalent 

FAST   DEFINIXB. 

(7  received) 
Je  reQus 
tu  regu* 
il  or  elle  rg^nt 
nous  regimes 
vous  repiktes 
ils  or  eUes  re(;urent 

FDTUKB. 

(I  shall  reeiove) 
Je  reoev  ral 
tu  recevraa 
il  or  elle  recevr  a 
nous  recevrons 
V0U8  reoev  ro» 
ils  or  elles  reoev  r  ont 


J'ai  re<^u 

tu  as  reyu 

il  or  ello  a  roi/u 

nous  avous  re»,'U 

vous  avez  rcfu 

ils  or  elles  ont  revu* 

PLCfEIiFECX; 

{IhadrecGiv.ed) 
J'avais  re^u 
tu  avals  roQU 
il  or  elle  avait  re<;a 
nous  avious  rcc^u 
vous  aviez  re(ju 
ils  or  elles  avaieut  requ. 

PAST  ANTERIOU. 

(7  had  received) 
J'eus  re(;a 
tu  eus  re^a 
il  or  eNe  eut  re^u 
nous  eumes  re<;a  < 

vous  eutes  reQU 
ils  or  elles  curent  re(;a. 

FOTURE  ANTEIilOB. 

(J  shall  have  received) 
J*aurai  re?u 
tu  auras  re^u 
il  or  elle  aura  re(;u 
nous  aurons  recu 
vous  aurez  reQU 
ils  or  elles  aurout  refii. 


i 


ad 


'). 


ACTIVE  VEUBS. 


87 


CONDITIONAL. 


PRESENT. 

(7  should  receive) 
.te  reoevrais 
tu  rucevrals 
il  Of  elle  roc«v)-alt 
uons  recevrions 
vouB  rccevrloz 
Us  or  elles  recev  r  alent 


PREBEMT. 

{Ilcceive  [t/iou]) 


ANTERIOR. 

[I  should  hax'e  receiicd) 
J'aurais  or  j'ousse  ro(;u 
til  aiirais  or  tu  euBwes  rcgu 
il  or  olle  aurait  or  oftt  io(;u 
uuus  auriona  or  oussionrf  iet;a 
voiis  auriez  or  eussioz  rovu 
ils  or  dies  auroiuut  or  ouuscul 
roQU. 


IMPERATIVE. 


PERTEOT. 

(Hava  [thou]  received) 


BeQois 

•        •         •        • 

recuvons 
recovez 


Aie  reQu 

•         •         •         •         a 

ayous  roQu 
ayez  ro(;u 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


^-V^-^ 


PRESENT. 

(That  I  may  receive) 

Quo  je  recjoivo 
quo  tu  resolves 

(]u"il  or  qu'ellt)  rogols/o 
que  nous  recevlons 
que  Tous  rocevlea 
qu'ils  or  qu'ollos  let^oivent 

IMPEUFECT. 

(That  I  might  receive) 

Que  je  reijusse 

que  tu  revuBses 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  rot^ilt 

que  -uouB  reQUBsions 

que  TOUS  retjussiex 

qu'ils  or  qa'elleu  roc^ussont 


r    '(FECT. 

(Tliat  1  .,■(■  J  have  received) 
Que  j'aio  rct,'u 
quo  tu  aies  ro(;u 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  ait  re(;u 
quo  nous  ayons  re<;u 
que  vous  aye?.  re<;u 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  aicnt  i-ct;a. 

PliDPERFKCT. 

(That  I  miijht  have  recjived) 
Que  j'ousse  reiju 
que  tu  eussea  regu 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  e(it  rcQU 
que  nous  eussions  ro(;a 
que  vous  eussiez  regu 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  euBseut  regu. 


INJ^'INITIVE. 


PRESENT. 

Rccevolr  (to  receive) 

I'ARTICIPIiE    PRESENT. 

Bcc«vant  (receiving) 


PERFECT. 

;AToir  re<;u  (to  have  received)  ■ 

PERFECT. 

4  Ayant  re(;u  (/tawny  rec«i"«(i). 


PAST  (vauiaulk). 
Be<;a,  fem.  retjae  (received). 


'\A-i 


I 


ACTIVE  VERtiB. 


Aii^>  »' 


Exercise  29. 

Indicates  present. — Jo  cou^ois  comment  ccla  est  arrivtf.  D  aper* 
Qoit  votro  intontiou.    Nous  rodovoua  le  loyer  do  uotre  muiKCii. 

Iiiiparfait. — Tu  recovtiis  teb  livrea.  Yous  d^cevio^  eea  tBp6- 
rimcos,    lis  perccvfticnt  mo8  rovt'ims.       ^  ■i.-'-f :  i,u^ 

Pass6  drfini. — Je  retjUB  una  visite  do  votre  ouclo.  Ello  coii(,ut 
nil  Knmd  projot.     Nona  nporc^uiHus  le  volo'ir.  ._^  ''    ■  /        . 

t'utur. — Tu  recovras  deinaiu  uuo  lottre  do  mou  ftra'i.  Vous  con- 
civiess  un  nouvoau  projet.  lis  aporcevront  jiisumeut  Bi  le  tli^me 
est  bieu  fait,  ^^   •    <^-.,    ■ 

Conditionnol  present. — II  rocovrait  les  arre/aiyj^,  Je  doyrais  tciire 
CO  devoir.    Vous  apcrcovrioz  son  brreur. 

I^nperaiif, ~Co\u;oia  rimportance  do  cotte  affaire.  Becevez  mes 
ri'morcimcuta  do  toutea  vos  h<  ntcs, 

Sabjunctif  present.— Qu'H  purgoivo  riuturct  do  cet  arguut.  Qua 
nouH  reccviona  son  tdlcgrammo.  Qu'ellea  rodoivout  lo  moutaiit 
du  billot.  -'       , 

Iviparfait — Que  je  redusse  uuo  bagatelle.  Quo  vous  dcyuysiez 
mes  plus  chorea  esp6rauco8.  Que  nous  rovuasious  co  tribut 
d'obtimo. 

Jn/mtt^/.—Aporcevoir  des  d6fauts  duns  artrui  est  chose  facile. 

Participos.—En  recevant  cetto  demahde,  le  roi  a  fait  uu  acto  de 
justice.    Les  impots  Bont  per^uB.  ^V---  -      X  -i     *' 

Temps  composes.~Je  I'ai  regu  hier.  II  a  aper<;u  men  frere. 
Vous  auriez  aper<ju  le  clocher  de  TCglise.  Que  tu  eusses  coucu 
I'fitendue  de  sea  projets. 

•  p.Iitesse  (/O  •  detsein  (m,),    'bouquet  (m.),  '  tout  *  fait.  <di;su-er    i"moiitr^r 
«* juste,  "  mdritor,  "  billet  (m.),  "  tache  (/.>;  »  diap  (m!).   f  '      '"'"""*• 

Indicative  present.-p.  perceive  your  mistake.  You  collect  the 
taxes  for  the  wvernment.O  They  receive  a  tribute  (in)  money. 

Tn'perfed.-^e  perceived  his  situation.  We  owed  again  a  sum 
of  seventy  francsA  They  deceived  my  fondest  hopes. 

Past  de/tm-<e.-(t  conceived  the  depth*  of  his  treachery.*  You 
received  a  cargo*  of  goods.)  We  perceived  the  steeple  of  the 
church.         1  ' 

Fw<ur<j.-4hou  Tfrilt  owe  m^iy  (of)  thanks  to  tfcy  friend.  Sho 
wiU  receive  your  messaM.  (m.).)  They  will  conceive  a  plan  (w.). 

Condtftonal  ijrewnt.^I  should  receive  him  with  politenoKS.* 
Thon  wouldst  jBceive  a  telegram.^  We  ahould  perceivfr  the  houto. 

?m|>c, aiitc-Yieceive  iujr  blucure  thanks.  Let  ua  conceive* 
Letter  design.*  T 


•.<  It.  fi 


4:' 


f 

'I 


ut 
a- 

10 

re 


^4:^ 


it    . ,,  .    ,. 

It 


"'T^^. 


T' 


f 


4CT1VB  Verbs. 


IBO 


Suhiunctiro  prcsont.-^1!hni  we  may  rccoivo  tho  nosogay.'  Tlmk 
he  may  collect  tho  arrear».)Tluvt  tlw  y  may  owe  Icsa. 

Liiporfect.-^JUhni  I  miglit  uiidtTrttjina  uiyjessou  thoroughly.* 
I  wiHlicdf  thiityoii  might  perceive  your  diiiigur.^  That  wo  oight 
coucefve  tho  i'mportivnce  of  his  dutiea. 

Infiniti%e.-\Xo  roceive  this  raau  is  to  shojv.w  one's  coutumiit  oi 
what  is  right.^O  '^ 

Participles.-^Un  dccoiviug    me    you   have    dcBorved"    to    be 

punished.  3 

Compound  Tonsos.-^I  had  received  your  note."  She  had  por* 
ceivod  his  intuutious.l  That  1  might  have  poroeived  a  staiu"  ou 
that  cloth.i* 


y 


ZV.  Vonrth  Conjugation.— Verb  BOMPSE  (=tu  (laut). 

Stem,  romp  \  termination,  ro« 


INDICATIVE. 


PRKSENT. 

(I  break) 

Je  romps 

tu  romp* 

il  or  ello  roE  p* 

nous  rompons 

vous  rompe« 

ils  or  elies  roir.pent 

IMI'lltFKCT. 

{I  was  hrcaldng) 

Je  rompai* 

tu  romiifils 

il  or  olle.  rorapalt 

uuus  romplons 

vous  rompieai 

Lit  or  dies  romj'alent 

PAST  D£Fiiaxa« 

(I  broke) 

Je  romp*» 
tu  rompls 
il  or  elle  rorapit 
nouB  r^iTiiiimtifi 
vons  rompitrs 
tin  iir  dies  rMii^ireat 
r 


PEUKKCT. 

(I  have  broken) 
J'ai  rompu 
tu  as  rompu 
il  or  elle  a  rompu 
nous  avons  rompu 
vouB  avez  rompu 
lis  or  ellos  ont  romi*!!. 

rHJPERli:CT. 

(I  hoil  broken) 
I'avais  rompu 
tu  avais  rompu 
il  or  elle  avait  rompn 
nous  nvions  rompu 
Tous  aviez  rompu 
ils  or  elles  avaieiit  rompv, 

PAST   ANTEBluB. 

(I  had  broken) 
Tens  rompu 
tn  eua  rompu 
il  or  elle  eut  rompu 
uous  etimes  rompu 
\ous  edtcs  rompu 
ila  or  ellos  oureut  j-uiupa. 


00 


▲CTIVB  VERIiS. 


ruTDiio. 
(/  shall  break) 
Jc  romp  r  al 
tnr()in|)ras 
il  or  olio  roiiipr  a 
HOUR  roinprons 
V0U8  roinitrojB 
Us  or  tilletj  ruiup  r  ont 


PllKSENT. 

(f  should  break) 
Jo  romprals 
tit  I'uiuprals 
il  or  olio  roiniirntt 
V^ious  roin])rianH 
vous  romp  r  iez 
ils  or  romp  ralent 


PRESENT. 

{Break  [</iou]) 


Bomps 


rompons 
roinpez 


-/ 


rUTDUE   ANTl:niO>, 
(T  shall  have  bi'okon) 
J'timiii  rompu 
til  aiims  roiiipu 
il  or  olio  uuru  loinpu 
110118  Huroiiu  rompu 
vous  auroz  ron-pu 
ila  or  0II08  auro'it  rompu. 

CONDITIONAL. 

ANTEllIOB. 

(I  should  have  broken) 
J'nurais  or  j'ouhso  rompu 
tu  auriiis  or  tu  ousbuh  rompu 
il  or  olio  aurait  or  eflt  romi)u 
nouH  aurions  or  onssiona  rompu 
vouH  auricz  or  oussiez  rompu 
ils  or  olios  auroieut  or  euseeot 
rompu. 

mPERATIVE. 

PERFEOT, 

(Fare  [thou]  broken) 


Aie  rompu 

ayous  rompu 
ayoz  rompu 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


•^ 


PBESENT. 

{That  I  may  break) 
Que  je  rompe 
que  tu  rompes 
qu'il  or  qu'olle  rompo 
que  nous  romplons 
que  vous  romplea 
qu'ilg  or  qu'elles  rompont 

IMPERFECT. 

{That  I  nnght  brcaJi) 
Que  je  romplBse 
quo  tu  romplsses 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  romptt 

que  IlOuo  rcHipiSaauiiS 

que  Tons  romptsaies 

qu'ils  or  qu'elles  rumpisaent 


> 


PERFECT. 

{That  I  may  have  broken) 
Quo  j'aie  rompu 
quo  tu  aiou  rompu 
qu'il  or  qu'ollo  ait  rompu 
que  nous  ayoiis  rompu 
que  vous  ayez  rompu 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  aieut  rompu. 

PLUPERFECT. 

{That  I  might  have  broken] 
Quo  j'eusse  rompu 
quo  tu  eusaes  rompu 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  out  rompu 
que  nous  euBsious  rompu 
que  vous  eassiez  rompu 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  eusst^t  rompu. 


at 


AGIIVK   VEIU13. 


91 


4  INFINITIVE.    * 

PnRSRNT.  PKUFEOT. 

re  (to  hreaJi)  Avoir  roii'i.u  (to  ^avo  hroJam) 

I'AUTIOIPI.K  niESIiNT.  I       n;i(KKCT. 

llouiiiant  {breaking)  Ayiuit  Jfftmiiu  [havimj  broken) 

PAST  (vauiaiilk)> 
•  Bompu,  fem.  roiiiiiue  (broken). 


I) 


Ce  ohien  morduit 


Sxerclae  30. 

Tnilictttif  prJsuue.— J'uttuuda  de  U  oomiiiiguio  awjourd'liul. 
n'poud  corroctemoui.     Vous  detoudez  votro  ptitrio. 

Iinparfait. — Tii  auBpendais  tou  jugemi^nt. 
tout  le  luoude.    Voua  pr6toudioz  i.  siv  pltico. 

I'assii  defini.—U  coudoHceudit  &  Bes  dcdirs.    Nous  foudimoB  lo 
plorub.    lis  tondircut  leura  brus, 

Futur Je  rcpondrai  &  votre  lettre,    II  entcudra  ce  qu'ila  diaout. 

Elles  vendrout  loui  maison  do  ctiKijmgut!. 

Conditionnel  present. —la  tordrais  L;  curde.    Nous  confondrioud 
leur  orgueil.     lis  preudraiont  lours  cliapf^aux  dans  lo  vestiaire. 

[mp6rat\f.—Eui.enCis  lour  juBtification.    Atteudons  rarrivie  du 
bateau  a  vapour. 

avbjonctif  present. — Quo  tu  vcndes  cos  fruit"  trop  cbor.    Quo 
V0U8  rfipandiez  I'eaH  Bur  le  tapis.     Qu'ils  toudent  cetto  corde. 

rmpor/att.— Que  jo  tendisso  au  m6me  but.    Que  nous  foudissions 
la  presso.     Quo  vous  ontendissiez  le  bruit  du  tonnorro. 

Injinitif. — Prctondre  aavoir  toutos  chosos  est  ridicule, 

Partieipes.—Eu  feudant  C3  morceau  do  bois,  je  me  suis  blesad. 
La  cause  euteudue,  le  pr6sidont  pronouQa  la  sentence. 

Temps  compose?.— J'ai  veudu  toua  mca  livres.    Vous  aviez  ecu. 
fondu  cos  deux  regies.    II  aura  rcpondu  i  mon  appol. 

idre. '  usuKO  (m.), 
a  (mJ,"'Vii,iv(!iitii)ii 
(m.),."  ne  devrip* 


'con 


'tcndreiV,  J-hlit  (m.) 

if.),  '-Chilli 
'"cliciiiin 


•  immidintetnent,  »r<i(n»li6jr«ment,  '  tciidre  iV,  J-l 
orresiwndro,  "st^nnce  (/.).^  linge  (m.),  '"tcrrt;8i. 
'Oj^^feudj^kJ'*  tfliite  la  jouriite,   '*  ripaiidj'*', 

^    T'confondrc, ""  ruison  (/,),  "^laniio  (/.),  "  grand  escalicr  (m.j 


"~»)S8,  "bruiii  (^Hy^ 
^•^  Indicative  prksent.+-I   am  ooming    down   immediately.* 
answers  my  letters  very  regularly .»)  We  are  aiming  at»  a  di( 


He 

diOicult 


end.* 


Iwperfeci.-fl  was  forbidding'  him^tlie-nse"  of  it.  Sbe  was 
writing.   |5fou  were  confounding  this  rule  with  anotlipr^ 

Vast  'iefinite.  -^Ho-^orre sanded ^  ^witlr  your  triiMidfy. .  ^0 
BU8peiHied~thejBfiat«g.''l  Hbowrung  the  iinen»  in  the  gtirdoii. 

l!^tvte.-fC  Bhall''  sen  all  my  estates."  She  will  take  Lc* 
bouaet."^  Yon  will  break  the  agroemeut.i* 


■I 


-t-ti 


^a 


CONJUGATION    OF   VEB118. 


M 


Conditional  presont^hon  wouklst  answer  my  lettoi*.      We 
should  recast  the  poem!}  Thoy  would  hear  us. 

cio'ritT'"' "  /'  "°'*  ""* "  ''"^'  "^  """^ ''''''  '■"  "^^ 

S^V«HcJ^•^.epre5cn^-fr]lat  I  may  wait  aU  day  long  h    That  ne 
Bhould  sell  all^^e  jewol^  That  you  should  stre'toh  this  ropo 
Lnpcrfect.-frh.t  sho*^aight  sl.oar  the  sheep.     That  I  mi-^ht 

inietlts.       ""  "  ''''  '^'^-^  '''''  '""'^  -e^*  <i^^-<l  ^^ 

/«A"t<tV«.-frn,x  Bhould  not "  seU  your  ^^ods  so  dear  \ 

Par<ic»p!.s.3feoaringthi.  rumouri«  I  weutout.  Hisin/olenco  (f) 
was  hroiight  ioTioufusjon.i^  °"it-"tc  (j.) 

ha/heard  his  reasons.*    Wo  should  have 

hou  wouldst  have  waited.    That  I  mifht 

principal  staircase."" 


5CS.-/I  b 

s.ai  Vrh 

by  the  1 


SECTION  III 


Compound  tenses 
molted  into  tears 
Iiave  come  down  by 

t(mtho  simplo  teuses)  after  the  yei-b :  aiWasf 
(  =  clo  you  lovo  ?),  or  iu  the  compound  tenses  betaeon 
the  auxiliary  and  the  past  participle :  «^Je  SvLhave 

S^taTi^teT^fet''""'"™^^'- --■^- -« 
a;Sltf;tSr!^f,*'/4  ■■'/-  -te 
«  muto  IS  replaced  by  aclose  tf :  am^-je  (-do  Ilovo  ? 
138.  AVlierr-the  third  person  singular  cn-ls  witli  * 

^^^^^^^^^^^^ 

-  does  he  love,  does  he  go  ?)  ^  '  '"'^''^ ' 

andtidfult  iSt  Sut  ^^^'^^-^^f  the  third  porsoa. 

:» '*•  •-  iSci.;,'  re.;  s  s," 

f '  i 


1 


--! 


We 

we 

ght 
mil 

(/■) 


i^.W 


OONJUOATION    OF    VERrS,_ 


'^n 


\  -4 


139.  Eat-ee  que  (=i8   it   tbat)  is  also  nscdl   in  j 

aslcing  questions,  especially  with  verbs  of  one  syllabic  :  , 

eBt-ce  que  je  vemh  /  (  =  do  I  sell?)  e.Jt*e  que  ro,,a 
aimez  cctte  ville?  (  =  do  you  like  thi|  town  ^.  Then  tho 
verb  is  put  in  the  alllrmativo.         J 

In  sentences  like :  You  see  it,  fo  you  not^  ?  You  will 
do  it,  will  you  not?  You  have  not  done  it,  have  you  ? 
the  interrogation  is  in  every'^aso  expressed  in  French  by 
n'eat-qe  pas  ?  nis  le  voycz,  n'est-ce  pas  ?  Vous  le 
/<>»v^,n'©st-cepaa ?  Vousnel'ai-ezi)asfait,i%^Bt'Oepa.B? 

140.  When  in  a  question  the  verb  has  a  noun  for 
the  subject,  as  :  Is  your  fiiend  h&i-c  ?  the  noun  is  placed 
first,  as  in  the  attirmation,  and  th§  pronoun  (of  the 
same  gender,  number,  and  person  as  the  noun)  is  placed 
after  the  verb  to  show  that  tho  sentence  is  interrogative : 
Votre  ami  cst-il  id?  (=i8  your  friend  here?)  Vos 
amis  sont-ils  ici  ?  (  =  are  your  friends  here  ?). 

141.  In  order  to  conjugate  the  verbs  in  the  nerfatim 
form  (with  the  negative  ne...pas,  ne...foint),  it  suffices 
that  we  should  place  ne  between  the  pronoun  and  the 
verb,  and  pas  after  the  verb,  for  the  simple  tenses  :  je 
ne  veux  pas  ( =  1  do  not  wish) ;  tu  ne  veux  pas  (  =  thou 
dost  not  wish)  etc.  In  the  compound  tenses,  the  word 
■pas  is  placed  between  the  auxiliary  and  the  participle : 
j«s  n'at  pas  vowh<=(I  have  not  wished) ;  je  n'aurais  pas 
voulu  (  =  1  would  not  have  wished)  etc.  With  the  in- 
finitive, pas  generally  comes  before  the  verb  :  pour  ne  • 
pas/aw'e  cela  (  =  not  to  do  that). 

142.  To  conjugate  a  verb  interrogatively  with  a  negative, 
ne  is  placed  before  the  verb  and  pas  after  tho  pronoun 
following  tho  verb  :  ne  vois-je  pas  ?  (  =  do  I  not  see?). 
In  the  compound  tenses  ne  comes  before  the  auxiliary, 
and  pas  after  the  pronoun  following  the  auxiliary :  n'ai 
je  pas  vu  1  (=havo  I  not  seen  ?) 

B3j-  A  table  of  these  conjuijations  will  he  found  at  puye  15G.^^k;Ji ^  _v' 

i'    ^   Indlcatif  present.— Pri3f6r6-ie  cet  pmmae  ?    II  no  finit  pas  sea     /^jMq 
,  / '   • « ,^  devoirs.    Ne  recewns-nous  pas  son  avis  ^Veo  reconnaissaucn  ?  t^>w^.AJ^      - 
^'       * '      Imparfait.—D'eme'orhia-tn  d.  Londres  ?    II  ne  renchfiiissftit  pas 

aes  marclmndises.     N'entendaieut-iis  pus  !«  bruit  de  ia  Voiture  '  • "  ^ 

Vouu  ttiuiiez  cette  ville,  n'est-ce  pas?  '  " 


94 


CONJUGATION    OF    A'Emg. 


gloire  par  voire  cruautfi.  CK^JZ^K  J^S^V     '" 

Futur.—Est-co  que  nous  ne  profit'^rAis  ima  d'uno  ««„„  •      ^      • 

favorable  ?    Vous  ne  r^ussirez'amais  a       nersrder  V  "  """ 

ne  vendront-ils  pas  leur  propriCto  ?  ^'''^''""Jo'-     Vos  amis 

ConcZi'fionneZ  present Je  n'jKrimia  „„» 

Choisiriez-vous  ce  cheVal'     N«  ^      "''"*''*  ""*  conscience. 

domain?  ''^  <=^«val>    ^e    rccovriez-vous   pas    du  mon.le 

Irnpcraiif     -i^e  re?ois  jamais  do  sos  IcUrcs. 
Sul,oncUfpn'sent.-Q,^o  je  ne  reude  compte  &  porsonne 

KS^XanTpa^tir*  t""^  ^r "^"  ^^inonce. 

domoli  cett/chaum^re     N '  u^!     ,  17      '    '\"'''™'*  ^"^^ 
dans  leport?    Je   n'a„r«,?  ^       "J""'*?"  '«   vaissoaii 

Pm-feet  defmite.—l  had  no  monnv     qL   ^-"i      !  r 
tear..    Did  bo  not  perc«„  nylS'/  '""'  '"*" 

journal.  ^  Jielded.ia  he  was   praised"  by  the 

h:we  received  this  dangerous  man      W     T  f ''"*''  '    '  ^^^^'^  "«* 
tlie  merit  of  that  pupifr  jhaTfL  '^  '^'"  ""*  '^''^^  '''""^''^^ 

Ti^at  we  mi«ht  no^h^at  Ji^^S r:-^:^-'^-'      J 


Bil.MARKS   ON   IQB    i^OKMATION   OF  TIIK   TKNSM. 


05 


> 


ur-f 


BECTION  IV. 


ItBMAKKS  Oir  THB  FOniaATIOir  or  THE  TSXrSZB. 


143.  Notice  that  in  the  first  person  of  the  present 
indicative  the  verbs  in  -er  do  not  take  an  s  [je  chantc), 
while  the  other  conjugations  do  (jc  finis,  je  romps). 

This  exception  is  a  vestige  of  tlio  Old  Fiench  lanRuaije  :  the 
first  person  formerly  never  took  nn  s ;  j'aline,  je  vcl,  je  rend 
(  =  1  love,  I  see,  I  restore) ;  about  the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth 
century,  an  s  was  added,  by  analogy  with  tlie  s  of  the  second 
person  tu  chantem,  tu  lis,  tu  rots  (  =  thou  Hingoot,  thou  readest, 
tJiou  seest)  ;  but  tiie  iirst  conjugation  escaped  this  assimilation, 
and  even  in  the  ease  of  the  other  conjugations,  the  forms  witliout 
8  still  remained  for  a  long  time  in  the  lauguiige  of  poetry.  Thus 
we  find  in  the  seventeenth  century :  je  vol,  jo  li,  jo  croi.  (L\ 
Fontaine,  Molikke,  Couneille.) 

14b4.  The  imperfect  is  the  same  in  all  conjnpfations 
{■ah,  -ah,  -ait,  -ioiis,  -iez,  -aimt),  always  reniomheriug 
tliat  the  conjugation  in  -ir  interpolates  the  particle 
•las  between  the  root  and  the  termination:  jeyi/i-la8- 
ais,  ivi  Jin-i&s-ah. 

Before  the  time  of  Voltnira,  the  imperfect  was  always  written 
with  the  syllable  ois  {j'aitnois,  jo  ehantnt^,  etc.)  instead  of  ais. 
It  was  lie  wlio  first  wrote:  j'aimala,  je  c'taittala,  etc.  This 
oi  thographical  modification  was  )nly  adopted  by  tlio  Academy  in 
tH.ib,  A  century  before  VoUaire,  in  1(175,  an  obscure  lawyer, 
Nicolas  Bciaiu,  had  already  asked  for  this  reform. 

145.  The  future  is  formed  througliout  all  tJie  con- 
jugations in  the  same  mannor,  that  is  to  say,  by 
adding  to  the  infinitive  of  the  verb  the  indicative 
present  of  the  verb  avoir  {ai,  as,  a,  etc.), 

Je  chanteral  is  therefore  exactly  equivalent  to  j^ai  h  chanter; 
hence:  nmeiai,  as,  a.  In  tlio  ])lural,  ht)wever,  the  syllable  aris 
Btruck  out ;  aiKKj/'- (av)  o?)s,  ((/))(«•- (av)  oz,  aimer-ont.  The  third 
conjugtition  is  an  exception  to  this  rule,  as  the  termination 
oil"  is  shortened  into  r  :  je  veccrr-ai. 

The  conditional  present  is  formed  in  the  same  way 
from  the  imperfect  indicative,  the  syllable  av  being 
suppressed  :  j'aivter-  (av)  ais. 

146.  It  will  be  observed  that  all  the  persons  of 
the  imper'^vi/e  are  borrowed  from  the  corresponding 
persons  o/  liie  indicative  present.     The  only  exception 


/ 


Urma'iks  on 


THE    FORMAinN   OF   TIIK    TKNSEI. 


-p<^ 


'\ 


i  w  ,S        •  *'^"J"?'^^^'>°'  ^^"«I'  I''^3  chaute  witl.ont  an 

cative  (^«/«,s,  <„  repots,  tu  romjm).  But  tlie  ,  of  ./ "  , 
IS  expressed,  and  reappears  when  tho  imperative  is 
p  accd  before  a  word  beginning  with  a  vowel,  such  as  » 
ovm:  cha^uem-m  vne  partie  (  =  sing  part  of  it),  as-v 
twr  (=go  there  and  see),  etc.  £l      J         ^  -^ 

347.  The  tenses  of  the  verbllre  diided  into  pri- 
mltive   and  derivative.    From   the  five  primftho 

manner:-  '''"  °*^'''  ^''   '^'^^^   ^^    ^«    ^-^^^^l 
Tbo  PuESENT  iMFiNmvs  fonng 


U.  The/«<urfl,  wes  145. 
J  2.  '^^ '•••      - 


ThepBBSENT  Paoticiplb 

The  Past  Participm 
Tlio  Present  iNoicATrvB 
Tho  Past  Dsfinitjb 


The  conditional^  see  }  li5. 

1.  The  plural  of  the  presen* 
indicative:  aimwat,  ai- 
mona,  aimex,  aiment. 

2.  The  itnperfect  indicative: 
^""'»s«ant, /inissalg,  etc. 

a.  The  present  subjunctive 
finissBMt,  Jinisse,  finis. 
sea,  except  the  3itl  coii- 
jugation,  in  wliich  oi 
reappears :  recerant,  re- 

3  All  the  compound  tenses  with 

I     the  auxiliary  avoir  or  etre. 

the  imperative,  see  §  146. 

The  imperfect  subjunctive,  by 

addiug  S8  to  the    second 

person  singular :  tu  aimis, 

lAo     9  JIM  .  ^     aimasae. 

«»,  1      '  1  ?"*f  *'«' *«"»«s.-Bcside8  the  tenses  givu 

l^fl.'^^^'^^i""  ^^'  ^'^^^  conjugations,  tlie  FiS 
use  others  which  are  made  up  with  the  verbs  alZ 
(=to  go),  venjr  (=to  come),  and  devoir  (=to  owe  to  bo 
obhged,  must  .    Here  is  a  list  of  these  tenses  - 


1.   TABT  JOST  ELAPMjr. 

(I  have  just  spoken) 
.7e  vlens  do.  parlc  r 
tu  vienij  do  parler 
il  vieut  de  parler 
nouB  venons  de  parleT 
voiis  Vfnez  do  parlor 
ii»  vieuneut  do  i^aikr^ 


2.  PAST  definite  anttcrjor. 
(/  had  just  spoken) 
Je  vcimls  de  parler 
tu  venais  de  parler 
il  veuaik  de  parler 
nous  vouions  do  parler 
yous  voniez  do  purler 
ilfi  vciiiiicnt  de  puiior. 


^ 


A 


^. 


M 


-^ 


^-^ 


ftEMAUKS   ON    tllE    FORMATION   OP   THE   TENSES.  97 


^ 


3.   FUTUBE   PnOXIMATB, 

{lavi  going  to  spoak} 

Je  vais  parlor 
tu  vas  parlor 
il  va  j)arl(!r 
iious  allon><  parlor 
voiis  alloz  purler 
ila  vout  parlor. 

5.  FUTUBE  IMPEnFECT  ANTERIOR. 

{I  was  going  to  sjjettfc) 

J'allais  parlor 
tu  allaiw  jtaKlor 
il  allait  jiarlor 
nous  allioiis  pailor 
vous  alliez  parlor 
ils  allaiout  parlor. 

7.  CONDITIONAL   FDTURE.  * 

(J  ought  to,  or  I  should  speak) 


4.    FUTCBE   DEFINITB. 

{I  am  to,  or  I  viust,  or  I  intend 
to  speak) 

Je  (lois  parlor 

til  dois  pallor 

il  doit  pallor 

nous  dovons  parler 

vous  dovoz  parler 

iia  doivout  parler.  » 

6.  CONDITIONAL  IMPEBFEOT. 

(7  was  to,  or  I  intended  to  speak) 

Je  dovais  parler 

tu  dovais  parler 

il  devait  parler 

nous  devious  parlor 

vous  doviez  parlor 

ils  devaioiit  parluc,  yr^    _/ 

8.    CONDITIONAL  ANTEIUOn.^ 

(7  oiujht  to,  or  7  should  ha\>0 

s;^iokcn) 

J'aurais  dfl  parlor 
tu  auiais  dil  parler 
il  aurait  dCi  parlor 
nous  auriouB  du  j)arler 
vuuj!  auricz  dii  parler 
ils  auraiout  dii  parler. 


Je  dovrais  parlor 
tu  dovrais  parlor 
il  dovrait  parlor 
uous  devrious  parlor 
vou",  devrioz  parlor 
il«  devraieut  parler. 

There  is  also  a  past  teuse  with  deuoir^  expressing  either  obli« 
gatiou  or  supposition— 

J'ai  da  parlor   7  _  I  have  had  to  speak,  or  must  (surely)  Lave 
tu  as  du  parlor)  ~   thou  hadst  to  spoak,  i&o.  [spoken. 

The  \erh  faire  (=to  do,  to  make),  is  frequently  used  as  an 
ftuxiliary,  and  is  also  followed  (like  the  ahove)  by  the  present 
iutinitive  :  il  a  fait  faire  un  hahit  (  —  he  has  ordered,  caused  to 
be  made,  a  coat,  or  he  has  had  a  coat  made). 


-{ 


X 


/•f  — < 


•  In  translntlnp  into  French  any  sentonce  in  wliich  ihall,  tcitl,  ilwuM,  would, 
mny,  miglil  nrc  iiscil,  tlio  pupil  should  bo  very  caroful  to  distinguish  whether 
tlioso  words  siuiply  express  u  future  or  a.  snb.iuuctivo,  or  whether  they  cxprccj 
a  duty,  a  strong  intention,  or  ii  enpncity  ;  in  the  hitter  cn,=o  they  must  be  tniiii- 
UiU'd  literally  into  Frcni.-h,  shall,  should  by  dovoir  ;  i*i7/,  would  by  TOQloir  . 
and  ffrtjjf,  Vtighi,  by  pvuvoif ,  act'OitU'ijj  ta  the  BAaaiy^ea  givcii  abuYt.  /ii"! 


/ 


M 

I 

i 


IPASBiVE    VERBS. 

QUESTIONS  FOB  EXAMINATION. 


.  How  many  kinds  of  yerba  are 
tliere  ? 

What  is  an  aeiivt  verb?— By 
what  other  noiiio  ia  it  laiown  ? 

Write  the  subjunctivo  j)rcsent  of 
axmer,  chanter,  devoir,  rendre  ; 
the  past  definite  of  agtr,  reee- 
voir,  vendre;  the  conditional 
I'ast  of  parler  and  b^nir. 

How  is  a  verb  conjugated  inter- 
roffatlvely  ? 

Keinark  on  the  following  moods 
and  tenses :  iheindiealivf  present, 
the    imper/ect    indicative,    the 


future,     the   eonditional,     the 

imfternHre, 
9.  ConjnKute  npKiitivoly  tlio  future 

simple  of  jiarler,   douter,   reee- 

voir;  the    conditi-jnal    past   of 

gimir,  devoir,  chanter. 
T.  Conjusiito:     1     inti-rrogativelv ; 

*.    intcrroptntively  with    a  I'lo- 

pativc,    the  indicative    present 

of  agir:   the   past  doflnite  of 

devoir, 
8,  Whnt  are  the  primitive    tenses, 

and  what  tenses  do  they  form  ? 
•.  Give  a  list  of  the  idiomatic  tenaea. 


SECTION  V. 

PAS8XVB    VERBS. 

149.  The  passive  verb  expresses  an  action  suffered 
by  the  subject :  Vagneau  a  6t6  mang-^  war  Ic  loup  r  =  tLe 
lamb  has  been  eaten  by  the  wolf). 

Every  active  verb  can  become  passive,  that  is  to  say. 
it  can  be  employed  in  the  passive  form.  Manqer  ( =  to 
eat)  18  active  in  le  chat  laangre  la  souris  (.=  thereat  eats 
tne  mouse) ;  it  becomes  passive  in  la  souris  est  mang-^e 
rar  le  chat  (=the  mouse  is  eaten  by  the  cat). 

NOTE.— The  French  seldom  use  the  p  .sive  verb. 
Ihey  employ  mstead  the  active  verb  with  an  indefinite 
pronoun  for  subject :  on  vend  le  sucr  quarante  centimes 
la  hvre  (  =  sugar  is  sold  at  forty  centimes  a  pound),  or 
they  use  the  reflective  verb.     (See  §  IGO.) 

150.  There  is  only  one  form  of  conjugation  for  the 
passive  verbs ;  it  consists  of  the  auxiliary  dtre,  fol- 

owed  (m  all  Its  moods,  tenses,  and  persons)  by  the  past 
rartmple  of  the  verb  we  wish  to  conjugate :  Je  aula 
«.ori«  (=1  am  bitten) ;  j'al  6t6  ^rumlu  (  =  1  have  been 
bitten)  ;  J©  »eral  mordu  (  =  1  shaU  be  bitten),  etc. 

151.  Care  must  be  taken  to  make  the  past  participle 
ok.«2^.  agree  with  the  subject  of  the  verb  :  11  it  v^Jdn 
(  =  lie  IS  bitten);  elle  est  mordue  (  =  she  is  hitt^v^  -  *is 
9out  mordiiB  (=--thoy  are  bitten),  etc.  "''" 


T 


If 


Ipassive  vebus. 


Aoi^UKation  of  the  Pasr've  Verb  ETRfi  AZM^ 

{—to  be  loved), 

INDICATIVE. 


tPESENT. 

(i  am  loccil) 

Je  Buis 

tu  es 

il  nr  ello  est 

nous  Romines     \    .     , 

VimB*ete8  I  amies    or 

ils  or  elles  sout  >     a""ee» 


lime  or  aiuiee 


IPABI'   tNbEFlNlTB. 

(f  li,,i'c  hecit,  hn'od) 
Jiii  oto  \ 

tu  us  itO  [-aimfi  or  aimee 

il  or  ello  a  C'6  ) 
iious  avDiu  (Mo 

Vons  iivez  6ti>  ■  aiuicg     or 

ils  or  elles  out  CtC  J       aimeu* 


IMPKllFKCT. 

(1  was  loved) 
JV't.iis  \ 

tu  etais  I  niuie  or  aiui6e 

ilo,'elleaait  J 
U0U8  utions 
vous  6tiez 
Ub  or  elles  (itaieut 


ainies    or 
aimees 


PLurEni'EcT. 
(f  had  heen  loved) 

J'avais  (jt6  \ 

tu  avuia  t'tc  I 

il  or  elk;  aviiit  etu    j 
lums  avious  vti 
vous  avie/,  /^^te 
ils  or  dies  avaiontiJti! 


aitu£     or 

aiinee 

ainies 

or 
aiuiees 


PAST   UK  FINITE. 

{T  uias  loved) 


Jc  fuB 

tu  i'U8 

il  or  ollofut 
nous  fiinies 
vous  fCitt'S 
ils  or  elles  furent 


aime  or  ainioo 

laiiiips      or 
uiuiccs 


PAST  ANTEItlOB. 

(I  had  lean  loved) 


J'ens  etu 

Tu  eus  6t6 

ilordlucutetr 

nous  euiiies  I'tu 

vous  ofiti's  Cte 

ils  or  elkb  eureut  (Jtu 


iiiiiie  or  aimfce 


aii.ics 

or 
aiuiiiek 


FUTtTRE. 

{I  shall  be  loved) 


Je  serai 

tu  seras 

il  or  elle  Kcra 

iiou;-i  serous 

vous  Perez 

ils  or  elies  sorout 


•  aiine  or  ainic© 


aiines    or 
aimees 


FUTURE    ANTERIOR. 

{I  shd'  have  been  loved) 

J'nurai  etc  1     •     » 

tu  auras  ('te  I  """.®  ,"»' 

il  or  elle  aura  6te)       '"^''®* 
nous  nurous  et6         \     .     , 
vous  aurcz  etc  I  '"I"«^s  tt 

ils  or  elles  aurout  'jte      '"'"♦^c« 


r,*/-':™  ■pu^«:^:^:!]J''  r^- ^V"'."""'*'"--.  i-^-^"  of  /„  (^.,,0,0,  .h. 


100 


PASSIVE    VKBBS. 


rilKSENT. 

'(I  nhould  bo  loved) 
Je  serais  \ 

til  seraiH  V  uiai6  or  aiuiee 

SI  or  ollosernitj 
taous  Horions 
Vou8  Berioz 
fls  or«llea  soiaicut 


(ftiinos  or 
aimee.. 


CONDITIONAL. 

ANTEIIIOR. 
(7  luoufd  /lare  6ccn  loveS) 

J'iiiirais  6t6  )     •    , 

tu  anrais  6t6  I  «^'".«  "^ 

il  or  ello  aurait  6W  j  """"® 
nous  amious  uto  )  aini6« 
vous  auiicz  6tC',  I      or 

ilsorellesanrtticnt6t6j  niuioes 


WiESENT. 

{Be  loved) 

k     b     t     .     •     , 

Suis  aime  or  ainiee 


IMPERATIVE. 

PEnFECT. 

{Have  Wiou]  been  loved) 
Aie  etc  aime  or  aimee 


Soyona 
Soyez 


[  aime 


aime*  or  aiiueea. 


Ayons  <5t6   )     .    ,  .    , 

Ayez  (jt6     f  '^^'"®»  '""  a>"j6e». 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


PRESENT. 

(That  I  may  bo  loved) 


Que  je  sois 
«jiie  tu  sois 
(ju'ilorqu'eliesoit 
que  nous  soyons 
que  vous  soyez 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  soiciit 


aime  or 
aimee 

aimSs 

or 
aimees 


aime  nr 
aimee 

"=  « 

S  3 


IMPEnFECT. 

{That  I  might  be  loved) 
Quo  je  fusse  )     .    , 

que  tu  fusses  I  "i™?    ,"*• 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  fflt    )        '^""®« 
que  nous  fussious  \  nime 

que  vous  fussiez  I  or  ai- 

qu 'lis  or  qu'elles  fuseentj  meea 


PERFECT. 

(That  I  might  have  been  lovecCf 

Que  i'aie  ete  ) 

quo  tu  aios  Cte  [ 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  ait  616  j 

que  nous  ayons  Ctfi 

que  vous  aycz  etc 

qu'ils  or  qu'elles  aient  H& 

PLUPERFECT. 

(That  1  might  have  been  loved) 
Que  j'eusse  Ct6 
que  tu  eusses  ct6 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  efit  etc, 
I  que  nous  eussioiis  cte 
que  vous  eussiez  etc 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  eussent^  'S' 
6t.  j|- 


INFINITIVE. 


PRESENT. 

(To  be  loved) 
£tre  aime  or  aime* 


PERFECT. 

(7*0  lio.re  been  loret.}) 
Avoir  etc  aime  or  aimea. 


^-f       . 


Wr-UTKB  VEims. 


101 


FAnxiCIPLB  PllKSENT. 
(Being  loved) 
Etaut  oime  or  aiirioe 


rEIlFECT. 

(TTavi'nij  Iron  Irx-nl) 
Ayant  £t6  uiiu6  or  uiiuoet 
PAST  (vAniAnr.r;). 
Aim6,/ont.  aiinoo  (loved),  \/ 


Bzerclso  32.  ^ 

Write  aJUrmatlvely  in  the  passive  voice  :  tlio  indicntive  prosont 
Ot  a!moi;recovoir,  vondre,  finir;  the  subjnnctivo  present  of  tm- 
vailler,  devoir,  rcpandre,  dejlnir. 

Write  Jiej/ahVeZ?/ in  tlio  same  voice:  the  imporfoct  sulijiinctivo 
ol  conGevoir,ri!pandve,  chlouiv,  montfer;  tiio  coiulitiuual  i)rcbenl 
of  entendre,  c^-itiquor,  obcir,  concevoir. 

Write  interrogatively  in  tlio  same  voice  :  the  piirfoct  deliuito  o| 
consoler,  nourrir,  aporcovoir,  confondre ;  the  future  autorior  ot 
rendre,  d^cevoir,  munir,  towmcnter. 

Write  interrogative?!/  with  a  negative  in  the  same  voice :  the 
phiperfect  indicative  of  tromper,  desobeir,  rccovoir,  rendre }  the 
couditional  past  of  dccevoir,  oheir,  bldmer,fondre, 

QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 

I.  What  la  apa.isiv«  verb  ? 

>.  Doscribo  the  foruiaUon  of  a 
passive  verb. 

S.  How  mnny  c<  njugatio  is  ot  pas- 
sive vert^  are  thcro  ? 

4.  Remark  on  the  part  ciplo  of 
pussivo  verbs. 


Write  tlio  subjunctive  jirescnfc, 
tlio  coiulitional  r'^-t.  mitl  tlio 
future  anterior  of  the  iiagsivc 
V'rbs  :  (Irp  tvompi,  ttre  biia, 
(tre  /vf «,  (Ire  hillu. 

Wlinfc  do  the  French  often  nso 
iiistctul  of  the  postiivo  verl)  ? 


K-f 


cJt-V 


SECTION  VI. 

WEUTES  VSRBS. 


152.  A  neuter  verb  is  one  which  expresses  thft 
Btate  or  the  aption  of  the  subject,  but  which  has  na 
direct  complement  or  object:  Je  tombe  (=1  fall),  nous 
lant/uissom  (=we  languish)." 

The  neuter  verb  is  also  called  intransitive,  Lecauso  it  does  noti 
transmit  the  action  to  a  comphnieut. 

153.  The  sh'  >  tenses  of  the  neuter  verbs  arc  the- 
same  as  those  c.  ue  active  ones.  The  conwouvd  tenses 
oi  the  neuter  verbs  are  formed,  sometimes  with  the 
help  of  the  auxiliary   dtre  ;  Je  sula  aiiuv/(=zl  luivo 


102 


NEUTKR  VF.nns 


i 


arrived),  Gomotiinos  with  the  help  of  the  auxiliary  avoir! 
j'ai  ilonxi  (  =  1  havo  slept). 

Tliere  aro  only  twelve  noutor  verba  which  are  conjugated  with 
the  auxiliary  6tre.  They  are  the  following:  aller  (  =  to  go); 
arWrer  (  =  to  arrive) ;  tUcvdcr  (  =  to  ilio) ;  echoir  (^to  fall  due) ; 
(!«/o)-rt  (  =  to  be  hatcheil)  ;  enlroi  (=to  enter)  ;  iiiourir  (  =  to  die) ; 
nailre  (--=to  be  born);  'padir  (--to  go  away);  sodir  (-to  go 
out) ;  iomher  (=  to  fall,  and  its  ccaiponnd  retomher-io  fall  aj^ain ) ; 
venir  ( =  to  come,  and  its  eonii)ouuds  :  dcvenir  [  =  to  beeomej ;  intei'' 
venir[=io  interfere];  imn-enir  [  =  to  Hucceed]  ;  revcnir  [  =  to  »;ome 
back]  ;  aurvcnir  [=to  arrive  unexpectedly]). 

154.  When  the  neuter  verhs  aro  conjugated  with 
the  auxiliary  6tre,  the  participle  always  agrees  with  the 
suhject  or  nominative  :  11  as«  arriri  (  =  lie  has  arrived), 
elle  eat  ami'6e  (  =  sho  has  arrived),  11a  sont  anic6B 
(=they  have  arrived),  etc. 

Conjugation  of  the  verb  TOMBSR  {-to  fall). 
Str.m,  tomb  ;  tmmination,  er. 

INDICATIVE. 

PRRSENX  PKUFECT. 

(Tfall)  (Tiiaro  fallen) 

Je  torn  be  Je  suis         \ 

tu  tombes  tu  es  y  tombfi  or  tombfie 

il  or  elle  tombe  il  or  elle  est) 

nous  tombon*  nous  sommes     \  tQ^^gg  „p 

V0U8  touibez  vous  etes  tombee* 

ila  or  elles  tonibent  ils  or  ellos  sont  I 


nil 


IMrERFKCT. 

(7  was  failing) 
Je  touibals 
tu  touibais 
il  or  elle  tombait 
nous  tombions 
vouB  toinblez 
ils  or  elles  tombalent 

PAST   DEFIKlXa. 

(Ifell) 
Je  tombai 
tu  tombas 
il  or  elle  toniba 

4„^I.A - 

tivtirj   it.riii"«xxxf  3 

voua  tombates 

ils  or  elles  towb^rent 


PLUiEHFECT. 


(I  had  fallen) 


J'^tais 

tu  €tais 

il  or  eUe  6tait 

nous  t'tions 

vous  fitiez 

ila  or  elles  etaient 


tombo  or 
touibfee 


tombes    or 
tout  bees 


Past  antehiob. 
(I  had  fallen) 

Je  fus  \ 

tu  fus  [  tomb6  or.  tombSe 

11  or  elle  futj 

vous  ffites 

il^  Of  elles  fureut 


[  toinliCB 


or 

beca, 


MEUTEB  VERnS. 


101 


r: 

th 

5; 

); 
); 
ue 

th 

10 

I), 


Be 


vuTiini. 
(i  shall  fall) 
Je  tomlicral 
tu  tombcras 
il  or  ello  toiiiLdra 
uoiis  tonibui'onii 
V0U8  til  111  b(j  rex 
lis  or  eilus  tombe.ont. 


FUTUBB   ANTRniOn, 

{I  shall  havn  fullen) 
Jo  Boriii 

tn  Borns  •  tomboor  tombae 

il  orelle  Korii 
noiiH  son  -s 
votiH  aor  A 
ils  01'  oUoH  aorout 


loinbfcs   or 
tombeuM. 


CONDITIONAT^. 


rilKRENT. 

(r  shnvhl  fall) 
Jo  tumbo/'als 
tu  toiubcrals 
U  or  elle  toiuboialt 
noufl  tumbcrions 
vous  touibotie:it 
Us  or  elles  touibaialent. 


ANTKRIOn. 

(I  should  hare  fallen) 
Je  serais  \  ,      ,  . 

tuB.raifl  (tornbeor 

il  or  uUtsorait   j       toiubee 
nous  sorions 
vouH  seriez 
ils  ur  olios  seraient 


tomlies  or 
tomb^es. 


PRESENT, 

Fall  [thou] 


Tombe 

•        •        t        • 

tombons 
toiubez 


lUPERATIVE. 


PFRPECT. 

{Have  Ithou]  fallen) 


Soifl  tomb 6  or  tombe e 
soyez  ^  I  tombeg  or  toiubee*. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


or 


96 

or 


PRESENT. 


(That  I  may  fall) 
Que  je  tombe 
que  tu  toiubes 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  tombe 
que  nous  tomblona 
quo  vuus  tomblez 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  tombent. 

IMPERFECT. 

{That  I  might  fan) 
Que  je     mbasse 
que  tu  tumbasses 
qu'il  or  qu'ello  tombAt 

f\UO.  IIOU>^  tO!n)>3SSiC9S 

que  vous  tombassiez 

qu'ilb  or  qu'ellea  tombasaent. 


PBRFRCT. 


(Tha:,  I  may  havefaUert} 
Que  je  sois  ] 

que  tn  sois 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  soit, 
que  nous  soyous 
quo  vous  soycz 
<iu'il3  or  qu'elles  poient 


tombe  or 
tombee 


PIA'PEUPECT. 


a 
S 


{Thit  liuiglit  hare  fallen) 
Que  je  fusso  )  ,      ,. 

que  tu  fusses  'lorajeor 

Su'il  or  qu'elle  fiitj         *"'"^'*'» 

que  nous  fussious 

quo  vuus  fuHsiez 

qu'ilfl  or  qu'elles  fuaseut  9-9 

^5 


at 
«       w 


104 


HIIFSKNT. 


(Tnfall) 
Torabop 


INl'INITIVB. 

PFIIPRCT. 

{To  haro  fallen) 


PARTICII>],E    PltESENT. 


f  {FaUincjj 

Tombant 


Etrn  tuinbe  or  t<)inli6e. 

rEKPFCT. 

(TTaring  fallon) 
Etant  tutnbe  or  tonihuo. 


PAST  (VAnrAiii.R). 
Tomb6,  A')i».  toiulioe  (/alien). 

QUESTIONS   FOll  EXAMINATION. 


i 


1.  Whftt  is  n  nnilfr  vorli  ? 

3.  Uiiitcr  what  ot'i' i     '  umo  is    ifc 

known  ? 
8.  How  lire  tlio  cni>iiHiiin<l  tciincB  <J 

nr'iitrr  verbs  funiicii  ? 
i,  Niime  tli(i  iii'iidr  vcrbn  «5f)iijii^iite(l 

with  tlte  auxili'.u-y  iire. 


6.  Ui'iniirk  on  thn   pnst    pnrlti-lpln 

of      ilrlltJT      Vrlln      0.ill,jlU;lt  il 

wiUi  tlio  iiiixlli.iry  (li-,; 
6.   Writi'      out      llic      MilijiiiK'tivfl 
|>r('.s('iit  of  lamlui;   iic^rntivcly  | 
and  tlio  cniviilliinal  itiist  of  tiM 
Biiiiio  vcrl)  iiitcnoyutivc'ly. 


A 


i 


SECTION  VII. 

ftEr&fiXIVS  VSSBS. 


^  ^^(/^ 


W 


.1  ^ 

159.  Whenever  the  subject  at  the  sftme  time  per- 
forms and  boars  the  action,  as  je  me  mortis,  je  mejUitte 
(=Ibite  myself,  I  flatter  myself),  flto  verb  is  called 
reflexive,  becnnse  the  action  »ui.l:  tho  subject 
performs  is  likewi^se  reflected  by  it. 

This  verb  Ims  likewise  been  called  piornj.,.!,:.^.,  on  account  of  its 
kein^  conjugated  with  two  pronouus, 

196.  Reflexive  verbs  are  divided  into  two  classes: 
1.  The  verbs  reflexive  by  nature,  s'ecronler  (=to  fall  to 
pieces),*  8e  cahrer  (  =  to  rear);  s'emmmir  (  =  to  faint). 
1*  The  ective  verbs,  as  later  (  =  to  wash),  or  neuter 
verbs,  as  nuire  (=:to  injure),  employed  in  a  reflexive 
Jjormiy'  "  r,//s  lave  (=1  have  Avashed  myself);  jeme 
Htm  nni  ^  =  1  have  injured  myself). 

197.  Reflexive  verbs  are  conjuf3;ated  in  all  tenses 
with  two  pronouns,  viz.,  the  subject  je,  and  the  com- 
phwevt  me  :  these  pronouns  mnaij  alwavB  bolonp  to 
the  same  person,  because  the  action  is  both  pcrformod 
%nd  f-ufff^rcd  by  the  subject :  je  me  lore,  tii  to  nuis,  etc. 


l« 


^(/^ 


r.wFiF.xivr:  VF.nna. 


105 


1511.  Tlio  componiid  t<'iises  of  rcllcxivo  vcibs  are 
fonnod  with  the  auxiliary  clre. 

159.  Wlicn  tho  verb  is  rofloxive  by  nature,  tho 
participlo  ajjfrccs:  Hh  sa  smit  rcpnitia  (  =  thoy  Imvo  ro- 
pcntc;!);*  wlior,  on  tho  other  hand,  tho  verb  is  only 
UHwl  rctlcxivoly,  tlio  participlo  a!j;ri30H,  il'  the  vt-rl)  in 
uctivo,  and  prrcMfd  />//  /ts  flircct  ohjcat:  ih  s,  sont  aiia6» 
(  =  tlioy  havo  lovod  one  another);  but  it  rei  ains  inva- 
riable, if  tho  V(>rb  is  muitcr  :  riles  .sc  sont  /-/u  ( -  they  havo 
pleased  one  another) ;  or  if  tho  verb,  bein<j;  active,  is 
joUimtd  hif  ifn  iliirrt  nhjcvt :  il.',  .•.>'  mmt  dlt  (/r  i  injiiirs 
{^tiicy  have  insulted  each  other). 

ICO.  Tho  reflexive  verb  is  often  used  in  I'^rencb, 
when  the  passive  is  used  in  Kni^lish  :  Lti  sucre  sc  vond 
tjiiamnU;  ci'iitiincs  lalii-rn  {=:sn^iiY  in  sold  at  foi  i,y  ceu- 
tinu!3  a  pound);  re  hyuiiii'.  so  mangre  cni  —this 
vegetablo  is  eaten  raw,  uncooked). 

Conjugation  of  the  Reflexive  Verb  BS  RSPOS  ;lk 

(= to  rest).  ^  .  ,  ny//px 

INDICATIVE. 

PRESENT,  PAST   INDEFINITB, 

(I rosf)  (r  l\ aio  rcstcS) 

Je  mo  repoK©  Jo  mo  siiia 

tu  to  reposea  tu  t'es 

il  or  ello  so  roposo  il  or  elles'est 

iidus  nous  reposoES  nona  nous  somraes' 

V0U8  vouH  reposeat  vons  vous  t^ter* 

ilii  Of'  elles  86  roposont  ils  or  e'.lea  b3  sont 


repose  or 

repo'ife 


reposes    ar 
repusces 


IMPKUFECT. 

(7  «'(M  res/nij) 
Je  mo  reposal* 
tu  te  repuHalB 
il  f)c  olio  so  rt>|HiHalt 
nous  noH.s  reposlons 
vous  vous  reposlex 
|1n  Ai*  6ll6B  BO  ron'>^a:te!it- 


PLUPERFECT. 

(J  In.aOt,  rested) 

'"™'tdf  1  report  or 

il      elles'^tftit   J  '^^P^'^"* 

nous  nous  aions   ^eposfe.  or 
vous  vous  Ctiez       \     '   no„- __ 


•  Tho  rcfloxivo verb  s'arrogrr  (-^to  npsnnie  [for  oncpolf ))  is  naoxcoption  to  tbft 
role,  as  the  porfknini  iirniif.nn  ts  alwnja  tho  indirect  olijotU 


i 


106 


REFLEXIVK   VEEBS. 


ii 


FAST  Din  NITS. 

(I  rested) 
Je  me  reposal 
tn  te  reposaa 
il  or  elle  se  reposa 
nous  nous  repos4mes 
vons  vous  repos&tes 
ils  or  elles  se  roposSrent 

FUTUEK. 

{T  shall  rest) 
Je  me  reposeral 
til  te  rcposeras 
il  or  olle  so  rojios(3)'a 
noMs  nous  reuns'Tons 
vous  vous  reposerez 
ils  or  ellcs  se  rcijosecont 


PAST  ANTERIOI. 

(Iliad  rested) 
Je  me  fus 
4u  to  fus 
il  or  cllo  so  fut 
nous  nous  ffimes 
vous  vous  filtes 
ils  or  elles  se  fureut 


ropos6  or 

reposed 


repose  fts  or 
reposeoB 


FUTURE   ANTEttlOn 

(J  shall  have  rested) 
Je  me  serai 
tu  te  seras 
il  or  elle  sera 
nous  nous  serous 
vous  vous  seroz 
ils  or  elles  se  scrout 


repose  or 

rcpos6« 


reposes  or 
reposoes 


PRESENT. 

(I  should  rest) 
Je  me  reposerals 
tu  to  repos  er  als 
il  or  elle  se  repos  cr  alt 
nous  nous  repos  or  Ions 
vous  vous  repos  er  lez 
ils  or  elles  se  repos  er  alont 


CONDITIONAL. 


ANTERIOR. 

(/  should  have  rested) 
Je  me  serais  \  , 

tu  to  serais  repose  or 

il  or  elle  se  serait    j  '^l^"^*" 
nous  nous  soriiuis     \ 
vous  vous  sorio/       I  reposes  or 
ils  or  elles  so  seraieut  j  »'«'P"see8 


IMPERATIVE. 


PRESENT. 


PERFECT. 


(R«H) 


Bepose-toi 


•    • 


reposons-nous 
reposex-vous 


(Never  used.) 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


PRESENT. 
(That  I  may  rest) 
Quo  je  me  repose 
que  tu  to  reposes 
qu'il  or  qu'ello  se  rcposo 
que  nouH  uous  reposiono 
que  vous  vous  reposiez 
qfi'ih  or qu'elles  so  repisent 


PERFECT, 
(That  I  may  have  rested) 
Quo  je  me  soia 
quo  tu  to  sois 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  se  soit 
quo  nous  uous  soyons 
quo  vous  vous  soyoz 
qu'ils    or    qu'ellys    se 
Boicut 


reposi 

or 
rojxiscfl 

\   o    ^    L' 


"1 


& 


f 


'    t.d^^ 


RKFLKXIVE   VEnn3, 


107 


us 


or 


t 


+ 


IMPERFV.CT. 

(That  I  viigid  rest) 
Quo  jo  me  rcposasse 
que  tu  te  rcposasaes 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  so  reposat 
quo  nou8  uoiis  ropu-sassions 
quo  vous  vons  rcposassicz 
(ju'ilsorqu'elieasoropo.sassent 


PIUPEIIFKCT. 

{That  I  mvjht  have  resicil) 
Que  jo  1110  fusRO  \  repose 
que  tu  to  fusses  \       or 

qu'il  or  qii'c^Uo  ko  fut)  roposeo 
quoiunis  Tious  fusKJoiis     «       * 
quo  vous  vmts  fussi(>/.    (^S  v'S 
qu'iln    or    qu'ellcs    sor  a*  g^ 
fua-!cnt  )  ^       g 


INFINITIVE. 


PERFECT. 

{To  have  redod) 
S'otre  repose  or  repcaee. 


PKKSE.VT. 

{To  rest) 
So  reposer 

PAIITICIPI.E    PliESENT. 
{Resting). 
So  repusaut 

PAST    (VAUIAIU.E). 

Repose, /em.  rcposee  {rested). 


rEllFECT. 

{Having  rested) 
S'Ctaut  repose  or  reposee 


VI' 


^- 


cgr  The  intcrroiiatiue  and  iwaativr  conjiKjatlon  of  rejlexive 
vbs  will  be  found  at  imijc  IGl.  t£~  -^  ^-y 


QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 

Pnfino  a  refleriiv  vorb. 

U  nilcr  whiit  otUar  namo  is  It  known? 

Dtscribo    the    vaiious    c;las-:os    of 

rofloxivo  vorbs. 
\Vh:it  auxiliary  Is  used  in  tbo  com- 

Xjouatl  touscd  of  rellexivo  verlw  ? 


t% 


,\    ! 


>/^ 


6.  Fia-  what  pnrposo  do  tlie  Pi'cnoh 
ofton  u.s(>  tlio  retlexivo  verb  V 

6.  Write  the  futuro  anterior,  tho  past 
iiiK'Miiito,  and  the  iiiiporrcct  8u!> 
junctive  of  tUo  vutb  le  repo*ei\ 


E-cer^i^e  33. 

Indicatif  jn'^sent.—Se  m'\uxh\lle.    II  ne  se  repose  pat.   Vonsvowa 
tourmontez  en  vain.    lis  se  bai^nent  tons  les  6t68.  ^^/u/t^ 

Imparfait. — Je  me  proposais  de  vous  iicrire.     Votre  frftro  ne 
g'imnRinait-il  pas  quo  vous  avioz  tort?    Nona  ne  nous  abonpioiis         ^  ' 
pas  au  cabinet  de  lecture.  ^^^V^  -fT-'WC^^'"'' 

Par/ait  defini. — Jene  me  f&chai  jamais  sans  motif.    Nona  enor-     /,     ; 
gneillinios-nous  de  cot  avantpgo?    Vous  no  vous  depCob&tes  pas. 
.fy.i/iJutiir.-^Ta\wrci\vn\R-h\  de  son  dessein  ?     II  a'enipressera  do  le 
laire.    Ne  nous  aoquitlerons-nons  pas  denos  complimonts  ?    Fillos 
g'ourhnmcront. 

Conditionnel  present. — Je  no  me  diseiderais  jatnais  aussi  impnt- 
ilominent.    Ne  s'apuliduerait-elle  pas  aiv  dcssin  ?    Votro  socur  U(* 


(A 


^■i^t^  _ 


108 


SEFIiEXIVE   VERBS. 


h>l' 


If 


r 


BO  tromper  it-olle  pasf    Ces  616ve3  ne  B'habituera'ont  pas   an 
travail. 

Impjratif.^lRepoBe-toi.  Diipechons-nons.  Attendez-voua  & 
rocevoir  do  noa  nouvellos  ?    Ne  nous  fatigaons  pas  trop. 

Subjonctif  prUsont.— 11  lUaire  quo  ie  me  potte  mieiix.  Qii'il  ne 
B'amuse  pas  a  mes  di-pons.  Quo  nous  noaa  preoipitioua  daus  le 
danger.    Que  ces  fleurs  ne  so  flotrissent  pas. 

/mpar/at*.— J'exigeais  quo  tu  to  nourrissea  avoo  soin.  Que 
nous  nous  d^toumassions  du  droit  cbemin.  Quo  vous  vous  coti- 
fondissiez  en  excuses.  Qu'ils  no  fl•euprg^eillis8o^t  paa  d'lia 
ttvantago  insignifiant. 

Jn/m7(/.— Ne  so  repoger  qu'4  do  longs  intervallea.  No  s*  Ire 
jamais  tromp(>.      ' 

Participt's.— Ne  me  fiant  qu'A  un  honneto  hommo,  Je  ne  croia 
m'etre  apergn  d'aucune  fraudo.        ^         ■> .  <  . 

Temps  composes.— Je  mo  s'rtii'o^quTvJj.";  ^''ne  V6tu.h  paa  rendu 
a  disi)r6tion.  Elle  ne  so  fut  pas  rojouio  do  cctte  nouvollo.  Voua 
seriez-vous  dcgi-adC'S  dans  I'opiuion  publique?  Quo  jo  mo  soia 
d6cid6  &  rester.  Quo,tu  i^  to  fussoe  pas  6gar»5  dans  la  forot.  Quo 
cotto  propriuto  ne  so  fut  pas  vendue  si  cher. 


-so  n'.tracter    ■•s'apem.voir  ,le,    -.•«va..omr,   -s'ksquim"    "so    ,4ud  i?r'    '' 
"surprenant    "8'acquittor  do,  "avoua;  -  so  coiulau.ne r,  "^  hm^uc-So  »m     I 


*/  re 


) 


not 


you 


not 


Indicative  present — I  yield  »  to  his  reasons.'    Dost   thou 
enjoys  better  health  *  ?    We  trust  an  honest  man. 

Imperfect.— He  boasted'  <  t  a  trifling  advantage.*     Were 
not  olTended  i  ?    They  feed  on  fish.8 

Perfect  definite. She  undeceived»  herself.    Tliou   didst 
perceive  my  plan.    They  took  possession!"  of  the  farm. 

Future.— I  shall  subscribe  to  the  circulating  library.    He  wiU 
torment  himself  uselessly."    You  will  not  meet"  here. 

Conditional  present.— Thou  wouldst  catch  cold.    Wo    should 
rejoice  atw  your  success.  They  would  rusfai^into  (the)  danger  (m.). 
Imperative.-Make  haste.    Let  us   not  trust  too  much  to  hia 
goodluck.w    Do  not  make  a  mistake." 

Subjunctive  present.-llmt  I  may  not  lose  ni.yself"  in  tbo 
wood  That  she  may  not  retract."  That  we  may  not  wound 
ourselves.  >  ■■ 

Imperfect-That  than  might  perceive  "  tlio  force  of  this  nrgur 
nieut^  TluU  slie  might  not  faint  away.»    That  thoy  miyht  steal. 


IMPlSnSONAL  VEDGS. 


105) 


\ 

J 


tnpnitive. — To  collect  one's  thonglits^^  jjj  oftuu  nccobdary.  To 
buvo  porccived  tliis  error  is  not  wonderful.'^ 

Participlcs.^Going  to  Paris,  I  Hhall  perform^*  your  conimihsioua 
witli  pleasure.    Having  made  a  mistake,  ho  confessed  2«  it. 

Compound  tenses. — I  have  condemned  ^'^  myself.  Thou  liadst 
not  trusted  thy  father.  Wo  shall  not  have  laughed  at''"  him. 
You  would  tiot  have  made  up  your  mind  '^'to  remain.  That  they 
may  bavo  disgraced  ii"  theinsclvea.     That  I  might  have  boasted'*" 

oi  ik.      ::^^ 


t 


/ 


SECTION  VIII. 

ZMPERSOXTAXi  VSRBS. 


161.  An  Impersonal  verb  expresses  an  action 
■which  caimot  be  ascribed  to  any  special  subject  or 
person,  sucli  as  the  verbs  neiijer  (=to  suow),  and  j^d'uvoir 
(  =  to  rain). 

162.  Impersonal  verbs  are  used  only  in  the  tliird 
person  singular,  and  are  preceded  by  tlie  pronoun  il, 
which  refers  to  no  subject,  and  has  merely  a  va{j;ue  and 
indefinite  sense. 

The  pronoun  il  of  tlie  impersonal  verbs  is  not  the  same  as  the 
pronoun  il  of  the  active  verbs  ;  this  latter  one  stands  for  a  distinct 
)»('rson  ;  the  former  signifies  cola  (=that),  and  has  only  &  vague, 
indeterminate  sense. 

163.  Besides  the  verbs  which  are  naturally  imper- 
Bonal  (as  il  phut,  ilneiije),  we  can  employ  both  active 
and  neuter  verba  impersonally :  11  toinhe  de  lean 
(=  water  is  falling);  iljait  beau  (  =  lhe  weather  is  tine); 
il  convient  iVubeir  (=it  is  proper  to  obey),  etc. 

These  verbs  Laving  only  one  iioison,  aio  called  unii>ersonal. 


Coi^ttgration  of  the  Impersonal  Verb  NEXOBR  {  =  to  snow). 
Stem,  nelKT ;  terminatio7i  er. 


PnE8EN7.', 

II  ncige  {it  snows) 

IMPERFECT. 


INDICATIVE. 

PAST    INDEI'INITE. 

II  a  ncige  (it  has  snotced), 

PLUrEltFECT. 


II  neigealt  {il  was  snowing) 


II  avait  ueigc  {it  had  snowed). 


no 


lUBEGULAh   AKb  bElFECTlVE  VEBIJS. 


PAST   DEFINIXB. 

U  neigea  (it  snowed) 

FUTURE. 

II  noigera  {it  will  snow) 


PAST   ANTERIOIk. 

II  ent  ncige  (it  hud  snoivtd). 

FUTURE    ANTERIOR. 

il   nnrti    ncige    {it    will    hdvt 
Snoivcd). 


CONDITIONAL. 

PRESENT.  ANTERIOA. 

II  neigerait  {it  woidd  snow)  H  aurait  nuige  {it  would  h<iv$ 

snotvod), 

SUiyUNGTIVE. 

PRESENT.  PERFECT. 

Qu'il  neige  {that  it  may  snow)         Qu'il  ait  ueige  {that  il  may  hiva 

snowed), 

IMPERFKCT.  PLUPERFECT. 

Qu'il   iieigeHt    {that   it    mi'jht      Qu'il  cftt  nch'.h   {that  it  mijhl 
snotv)  have  snowed). 

INl-'INITIVE. 

PRESENT.  PERFECT. 

Nciger  {to  snoxv)  Avoir  ncigfe  (to  have  snowed). 

PARTICIPLE    PAST    (iNVARIARLE). 

Neige  {snowed). 

Note  the  use  of  nvoir  with  the  adverb  y  (=there)  as 
an  unixrtioiial  verb:  * 

I'rvsent  Ind.—  ll  y  a  (« there  is),  etc. 

.     ^—  SECTION  IX. 

,/]  ISnSG^JXAR  Amr»  SEF£CTIVE  vesbs. 

164.  Every  verb  is  called  irmfuhn-  whicb,  in  the 
lonnatioii  of  its  simple  tenses,  deviates  from  the  rules 
ve  linve  explained  above. 

165.  A  verb  may  be  irregular  in  one  of  two  Avays. 
1.  J-t  may  lack  one  or  more  of  the  moods,  tonscH,  or 
persons  ol  regular  verbs,  and  then  it  is  called  a  drfective 
tvrZ;  (Irom  the  Latm  ^/./i'c^/m/A^ defective,  imperfect); 
or,  2.  It  may  possess  all  these  moods,  tenses,  or  persons 
l)ul  ut  the  i>ume  time  vary,  so  ikr  as  their  foiiujiaun  ia 


^ 


^ 


WinEGULAtt   AND   bKFfeCTlVE   VERBS. 


Hi 


/f- 


concerned,  from  tho  prescribed  rules ;  it  is,  then,  au 
iireijidar  verb  properly  so  called. 

The  main  characteristic  which  distinguishes  the  regular  .om  tho 
irregular  verbs,  is  that  in  the  former  the  stem  remains  iu- 
viiriahle.wlnlst  the  endings  a?ono  change  with  tho  moodn,  tenses, 
and  persons:  cliant-or,  chant-on&,  cha,nt.BTa.i;  wliereas,  in  tlio 
n'legular  verbs  tho  stum  is  not  uniformly  written  throughout 
all  the  tenses  of  tho  conjugation  :  <e?i-Ir,  je'tlens;  I'ouJ-olr,  veuiU 
lea,  3e  veux  ;  sai-oir,  sua,  sache,  etc. 

■^-^h      1.  rirfit  coi^ug-ation :  ER. 

166.  Verbs  like  wj<?«e;-(  =  to  lead),  /er<!r(  =  to  raise), 
which  have  a  mute  e  in  the  last  syllable  but  one,  lake 
a  grave  accent  over  that  e  whenever  it  is  followed  by  a 
mute  syllable :  ye  wi^He  (  =  1  lead),  II  Ibvera  (=he  will 
raise).     See  §  24. 

Moat  verbs,  however,  in  eler,  etcr,  like  ajipelcr  {  =  to 
<:d\l),  Jeter  {  =  to  throw),  double  the  1  or  tifajipelle 
(  =  Icall),  i7j'ctte(=: he  throws).     See  ^  2i. 

Bui  acheter  {  =  tohny),  ce/er  (  =  to  conceal),  ijcler  {== 
to  freeze),  modeler  (=:to  fashion),  jjcier  (  =  to  peel), 
etc.,  take  the  grave  accent,  fachhte  (  =  1  buy),  ilphlera 
(  =  he  will  peel). 

The  verbs  having  a  close  <?'  before  the  final  syllable 
change  it  into  an  open  e  before  a  consonant  followed  by 
an  omute,  as  c6der  (  =  to  yield),  je  cbde  (  =  1  yield), 
but  those  ending  in  etjer  keep  the  close  e,  as  protiijer 

to  protect),  il  me  jnoi^ije  (  =  he  protects  me).  X-  ..^  6 
^  .167.  The  verbs  ending  in  cer  and  g-er,  such  as  ^"~» 
perocr  (  =  to  pierce"),  tracer  (  =  to  trace),  manner  {  =  io 
eat),  /og-^r  (  =  to  lodge),  keep  their  c  and  ^  soft  before 
a  and  o,  the  former  by  tdcing  a  cedilla  under  the  c: 
»u)»s;w9o«.s  (  =  we  pierce),  il  m<9a  (  =  he  traced),  tho 
latter  by  adding  an  e  mute  after  the  g:  nous  mangeoiis 
(  =  we  eat),  nous  logeons  (--we  lodge). 

16a.  Verbs  ending  in  yer  change  y  into  i  before  « 

mute:  m^yer  (  =  to  wipe), /mw/g  (  =  1  wipe),  envoyev 

(--to  send).  Us  envoient  (  =  they  send). 

For  verbs  ending  in  ayer,    hko  jiayer    (=to   pay),   balnyor 

it?  '**"^'l''',  *^^'®  change   is   oj)lional,  but  tho  y  is  moie  geu«- 

ralljr  f vtaiucd :  jcpaye  (--I  pay). 


112 


Y 


IRIIKGULAR  AND   DEKKCTtVE    VKJinS. 


y^ 


fe         vcibs  .  «//.r  (  =  to  go),  aud  emoyer  (  =  to  Bead). 

Ailer  (=to  go). 
Prim.Te,,as.  AUor,  allant,  aUe.  jo  rais,  j'allai. 

J'alhMs,  etc.,  nous  alliuiis,  etc. 

Va,  allons,  alluz. 

Q..o^j'allas«o,  etc.,  que  uous  aUusaious,  eto. 
Allant,  0,114. 

^'''mgaM  with  the  axuiUary^tre./rji^. 

mnnZ  :!!!^''  ^  =  *°  ^°  ^^'^^^  ^«  conjug^J^te  same 
i>y  the  pupils.  '      "••  •'"^^'*  *"  ^«  tlioroug%  acquired 


Ti)ipcrf. 
I'ast  Do/. 

Fat. 
Cond.  Proa. 

finpei', 
Subj.  Prea, 

fmpo)-/, 

fiiiin. 

I'a.t. 


Envoyer(  =  to8f>nd). 


Conjugated  wUh  the  auxiliary  avoir. 
an5!°;7Sy'rr';''"/"'  '"",''™  "■''•«»l"r  verb, 

tce.ctt/  wio  Oilier  ui,(;- 


iimEontiAn  and  defective  VEnng. 


US 


ro- 


08, 

ua 

us 


// 


UV' 


giilar,  Jlormais,  Jlormant  •,—Jl)risitainy  Jlnrisfa/it  a,i%    tlio 
remains  of  tlio  old  vcrhjhnr. 
^/ji.tfallr  (  =  to  hate)  takes  no  dirorcsis  iu  tho  indicative 
present  singular,  and  iu  tho  imporativo  (accond  person 
singular)  :je  hats,  tu  Jim's,  il  halt;  hais, 

I  3.  Second  (direct)  conjugration  In  ZR. 

171.  Wo  have  seen  (§  181)  that  thoro  are  two  re- 
gular conjugations  in  ir :  the  one  (consisting  of  laoro 
than  three  hundred  verbs)  -which  places  iss  bctwiu'u 
the  stem  and  tho  termination  (Jin-ifia-ais)  ;  tho  oHkt 
(composed  only  of  about  twenty  verbs)  which  merely 
adds  the  simple  termination  dhcctJy  to  the  stem  [ja 
smt-B.ie) ;  we  have  left  this  Litter  one  entirely  aside  iu 
studying  the  formation  of  the  simple  tenses ;  we  shall 
now  study  in  detail  each  one  of  tho  verbs  of  which  it 
consists,  and  we  designate  this  conjugation  by  the 
name  of  direct  conjugation  in  Ir. 

172.  The  verbs  constituting  the  direct  conjugation 
in  ir  are  divided  into  three  classes,  according  to  the 
form  of  their  past  definite;  dormir  (  =  to  sleep),  co//*/r 
(  =  to  run),  and  tcnir  (=to  hold),  have  for  then*  res- 
pective past  dofinites  :  je  durin-ia,  je  cour-uB,  je  tins. 
Accordingly,  the  first  class  comprises  all  tho  verlts 
whose  past  definite  is  in  la,  the  second  is  characterised 
by  the  ending  of  the  same  tense  in  us,  and  the  tliird 
forms  the  past  definite  with  the  help  of  the  root  of  the 
verb :  ten-ir,  je  tin-B,  ven-lr,  je  vin~B. 

The  irregular  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation  are  as 
follows: —       ^^         J 

,    Acqu^rir  (=to  acquire). 

Trim.  Tenses.  Acqu6rii,  acqu6rant,  acqnis,  j'acqniers,  j'acqni* 

Ind.  Pros,         J'acquiers,    tu  acquiers,  il  ot  elle  acquiert,  nous 
acquCrons,  vons  acqufrez,  ilfAor  ellos  ucquicieiit. 
J'acqu6rais,  etc.,  nous  aoqucrioiW  etc. 
J'acqiiiB,  etc.,  nous  acquiiiies,  etc.\ 
J'acqueiriii,  tu  ucqucnns,  il  or  ellXacquorra,  nous 
acqucrrous,    vous    aiquciroz,    ilsNpr   elleii    »c 
quoriMLt.  \ 

J'acquerruis,  etc.,  nous  acguerrious.  etc  \ 
I  \ 


.4'' 


Tmperf. 
Past  Dqf. 
Fut. 


Cond.  Pres. 


Ill 


Subj.  Pi'ds. 


iRn?.:onLAn  ani>  i.kfective  VKiins. 


Ttiipcrf. 
Tv.  tin. 
Part. 


Ac.]ni.;r«.  ncqm'ronB,  Rcqn^rez. 

t:,iS!^''''  '*°'  ^"«  »«"«  acqnissious.  .to. 
,.     .  Acqm'ruiit,  ncqnis,  aoouiso 

Con/ugatod  with  the  auxiliary  avoir.     " 

8.<lo  I.y  si,io  with  .o.7hVa;«o  wll  "V"  *^"  ^^*'''•«  *«^"*'« 
tJ'^n,  Intor  on,  the  e  mute  diHappXi.t.'l  tr'"''?^'  /«'*'-«'«i; 
thotwor'anmstbepronounceVslSy./y'  ''^^^'^^^^  «'«o  w]., 

-^  BouiUir(=tol)oil). 

"     InTprer-  ^T'^  'T'^^'  ''-""•  ie  ^ou,  ,,  honi„i. 

Jg  boui  hra  ,  etc.,  „ou«  bouilliro  ,s  etc 
Je  bondhm  s,  i.o„«  boniHirionsro  i^ 
liouB,  bouiUons,  bouiUoz. 

Qi>..je.  bouiiJisse.  etc..  q„e  nou.  bouillissions,  oto. 
BouilJaut,  bonilli,  bouiliie. 


Imperf. 
Past  Def. 
Fut. 

Cond.  Pros. 
Imp. 
^'u6/.  Pre$. 

Tmperf. 

Jnjin. 

Part. 


r^^-      ^  ,   "'""'"""'' oonun,  bouliie. 
Conjugated  with  the  auxiliar^j  verb  avoir. 


>^   Conrir  (=to  run). 


'Vtwi.  Tenses.  Conrir  ronrn.1*  -« 


^Y 


Jriiperf. 
Pa.1t  Def. 
Fut. 

Cond..  Pret. 
Amp. 


Jo  courajs,  etc.,  nous  co,,noretc 
Je  connjy,  tn    courras,    il    ^:    S^  „ 

tome,  couroiis  ^c.,, , ..,.        ' ' ■  '•  ^  •  <- ic. 


1 


A. 


inriF.fjiir.AR  and  nKi'KCTn'K  VF.niia. 


115 


Y 


fmpcrf, 

Jnpn, 

I'uit. 


Suhj.  l\0t.        Quo    je    conro^    quo   tu    conrca,   qii'il    or    qn'dle 
court),   quo    noiM    couri.inH,  quo  vo»9    ouricz 
qu'ilti  rtr.qu'fllofl  courrnt. 

Quo  jo  courusso,   oto.,  quo  nous  oouruHsions,  eto. 

(!()urir.  ' 

Couriiut,  ooui-:,  couruo. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliatij  avoir. 

IlosidfH  cnnrir,  tlio  oM  Kn.ndli  huil  also  llio  form  eoun-e,  whinli 
■till  exists  ill  tlio  oxpn^ssion  chasxe  a  courre  (ahusse  a  cnu>-ir=m 
Luutiuf,') ;  for  tlio  futuro  conrrai,  see  above,  acqucvir. 

/^ouvrir  (  =  to  cover).  ^ O      C^' 

r*  till.  Tensis.  Couviir,  couvrant,  convert,  jo  convro,  jc  couvria. 
tjoo  ognr.     Conjugated  with  the  auviliary  avoir.        i  ^ 

- — ,  \  "r 

Cuellllr  (  =  to  plnck). 

rrim.  Tenses.  Cucillir,  cuoiilant,  cupilli,  jc  cncillp,  jo  cucillia. 
Ind.  Pf08. 


<)- 


ii. 


Jo  cnoillo,   tu   cufilloH,   il    or   elle    cncillo,    nous 
cueiUoiis,  vons  fuoillo/,,  ils  or  ellos  cuoillout. 

Jo  cuoillais,  otc,  nous  cucillions,  ote. 

Je  fucillis,  etc.,  ngus  ouoilliuios,  eto. 

Jo  cucDlenii,  etc.,  nous  cueillerons,  etc. 

Je  cu(jillerais,  etc.,  nous  cueillerions,  etc. 

Cueilie,  cueillona,  cneillez. 

Qie  je  cucillo,  etc.,  quo  nous  cueillions,  eto. 

Quo  jo  cueillisse,  etc.,  que  noiia  oueiliissiona,  eto. 

Cucillir. 

Cuoiilant,  cueilli,  cueillie. 
Conjugn'M  rviih  the  an.ciJiary  bvolr. 
For  tlio  futui-e  eueillerai,  see  acquMr^ 


Imjncrf. 
Past  Def. 
Init. 

Cimd.  Pre». 
huper. 
Sub.  Pros. 
Tmporf. 
Inlin. 
Va/rt. 


^  Bormir  (  =  to  sloop). , 


PvMH.  Tenses.  Dormir,  dormant,  dormi,  je  dors,  je  Aorrma, 
h(  e  monlu:     tunjwjatcd  with  tli^  auxiliary  avoir. 

^,,|^^IHlr(  =  tofail). 

>v "So7(.raI  tenses  of  this    verb,  snch  afl  the   Tndicative    Present, 
"T-  Tmpcrjrct,  nud  hitnre,  are  seldom  used. 

Prim.  Te^ms.  Falllir,  faillant,  failli,  je  faux,  jo  faillis. 

Ind.  Pros.  Jo  faux,  tn  faux,  il  or  ellc  fiut,  nous  faillons,  vou8 

f.nllez,  lis  oc  ellos  fiiillcnt. 
Iwpc-f.  Jo  f.iillaJH,  tu  faiU.iis,  il  or  olio  faillait,  nouB  faillionfl- 

"^'"^'-^  luiilic;;,  iio  or  ,- ii,  „  r).iri,iiont. 
I  iift  nnf.  Je  faillis,  etc.,  nous  failJiujes,  etc. 


no 


\ 


Fut. 
Cond.  Pre». 

fniper. 
Subj.  Pres, 
Jmperf. 
Injin. 
Part. 


innr.nxji.Kn  and  DKFEmvK  vrnna. 


-^ 


Jo  faillirftf,  f-tc,  noiTR  failltrona  ofn 
Jn    mlhraiH   ,;(,...  „n„8  failliri.,,,.,  ./to. 
r  HI  lie,  .  .  faillcz. 

vA     Jmverf  S,'"  ^"  ("■I!-''  '''"•'  <!"«  """«  f"illion«,  ot*,. 

VT^    /S  &/;   '"""''•  ''""  '^'^^  "°»«  ^"illi'^.si.u.;.  Ota 

>-^       Part  Fnillant,  failli. 

C'on?Ui7a<rd  rvith  the  auxiliary  avoir 

ewr,  still  met  with-  1,  ™„  ,.,1  J    .' ,        Ml'"™".!!  is,  l„„>. 
fails  n,..    Tl,.  P.c.f.UZZ&Lt'r"'"^-''''  '""•" 

Turin  without  striking  a  blow).  ^  "^        ("U  iJarcourt  iook 


-^^r. 


% 


I'mperf. 
Past  Dcf. 
Fut. 

Cond.  Pres. 
Imper. 
Subj.  Pret, 

Imperf. 

Jnfin, 

Part. 


rulr  (=to  flee). 
frira.  Tc^rses.  Fuir,  %ant,  fui,  je  fuis.  je  fnis. 

Je  fnyais,  etc.,  nous  fnyi.ma,  etc. 
Je  fuis,  etc.,  nous  fuirucs,  etc. 
Jo  fu.rai,  etc.,  nouB  fuirons,  etc. 
Jo  fuirais,  etc.,  nous  fuirions,  etc. 
J*nis,  fuyons,  fuyez. 

Que  jG  fuisse.  etc..  que  nous  fuis..ioiis,  etc. 
I""yant,  fui,  fuie. 
Y^Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir,  j^  _i 
G^sir  (Stre  couche'  =:to  lie  dowlij        * 

^^^Ci.,uUeLnesl\j1^J^J^^^^  ^'-"t;  il  gisait. 
jJr  ^®""*'(=toteUlies). 

/Jl^.I^''^-  r*^'  "'^"*''"''  "^-«'  i«  --«.  i''  --'ti«. 

•-     ■  ^  "''    "'PlltJS.  etc..  tXlllH  T..n.-.  +  {.,.„_     .J- 

J«  mentirai.  etc..  m;;i8  meiSCeio. 


V 


t 


■r-rff  ^WMiriirT  Tfr 


V 


fntit 
low  - 
UUlt 


US 


il{UK(Hn,\R    AND   bKKKCTIVK    VKR113. 


117 


Cond.  Pros. 

8ilbi.  Vi'0$, 

Jufin, 
Part. 


Jo  uifutiniis,  uto.,  nous  lUL-utiiiuiis,  oto. 

I^Il'IlS,   IllCIltollrt,   tlU'htt'/,. 

QiKi  jo  iiiciito,  -'to.,  line  nous  iiu'htioiis,  i«to. 
Quo  jo  luuutibsi.,  otc,  ij[Uo  uoua  muutisbious.  cto. 
Mcntir. 
Mi'utiiiit,  lut'iiti. 


Impcr/. 
Past  Def. 
J'ut. 

Cond.  Piea. 
hnpei'. 
Hu'ij.  Pros. 

Imperf, 

Inl'm, 

Part. 


Conjiiijatod  wi'l:  Iho  au.eilia,ry  i^volr. 

Xtlourlr  (  =  to  die). 
Prim.  Tonscs.  Mourlr,  moiinint,  niort,  jo  mouis,  jo  mourns. 
Indie.  Pros.      Jo  nicurs,  tu  iiicnrH,  il  or  olio  luourt,  uoua  luom-ong, 
vous  iiioiiroz,  ils  or  uUos  luciircut. 
Je  niouriiis,  otc,  nous  niourions,  otc.  A 

Jo  niourus,  etc.,  nous  luouruuu's,  otc. 
-f  ''o  niuurrui.  otc,  noua  nionnnus,  oto. 
Jo  niouniiis,  etc.,  nous  iiiouii'ious,  yto. 
]\[('urs,  luoufons,  niouroz. 
^Quo  jo  luumu,  otc,  quo  nous  niourions,  quo  voas 
uiouriez,  qu'ils  nioiucut. 
Quo  jo  mouruHso,  otc,  que  nous  mourussious,  oto. 
Mourir, 

Mourant,  mort,  morto. 
Conju<jated  with  tho  auxitdary  6tre. 
For  the  future  mourrai,  see  above  aoiuerir, 

r  Offrir  (  =  to  oflfer). 

Pnm.  Tenses.  Offrir,  offrant,  effort,  j'offrc,  j'offiis. 

Jnd.  Pres.         J'offre,  tu  offres,  il  or  eUo  offro,  uous  offrons.  voua 
offroz,  lis  or  ellos  offrent. 
J'oflrais,  etc.,  nous  offrions,  etc. 
J'offris,  etc.,  nous  offrimes,  etc       - 
J'offrirni,  etc.,  nous  offrirous,  etc.                    y 
J'offrirais,  etc.,  nous  offririons,  etc. 
Offre,  offrons,  offrez. 
Que  j'offre,  etc.,  que  nous  offrions,  etc. 
Que  j'offrisse,  etc.,  que  nous  offrisaiona,  eto. 
Offrir. 
Offrant,  offert,  offerte.        1     \<5;-— /    / .  f  ^  f 


Imperf, 
Past  Def. 
Fut. 

Cond.  Pres. 
Jmper. 
Suhj.  Pres. 
Jniperf. 
Injin. 
Part. 
*s^Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir 

OuXr  (  =  to  hear). 

onl,  the  Past    Def    j'oms,  tu  ouis,  etc.  ;  tho  Imperf.  Subj.  .,ue 
j^oms^se,  que  tu  omsses,    etc.      Conjugated  wUh    tl^  Z^hu^ 

r  Ji^f  Jf'i  if  "4^^?.  «^'^.p*8  i"  i'^w  language  :  cmVfl  la  lecture  d« 
L"ug  hellii "■'      ^         '"*'"^"°^  =^*'^"  ^■^''^'^"^8  "*  "^^  ''^"^^"'^ 

r 


lid 


lUnKOm.AR    AND   bEFKCTIVE    VERBd. 


Ouvrir  (  =  10  ojieu). 
Pnn>.  Tenses.  Ouvrir,  ouvruut,  ouvcrt,  j'onvro,  j'ouvria. 
See  offrir.     Conjugated  uitk  the  aiuiliary  avoir. 

4-     Partlr  (  =  lo  set  out). 

/'( i»i.  Tenses.  Turtir,  piirtant,  parti,  jo  pars,  jo  partis. 
__^uo  mrndr.     Conjwjatcd  with  the  auxiliary  6tre.    I 

SalUIr  (  =  to  jump,  to  gush)  is  conjugated  like /t.uV, 
but  when  it  uioiuis  tujut  out  it  Jias  : 

rnm.  Tenses.  Siiillir,  sailluut,  sailli,  il  saillo,  and  tho  future  ifl 

euilleya. 

Soo  Ircssaillir.    Conjuijatod  ivilh  tho  auxiliary  avoir. 

^    SenUr(:=lofeel). 

i'l-im.  Tenses.  Seiitir,  soutaut,  souti,  je  sons,  jc  soutis. 
Boo  meiUir.     Cvnjugated  with  tho  auxilia)-y  avoir. 

-^   Sei-vlr  (  =  to  servo).  "^ 

ri-im.  Tenses.   Servir,  servant,  servl,  je  sora,  je  sorvid 
See  ftuintir.     Conjugated  with  tlie  auxiliary  avoir. 

j^  Sortir  (=~to  go  out). 

JPrm.  Tomea.  Sortir,  sortant,  sorti,  jo  sors,  je  sortis. 
Bee  mentir.     Conjugated  with  the  auxilia)-y  etre. 


H 


Souffrlr  (  =  to  Aer). 


^ 


Prim.  2en»o».  Souffrlr,  souffrant,  souffert,  je  Bouffro,  jo  Boullrig, 
See  qffrir.    Conjugated  with  tlve  av-^Hary  avoir. 

Tenir  (=to  bold). 
Prim.  Tenses.  Teuir,  tenant,  tcnn,  je  tiens,  je  tins. 
See  venir.     Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 

Tressailllr  (=to  start). 

Prim.  Tenses.  TresHaillir,  treBsaillant,  tressailli,  fe  trcssaillo  {• 
tressaillis.  '  ' 

Ind.  Fret.  Je  tressoiUo,  tu  tressailles,  il  ircssaille,  nous  trea- 
saiUons,  vous  tressailloz,  lis  tressailleut. 

Impcrf.  Je  tressaillais,  etc.,  nous  trcssaillious,  etc. 

Just  Dqf.  Je  tressaillis,  etc.,  nous  tressaillimcs.  etc. 

/>'""7    r>  T^  "VEsaiiuriii,  uic,  BGua  UtiBbaiiiiroiia,  etc. 

(  ond.  I  roM.      Je  tressaillirais,  etc.,  noiis  tresBailliriona,  eto. 

Iwii'fc'*-.  U'rcBsaillo,  treBaaillous,  tresEoillez. 


T 
I 


-/ 


T 


y 


UmKUULVR    AND    UKKKCIIVK    VK.nilS. 


no 


B\\.h}.  Pita.        Quo  jo  tivssiiille,  etc.,  (iiic  hduh  trL'SKiiillioiis,  etc. 
liiipoij',  yuo  jo  IrosaaillirtHo,  oto.,  {{un  uoua  trobhuiiiiBiiiuui, 

etc. 
Injin,  TroHS'iillir. 

I'art.  TroHHiiilliiut,  troasnilli. 

Conjugated  witk  the  aitxiJtary  avoir* 

Venlr  (  =  to  coiuo). 
Viim.  Tenses.  Vouir,  viiuaut,  veuu,  jo  vions,  Je  vins. 

ind.  Pies.         Jo  vicuB,  tu  vieua,  il  or  olio  vicnt,  nous  Tcuons, 
voiiB  voim/,,  ils  or  olios  vioniioiit. 

Fmpe'f.  J«  voiiiiiH,  oto.,  nous  voiuomh,  etc. 

/'((.si.  Vqf.  Jo  vius,  otc,  nous  viiimos,  oto. 

^''''<-  Jo  vioiiijriti.  etc.,  nous  vioiidronH,  etc. 

Coml.  I'ics.       Jo  vioiulruirt,  otii.,  iiuiia  viouilriouH,  etc. 

Impoi:  Vioiis,  vciiourt,  vouoz. 

6'uoj.  Fitis.        Quo  jo  vi<<|iiin.  etc.,  quo  noua  vcuioiis,  que  voua 
vouicz,  qu'ils  or  qu'uUo.s  viouiiont. 

hapcrf.  Quo  jo  viusHo,  etc.,  quo  uoua  viuiibioufl,  oto. 

Injin.  Voiiir. 

I'ait,  Vouaut,  venu,  veuue. 

Conjaijalud  wilk  ths  auxiliary  «tre. 

.V     Vetir  (  =  to  clutho). 

Prim.  Tenses,  Vctiiut,  votu,  jo  vOts,  jo  VgHs. 

Ind.  Pros.         Je  vets,  tu  veta,  il  or  oUe  vt*;,  noui  vfitoua,  voug 

'^obti'/,,  ila  or  olios  vettuit. 
Iinperf.  Jo  vviaiH,  oto.,  uoua  vi'tious,  oto. 

Vast  Duf.  Jo  vetia,  otc,  noua  viMiuma,  otc. 

*'«*•  Jo  votii-ui,  otc,  uouH  vetiroua,  otc 

Cond.  Pies.      Jo  votiriils,  etc,  nous  votmous,  oto. 
Jniper.  VetB,  votons,  vOtez. 

Subj.  Pres.        Que  jo  v6te,  etc.,  quo  nous  vetiouH,  oto. 
InyporJ,  Que  je  vetiase,  etc,  quo  nous  vGtiaaioua,  etb. 

Ii\tin.  Votu'. 

Part.  Votaut,  vOtu,  v6tiie. 

Conjugated  with  the  au.viliary  avoir. 

«.  Third  Cox^ugratlon :  OZB. 

173.  The  irregular  verbs  in  oir  are  Bubdivided  into 
two  classes : — 

1.  The  first  forma  its  past  dcfiuito  in  as,  and  its 
pariicipio  in -a;   valoir  (=:to  bo  wuitii),  va/us,  vain. 

2.  The  second  class  coraprisos  the  two  verbs  asseoir 
(=to  sit),  and  loir  (  =  to  sou),  forming  their  past  delinito 


I 


r 


:  I, 


120 


IRUKtiULAB   AND   DKI-'ECTIVE   VERBS. 


Tmperf, 
I'asl  Def. 
Fut. 

Conil.  Pres. 

Jwper. 
Subj.  Pros. 

Imporf. 

Part. 


in  is  (tv.s.sia,  vi&),  l)ut  dilluring  from  each  other  in  the 
fust  participle  (a.v.sis,  vu). 

174.  The  irrGj,aihir  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation 
are  the  following  : — 

Asseolr  (=to  seat,  to  place,  to  sit). 

Prim,.  Tenses.  Assooir,  atisoyiuit,  assis,  j'assicds,  j'assis. 

lad.  Pres.         J'assicds,  tii  assiods,  il  assicd,  noua  asacyons,  voui 

asseyoz,  ils  asscyont. 
J'assoyais,  etc.,  nous  asseyions,  etc. 
J'assis,  otc,  nous  assimes,  etc. 
J'assiorai,  etc.,  noua  assierons,  etc. ;   the  French 

also  say  :  j'aaseyerai,  etc.,  nous  asseyerors,  etc. 
J'assu'rais,  etc.,  nous  assiurions,  etc.;    also:  j'as- 

Heycrais,  etc.,  nous  asseyerious,  etc. 
Assic'ds,  asseyous,  asseyez. 
Quo  j'asseye,  etc.,  quo  nous  asseyions,  que  voua 

assoyicz,  qu'ils  asseyent. 
Que  j'assisse,  etc.,  que  nous  assissious,  etc. 
Assooir. 
Asseyaut,  assia,  assise. 

The  verb  asscoir  is  also  conjugated  as  follows  : 

Ind.  Pres.         J'assoia,  tu  assois,  il  assoit,  nous  assoyons,  voua 

assoyez,  ila  assoient. 
hnpcrf.  J'assoyais,   etc. 

But  this  manner  is  not  used  in  written  language. 

The  verb  surseoir  (=to  postpone)  follows  this  second 
form. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxilianj  avoir;  but  it  takes  the 
nnxilmry  Hre  when  u^ed  as  a  reflexive  verb:  s'asseoir  {=tosit 
down).  ^    * 

Choir  (tomher  =to  fall).  j 

insiance?''''^  """^^  ""  *^*'  infinitive,  and  in  a  limited  number  of 

chm-ll"'^n7'T^}^  T\  «''?J"e'^t«d  throughout  {chois,  chcais, 

0  n   nv   w«   fini  4?  •  Z':"^-    ^  """   "'  ^""^^  '''  **^«   seventeenth 
ccntniy  we  iind  the  future   cherrai:  Tirez  la  chevilleitc,  et  la 

iwuL.    "*  ^=^""  *^*  P'«  ''''^  *^«  '^^^'^"^  ^^  f^^t 

The    past  participle   chu  (^tombg)  has   given   the   feminine 
unebafhie7  — ^s'^-^^'^v.  '^^  Buusiauuves:  ur^  tiiiree,  une  revue. 


t 


i 


/ 


t 


121 


IftnEGULAH   AKD   bEt'EOTIVE   VERBS. 

D^choir  (  —  to  decay,  full). 

Prim.  Tvnses.  Dt'choir,  iltJchu,  jo  dCcliois,  je  dCdiua. 

Ind.  Pics.         Jo  (luchois,  tu  tlecliois,  il  drclioit,  nous  tlccboyons, 

vuus  dijchoyez,  iln  dcclidiout. 
Jmperf.  Jc  di'choyaia,  etc.,  nous  dcchoyions,  etc. 

Pad  Def.  Je  dCchiis,  etc.,  uous  dcchCiines,  etc. 

tut.  Je  dt'chcrrai,  etc.,  nous  ducherrous,  etc. 

Cond.  Pros.       Je  dooherrais,  etc.,  nous  dc'cherrions,  etc. 
Impei:  Dccliois,  dcchoyons,  dcohoyez. 

Hubj.  Pres.        Quo  jo  df^ohoie,  etc.,  que  nous  dt'choyions,  que  voua 

df-choyiez,  qn'ils  dechoient. 
Im}ierf,  Quo  je  decLusso,  etc.,  que  nous  dechussions,  etc. 

hijin,  iJcclioir. 

Pait.  (no  Pres.  Pad.)  dechu,  dechue. 

Conjagated  with  avoir  when  it  expresses  au  action,  and  with 
etre  when  it  denotes  a  state. 


Eo^oir  (=to  fall  clue). 

Piim.  Tenses :  echoir,  6ch{5ant,  <3chu,  11  Cchoit,  j'fichua. 

Conjugated  as  drchoir. — Used  only  in  the  Part.  Pres.,  6ca6iint ; 
the  Part.  Past,  cchu ;  the  Jndic,  Pres.,  third  person  singular,  il 
{ichoit  (pronounced  and  often  written  4chct)  ;  the  Past  Def., 
j'fichns,  etc. ;  the  Fut.,  j'6cherrai,  etc. ;  the  Cond.  Pres.,  j'ccher- 
rais,  etc.  ;  the  Imperf.  iiuhj.,  que  j'6chusse,  etc. 

Sec  deehoir.    Conjugated  with  avoir  or  etre. 

From  the  Pres.  Part.  ecMant  comes  the  feminine  substantive 
(chrance,  just  as  vengeant,  surveillant  have  formed  vengeance,  sur- 
veillance.    (See  §  44.) 


/ 


Falloir  (  =  to  be  necessary). 
Pnm.  Tenses.  Falloir,  fallu,  il  /aut,  il  f allot. 


hid.  Pret. 

11  faut. 

Jmperf. 

11  fallait. 

Past  Def. 

11  faUut. 

Fut. 

11  faudra. 

Cond.  Pres. 

11  faudrait. 

Iinper. 

(None.) 

Subj.  Prei. 

Qu'il  faille. 

Imperf. 

Qu'il  fnliut. 

Jntin. 

FiUloir. 

Part. 

rno  Pres.  Pnrt.^  fallu 

CoiijugaUd  with  the  aaxiliary  avoir 


/ 


ri  i 


/ 


122 


JnKKGTTLAR    AND   DEFECTIVE   VEHBg. 


mouvoir  (  =  to  move). 
Prim.  'Tenses.  Mouvoir,  mouvtint,  mft,  jo  meus,  je  mus. 


fnd.  Pies. 

Impcf. 

Pad  Dof. 

Fnt. 

Cond.  Pres. 

Ti>ipei\ 

iS'it/ij.  Pros. 


hiipcrf. 

Tnlhi. 

Part. 


Je  meus,  tu  nious,  il  meut,  nous  mouvoua,  voui 

mouvoz,  ils  nieuvcnt. 
Jo  niouvais,  etc.,  nous  mouvions,  etc. 
Jo  mus,  etc.,  nous  nifimes,  etc. 
Jo  inouvrai,  etc.,  nous  luouvrons,  etc. 
Jo  mouvraia,  etc.,  nous  mouvrious,  etc. 
Meus,  mouvous,  mouvez. 
Quo  jo  ineuvo,  que  tu  meuves,   qu'il  meuve,  qne 

nous  mouviouB,  que  vous  luouvioz,  qu'ils  lueu- 

vunt. 
Quo  je  mussc,  etc.,  que  nous  musiiiouii,  eto. 
?,l>;;ivuir. 
Mouvaut,  mil,  muc. 


Conjugated  nith  the  auxilion-y  avoir. 

Pleuvoir  (  =  to  rain). 
Prim.   Tenses.  Pleuvoir,  pleuvaut,  plu,  il  pleut,  il  plut. 


Ind.  Pres. 

11  plent. 

Tprperf. 

11  plouvuit. 

Past  Vef. 

11  plut. 

Fut. 

11  plouvra. 

Cond.  Pres. 

11  ])louvrait. 

Suhj.  Pres. 

Qu'il  pleuve. 

Jmperf. 

Qu'il  plut. 

Tnfm. 

I'leuvoir. 

Part. 

Pleuvaut,  plu. 

Corxjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 

Pouvoir  (  =  to  be  ublo). 
Prim.  Tenses.  Pouvoir,  pouvant,  pu,  jo  poux  m  Je  puis,  je  pns. 

Ind.  Pres.         Jo  peux  or  je  puib*,  tu  peux,  il  peut,  nous  ponvoxu^ 

vous  pouvez,  ils  peuvout. 
Imperf.  Jo  pouvais,  etc.,  nous  pouvlonfi,  etc. 

Pist  Def.  Jo  pus,  etc.,  nous  pdmes,  etc. 

Fv.t.  Je  pourrai,  etc.,  nous  pourrons,  etc.f 

Cond.  Pres.       Je  pounuis,  etc.,  nous  pourrious,  elc.f 
Jmper.  (None). 

Buh}.  Pres.        Que  jo  puisse,  etc.,  quo  nous  puissions,  etc. 
Iinperf,  Que  je  pusse,  etc.,  que  nous  pussit  ms,  etc. 

Iv^m.  Pouvoir. 

Part.  Pouvant,  pu. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxilini-y  avoir. 

*Pui»\t,iUe  only  form  used  in  the  intvrrugittive  oonjogation  {for  thi  first 


t  The  two  r'8  Bounded  only  w  one,  whilat  in  acqiterrai,  etc.,  botli  are  soiind«d 
•truniily. 


t 


iwiaauLAn  and  depkctivk  vt-,Ri!3. 


12? 


S  avoir  (=to  kuow). 

Prim.  Tenses.  Suvoir,  sacbaut,  bu,  jo  suis,  jo  sua. 

Ind.  Pres.        Jo  sais,  tu  suis,  il  salt,  uous  aavons,  voua  savez,  ils 
saveiit. 
Jo  savai-!,  etc.,  nous  savions,  etc. 
Jo  BUS,  etc.,  nous  efimcs,  etc. 
Jo  Baurai,  etc.,  uous  Bauroiis,  etc. 
Jo  saurais,  etc.,  nous  saurious,  etc. 
Saclio,  sachous,  sachcz. 
Que  je  saclie,  etc.,  que  nous  sacliions,  eto. 
Que  je  suyr^e,  etc.,  que  uous  sussious,  oto. 
Savoir. 

Sachant,  su,  sue. 
Conjuiiated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 

In  the  01(1  French,  savoir  was  savor,  fcinri  tlic  Liitin  sawv''. 
This  form  savor  gave  the  future  sacer-ai,  wLicli,  contracted  lutor 
into  savrai  (as  rocevoir  into  rocemui,  drvoi;-  into  dcvrai,  etc.), 
became  in  tho  fourteenth  century  saurai,  as  liabcre  has  given 
aver-ui,  theu  a-rai,  and  liually  aurai. 


Iivperf. 
Fast  Def. 
Fut. 
Cond.  Pros 

Jiii]icr. 
Suhj.  Pros. 
litifcrf. 
In  lin. 
Part. 


Seoir. 

In  the  sense  of  to  be  seated  (  =  etre  assis)  this  verb  is  obsoUte. 
It  is  sometimes  used  in  the  present  participle,  scant,  and  the 
past  participle,  sis,  sise.  When  meauint;  to  be  becomiug  (  =  litre 
ennrenable)  it  is  still  used  in  certain  tenses,  and  always  in  tho 
third  person  siugular  or  plural:  ii  sied,  lis  sieunt,  il  soyait,  il 
eicra.  '~ 


I 


Valolr  (  =  to  be  woitli). 
Prim.  Tenses.  Valoir,  valant,  valu,  je  vaux,  je  val'/fl. 

Ind.  Pre$.         Je  vaux,  tu  vaux,  il  vaut,  uous  valous,  vous  yalez, 

ils  valent. 
Jni'perf.  Je  valais,  etc.,  nous  valions,  eto. 

Past  Def.         Je  valus,  etc.,  nous  valftmes,  etc. 
Fat.  Jo  vaudrai,  etc.,  nous  vaudrous,  eto. 

Cond.  Pre^.      Je  vaudmis,  uous  vai'diious,  etc. 
hnper,  Vaux,  valous,  valez. 

Subj.  Prea.       Que  je  vaille,  que  tu  vailles,  qu'il    raillo,  que  nciia 

valions,  quo  vous  valiez,  qu'ils  vaillont. 
Jmporf.  Que  jo  valusso,  etc.,  quo  uous  valussious,  eto. 

Infin,  Valoir. 

Part.  Valant,  valu. 

Conjugated  with  the  aiuiliary  avoir. 

The  compounds  of  tliia  verb  are  conjusatcil  in  the  same  mnnner, 
with  tiio  exception  of  jjr^ta^oir  I  =  to  prevail),  whoso  ISubj,  Pfttt.  is ;  y 
qua  je  prtvo^i,  etc.,  qui'  nous preralions,  ctu.  ^ 


124 


tllllKCULiVll   AND    bEFKOTlVte    VKUBS* 


Voir  (  =  to  see). 

Pi-im,  Tonsos.  Voir,  voyuut,  vu,  jo  vois,  jo  vis. 

Tnd.  Vies.         Je  voiH,  tu  vols,  il  voit,   nous  voyons,  voug  voyez, 

ils  voiout. 
hnpcff.  Jo  voyais,  etc.,  nor  *  V(iyioiis,  etc. 

I'lisl  Def.  Jo  vis,  elo.,  nous  viiiies,  otc. 

Fut.  Jo  vonai,  etc.,  nous  vcrrons,*  etc. 

Cond.  Pres.       Jo  vonMis,  oto.,  nous  vorrions,*  etc. 
Jinpor,  Vols,  voyons,  voyez. 

Siihj.  Pros,        Quo  jo  voio,  etc.,  que  nous  voyions,  otc. 
Tnij^arf.  Que  jo  visso,  etc.,  quo  nous  vibsions,  eto. 

Tnjin.  Voir. 

Part.  Voyiiut,  vu,  vue. 

Conjugated  with  the  an.nliary  avoir. 

N.B. — Pourvnif  (  =  to  provide),  and  prfroir  (=t(!  foresee),  nifilce 
in  the  Fut.  and  Cond. :  je  poui-vaii-ai,  jo  ponrvnirai.i,  luiil  ;';'  piti- 
voirai,  je  pi'dvoirais.  Besides,  t3ie  Past.  Def.  and  Ini'j)erj'.  tiubj.  ol 
pourvoir  are  je  ponrvun,  que  je  poumvsse. 

Conjugated  witli  the  auxiliavy  avoir. 

Voulolr  (  =  to  will,  to  bo  willing). 
Prim.  Tenses-  Vouloir,  voulaul,  voulu,  jo  veux,  je  voulus. 

Tnd.  Pres.         Jo  veux,  lu  veux,    il  veut,    nous    voulous,  vous 

voulez,  ils  veuleut. 
hnperf.  Je  voulais,  etc.,  nous  voulions,  etc. 

Past  Def.  Je  voulus,  etc.,  nous  vouldnies,  eto. 

Fut.  Jo  voudrai,  etc.,  nous  voudrons,  etc. 

Cond.  Pres.      Je  voudrais,  etc.,  nous  voudrions,  etc. 
Imper.  Veuille,  veuillous,   /euillez.      'The  Imper.  proper, 

veux,  voulons,  vouJez,  is  seldom  used). 
Siihj.  Pres,       Que  je  veuille,  etc.,   que  nous  voulious,  que  voua 

vouliez,  qu'ils  veuillent. 
hnperf.  Que  je  vovilus^e,  etc.,  que  nous  voulussions,  etc. 

Jnfin.  Vouloir. 

Part.  Voulaut,  voulu,  voulue. 

Coinjugated  with  the  auKiliary  avoir. 


7 


5*     Fourtb  Coqjug'atioii :  RXS. 

175.  -The  ii-rcgular  verbs  in  re  m"y  be  eubdividecl 
into  two  classes  according  to  the  formation  of  the  past 
definite:  1.  Verbs  with  the  past  definite  in  is: 
craindre  ( =  to  fear),  craii/nis  ;  2.  Verbs  with  the  past 
dcfiiiitc  in  n*  I  coup. o.it>'e  (  =  to  Kiiow^i.  cQiiuviAi 


*  JScc  Note  orpoiivuir. 


T 


inRKOUT.AR   AXD    nKFKrTt\'F.    VKRns.  12^ 

176.  The  irrogular  verbs  in  re  are  the  following  : — 

Absoudre  (=:to  absolve). 

Prim.   Tenses.  Absoudre,  absolvant, absous  (fom. absoute),  j'abaous ; 
no  Past  Definite.     See  resoudre. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 

Boire  ( =  to  drink). 
Prim.   Tenses.  Boire,  buvant,  ba,  je  bois,  jo  bus. 

Ind.  Pres.         Je  bois,  tu  bois,  il  boit,  nous  buvons,  von3  buvez, 

ils  boive'it. 
Jiwperf.  Je  buvais,  etc.,  nous  bnviotis,  etc. 

Past  D^,  Jo  bus,  etc.,  nous  biliTics,  etc. 

Put.  Jo  boirai,  etc.,  nous  boironn,  etc. 

Cond.  Pros.       Je  iKtirais,  etc.,  nous  boirions,  etc, 
Jmper.  P.ois,  buvons.  buvez. 

Hubj.  Pres.        Que  jo  boivo,  etc.,  que  nous  buvionn,  que  vous  buviez, 

qu'ils  boivent. 
Twperf.  Q\w  jo  busse,  etc.,  que  nous  bussious,  etc. 

Injin.  Loire, 

Pa.t.  Buvnnt,  bu,  bue. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir* 

Sralre  (  =  to  bray). 

Tbis  verb,  according  to  the  Acadcmin,  is  used  only  in  the 
Ivjinitive,  and  in  tlie  third  person  of  the  Present  Indicative,  Future, 
and  Conditional  :  braire,  il  brait,  ils  braient,  11  braira,  Us  brairont, 
il  brairait,  ils  brairaient. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliani  avoir. 

Braire,  in  the  old  language,  had  the  general  Rsnse  of  ci-ie>'  (=to 
Bhont),  and  was  ajujlied  to  men  as  well  as  to  animals  ;  it  is  only  at 
a  comparatively  recent  period  that  the  meaning  w«.s  Umited  to  the 
noise  made  by  an  ass. 

Brulre  (  =  to  roar,  rattle,  reBoimd). 

This  verb  has  only  the  following  forms :  bruire,  il  brnit,  il  brnyait, 
ils  bruyaient.  Bruyant  now  is  rather  an  adjective  than  a  present 
participle. 

Conjugated  ivith  the  auxiluD-y  avoir. 

Clore  (  =  to  clotio). 

Used  only  in  tlio  Past  PaHieiple,  clos,  close  ;  the  three  persons 
singnliir  of  the  Ind.  Pros.,  je  clos,  tu  clos,  il  cl6t ;  the  Put.,  jo 
clorai,  tu  clonia,  etc.  ;  the  Coyid.  Pres.,  jo  dorais,  etc. ;  tlie  hufor. 
singiiliir,  clos  ;  Sidij.  Pres,,  que  jn  close  :  and  ail  couipoiuid  t»!H.siis, 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 


I 


120 


IRnrfifTT.An    AND    DF.FECTIVE    VKUUS. 


j|l 


li 


Gonclure  (  =  to  conchulo). 

iVtwi.   Tenses.  Condiiro,   conolaiuit,  conclii,  |e  conclua,  je  c^ncltis. 

Ind.  Pros.         Jo  coTichis,  til  conclns,  il  conclut,  nous  coiicliiuus, 

vous  coDcliit'z,  ils  eoiicliiciit. 
hnperf.  Je  coiicluais,  etc.,  nous  coiiclui'ons,  cto. 

Past  Dcf.  Jo  conchis,  oto.,  nous  concli'imcs,  etc. 

Fut.  Je  conelurai,  etc.,  nous  conclurona,  cto. 

Cond.  Pres.       Je  conoluniis,  etc.,  nons  concliirions,  etc. 
Impoi".  Conclus,  conclnons,  conclnoz. 

Suhj.  Pros.        Que  je  conclue,  etc.,  que  n^  "s  conclnions,  qtie  voua 
concluiez,  qii'ils  coiiclucn 

Que  je  conclusso.  etc.,  que  nous  conclu.s3ious,  oto. 

Couclnre. 

Concluaut,  conclu,  conclue. 

with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 


hnpoyf. 

Jnfin. 

Part. 

Conjugated 


Conduire  (=to  conduct). 

im.  Tenses.  Conduire,  conduisni 
duisis. 

See  nuira.    Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 


Prim.  Tenses.  Conduire,  conduisnnt,  conduit,  jo  conduis,  jo  con- 

duisis. 


Coiifire  (=to  pickle). 

Prim.  Tenses.  Confire,  confi.^iint,  confit,  jo  confis,  jo  confls. 

Ind.  Pres.  Jo  confia,  tu  coiifis,  il  coufil.  nous  conlisons,  voua 

conGsoz,  ils  confisont. 

Tmperf.  Je  confisnis,  etc.,  nous  confisions,  etc. 

Past  Bef.  Jo  Jonfis,  etc.,  nous  coufimcs,  etc. 

Fid,  Je  c.ii^firi'i,  etc.,  nous  confirons,  etc. 

Cond.  Pres.  Je  coufii'itip,  etc.,  nim!^  ccnfirious,  etc. 

Tmper.  Confis,  confisons,  confifwz. 

Subj.  Pros.  Quo  jo  confise,  etc.,  que  nous?  coutisious,  ct(k 

Imyerf.  (None.) 

Tvjin.  Confire. 

Pari.  Confisaut,  confit,  confite. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 

Connaitro  (  =  to  know). 

Prim.  Tenses.  Connaitro,  connnissant,  connn,  jo  connais,  je  connn«. 

Ind.  Pres.         Je  connais,  tu  connais,  il  commit,  nous  connaissons, 

vous  connaissoz,  ils  connaissent. 
Impcrf.  Jo  connaissais,  etc.,  nous  connaiss<ions,  etc. 

Pant  Def.  Jo  connus,  etc.,  nous  connOnior,  etc. 

Put.  Je  counuitrai,  etc.,  uoup  conuaitrons,  etc. 


i^  A:Ai"^"iJ4^i«&jiK^^ij-^UU.tib'j  ?:<  4^1  _ 


ninr,r.Tii.AB  and  defkctive  vkuiIS. 


127 


roTitf.  Perf.  .Te  ronnntfiais,  etc.,  nons  coi>nnt(rionB,  oto. 

Imper.  Connni^.  coiinaiifinuR,  eoimuissoz. 

Snhj.  Pves,  Quo  jo  connaiHSfi,  etc.,  4110  noii.^  coniiaission:'.,  otc. 

Iwperf.  Quo  jo  ponniissc,  etc.,  quo  uouh  conuus.sinns,  otc. 

/»\">i.  Conimltro. 

Pare.  Coiinaissant,  connn,  conniie. 

Conjurjatod  ivith  the  wimliary  avoir. 

N.I3. — Whoiiover  tlio  vowol  1  is  followod  by  t  in  this  verb,  it 
tftkes  tlio  circumflex  accent :  connait,  co)maitrai,  etc. 

Coudre  (  =  to  sew). 
Prim.  Tcnsos.  Comlro,  consant,  coupu,  jo  conds,  jo  cousig. 

Tnd.  Pres,  Je  cou'Ib,  tu  couda,  il  coud,  nous  cousoua,  voua 

cnn^oz,  ils  cousent. 

Tmpevf.  Je  cousais,  etc.,  iu)Uh  consions,  oto. 

Past  Def.  Jo  cousis,  etc.,  ncMis  cousimes,  etc. 

Fut.  Jo  coudrai,  etc.,  nous  coudrons,  etc. 

Cnnd.  Pres,  Je  coudrais,  etc.,  nous  coudrions,  etc. 

Tmper.  CoiidH,  cousul.t,  cousoz. 

Suhj.  Prea.  Quo  jo  ciuis:>,  etc.,  ([ue  nnna  consiona,  etc. 

hnperf.  Que  jo  coubisso,  etc.,  qno  uous  cousissioua,  oto. 

Infin.  Coudre. 

Part.  Cousant,  consu,  cousuo. 

Conjugated  ivith  tho  auxiliary  avoin 

Craindre  (=tofcar). 
Prim.  Tenses,   Craindre,  craignant,  craint,  je  craina,  je  craignis. 

Irul.  Pres.         Jo  crains,  tu  orains,  il  craint^  nous  crai}j;ni)ns,  <rou8 

craiRnoz,  ils  craii^nont. 
Jivpcrf.  Je  craif^iiais,  etc.,  nous  craiKuiou.s,  etc. 

Past  Def.  Je  craignis,  etc.,  nous  craij^MiiuieH,  etc. 

Fui,  Jo  craindrai,  etc.,  uous  craiiidrons,  oto. 

Cnnd,  Pres.       Je  craindrais,  etc.,  nous  craindrions,  etc. 
hiipor,  Crains,  craignoiis,  craiptuoz. 

Subj,  Pres.        Que  je  craij^ne,  etc.,  qno  nous  era  ,;i)ions,  quo  voni 

craiKuiez,  qu'ils  craiKnent. 
hnperf.  Que  jo  craignisso,  etc.,  que  nous  oraifrnissions,  oto. 

1)1,1)1.  Craindre. 

Part.  Craiguant,  crnint,  crainto. 

Co)\iiiijafc(l,  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 

Croire  (  =  to  believe). 

Prim,  2'enscs,   Croiro,  croyant,  f»ru,  je  crois,  je  cruB. 

Ind.  Pres.         Je  crois,  tu  crois,  11  croit,  nouscroyons,  vona  croyef, 

ils  croiont. 
Imperf.  Je  croyais,  etc.   uous  croyious,  etc. 


128 


mniyjui,\n  and  deft.otivk  vf.uu3. 


*i 


Past.  Dt'f.  Jo  cms,  etc.,  ncma  crumrn,  oK'. 

f'ltf.  Jo  croirai,  etc.,  nous  croironn,  cli. 

Con'?.  Pres.  Je  croiraig,  etc.,  nous  croirioiiH,  oto. 

Imper.  Crois,  croyonn,  croyoz. 

8uhj.  Piea.  Quo  jo  c'n.ie,  etc.,  que  noua  croyions,  qne  votw 

croyiez,  qu'ils  cruicnt. 

Jmporf.  Que  je  crusse,  etc.,  que  nous  crussions,  eto. 

hijm.  Croiro. 

Part,  Croyant,  era,  crae. 

Conjugated  with  tho  auxiliary  avoir. 

Croitre  (  =  to  grow). 

Prbm.  Terisos.  Croitre,  croissant,  crft,  je  orols,  je  cnis. 

Ind.  Pres.  Je  crots,  tu  crota,  il  croft,  nous  croisscna,   voaa 

croissez,  il  croissent. 

Tmporf.  Jo  croissais.  etc.,  nous  oroissiona,  uto. 

Past  Daf.  Jo  crua,  etc.,  nous  crOmes,  etc. 

Fut.  Je  croitrai,  etc.,  nous  croStions,  eto. 

Cond.  Pres.  Je  croltrais,  etc.,  nous  croitrions,  eto. 

Imper.  Crols,  oroissons,  croiHsez. 

Silly.  Pres.  Que  je  croisse,  etc.,  que  nous  croiasiona,  eto. 

Imporf.  Que  je  crusse,  etc.,  que  nous  crussions,  etc 

Infin,  Croitre. 

Part.  Croissant,  crfl,  crue. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir* 
NJB. — See  connaitre. 


Oire  (=to  say). 

Perm.  Tenses.  Dire,  disant,  dit,  je  dis,  je  dis. 

Ind.  Pres.  Je  dis,  tu  dis,  il  dit,  nous  disons,  vous  dites,  ill 

disent. 

Impm-f.  Je  disais,  etc.,  nous  disions,  etc 

Past  Def.  Je  dis,  etc.,  nous  dimes,  etc. 

Fut.  Je  dirai,  etc.,  nous  dirons,  eto. 

Cond.  Pres.  Je  dirais,  etc.,  nous  dirions,  eto. 

Imper.  Dis,  disons,  dites. 

Subj.  Pres.  Que  je  dise.  etc.,  que  nous  disions,  eta. 

Imperf.  Qne  je  disse,  etc.,  quo  nous  dissions,  eto, 

Injln.  Dire, 

par*.  Disant,  dit,  dite. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliai-y  avoir. 

U.B. — All  the  compounds  of  dire  make  disea  in  the  second 
person  pUuni  of  the  Pres.  Indie,  with  the  exception  of  ruHrs 
(  =  to  repeat),  and  ma%dire  (=to  curse),  whicU  make  rediic«, 
maudisse%. 


-I. 


IBRRGtlLAK    AND    DEFECTIVT5   VEnnS. 


120 


Colore  (  =  to  be  hatchetl,  to  opcu,   to  duwii). — 
Limitucl  to  the  following  forms  :— 


Ind.  Pros. 
Fut. 

Cnnd.  Pres 
Svbj,  Pres. 
Injin. 
Part.  Past. 


II  ^elot,  ils  Ccloocnt. 
II  (?clAr!i,  Ua  Ccl^ront. 
II  Cclorait,  ils  6cloiaient. 
Qii'il  (^close,  qu'ils  Celosont, 


Ijlclore 


Kclosant,  6clos,  6cIose. 
Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  Stre« 


Eorlre  (  =  to  write). 

Pn'm.  Tenses. 
Ind.  Prea. 


Ecrire,  Ccrivant,  6crit,  j'dciis,  j'(5crivi9. 

J'ecris,  tii  6cris,  il  6crit,  nous  Ccrivons,  voits  6crivei, 
ils  ^crivent. 

Tmperf.  J'ecrivais,  etc.,  nous  6crivions,  etc. 

Past  Def.         J'Ccrivis,  etc.,  nous  ccrivtines,  etc. 
•^''  J'6crirai,  etc.,  nous  Ccrirona,  etc, 

Cond.  Pres.       J/ucriraia,  etc.,  nous  ucririous,  etc. 
Imper.  Ecris,  ficrivons,  6crive55. 

8ubj,  Proa.        Que  j 'derive,  etc.,  quo  nous  Ccrivions,  etc. 
Jmperf.  Que  j'tcrivisse,  etc.,  quo  nous  6crivissious,  eto. 

Infin,  I^erire. 

Pai-t.  Ecrivont,  6crit,  6crite. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir* 

ralre  (=to  make  or  to  do). 

Prim.  Tenses.  Faire,  faisant,  fait,  jo  faia,  je  fis. 

Ind.  Prea.  Je  fais,  tu  faia,  il  fait,  nous  faisona,  voua  faitos,  ila 

font. 

Imperf.  Je  faisaia,  etc.,  nous  faisions,  eto. 

Past  Def.  Je  fis,  etc.,  noua  fimes,  etc. 

•P"*'  Je  ferai,  etc.,  noua  ferons,  eto. 

Cond.  Pres.  Je  ferais,  etc.,  nous  ferions,  eto. 

Imper.  Fais,  faisons,  faites. 

Subj.  Pres.  Que  je  fasse,  etc.,  que  nous  fassions,  oto. 

hwperf.  Que  je  fisse,  etc.,  que  nous  fissions,  etc. 

InJin.  Faire. 

Part.  Faisant,  fait,  faite. 

Conjugufjd  with  the  auxiliary  ftvolr* 

Frlre  (  =  to  fry). 

^  This  verb,  besides  the  Infin.  Prea.,  has  also  the  three  persona 
aingular  of  the  Ind.  Pres.,  jo  fri»,  ni  fm,  U  frit;  the  F«f.,je 


f 


\ 


190 


innROTTT.AR    AND   DF.FKCTIVF,    VKTITIS. 


frirai,  etc. ;  the  Cond.  Piea.,  jo  frirais,  etc. ;  the  second  porsrn 
BiiiKular  f.f  the  huj^oi:,  fri«  ;  the  Part.  I'ant,  frit,  frite. 

The  tenscrt  of  thiw  verb  nro  more  Roncrally  inade  up  hy  i>lacing 
the  verb /ai,'fl  before  the  hitiuitivo  fdre  :  now*  faisons  fiire,  vona 
faiiesfriro. 

Conjugatod  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 

Jolndre  ( =  to  join). 

fiim.  Tenses.  Joindre,  joignant,  joint,  Jo  joins,  jo  joignia. 
See  craindre.    Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  aToir* 

Zilre  (= to  read). 

/Wm.  Tenses.  Lire,  Jisant,  la,  je  lis,  je  Ins. 

Ind.  Pres.  Jo  lis,  tu  lis,  il  lit,  nona  lisons,  vous  lisez,  ill 

lisent. 

Imperf.  Jo  lisais,  etc.,  nous  lisions,  etc 

Past  Def.  Je  Ins,  etc.,  nous  lumes,  etc. 

Fut.  Je  llrai,  etc.,  nous  lirons,  rtc. 

Cond.  Pret.  Je  lirais,  etc.,  nous  liri'^xis,  etc. 

Imper.  Lis,  lisons,  lisez. 

Suhj.  Pres,  Qne  je  Use,  etc.,  que  nous  lisions,  etc. 

Tnvperf.  Que  je  lusse,  etc.,  que  nous  lussions,  eto 

Injln.  Lire. 

Part.  Lisant,  lu,  lae. 

Conjugated  with  tlie  auxiliary  avolrb 


Zinlre  (=to  shine). 

Prim.  Tenses.  Luire,  luisant,  lui,  je  luia,  je  luisis. 

Ind.  Pres,  Je  luis,  tu  luis,  il  luit,  nous  luisons,  vons  luisei 

ils  luisent. 

Imperf.  Je  luisais,  etc.,  nous  luisions,  eto. 

Pa^t  Def.  Je  hiisis,  etc.,  nous  luisimes,  etc.* 

Fut.  Je  luinii,  etc.,  nous  htirons,  eto. 

Cond.  Pres,  Jo  luirais,  etc.,  nous  luirions,  eto. 

Im^-er.  Luis,  luisons,  luisoz. 

Snhj.  Pres.  Quo  jo  hiise,  etc.,  quo  nous  luisions,  etc, 

fniperf.  Que  je  luisisse,  etc,  quo  nous  luisis.sious  aba. 

Ii\lin.  Luire. 

Part.  Luisant,  lui. 

Coniuaattu?.  with  r.he  auxiliarv  avoir. 


•  This  tense,  which  the  Acadimie  does  tinb  (rive,  is  very  seTdom  lued.    It  ie  to 
bo  found  In  Bossuet. 


crsrn 
iicing 

,  VOM 


!Z,  ill 


«  I- 


innROfTLAR    AND   nEKBCTIVE    VEHnf, 


lUl 


V 


F-ottre  (=to  placo,  to  put). 

Prim,  Tmisca.  Mettro,  mettant,  mis,  je  mots,  Jo  mlii. 

Ind.  PreM.  Jo   mots,   tu   mots,   il   mot,   nous    \m  ttons,    voa» 

mottoz,  ils  mclti'iit. 

Imfcrf.  Jo  incttaiH,  etc.,  uous  mottioiin,  etc 

Past  Def.  Jo  mJH,  etc.,  m)i'.s  miiues,  vU\. 

Pi<t.  Jo  iiicttnii,  etc.,  nous  mettrdus,  oto. 

Cand.  Pros.  Jo  nicUriiiH,  etc.,  nons  mcttriouH,  ito. 

Iihjter.  Mcds,  nioltons,  mctt(!Z, 

Snlij.  I'res.  Quo  jo  inctto,  etc.,  quo  nonB  rnottionH,  oto. 

Imperf.  Quo  jo  nuHso,  etc.,  quo  nous  misKious,  etc. 

Injin.  Mettre. 

Part.  Mettant,  mis,  mise. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxffiai-y  avoir. 

Tfloudre  (  =  to  grind). 

Prim.  Tenses.  Mouilro,  nioulnnt,  mouln,  jo  mmula,  je  monlnn. 
Ind,  Pre$, 

Tmperf. 
Past  De/. 
Put. 

Cond.  Pres. 
Iwj)Oi', 
8ul>j.  Pro3. 

J'lyin. 
Part. 


«ii- 


Je  monda,  tu  monds,  il  moud,  uous  mouloua,  vou8 

mouloz,  ils  moulcnt. 
Je  monlaiH,  etc.,  nouH  moulions,  etc. 
Je  mouluH,  etc.,  nons  moulumo.s,  etc. 
Jo  nioudrai,  etc.,  nous  nioudrons,  etc. 
Jo  mondr.iia,  etc.,  nous  moudrions,  etc. 
Mouds,  moulons,  moulez. 
Quo  jo  moule,  etc.,  que  nous  moulions,  etc. 
Que  jo  moulusso,  etc.,  que  uous  moulubeious,  etc. 
Moudre. 
Moulant,  moulu,  moulue. 


Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 


luises 


Ittet* 


Naltre  ( 

Prim.  Tensf9. 
Ind.  Pres. 

hnperf. 
Pad  Def. 
Fut. 

Cond.  Pres. 
Imper. 
Subj.  Pres. 
Imperf. 

Part. 
bee  eonnaitr 


=  to  bo  born), 

Nuitre,  nuissant,  n6,  je  naia,  Je  naqnis. 

Jo  11  >;j,  tu  nais,  il  uatt,  nous  naia;3ona,  vous  naissei, 

il:)  naii^sent. 
Je  nais  ais,  etc.,  nous  naissions,  etc. 
Je  naqnis,  etc.,  nous  naqulnioB,  oto. 
Jo  uaitiai,  etc.,  nou.s  naitrons,  etc. 
Je  uuitrais,  etc.,  nous  naitrions,  etc. 
Nais,  naissons,  naissez. 
Quo  je  naisse,  etc;.,  que  nous  naissions,  etc. 
Quo  je  naquisse,  etc.,  que  uous  uaquissious,  etc. 

Niiissant,  nfi,  n6e. 

ii.     Conjugated  with  the  aurUiary  etre. 


/ 


ONTARIO  COLUGE  OF  EDUCftTlUN 


182  IRnROOLAK    AND   DEFECTIVE    VEIina. 

Nulre  (=to  injure,  to  bo  hiirtful). 

Prim.  Tenses.  Nuiro,  nuisant,  nui,  jo  nuin,  jo  nuisis. 

Ind.  Fres.  Jo  mii«,  tu  uuis,  il  unit,  nous  ninsoiis,  voub  uniseat 

ilH  uuisont. 

Imperf.  Je  niii^ais,  etc..  nons  ntiiaions,  oto. 

Past  Dtif.  Jo  niiiHis,  oto.,  nous  nuiHiinos,  oto. 

Fut.  Jo  nniifti,  c  tc,  nons  iinironH,  otc. 

Cond.  Pres.  Jo  nnirais,  etc.,  nous  uixirioiiB,  oto. 

Imjior.  Niiis,  uuiRons,  nnisez. 

8ubj.  Prgs.  Quo  jo  imiso,  otc,  que  nous  nnisiona,  etc. 

Imperf,  C^iio  jo  nuitfisse,  etc.,  quo  uouh  uuisissions,  eta. 

Injin.  Nuiro. 

Part.  Nuisivnt,  nui. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliai-y  avoir. 


k 


Olndre  (  =  to  anoint). 
Prim.  Teases.    Oindre,  oignant,  oint,  j'oins,  j'oignia. 

Ind.  Prea.  J'oins,  otc,  nous  oignons,  otc. 

Imperf.  J'oigimis,  etc.,  uuiih  oignious,  etc. 

Past  Dof.  J'oiguis,  etc.,  nous  oigniines,  etc 

Fut.  J'oiiidrai,  etc,  nous  oimirouB,  etc. 

Cond.  Prea.  J'oindrds,  etc,  nous  niudrions,  etc. 

Imper.  Oins,  oignons,  oigiu/.. 

Subj.  Prea.  Quo  j'oigne,  etc.,  4110  nous  oignionf,  etc 

Imperf.  Que  j'oi^niHse,  etc.,  que  nous  oignissiuiis,  oto. 

InJin.  Oindre. 

Part.  Oint,  ointe. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 

This  verb  is  seldom  used,  except  ia  the  Prea.  /n/in.,  the  PaHiciploa, 
and  the  Future. 


J 

■r 


Paitre  (=to  graze). 


Prim.  Tenses. 
hid.  Prea. 

Imperf. 
Fut. 

Cond.  Pres. 
Imper. 
Suhj.  Prea. 
Tnfin. 


Paitre,  paissant,  — ,  je  pais,  — . 

je  pn*; ,  lu  pais,  il  pait,  nous  paissons,  vous  paissoz 

lis  paissent. 
Je  paiasais,  etc,  nous  paissiona,  etc. 
Je  paitmi,  etc.,  nous  paitions,  otc. 
Je  paitraiM,  etc.,  nous  paitrions,  etc. 
Pais,  pais.sons,  pais.soz. 
Que  je  piiisse,  etc.,  que  nous  paissions, 
Paitre. 


,  etc. 


I'ulBb'aiit. 


This  verb  has  neither  Past  D^.,  Imperf.  Subjunctive,  nor  Paat 
Participle. 


mUEUULAB   AND   DKi'KOTlVE   VKIUI8. 


im 


nisea. 


9. 


Repaltre    is    conjugated  liho  /niitir  .•    btil    it  1ms 
botJi  a  I'tist  Ih'f. :  jo  rcpus,  and  a  Vast  l'articii>l,-  •  Jq'U. 

Tlie  siiiiplo  partieiplo  pu  Im  Btill  uscil  aH  ii  Una  of  fulcomy :  un 
faucon  qui  a  pu  (=ii  hawk  which  hua  boou  foil). 

Paraltre  (  =  to  appear). 

Piim.  Timsos.   Paraitro,  puraissaut.  puru,  je  paraU,  je  p;inia. 
Bcu  connaitra, 

Pelndre  (  =  to  paint). 

Prim.  Tenses.    Pcindro,  poi(,'iiaut,  puiiit,  jo  jioiiiM,  jo  piMt;iii«. 
Bee  crahidre. 


tiflos, 


UBsea 


Plalre 

Prim.  !/'e«s«.s' 
Jn<l.  Prv 

luipe.i. 

I'vt. 

dnid.  Vres. 

Inkier. 

Subj.  Pres. 

Tmpeif. 

IiTjin. 

Fart. 

Conjugated 


(  =  to  please). 
Pittire,  plaisaut,  pin,  je  plais,  jo  plna. 

Je  plais,  til  plaia,   il  plait,  nous   plaisons,   vous 

plaisez,  ils  plaiscnt. 
Je  i)laisai8,  utc,  nous  plaisions,  etc. 
Je  plus,  etc.,  utiiiH  plumes,  etc. 
Je  plaiiai,  etc.,  nous  plairous,  etc. 
Jo  plauais,  etc.,  nous  plairionti,  etc. 
l'iai.s,  plaisous,  plaisiz. 
(Jue  je  plaiise,  etc.,  tiuo  nous  plaisii  us,  etc 
Que  jo  plusse,  etc.,  que  uoua  plusbioas,  eto. 
Piairo. 
Plaisaut,  plu. 

with  the  0  .xiliary  avoir. 


Cast 


Prendre  (=to  take). 
Prim.  Tenses.  Prendre,  prenant,  pris,  je  prenda,  jo  pris. 

Ind.  Prea.         Je  prends,  tu  prends,  il  prend,  nous  prenons,  vooi 

pronoz,  ils  prennent. 
Tmpe  f.  Je  prenais,  etc.,  nous  preuions,  etc. 

Past  D^.  Je  pris,  etc.,  nous  primes,  etc. 

^^'"■^-  Je  preudrai,  etc.,  nous  prendrous,  etc. 

Cond.  Pr«$,       Je  prendraia,  etc.,  nous  prendrioua,  etc. 
'mper.  Prenda,  |)renon8,  prenez. 

8ubj.  Prea,        Que  je  prenne,  etc.,  que  nous  prenions,  ouo  voui 

preniez,  qu'ils  prennent. 
{taper/.  Que  je  prisae,  etc.,  que  nous  priasiona,  eta. 

mjm.  irreudro. 

Port.  Prenant,  pris,  pria*. 

ConjU'jatod  with  the  auxiliary  avoln 


384 


IRREGULAR   AND   DEFECTIVE   VERBS. 


P' 


If 


Zt^soudre  (=to  resolve), 
Piim.  Tenses.   Eusoudre,  resulvaut,  resolu,  je  rcsons,  jc  rCsr.lna. 

Ind.  Prei.         Je  rosous,  tu  rCsous,  il  rt'sout,  nous  rcsylvous,  voua 

rfiBolvcz,  ils  rcsi)lvcnt. 
Imperf.  Je  rcsolviUH,  etc.,  nous  ri/solvions,  etc. 

Ftist  Def.  Jo  resolus,  etc.,  nous  resoKimes,  etc. 

Fitt.  Je  resoudi'iii,  etc.,  nous  resoudrons,  etc. 

Cond.  Pros.       Jc  r^soudrais,  etc.,  nous  ix-soudrious,  etc. 
Imper,  Ilusous,  resolvons,  ret^olvez. 

Subj.  Pres.        Quo  je  rCsolve,  etc.,  que  nous  resolviona,  etc. 
Iviper/.  Qno.  je  rijsolusse,  etc.,  que  nous  r^solussious,  eto. 

hjin.  iJesoudre. 

Part,  llcsolvant,  idsolu,  rdsolue:  or  rosous  ;  we  still  say, 

brouillard  reaous  en  pluie  (  =  a  fog  resolved  into 

raiu). 

Conjugated  with  the  auxilia)-y  avoiri 

Hire  (  =  to  laugh). 

Pi-t»ii.  Tenses.  Eire,  riam,  ri,  je  ris,  je  ris 

Ind.  Pios.  Jo  ris,  tu  ris,  il  rit,  nous  rions,  vous  ricz,  ils  rieut. 

Imperf.  Je  r'.ais,  etc.,  nous  riions,  etc. 

Past  Def.  Jc  '/s,  ytc,  nous  rimes,  etc. 

Put.  Je  r\ai,  etc.,  nous  rirons,  etc. 

Cond.  Pre$.  Je  rirais,  etc.,  nous  riiious,  eto. 

Impor.  Eis,  rions,  riez. 

Subj.  Pres.  Que  je  rie,  que  tu  ries,  qu'il  rie,  que  nous  riions, 

que  vous  riiez,  qu'ils  rient. 

Imperf.  Quo  jo  risse,  etc.,  que  uous  riseions,  oto. 

InjJn.  Eire. 

Part.  Eiaut,  ri. 


:  . 


Conjugate!  ivith  tlte  auxiliary  avoir. 


Suivre  (  =  to  follow). 

Prim.  I'ensoi.  Suivre,  suivant,  snivi,  jo  snis,  jo  snivifl. 

Ind.  Pre$.  Je  suis,  tu  suis,  II  uuit,  uous  suivonB,  vous  suiveii 

ils  fluivent. 

Imperf.  Je  suivais,  etc.,  nous  suivions,  eto. 

Past  Def,  Je  suivis,  etc.,  nous  suivlmes,  eto. 

Put.  Jo  suivrai,  etc.,  nous  suivrons,  eto. 

Cond.  Pres.  Jo  suivrois,  nous  suivrious,  etc. 

Imper,  Suis,  suivons,  suivez. 

Siibj.  Pres.  Que  je  suive,  etc.,  que  nous  suivions,  etc. 

Imperf.  Que  je  suivisse,  etc.,  que  nous  Buivissions,  «t3« 

Intin.  Suivre. 

Part.  Suivant,  suivi,  suivie. 

CoitjugcKed  xiih  ihc  umxilitiTy  avoir. 


*•* 


'Hi, 


;  '■-'^•^^MttmmtMIKmiltUmiP^M.yiM 


IBREGULAR    AND   DBPEOTlVB    VERBS. 


1S6 


13. 

vuiia 


eto. 

say, 
into 


ut. 


ana. 


:  . 


ves. 


Taire  (  =  to  keep  silent,  to  conceal). 

riim.  Tenses.  Tiiire,  tiiisaut,  til,  jo  tiiis,  jo  tu3. 
Suo  plain,     Cuvjtijatcd  witli,  tlie  auxiliary  avuir. 

Se  taire  (  =  to  hold  one's  tongue),  being  a  ronexivo 
verb,  is  conjugated  with  etre  in  its  compound  tenses. 

Traire  (=to  milk). 
Piim.   Tenses.  Traire,  trayaut,  trait,  je  trais,  no  Pas*.  Def. 

Ind.  rrea.         Je  trais,  tu  trais,  il  trait,  noustrayous,  voua  trayez, 

il»  traicut. 
Jmperf.  Je  Iray.iis,  etc.,  nons  trayious,  eto. 

Vat.  Jo  trairai,  etc.,  uous  trairons,  etc. 

Cond.  Pres.       Je  trairais,  etc.,  nous  trairious,  etc. 
Inij)er.  Tniis,  trayona,  truyoz. 

Subj.  Pres,       Quo  jo  traio,  etc.,  quo  uouu  trayious,   que    yous 

trayiez,  qu'ils  traieut. 
liifin.  Traire. 

Pait.  Trayant,  trait,  traite. 

Til  is  verb  has  uoitiier  2'ast  Def.,  uor  Impe>f.  Subj, 
Conjugated  with  tho  auxiliary  avoir.  / 

Vainore  (_=to  conquer). 

Ptim.  Tenses.  Vaincre,  vainquant,  vainca,  je  vainca,  jo  vainquis. 

Ind.  Pros.  Je    values,  tu  vaiiics,  il  vainc,  uous    vaiuquous, 

Tous  vainquez,  ils  vaiuqueut. 

Imporf.  Je  vaiuquais,  etc.,  uous  vainquioiis,  etc 

Past  Def.  Je  vaiuquis,  etc.,  uous  vaiuquiixies,  eto. 

Fut.  Je  vaiucrai,  etc.,  uous  vaiucrous,  eto. 

Cond.  Fret.  Je  vaiucrais,  etc.,  nous  vaincrious,  etc. 

Tmper.  Values,  vaiuquous,  vainquez. 

Subj.  Pres.  Que  je  vainque,  etc.,  que  uous  valnquions,  etc. 

ImperJ.  Que  je  vainquisso,  etc.,  que  uous  vaiuquisBioua,  «to. 

Jnjin.  Vaiucre. 

Part.  Valuquant,  vaincu,  vaiiicue* 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  avoir. 

Vlvre  (=to  live). 

Prim.  Tenses.  Vivre,  vlvaut,  v6cu,  je  vis,  jo  vCcni. 

Ind.  Pre$.        Je  vis,  tu  vis,  il  vlt,  uous  vivous,  vooB  vivos,  Uf 

viveut. 
Jmpffrf.  Je  vlvals,  etc.,  nous  vivious,  etc. 

-  Past  D«i,  Jo  v<jOUB,  etc.,  uous  v^oCunes,  eto. 

i\iX,  Ju  vivroi,  eto.,  uoub  vivrous,  cm. 


liib 


IRUI^OULAR  ANi^   DEFECTIVE  VERBS, 


Cond.  Pros. 

Impor. 
Huhj.  Prca, 
Imperf. 
Jnjin. 
Part. 


Jc  vivrais,  etc.,  uous  vivrions,  etc. 

Vi8,  vivons,  vivez. 

Que  je  vive,  etc.,  que  nous  vivions,  etc. 

Que  je  vficusse,  etc.,  que  nouB  vficnssiouH,  eto. 

Vivre. 

Vivaut,  v€cu. 

Conjugated  with  the  auxiliai-y  avoir. 

QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 


-  / 


^ 


1.  What  Is  th    (liffcreiicn  tetwecn  an 

irreL'iiInr  iiiid  a  licfpctivo  verb  ? 

2.  Give  tliofutiiro  of  mnier,  imd  the 

iiidictitivL  jn-pscnt  of  apfulrr. 
8.  Give    tlio    pivsent    parMciplo    of 

i:l,'''(c:r,  ami  the  past  participle  of 

penrr. 
i.  Write  the  iriipcrfoct  of  venr/fi;  the 

past  pnrtioiple  of  Mnir,  and  the 

future  of  nllrr  and  nirnyer. 
C.  Write  the  following  Te'rbs  in  tlic 

snbjiinctivo  present :— iu-quirU; 

boiiillir,  courii;  ciieillir. 
•.  Write  the  following  verbs  in  the 


futiu-e  :  —  mourir,  milUr,  tentf, 
rniir,  hrnire. 

7.  Writ<!  the  following  verbs  in  the 

indicative  present  -.—dormir,  full- 
Hr,  gisii; 

8.  Write  the  following  verbs  in  the 

conditional : — asseoir,  seoii;  Mioir, 
falloir,  mouvoir,  pleuvoir,  pouvoir, 
choir,  mvoir,  valoir,  voir,  vouloir. 

9.  Write  the  following  verbs  in  the 

indicative  present,  and  past  dft 
finite  l—couiire,  dire,  More,  f'lire 

frire,   naitre,  prendre,   ritouUr« 

iraire,  vaincre. 


JV^" 


Sxercise  34. 

Prl^idre  conJngalBon. 

1.  Je  vais  h  la  poste.  2.  Vas-ta  lire  ce  Hvre  ?  8.  Oe  oheval  ne 
va  pas  vite.  4.  Ne  vout-iU  pas  tous  les  jours  &  leur  bureau? 
6.  'J'irai  dimanche  matin  a  Tfiglise.  '6.  N'iriez  vous  pas  att  coq. 
cert?  7.  Ne  crovez  pas  que  j'aille  JkParis  l'6t6  prooliain.  8.  Je 
ne  voudrais  pas  iu'il  allftt  se  comproSRtre.  9.  Quand  m'enverrez- 
vous  mon  argei^  10.  Nous  vous  enverrions  oes  livres  si  uous  lea 
avions.  11.  Je  nae  16ve  tous  les  matins  a  six  heures.  12.  J'achete- 
rais  cette  maison  de  oampagne.  13.  II  m'appellera  quand  11  sera 
pret.  14.  Tra^ous  un.  tableau  complot  de  la  situation.  15.  Eo 
rangeant  ma  bibliothftque,  j'ai  trouv^  votre  lettre. 

'  morcenn  (m.X  "penser,  "se lever,  'de  bonne  heure,  'tons lei n  rtins,  •burear. 
(w.).  Muenaccr,  '  revue  f/.),  •  aclrtver,  "oacheter.  "ureur. 


i      1.  I  shall  send  you  some  b»oks 
.  "Vcert  P    3.  Let  us  sat  a  pidce »  of  bread.    4.  I  do  not  think*  that 


2.  Would  you  go  to  tiie  con- 


'r^         'he  gets  up  8  early.*     5.   This  child  goes  to  (the)  school  every 

\        \     mommg.»  6.  WiU  you  go  to  your  offices?  7.  Let  us  threaten?  him. 

8.  He  will  call  you  to-morrow.    9.  We  went  yesterday  to  see  • 

»eview.8  10.  Tou  would  s^nd  too  little  (of)  money.    11.  That  they 

^;'       nii«lit  protect  that  bad  mW    12.  FinJMh*  thia  bQok=    18*  That 

he  may  spal  w  th«  letter.  \   ' 


t 


k. 


K 


V- 


,lb>A^-^'' 


I 


(\A 


^' 


kfi 


^^' 


IltKKOULAR  AMD   DKFEOTIVK   VERBS. 


107 


A 


■eoonde  ooxsju^aisom 


.:) 


/u^ 


1  jour  en  jour  plus  do  jropn^ta-  (A  d^.^-t^'Wfj 
ix,  7,'LCi-Kit  lo  mPiJlPiw-dea/' ^  >»  ^-i/~.T^| 
ami  paHout.     9.  II  fuirait  los    vA^T  -^T**^^ 


y 


fi  1.  Belli  soit-il  pour  toute  sa  g6n(?rosHr6.  3.  J'ai  niangC  dn  p.iin 
b^nit.  3.  Les  sciences  ct  Ics  arts  ilorisi^aieiit  sous  le  regno  do 
Louis  XIV.  4.  Nous  liaissona  les  ini'cliauts,  mais  il  bait  IBs  f 
bouimes  vertueux.  5.  II  acquicrt  do 
tioHv  6.  Nous  accourftines  &  sa  voix, 
rois.jf^.  Je  me  suis  euqiiis  de  votre  ami  pa' 
.^y-f^iflatteurs.  10.  Cucillerai-je  ces  jolies  fleurs?  11.  Croyoz-voua 
4  qu'il  m'on  offrit,  si  j'allais  le  voir?  12.  Je  mo  meurs.  13.  Les 
forces  Ini  defiiillent.  14.  II  mourut  de  cliagriu.  15.  J'ai  Ir^s- 
bien  dormi.  16.  Je  requiers  votre  socours.  17.  Faites  bouillir  un 
pou  d'oau.  18.  Je  pars  ce  soir  pour  la  Franco,  19.  Vous  ressen- 
tiriez  les  effets  de  sa  colfere.  20.  II  ne  coucourra  pas  pour  ce  prix. 
21.  Avez-vouB  om  dire  qu'il  metitc  jiamais  ?  22.  D  vieudra  Si  vous 
le  soui]frez.  ' 

•cojiKcntir,  •mariape  (m),   •prosKcntir,   *ninH)enr  (m.),    'maladf,   'domifr. 


V 


/ 


'  mourir,  " I'annie  (lernitn',  "assaillir,*"'rotranch(nm>iit  (w.),  "se  vOtIr,  "Jns 

enlUir,  "cle,  "re<iueriJ,  "roimijr,  ■  malic  (/.),  •' eiitroiivi 
...  i_  "Hi    •  •    ■ 


convenlr  de, 
•'  i)ciidaut. 


'  dit,  "  devenir,  ^  hair^  ^*-g«»ir. 


'pays  (ni.),  ' 


boiiir,  '"prfetic, 


I 


JO--}. 


1.  I  consent  1  to  tbe  marriage »  of  my  son.  2.  I  apprehend' 
Bome  misfortunes.*  d.  Tbe  patient'  slept"  very  well  yesterday. 
4.  He  died^  last  year.*  5.  Shall. w^  pot  assault"  the  enemy  to- 
morrow in  his  intrencbmeuta'ioy, "d.  That  you  might  c^tbe 
yourself  i.l  a  little  better.    7.  That  she  might  Btj|rt "  witb  "  fear.  (  ^ 

♦  8.  Ee  WOliyLsaftuesJ  "  a  favour  from  ypu.  9.  iHS^iall  op^i  agaiij" 
that  tronW  10.  They  would  half  open"  the  window.  '  11.  I 
eball  obtain  *'  the  consent  of  my  parents.  12.  I  disowueil  *»  what 
yhe  flaid.^^^3.  Would  you  not  become  »i  leaitned  if  you  trorked  a 
"^^ydvU^^arBf  14.  Weh^te"'**  (the)  hypocrites.  16.  Here  lies*"  a 
man  who  has  served  his  country  a*  with  zeal.  16.  This  water  has 
been  consecrated  2»  by  the  priest.**  17.  (The)  commerce  flourished 
{imporfect)  in  our  country  during'''  his  reiga. 

TroiBl&me  oot^uKalson. 

1.  Tu  ne  vaax  pas  miens  que  ton  frere.  2.  Cest  nn  ressort  treP- 
ingtinieux  qui  meut  la  machine.  3,  II  faut  pratiqner  la  vertu  si, 
I'on  veut  Stre  heureux.  4.  Nous  pouvons  vous  etre  utiles.  5.  Vous 
no  savez  pas  votre  letjon.  6.  II  plenvait  hicr.  7.  Vous  pr6valiez 
i"ur  noUH.     8.  Nous  pr^vimes  toutes  les  consequent   a  de  cette  , 

affaire.    9.  lis  s'assirent  aur  le  pont  du  uaviro.    10.  Vous  pOojr.  tv-^    *^^  I*- 
'■"'''    vCites  i  la  s&rotC  de  la  villo.    11.  Celtc  robe  vous  sicd  a  mf^rvelUft, 


\< 


138  ibheoulab  and  dkfe(;tive  veiibs. 

12,  Vous  vorroz  mioux  d'ici.  13.  Cotto  reponse  cquivimdrhil  k  uo 
rcfiis.  li.  Je  ne  penso  pas  qii'il  fiiillo  lui  deinaijdor  pardon. 
i5.  Qix'ils  saclient  que  je  ne  les  oiiblio  pixs.  16.  Si  je  pouvais  lui 
pirlor,  j'obtiendiais  co  quo  je  doiniiule.  17.  Cctte  lettro  de  change 
t'cherra  luudi.  18.  Je  cniiiib  qii'il  uo  pleuve.  19.  Ello  omut  le 
cuiur  de  cet  liouime  iuseubible. 

.  •  v.ilolr,  •  Kniii(''o,  '  smir,  *  vouloir, "  ('-monvoir,  " il  fant,  '  savoir,  '  cliomin  (nt.), 
•ktiukI,  "priivoir,  "  iiDiirvuir,  '•'a,  "bcsoiii  (m.),  "cliaisu  (/.),  ''iiiuivaloir, 
'"iiisulto  (/.;,"  pi-iivaloir,  "luttre  de  ohango,  "cclioir,  ""fuUoir,  ■"  proimsi- 
i\ot.f/.). 

{  1.  This  horse  is  worth  ^  two  hundred  guineas.*  2.  Has  he 
moved  the  spring  of  tlie  machine  ?  3.  We  shall  see  if  this  die.ss 
hecomos"  (to)  herj  4.  If  you  wish*  to  luovo^  the  heart  of  that 
unfeeling  man,  you  must"  be  useful  to  him.  5.  It  was  raining 
yos'.orday.  G.  You  will  not  know^  your  way  ^  in  this  large  ^  town. 
7.  Did  you  foresee  i"  the  consequences  of  the  battle?  8.  I  sliall 
provide"  lor^'^  your  wants.i*  9.  Sit  down,  gentlemen,  here  are 
some  chairs."  10.  Do  you  think  that  bis  answer  is  o  (uivaleut  i"  to 
an  insult !«?  II.  I  shall  prevail "  upon  him.  12.  When  will  your 
bill  1"  fall  due  ?  i"  13.  Wo  did  not  suppose  that  it  was  necessary  *• 
to  accept  his  proposal.^i  14.  These  colours  will  never  become  you. 
15.  He  knows  his  lesson  wonderfully  well.  IG.  Do  you  see  tblti 
miiguificout  landscape  ? 


I. 


scs  enfants. 
Je  ferai  tout 


Quatrleme  conjug:aison. 

1.  Je  buvais  un  verro  d'oau.  9.  II  ocrivit  k 
8.  Croyoz-vous  qu'il  comprenne  votre  remarque  ?  4. 
mon  pusi?ible  pour  voua  servir.  6.  S'll  vous  counaissait  mieux,  il 
vous  croirait.  6.  Pormettez-moi  do  vous  accompaguer  chez  vous. 
7.  Je  desirorais  que  vous  lussiez  ce  bel  ouvrage.  3.  Ces  enfants 
souriaieut.  9.  lis  se  plurent  beauooup  dauii  votre  sociCte.  10.  Je 
veux  qu'il  prenne  un  parti  6nergique.  11.  Je  le  suivrais  partout. 
12  Nous  apprendrion?  ces  regies  aveo  faciUt6.  13.  II  vtcut 
Lour  jux  et  mourut  il  un  dge  avanc6.  14.  lis  trayaient  leurs  vaches. 
15.  11  me  nuisit  dans  toutes  lea  occasions.  16.  Pourquoi  nHib- 
soudrions-nous  pas  ce  pauvre  hommo  ?  17.  II  delit  les  ennemis  & 
deux  reprises  ditlcreutes.  18.  lis  abattirent  le  mur.  19.  Ne  d6- 
^(^i.^4glurOTit-ils  pas  ^  lour  maltre  ?  20.  Poursuis  ton  chemin.  21.  Faitea 
J  votredevoir.  22.  lis  so  repurent  de  chimiires.  23.  Cet  arbre 
oroitraii  rapidement  s'il  6tait  orrosu.  24.  II  6teignit  les  ohau- 
dellea.  25.  Ne  plaignaiant-ila  pnn  voa  malhAnrs?  26^  Ila  dia^ 
pacoreut  bientOt.    27.  Eujoigucz  lui  dc  teriniuex  cette  aUtufe. 


/  /jMy'-' 


\ 


"LiA  ^  M* 


y 


OU-^it^ 


'"V* 


i 


)^ 


\ 


\Y 


tlironsli "  every  ">  ob.stiiclo.  5.  They  were  felling »  a  tree.  6,  I  ftb- 
BoJveOyou.  7.  Wheu  did  ho  disnpiuuii-io  ?  8.  These  trees  liiive 
grown  '1  a  great  deal  lutuly.  9.  I  sliall  complain  ^'^  of  you.  10.  Do 
not  feed  on  13  idle  dreams."  11.  This  sttipid  poom  will  never 
livc.i*  12.  I  shall  defeat !«  the  enemy  without  any"  difficulty. 
13.  Ho  has  been  struck  is  by  a  buUot.i^  11.  I  do  not  believe  you. 
15.  Have  you  niilked''0  the  cows 21?  10.  He  is  always  smiling.'"* 
17.  Put  out  23  the  lamp.a*  18.  If  you  join  ^  your  elTorts,  you  will 
succeed.  19.  Would  be  drive  »«  you  to  (the)  despair?  '20.  I  shall 
take  you  back'-^T  in  n>y  carriage.  21.  Ho  pretended  28  to  bo  ill. 
22.  Will  they  not  i:ifringe  ^^  the  laws?  2;?.  Wo  are  horn"'->  liable  »i 
to  many  (of)  iniirmities.  24.  We  would  withdraw  •''^  our  accusa- 
tion. 25.  They  will  sew'"  on  this  button.  2(3.  She  translated !^*  her 
letter.  27.  Let  them  resolve  ^^  to  suffer  much.  28-  That  they 
may  pity  ^  his  fall.  29.  I  have  grounds'  your  knives.  3».  These 
vegotablos  '^  are  pickled"'  iu  (some)  viueg.ir.*" 


Je 


rv^ 


[ 


J/ 


SECTION  X. 

177.  New  French  verbs  arc  formed  by  placing  before 
tbem:  1.  auoun:  malnft'«t>  (==tomaiutaiu  [properly 
tcnir  avec  la  main  =to  hold  with  the  hand]);— 2.  au 
adjective  employed  adverbially  or  au  adverb :  mal 
traiter,  traitei  mal  (  =  to  ill-use)  ;— 8.  a  prefix :  dij'aire 
de.  .  .  and  /aire  (=to  undo);  Burmunter,  mr  and 
wjo?jf<fr  (=to  surmount). 

The  most  important  0.^  the  prefixes  are  the  fol- 
lowing :  1.  centre  (  =  againat),  dire^  conttedir* 
(  =  to  say,  to  contradict);  signer,  contr esiijner  (=to 
sign,  to  countersign);  2.  entre  (  =  between),  voir, 
entrevoir  (=to  see,  to  have  a  glimpse  of);  ouvrir, 
eiitp'oumr(=to  open,  to  half-open);  aider^  s'entr'aider, 
(s>tobelp»to  help  one  another);  devorertS'Qatre-demidt 


140 


FORMAtlON   OK   TUB   VKllBS. 


1 5 


I 


(  =  to  devour,  to  devour  one  another) ;  3.  bien  (=well), 
jfaire,  hienfaire  (=to  do,  to  do  good);  4.  mal  (  =  ill), 
traiter,  maltraiter (  =  to  treat,  to  ill-treat);  menei ,  mal- 
merier  (=to  lead,  to  treat  roughly) ;  5.  m6s,  prefix  of 
depreciation,  Eiig.  mis,  allier,  miaullicr  (  =  to  match,  to 
mis-mutch);  vticr,  m6»(/wr(=touse,  to  misuse);  G.  re, 
prefix  of  return  and  repetition,  changer,  rechm<jer  ( =  to 
change,  to  change  over  again) ;  venir,  reiuni-  (  =  to  come, 
to  come  again);  blanchir,  rehlanchir  (  =  to  whiten,  to 
whiten  over  again);  7.  aur  (  =  above,  over),  metier, 
snrmener  (  =  to  diive,  to  overdrive);  vhaiiffW,  sur- 
chauffer  (  =  to  heat,  to  overheat);  this  prefix  implies 
excess.    ~^r\2^ 

New  verbs  are  moreover  fonned  in  French  by  adding 
to  substantives  the  termination  er  of  the  first  con- 
jugation. Thus  barricade  (  =  a  barricade),  fourrat/e 
(  =  forage),  chemiii  (=path,  road),  crayon  (= pencil), 
frisson  (  =  shudder),  give  barricader,fourra(ier,  cheminer, 
crayonner,  frissonner  (  =  to  barricade,  to  forage,  to 
journey,  to  sketch,  to  shudder).  But  the  most  recent 
words  are  generally  formed  with  the  termination  Iser : 
yennaniBer,  najwleoniBer,  bonapartiser  (  =  to  make 
German,  to  win  over  to  the  cause  of  Napoleon  or 
Bonaparte). 

178.  The  French  language  makes  up  new  verbs  from 
adjectives,  sometimes  by  the  addition  of  the  termination 
ir  :  jaune,  bleu,  gros  (= yellow,  blue,  big),  give  jaimw, 
bleuir,  grossir  (=to  become  yellow,  blue,  big) ;  sometimes 
by  adding  the  termination  ir  and  prefixing  a :  grand, 
a,-grand-ir  {=gveiit,  to  enlarge),  mince,  a-wmc-ir(  =  thin, 
to  make  thin),  maigre,  a-maigr-ir  (=lean,  to  become  or 
make  lean),  etc. 

179.  The  French  language  creates  new  verbs  with 
the  help  of  verbs  already  existing,  by  introducing  the 
three  diminutive  suffixes  :  ot,  on,  asse,  which  give  to 
the  words  a  depreciative  sense:  cligiier,  clign-ot-er 
(  =  to  wink,  to  wink  repeatedly);  trembler,  trembl-ot-er 
(  =  to  tremble,  to  shiver);  cJianter,  chant-onn-er  (  =  to 
sing,  to  lium);  grifer,  gnf -onu-er  (  =  to  scratch,  to 
scribble)  •  rever,  rev-OBB-er  (=to  dream,  to  miiso).        , , 


■i 


i=44- 


l^-i. 


ACnEKMENT    OF   THE    VERB   WITH   ITS   SUBJECT.         141 


-1 


TKOXXB    rOR 


SECTION  XI. 

TBB    AGRSEMSNT     OF 
'\)iriTB  ITS  SUBJECT. 


TBB     VERB 


180.  Every  verb  must  bo  in  the  same  number 
and  person  as  its  subject:  3e  lis  (=1  read),  wms 
obantez  (  =  you  sing). 

Lis  is  in  the  first  person  singnlnr,  because  its  Bnbjoct  ja  is  in  the 
first  person  siiipular ;  dhantez  is  in  the  second  person  plural, 
because  its  subject  vous  is  in  the  second  person  plural. 

181.  When  a  verb  has  two  subjects  in  the  singular, 
it  is  put  in  the  plural:  Taul  et  Mane  llaent  (  =  Paiil 
and  Mary  read). 

182.  When  the  subjects  are  of  different  persons,  the 
verb  is  put  in  the  first,  if  there  is  a  pronoun  of  the  first 
person  in  the  sentence,  othcrv/iso  it  is  put  in  the 
second  :  vous,  hi  et  moi,  nous  sommes  heureux  (  =  you, 
he,  and  I,  we  are  happy)  ;  vous  et  lui,  vous  dtes  sayea 
(=you  and  he  are  wise).  The  pronoun  nous  or  vous  is 
generally  expressed  before  the  verb,  j^ 

QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 


1.  How  are  new  verbs  formed  in 

French  ? 

2.  Give  a  list  of  tlie  prefixes  natid 

in  connection  with  tlie  verb. 
t.  Write  a  list  of  suflixea  acide<1  to 

the  substantive; — to  the  nd- 

jective. 
4.  Name  a  few  diminntive  verbs. 


6.  How  docs  the  verb  agree  with  its 

subject  ? 
C.  In  what  number  is  the  verb  put 
wlien  there  are  two  subjects  ? 

7.  In  v.hat  person  is  the  verb  put 

when  the  subjects  are  of  dif- 
ferent perBonB  ? 


^-ff+^t 


Szerolse   39. 

1.  Form  new  verba  from  the  following  ones,  preceded  with  :  (1)  a 
noun  (main) ;  2.  an  adverb  (mal) ;  3.  a  prefix  (a.  contre;  b.  entre; 
c.  re ;  d.  sur) :  1.  tevir ;  2.  mener,  traiter,  verser  ;  3.  (a)  dire,  faire, 
earrer ;  (b)  prendre,  larder,  mettre ;  (c)  lancer,  trancher,  vetir,  vote, 
prendre  ;  (d)  veiVer,  seoir,  nager,  passer,  prendre. 

2.  Form  new  verbs  of  the  first  coujugation  from  the  following 
Buhstautives  :  manage,  cliant,  apastrophe,  eri, 

3.  Form  now  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation  (a)  from  the 
following  adjectives :    Oleu,  jaune,  gros,  rouge,    sale,  verd    (old 


142 


OP   THE    PAKTICIPLB. 


4  ) 


BpollinR  of  iwt!)  ;  {h)  f mm  tho  following  luljoptivoa,  top;ctlier  with 
tlio  pi(  fix  a;  tnaiijre,  mince,  faihle,  faJo,  doux,  hriite. 

i.  Form  new  verbs  from  the  following  onea  by  placing  between 
the  stern  and  the  ending  no  of  the  suffixes :  (a)  ot,  (b)  on,  (c) 
asse;  (a)  cHgner,  taper  ;  (b)  chanto;  (jriiTer;  (c)  revci: 

Give  in  every  case  the  English  me.ining  of  the  verb,  and  write 
out  the  verbs  in  the  following  tonsos  : — 

1.  Subjirnctive  present,  conditional  past,  perfect  definite ; 

2.  Indicative    present,    imperfect    subjunctive,    conditional 

present ; 
8.  Future  »\nterior,  imperative,  imperfect  indicative  ; 
4.  Pluperfect  Bubjunctive,  past  anterior,  pluperfect  irrdicativp. 


I 


I 


CHAPTER  VI. 

183.  The  particiiilc  is  a  word  which  participates  at 

once  in  the  nature  of  the  verh,  because  it  nrnrks  a 

tense:  liaant,  ayant  !a  (  =  reading,  having  read);  and 

in  that  of  the  adjective,  because  it  can  serve  to  quahly  a 

noun  :  nn  homnw  charmant  (  =  a  charming  man),  une 

romance  ohantde  ( =  a  ballad  sung). 

Participe  conres  from  tlic  Ijatin  accusative  participi^m  (=that 
which  takes  a  part,  which  participates). 

184:.  There  are  two  kinds  of  participles,  the  parti- 
a'ple  present  and  the  participle  past. 

The  present  participle  marks  an  action,  and  is 
always  invariable :  il  est  doux  de  roir  des  etifants 
aimant  leitr  mere  et  hii  ob^issant  avee  empresse- 
immt  (=it  is  pleasant  to  see  children  loving  their 
mother  and  obeying  her  with  eagerness).    C^ f  "^ 

The  same  word  becomes  an  adjective  when  it  ex-' 
presses  the  quality  of  a  person  or  thing,  in  which  case 
it  agrees  with  the  noun :  ces  evfavts  sunt  almants  ct 
ob^isaants  (= these  children  are  aftectionate  and 
obedient). 

185.  When  the  present  participle  is  employed  as  an 
adjective,  it  agrees  in  gender  and  number  with  the  noun 
to  Tvliich  it  refers  :  im  homme  aiiBaiit(  =  an  iillVctionute 
man),  des  eaiuv  courantes  (  =  running  waters). 


/'/    J&tf 


■I  ■ 


m 


V3 


OF   THE    ADYF.nB. 


143 


186.  Tho  same  rulo  applies  to  tlio  past  participle : 
u)t  loi  honors  (  =  an  liononrcd  king),  viie  viaisDn 
meubl^e  (  =  a  funiiwhed  liouBc),  des  champs  cultlv^a 
(= cultivated  lieldb). 

QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 


1.  Wh»t  !■  a  pariiciple?     Explain 
till)  mcaritng  of  tho  word. 

8.  How  iimny  kliwU  of  participloa 
nre  there  ? 

I.  When  !•*  the  present   participle 
invariable  ? 


4.  Hdw  ciiTi  till'  present  pnrtloiiiln 

1h!     ilistiiigiiishoil     from     tho 

iKljcctive  ? 
8.  Stiite  the  rule  of  npnToincnt  for 

thi!  present  piirtieiplo  useii  ii8  an 

niljeetivo. 
6.  What  is  the  rule  of  agrecnient  for 

the  past  participle  ? 


4 


;/«- 


Exercise   36.  { 

remme  est  obligcante,  prfivenant  tont^mi^n^a.  «.*  pes  ruiiK'urs 

alarmant  la  villo  eutiSre.    5.  La  plaintr'^fo'co'  imuvfd  obcUivo  t'sl  jj^tS^b^,^^ 


J l^^^yiTU  ► ;  tovxchan|e^_JLjUuc  |>oTte,ba^taute.    '^.^Dosiaunes  gens  pruvenuuts^;^^^^  ; 
tZv^  -     .^   -pn^  attitude  suppllantgJ^.  Un  oiivrage  tormmO.      10.  Deis^   ' 
fleurs  arrachfies  do  leur  tige.    ll.  Dos  finits  cueillis. 


'''^'. 


\ 


i4 


^ 
^ 


'bmit(m.),  'alarmer,  •  obliRor, * ofTre  (/.),  'en.  'miirlter,  'fl.'trlr,  'chuleiir 
(/.)  •composer,  '"vivre,  "obiiir,  "billet  (»n.),  "gupiaier,  "offensnnt. 

"^1.  These    rumoxirsi   are   alarming."     2.  An    obliging*  offer.< 
8.  By*  obliging  yoiur  friends,  you  •will  deserve «  their  friendship. 

4.  Tho  flowers  have    been   withffed''  ^'^  ..t)\ev  ^^*^'''*-Vi<^J^^*'^/) 
society  is  composed <»  of  men    living"  UDiter  the   snino   laws.i' 
L.    ,6.  Fupils  obeying"   (to)  their  mnster,      7.  A   finished    house. 
%.  My    two    notes «    are   written.      9.  A    mother    loving    her 
children.      10.  Slavf s   entreating "    the     judge.      11.   Olleu'sive 
words^*  ^^  (f  ■  /'•  ;  -■  •  , 

'^  CHAPTER  VII.  ' 


OF     TBB     ADVERB. 

187.  The  adverb  is  a  word  wliieh  serves  to  modify 
the  siguificatious  of  the  verb,  the  adjective,  or  another 
adverb:  Le  cheral  court  vlte  (  =  the  horse  nius  fast), 
cetterose  est  tr ba-hdie  {  =  i\nH  rose  is  very  beautiful), 
cet  enfant  marche  trh6-lentcmt-nt  (  =  that  child  walks  very 

slowly). 

Adv&rh  comes  from  the  Latin  adverbiuin,  which  moans  near 
the  verb,  because  that  word  is  usually  placed  near  the  verb.    ,-L- 


Ui 


OF   THK    ADVKai». 


I 

■ 


■  * 


1 
» 


d 

H 


180.  Thoro  are  in  French  eight  kiiRls  of  ndvcrhs : 
the  advovbs  of  place,  of  nine,  of  manner,  of  quantity,  of 
tntenuijation,  of  affirmation,  of  netjation,  and  of  (/««/>«. 

X89.  The  principal    adverbs   of   place   are:  ici 

(=hcro).  la  (  =  thore),  y  (  =  here  or  there),  o«(  =  where), 
*/t  (  =  m),  Zom  (  =  far),  ailleurs  (  =  elsewhere),  det^a  (  =  ou 
this  side),  dela  (  =  on  that  side),  partout  (  =  every wliere), 
?a  (  =  here),  r/mwa  (  =  above),  (hssoiis  (=honefith),  dedanl 
(  =  within),  dehors  (  =  without),  </<jvan^(  =  before),  dtrriere 
(=behind),  etc.  Je  partirai  «/'lol  pour  aller  partout 
oil  tu  voudras  (  =  1  shall  start  from  hence  to  go  wherever 
thou  wilt),  m<e«  \dk  (= remain  there),  allom  ailleurs 
(  =  let  us  go  elsewhere). 

Adverbs  of  plnco  are  either  expressed  by  one  word,  ns  Ih,  v  >,«< 
en  ;  or  «orapounded  of  two,  as  dedans  (from  de  aud  dans),  partout 
(Irom  par  aud  tout),  dossoua  (from  do  aud  sous). 

190.  The  principal  adverbs  of  time  are :  qnand 
(  =  when),  pvis  (=theu),  drpuis  (  =  8ince),  souvent 
(  =  otten),  toiijours  (  =  always),  maintenant  (=now) 
jamais  (=ever),  aiijonrd'hui  (= to-day),  demain  (  =  to- 
morrow), Ai^-  (= yesterday),  jadis  (=  formerly),  lors, 
n/ors  (=then),  lonytemps  (=for  a  long  time),  enfm  (  =  at 
last),  etc.  J'irai  dematfi  et  aum  souvent  que  tu  U 
voudras  (=1  shall  go  to-morrow,  aud  as  often  as  thou 
wilt). 

These  adverbs  are  either  expressed  by  a  single  word,  as  Uer, 
lors,  quand,  puts;  or  compouuded  of  two  words,  as  lonntemps 
(trom  long  and  temps),  aussttdt  (from  mssi  and  t6t),  ensuite  (from 
en  Bud  suite).    f\      —  K.^      i       ^  ^ 

191.  The  adverbs  of  manner  are  formed  by 
adding  the  termination  ment  to  a  feminine  adjective  • 
n  mourut  courayt'usement,  i.e.,  il  mourut  d'uiie  tusl- 
nldre  courayeuse  (=he  died  courageously);  il  re'rut 
sayement,  i.e.,  il  ve'cut  d'une  manidre  sat/e  .=he 
lived  wisely).     A„Jr"  _* 

Exceptions  : 

A.  If  the  feminine  ftdiective  ends  ■wifh  f-^o  vc"""  ■ 
the   last  one  is  cut  oiT-"'  har'dU  r  =  boi'dl//,ro/ime:i'$ 
(= boldly). 


h 


OF   TlIK    ADVKnB. 


115 


i 


arongl»    ^WmH 
conwiun  =coiuin(«n 
cmifimnc  =.cnufiiniiiiblo 
eor'ifns      =coiifaiscd 

imus  =-.(lilTHHO 

eno.ine     -I'liormoua 
CT2m"'a       —  express 
vniHOise  =inniionRO 
impnni     =unpuiUijliod 
ohscnr      =fliii'k 
ojnmalre  =ol)Htiiiiito 
2W('ci»       =i)V(ciso     • 
profoud    -  =  di'<;i> 
unij'uiiiio  -  uniform 

N.B 


B  The  following  a<l.icctivos  form  their  advcvl.s  by 
pbu-inj  an  acute  accent  over  tlio  e  preceding  ilie 
tenuinatiun  -meiit : — 

avcn:)^km(mt      =  blindly 
c.itin»iim6»»»t)nt  =  conuunnly 
co)\jormbv%eid  =  coufontiiibly 
coil  fitsfeincnt     =  confuwdly 
dii\'u!^i>ment       =dilTu8oly 
cnorinmicnt      =  cnoruiously 
expfcsshncnt    =  oxprcBsly 
ivimomibincnt   =inunonKcly 
im^nnkmcnt     =witli  impunity 
ol).s-,:,(reiiK')'<      =dnrkly 
opinit'drbmcnt  :^ obstinalcly 
im'dskmeni      =  i)reci8uly 
projondktmcnt    =  deeply 
unii'ormb))icnt    =  uuifunnly. 

N  13  —The  6  open  of  the  feniiniue  aajectivorr^w/'/ftM 
(--^•cwnplote)  heconuH  6  close  in  the  aaverh  conqd^U- 
m.7<«  (  =  eomvletfly).     ^-f"  ^ ; 

onsly),  commonly  uKcd  ns  the  adverbs  ol  the  adjectives 
W(  =  8hort),  aiHl  traUre  (  =  tveaehorons),  are  formed 
in  the  rcKuhu-  manner  from  the  old  lommine  adjectives 
hrihw  and  tnuDyumu 

D    The  final  1  of  (jentll  (  =  pretty)  not  being  pro- 
nounccd,  the  adverb  is  ^i^i^li  nmfment  (==  prettily). 

192.  The  adjectives  ending  in  ent,  ant  form  their 

adverbs  in  emm..^,  am»''/<t :  i-n./ent  (=prndent  . 
^n'/emment  (^prudently) ;  chlUjetxi^t  (^obliging), 
o/z/jV/eamment  (= obligingly). 

Exceptions  :— 

A  Lent  (-slow)  ^n^vclu'nmit  (=veVement,,  violent) 
form  their  adv,  rbs  /.n^cment  (=slowly),  vehenu.nement, 
(  =  veliemuntly),  according  to  the  general  rule,     (beo 

§  191.) 

B    The  adverbs  mtanmcnt  (= especially),  mdtmmmt 
,;.,l.^^   o.,d  .<^'-'V»"m7.H  =  knowingly),  were  formed 

'"■''--    "        -       -•■    -'-• 'ant,  nuitant,  aiitl 


1 


from  the  Oid  French  adjectives 


iClt 


at,  which  are  now  oL.solete 


^--~\ 


140 


olr  tire  ArvERB. 


I 

•  I  j 

*  I 

'I 

I 
I 


^^T^  193.  Adverbs  of  quality  are  also  formed  in  French 
l)y  the  occaBionftl  use  of  the  simjile  adjirtire:  chanU'r 
Juste  (  =  to  singiu  tunc),  foir  olair(  =to  see  distinctly), 
j)arler  baB  (-to  speak  in  a  low  voice;),  etc. 

194.  The  adverbs  of  manner  in  v  nt  Lave,  like  their 
corresponding  adjectives,  the  three  degrees  of  compa- 
rison :  clairvment,  plus  dairement,  trbB-clairemmi. 

The  adjectives  employed  as  adverbs  of  quality  liave 
likewise  the  three  degrees  of  com|)arison:  chdiiter  juste , 
pluB  juste,  trbB-juste. 

The  adverbs  of  quality,  blen,  mal,  form  their 
degrees  of  comparison  irregularly :  blen  makes  vneux 
in  the  comparative,  le  viieux  in  the  superlative  relative, 
and  tres-bien  in  the  superlative  absolute ;  mal  makes  pis 
or  plus  vial  in  the  comparative,  and  le  jris  in  the  super- 
lative relative,  or  tres-nial  in  the  superlative  al)solute. 

Ill  the  Bame  way,  the  adverl)B  7owi  (  =  fai),  prh  (=noiir),  t^ 
(=aoon),  tard  (  =  late),  nte  {  =  (iuickly).  vrJontiors  (=  willingly), 
malic  plus  lotn,  tr&m-loin,  plus  pt-cs,  tre»-/irr ;,  etc. 

Note. — Adverbs  are  generally  plac^  rlter  the  verb: 
It  parle  olalrement  (=he  speaks  clearly),  ^^^^  ,^  ->-C-t; 

195.  The  principal  adverbs  of  quantity  are  assez 
(  =  enough),  trup  (=too  much),  pen  (= little),  heaueoup 
(  =  much),  tres  (  =  very),  taut  (  =  so  much),  etc. 

N.B. — Pm  makes  moitis  in  the  comparative,  le  moim 
in  the  superlative  relative,  and  trh-pca  in  the  superlative 
absolute. 

Adverbs  of  quantity  Renerally  take  de  after  tliem.  Trh, 
environ,  davantage  are  excoptious;  hiun  requires  des. 

196.  The  principal  adverbs  of  interrog-ation 
are  :  pourquoi  (=why),  comment  (=how),  quand  (=wheu), 
cumhien  (=how  much),  etc.  \^ 

197.  The  principal  adverbs  of  affirmation  are  : 
oj/i  (=yes),  fierffc's  (  =  certainly),  vndment  (?=  truly),  etc. 

Ou»  was  oi7,  in  the  Old  Fi  Bucli  {see  Introduction,  p.  3).  This 
dil  had  for  its  corre&poiidiug  negiitive  exprcsHiun  nenil,  which  has 
become  in  modern  French  nenni,  just  us  oil  has  become  out. 

198.  The  principal  adverlis  of  ue^atioa  are : 

non,  ne,  pas,  youtte,  peraunne,  rien,  etc. :  non,  je  ne  veiua 
pas  (=no,  I  will  not). 


or   TIIR    ADVETlfi. 


147 


ch 

y). 

oir 

m- 

Lve 
te, 

eir 
;ux 
ve, 
pis 
er- 

t6i 

;iy). 
rb: 

•iSfiZ 

nip 

nii9 
ive 

Ion 

3U), 

re: 

etc. 

riiiB 

has 

ire: 


t 


•rim  Froncli  havo  really  only  two  ii.lvoil.B  of  uo(?iition :  non  and 

ironV  r/^v  rbfal"    '        -u!  -f  o.Lr.r!Hon/'Kv..ry  on.  knows 
?at^^     ordm   to  >,vo«.i..-v  «trun«tU  lo  tlio  ox|....hsu.i.  of  our 

u  in,  itM  we  loa.  :lv  su,.iv>i'  ilnmi  by  a  cnM.urMou :  pauvre 
J"''»-"""lT  ."^  '  ,.:  J.  ,  Job),  ;,rt  comv^ti  un  lion  -^as  «tio..f<  aa 
:uZ  -^^iceVJn^  J  ti  '.  ;--  fierce  as  a  tiKvo)  etc.  ;  or  by 
1  rm,  ;-Htiiuati..u:  -'  <''"■"■'  '"^  if^"'  P'^"  "»  ""  (-this object la 
SS  ^my^  ^  UKcnmnnor,tbea.lv.il)ialloculionH  pa. 
TvT-Mite  pHnt;t.tc.,wo,o  ..nj;inally  c-ni.b.yea  in  a  .ualtc.-of. 
a  nm  e;-llic;  vroro  ,,lacc.l,  w«  ni.ntn,  m  a  oonipariHon  wlu  ro 
ibov  a  a  di.linctivo  si^nilicaliou  :  Jano  murc/.o  pa.  =-!  do  not 
vlk  rl^.)  i  ««  rois  p^lnt  ^=1  do  nut  hoc  a  point)  ,o  n.  ..an^/a 
mio  (Ll X  uot  eat  a  cmmb),}o  ne  boi,  »outte  (=1  do  not  driuk  » 

did])),  ftc.  ^ 

199    The  pnncipiil  adverbs  of  doubt  are  :  pcut-etrg 

(=.,H.,liai>s),  probabUnu'Ht  (  -  prububly) :    i<   «<ra   pro- 

babloment  %i  dcmuin  (  =  lio   will  luubably   bo  hero 

to  uimi'ow). 

Peut-Hre  is  elliptical  for  eeU  rout  Stre,  and  this  accounts  for  the 

fact  that  it  can  bo  followed  by  que  :  I'cni  'tre  iine:,cv,endm.,  i-o. 

cc/a  pent  ctre  que  jc  vicndrai  (=it  may  bo  that  I  «hall  como). 

200.  A  combination  of  words  having  tlu^  force  of  aii 
adverb  ib  called  an  adverbial  locution.  Thus:  a 
iVvM'i  (-vying  with  each  other),  «./  t(  beyond),  «;h 
dtv;a(=onthis  side  of),  tout  a /uit  (  =  inutc),  point  da 
tout  (=uot  at  all),    j^ 

QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 


-/^ 


1,  V,' 
3. 


0.  Give  11  \Utot  tlm  utlvcrbg  of  qiinn- 
litii  —  iiiliiTi'ijaliiin  —  <iJliimi(lion 
— uiiintiiiu—tloiibt. 

0.  nijwil()youformn(lveibsofm((Hn<rf 

7.  Wliiit  is  iiuiuiit  by  an  ailviirbiiil  lo- 
cution V 

8.  Name   a  few  adjectives  Udcd   ad- 

1    11  dit  tonJ9Vi»  la  vi-rik<.    2.  Elle  A/^quelqnefois.     3.  Noua 


at  Is  nn  ii./c.7*r— Kxpliuii  the 
imaiiint;  of  tlin  word. 
How   luiiiiy  kirula  of  udvurba  iiro 
tliuip.y  .      ,  , 

3.  Kiimo  tliu  adverbs  of   |)/«ci',— of 

time.  .        .... 

4.  WImt  is  thcccniparntiveol  6jf«F— 

of  moif— of  jx?ttf 


Or  -i  ,,x 


at 


vou«cottenmiso^-bas'?'  6.  II  tg A^;. X^.us  •;.'.^^^^^^^^^^ 

Lieu  s'enouce  clauement,  et  Ics  mota  pour  le  diro  lunvent  aiB6ment.>- 
uo  se  moGuera  oaa  de  inoi  icipuucmpnt.    10.  No  lui  avica- 


<A'^-tV, 


it. 


mo^iiero 


.^• 


iV 


I 


-<   I 


V0H3  lias  exprcsscmtut  ilufciulu  ilu  prendre  voire  fiml?    11.  fui*  O"'"  -- 
quo  voiia  le  voulcz,  j'y  consens.     12.  Je  me  ticndrai  dorfinavaut 
siir  lues  gardes.      13.    Ccttc  demoiselle  wo  cbante    pas   juste. 
14.  Ces  t'leves  6tudient  h,  I'cuvi.     16.  II  cntra  tout  £l  coup. 


'gagner.  'en 


A 


— / y 

this 


6 


V 

V 


'nrrivcr,  'pnorrier  (m.),  'nctinnf/.),  'entrciiiise  (/.),   '  iV'iir, 
rcl ;u(l,  '  Bc  I cncoiitrer,  "  piiraUre,  '"  ilc,  ' '  so  comluire,  '" so  riii)poler, 

1.  This  event  liapiieucdi  suddenly.  2.  Whence  comes 
wiirriur  ^  ?  3.  How  many  shares  *  have  you  honyht  in  this  under- 
taliing*?  4.  We  shall  certaiidy  perish  "  together.  5.  The  general 
has  already  won  "  two  tattles.  (5.  lie  often  loses  his  money,  and 
he  is  always  late^  for  the  train  (in.).  7.  When  shall  we  meet' 
again  ?  8.  Your  daughter  seemed  "  quite  surprised  at  i"  my  offer. 
9.  Tlio  citadel  was  ohstinately  attacked  by  the  enemy.  10.  I  have 
seen  that  man  everywhere.  11.  I  went  to  ^le  Crystal  Palaco 
yesterday.  12.  Above  all,  tell  liira  to  meet  mo  to-morrow  in  the 
))ark.  13.  This  child  behaves  ii  vc  ry  well.  14.  I  remember  ^  the 
di'tails  of  the  catastrophe  confusedly.  L^ 


y 


3> 


)V 


,A>d 


.  in> 


^^  ii^.-^ 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

or    THE    PREPOSXTIOXr. 

Tlic  preposition  is  au  invariable  >v'oi'(l  wliicli 
Borves  to  unite  two  words  by  showing  the  relation  in 
■whicli  the  one  titaiids  to  the  other :  L't  line  de  Paul 
(  =  Paul's  booJO  ;  utHe  h  I'hoiiiiiie  (=u$eiiil  to  man); 
de  and  a  are  propositions. 

rrepi>iiitii,}i  ^onicK  from  the  Latin  a(TnRative  yrcyjojiyiji^m,  from 
pnv  (—before),  nud  j^osilionem  f=positiou).  '• 

202.  The  relations  expressed  by  jiropositions  art  Jtre 
in  iumiber:  1.  time:  ara»i  {  =  before),  ipres  {^-ahcr), 
ilqnds  (  =  since),  etc.;  2.  place:  a  (  =  to,  at),  vera 
(  =  towards),  dans  (  =  in),  chez  (  =  at  or  in  the  house  of), 
decant  (  =  before),  dcnijere  (  =  behind),  etc. ;  8.  manner 
(?/•  means  :  jiar  {=hy),  avec  (=with),  sans  (  =  withont), 
selon,  ( =  according  to),  etc. ;  4.  origin  or  cause  :  da  ( =  of), 
par  =by),  pour  (  =  for) ;  5.  tendency  tov.aruj  or 
rem<  jness  from  :  enrcrs  (^towards),  jiuur  (=for),  con- 
tre  (  =  agi  nst),  a  (  =  to),  de  (of),  etc. 

203.  The  proposiiionH  sometimes  consist  of  one 
word,  as  a,  de,  dans,  pour,  par,  sur,  and  aro  then  called 


'uia.  4>^C^ 

vant 

iste.  ' 


'en     . 


t 


A^^" 


>v%' 


Q 


^j 


j'-^ji 


J_  ^^-^-^j^^P  .■%■■ 


:^ 


FOnMATTON   OF 'BIMPLI!   PBRPOSITION8. 


140 


simple  prepositions  ;  sometiuics  they  aro  mailo  up 
of  two  or  move  words,  as  quant  a,  (  =  a^'  for),  a  cause  de 
(  =  on  account  of),  vis-a-vis  de  {  =  oi^i)o..ih^),  au-drssus  da 
(  =  above,  upon),  a  Vei/ard  de  (=witli  ro<i;ard  to),  etc., 
and  aro  then  designated  us  prepositive  locutions. 

2u4.  Hemark  1. — The  proposition^^  miuit  not  bn 
confounded  with  a,  third  person  singular  of  the  verb 
avoir;  ft,,  proposition,  takes  the  grave  accent:  il  uionte 
dk  cheval  (  =  hc  goes  on  liorsoliiick);  a.  vex-b,  has  no 
accent :  il  a  un  Here  (  =  he  has  a  book). 

2.  Dds,  irreposition,  takes  tlio  grave  accent :  il  se 
Ure  dds  Vaurure  (  =  ho  rises  witli  the  dawn) ;  des  (  =  of 
the),  genitive  phu'al  of  the  dermitc  article,  takes  no 
accent :  ks  feuiUes  des  arbrcs  (=tho  leaves  of  tho  trees),, 

*^~ 
SECTION  I. 

FORMATZOXr  OF  SIMPXiE  PHEPOSXTIONS. 

205.  The  French  language  has  formed  new  preposi- 
tions with  tho  help  of: — 

1.  Substantives  :  mahjre,  from  the  old  French  ad- 
jective mal  (=wai/rr//s=.bad),  and  tho  substantive  grd 
(=will  =  in  sjjite  of). 

2.  Adjectives  :  sauf  (still  found  in  sain  et  sauf 
[=safe  and  sound]  =  except,  but):  Sauf  mes  inte'reta 
(=my  interests  excepted),  Huuf  Jean  (=:John  excepted). 

8.  Imperative  of  verbs  :  void  (=:here  is,  here  aro), 
t'oila  (there  is,  there  are). 

Tlieso  words  aro  compounded  of  the  adverb  ci  and  lit  and  of 
voi,  the  old  imperative  of  voir.  Void  lo  hnqi  ( =:horo  is  tlio  \ioU), 
means  therefore  retilly  :  voyez  id  le  hup  (=:hoo  hero  tho  wolf),  or 
U  loup  est  id;  voyox-le  (=the  wolf  ifl  hero  ;  see  him). 

4.  Past  participles:  passe  (  =  over),  ru  T  — con- 
sidering), excepte  (  =  except,  save),  atteudu  (  =  con- 
eideving),  ;)rt8se'  ce  mowriit  (  =  the  moment  being  over), 
excepte  crt  hoiunie  (=with  tho  exception  of  that  man),  ni 
le  danger  que  vous  couriDis  {=.conH'n\vYiup^  tlie  danger  wo 
are  runr.ing),  attendu  son  iiijinuite  (=:Considering  hia 
infirnuty). 

We  miiKt  add  to  this  list  hm-mls  (  =  except),  spelt  in  Old  Freneh 
hor-mis,  tlitit  is  to  Kuy,  ii(i>  Uon  (= placed ouUidej.  In  this  luculiuu 


■MMMaM 


tjuujOiiaumimmmM 


mSB 


tVfnMmami-m 


150 


OOVKRNjnCNT    OP    PRF.POSTTTON3. 


el 
i 


I 

II 


V- 


the  participle  mi«  (nn'ssns)  was  viriablo ;  tlie  French  of  tlitt 
thirteenth  century  said:  Cet  homme  apcnht  toua  ses  enfants,  hora 
mlse  sa  fille  (=this  man  has  lost  all  liis  children,  with  the 
exception  of  his  daughter).  In  the  fifteenth  century  the  participle 
mis  was  joined  on  to  the  adverb  hora,  and  the  expression  hors  mia 
became  in  its  turn  a  preposition. 

6.  Present  participles :  durant,  pendant,  sxuvanty 
concemant,  ionchant  (from  diirer,  pnidre,  suivre,  concemer, 
toucher).  Uavocat  moitrut  pendant  leproces  =  tavdis  que 
le  proces  etait  pendant  (=the  barrister  died  whilst  llie 
lawsuit  was  pending),  durant  sa  vie  =  sa  vie  durant  (  =  na 
long  as  his  life  lasts),  durant  le  jour  =  pendant  que  U 
jour  dure  (=whilst  the  day  lasts). 

SECTION  II. 

roxMATZOxr  or  pkeposxtivb  XiOCUtzows. 

206.  They  are  formed  chiefly  with  the  help  sitLor  of 
substantives  or  of  adverbs  followed  by  the  preposition 
do.  Thus  nouns,  such  as  face,  force,  cause,  faute,  milieu , 
etc.,  give  the  prepositive  locutions :  en  face  de 
(=oppo8ite),  a  force  de  (=by  dint  of),  a  cause  de  (=on 
account  of),  faute  de  (=for  want  of),  au  milieu  de  (  =  m 
the  midst  of),  etc. ;  and  adverbs,  such  as  loin,  aulour, 
devant,  etc.,  give  loin  de  (=far  from),  autour  de 
(=around),  au  devant  de  (=in  front  of),  etc. 

Vlfi-^-TlB  is  a  componnd  of  the  same  kind.  The  Old  French 
via  (  m  tho  Latin  visus)  =  msagre  (  =  the  face) ;  hence  the  locution 
via-d-vis,  which  is  literally  equivalent  to  face  a  face  (=face  to 
face).  Fts  is  also  found  in  the  word  visihe  (=visor);  theviaur 
was  originally  the  part  of  the  helmet  intended  to  protect  the  face 

'    y   ^^  SECTION  III. 

\      '         OOVERXTMSITT  OF  PIlZ:P08ZTZ0»rS. 

2o7.  1.  Prepusitions  usually  govern  the  accusative; 
2.  Prepositive  locutions  generally  govern  the  goui- 

tive ; 
8.  Tho   following    prepositions    and  prepositive 
locutions  govern  the  dative  : — 
Jusqu'h,  jusques  a  (  =  a8  lar  as,  until),  quant  d  («aa 
for,  as  to),  par  rapport  a  (=with  regard  to). 


i:5 

t 


// 


OOVF.RNMKNT   OF   PHKrOSlTIONS. 


ir.l 


20O.  The  i)repo8itioii8  are  always  placed,  in  Fnrcli, 
immediately  before  the  object :  b<;  quoi  pariotuus  / 
(.what  are  you  speaking  of'?). 

209.  The  prepositions  must  bo  ropoatod  bofovo  ovory 
word  which  they  govern:  li  Ira  h  I'arin  et  u  Luiiihrs 
(=:ho  will  go  to  Paris  and  Loudon). 

210.  The  verb  governed  i»y  a  proposition  must  hv. 
put  in  the  iulhiitive,  except  in  the  case  of  ni,  which 
governs  the  present  participle  :  Ne  partes  pas  saim  vtnir 
me  voir  (=»do  not  start  without  coming  to  see  me),  il 
tremble  m  parlant  (=he  trembles  whilst  spealdng). 

QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 

6,  How  arc  preposilive  locution*  fonriPd 
with  tl(o  help  (a)  of  nouns,  ((-) 
of  nil  V  or  lis? 

6.  Niitno  till'  preixisitions  which  Rovcrn 
BnliBtiintivi'a  (n)  '.n  tlio  Roiiitivo, 
(//)  in  iho  diitive,  {c)  In  the 
uocu.-!:itivi'. 

7.  Wliiit  preposition  governa  the  verb 
in  the  prosont  piirtioiplo? 

8.  Where  are  prepoBitions  placed? 


I.  What  is  ^preposiHon  >' 

3.  State  the  diffei-cnce  between  a, 
verb,  and  d,  preposition ; — 
between  drf,  artiiHe,  iind  tits 
preixjsition. 

1.  Whnt  is  a  prepositive  locution  ? 

4  Knmo  the  pmrnt  nnd  pafl  pavtl- 
cipki  aseil  as  proixjsitions. 


Exercise  38. 


^.i^-^^'^'^4^'-^lff(e  va-t-il  pas  4  Paris?    2.  11  a  6t6  lugrat  envors  son  bien- 

faiteur.    8.  Mon  oliapcaix^st  dus  la  chambrej^    ^^^Venez  che%  Ci>/** 
C^W(J!X.^/^moi.  5.  Vers  le  nord,  la'Aafiire  prosento  Ua  a8J[)^ 
/  't;<.h  (^«  /j^.  D6s  aujourd'hui  je  ranonc^  i  Ifi  voir.     7.  En  agi«Hant  ainsi  voua 
*^*'        •     avez  manqu^  A  toutea  lea  convenancf  .    8.  Mettez  vos  livres  sur  la 
table.     9.  Irez-vous  jusqu'a  Berlin  7      10.  Quant  ft  moi,  je  menrs 
defaim.     11.  Etes-vous  bors  d'affaire  ?    12.  Attcndu  sa  jeunoHSO, 
nous  ne  le  punirona  pas.    13.  II  deneuro  prSs  do  Tfiglise. 
'  pr6e  de,  •  offense  (/.),  *  doux,  *  orage  (m.),  '  ('•clater,  •  dK 

1.  He  is  going  to  Paris.  2.  I  live  xx^t  \  t^e  t ailway.  iJ.  In 
t  absolving  this  man,>j\iHt^ico  bas  not  been  aone//4.  Nove^  Ije  nn^ 
iV  grateful  t6waj:ds.ymir  parents.  6.  Conwidoring  tho  nature  ul  the 
^  offeitoe,*  the  punishnijput  is,  extremely  "nii^d.'  6.  Diuiag  the 
^  ceremony,  a  ,tb\jndorstorm  *  ln\f  bt  '^  Qver  the^oWti.  THThe  troops 
C  I  ore  o^t  of4anfter.  .8.  k»  for  my  books,  they  are  in  your  room.  ... 
^  \f%.  lloVlirds  the  rivor  you  wJU  find  a  prett.v  co^ujtry- house;  10.  The 


/€- 


-*>•! 


IX,.  The  tai»9  aw  the  same  in'  Fffcnce  atiij  Algeria. 


4; 


// 


1C2 


OF  THE   CONJUNCTION, 


I 


I 

I 


Pi  i  1 


^•^ 

u 

c./-'^ 

A 
'  ^^. 


> 


CIIAPTEK  IX. 


or  THE  COSTJUNCTZOXar. 


211.  Tho  conjunction  is  an  invariable  word  wTucli 
serves  to  unite  to;:;etlior  two  words  or  two  propositions  : 
Vicrre,  et  Paul  soiitfrerefi[  =  V(itei'  and  Paul  are  brothers), 
aiiHons  Dim  puisqu'r/  rst  hon  (  =  lct  us  love  God,  since 
He  is  good) ;  et,  pulsquo  are  conjunctions. 


Conjunction  '-  tron\  tlio  Latin  nccnsativo  eonjuncUonem  (. 
junction,  properly  union). 


con- 


212.  The  conjunctions  ar3  soraotimos  one  single 
word,  as  et,  on,  si,  viais,  etc.,  and  are  then  called 
simple  conjunctions ;  sonictimoB  tliey  are  formed 
of  two  or  nu)re  words :  taiulis  <,i(e,  him  qur,  parce  que, 
and  are  then  designated  as  coujunctive  locutions. 

213.  The  principal  simple  cor  junctions  are:  car 

(  =  for),  coiiiwei  —as),  do)ic  (  =  tlion,  therefore),  ci  ^  =  nnd), 
viais  (=but),  or  (  =  now,  but),  ou  (=or),  que  (  =  tliat), 
quaud  (= though,  even  thougli),  ni  (  =  nor),  si  (=if), 
each  of  which  is  really  only  one  word. 

To  the  ftbove  list  we  must  ndd  the  conjuuctions  snch  as  pluidi 
(»=  rather),  put'.-f/im  (  =  since),  nrawnoins  (  =  noverthelcRR),  cejien- 
dant  (  =  mean  while) ,  lorsque  (  =  whcn),  which  are  really  com- 
pounded of  two  distinct  words  {j)lus-t6t,  iiais-auo,  ncani-moina, 
ce-j)07idant,  lors-que),  comhiued  into  one  l»y  modern  orthograi)hy. 

214.  The  principal  conjunctive  locutions  are : 

an  contraire,  (  =  on  the  contrary),  au  moins  (  =  at  least), 
tandis  i/nc  (  =  whilst),  aJors  ^//e  (=when,  now  that),  saiis  que 
(=> without),  de.s  que  (  =  a8  soon  as),  avant  que  (  =  beforo 
that),  apres  que  (=after  that),  etc. 

2".3.  RFurAHK. — 1.  Que  is  a  relative  pronoun  when 
used  instead  of  lequcl,  Uquelle ;  it  is  au  adverb  wlien 
used  instead  of  condrim ;  it  is  a  conjv.nsMrn  when  it 
serves  to  unite  two  clanscs  of  a  sentence :  J.';  croi*  qura 
Dica  est  saint  (=1  believe  that  God  is  holy). 


T 


r^ 


C 


I 


55 


/I 


I'   ^ 


OF   THR    CONJTINCTIOM. 


168 


2.  Oti,  adverb  (= where,  when),  poiuts   out  a  ploctv 
or  a  time,  and  takes  the  prave  accent ;  o)/,  conjunctiou 
(  =  or)  takes  no  accent:  Mon/iire  ou  tnoi  (  =  my  brother 
or  I). 

R,  SI  is  an  adverb  wlien  it  can  bo  used  instead  of 
taut,  uUemmt  ('  =  t;o,  so  nmch) ;  in  all  other  eases,  it  is  a 
conjunction  :  Je  sort i mi  ai  le  temj^a  est  bean  (  =  1  shall  go 
out  if  the  weather  is  fine). 

216.  Conjunctions  followed  by  de  tnke  t^o  verb  in 
the  infinitive.  (For  the  use  of  the  indicative  or  sub- 
junctive after  conjunctions,  see  Syntax  of  prepo- 
sitions). 

QUESTIONS  FOR  EXA]\riNATION. 


1.  What  is  a  cnnjuuclimi  ? 
i.  Distinguish    Ixtwi'cii  simple    rnn- 
iiinctiiiii.i,  and  i-niijiiiiiifca  iMuliuitt, 
S.  Wlipn  la  (/««'  an  advcrh  V 
4.  When  la  oil  un  advi'i  b  ? 


5.  DisUiv-?!"'*''  Iw'twocn  .f/,  ndvorh,  and 

ill,  ooiijiiiiction. 

6.  In  wlmt  niiMul  is  (hf  verb  placwl 

al'li:r  a  conjunct  Inn  f  olloweU  by  <<<■, 


Exercise  39. 

1.  Voits  et  moi,  lui  ou  olle.    2.  J'ai  fait  mon  tbiino,  rnais  je 
n'ui  pns  npprja  ma  le(;on.    3.  Soyoz  tranf[uillo,*car  lo  maitro  oat 
j^C^    1ft.    4,  Piiisquo  vous  ne  voulcz  pas  m'accoaipagiior.  io  tie  sortirai         , 
"       \  pas.    5.  Tl^Kt^Yititi  ''•^tl"  lll'j''''^'  1""  i^^-^^^^^"  f^POi  •_     6.  Lcruia  Aw»^- 
yfjA"cjot6  cetto  niCynvG  coiirnio  trop  violento.    7.  II  uo  ^-lait  ni  lire,  ui  rZfi-  t^y. 

6criro.    8.  II  a  perdu  bojuicunp  tVnrgcnt,  nCaumoins  il  persislo  A  ,/Jh^-*^Vi>Wti  <j 
joasj:.    9C  Qiioii^u'll  aillo  i\  Louih'os,  il  no  vtirrapafe  Bon  ami. 


idiinr  (/,),  ■'(inolqno,  ■  parco  qno,  *indl»|io»t, 
que,  **4  niuina  (ino,  ^"nu  clianglei,  "nbim- 


I 


i 


'  pourvn  que,  •  n'nn^ir,  '  f 
'  din-,  '  tiuidis  quo.    '  drguiSf. , 
doiiuiT.  "  part  (/.), 
//. 
1.  Provided'  you  are*  attentive,  you  will  jOcceod.'    2.  Neitlici 

gold  nor  greatness"  make  ti  man  liappy.  3.  Ypu  and  I  aliall  go 
together.  "4.  Althougli*  I  do*  a^l  (tliat  which)  I  can,  I  do 
not  succeed.  5.  If  we  do  not  succci'd,'  it  will  not  be  oiir 
fiiult.  6.  I  cannot  come  been  1180"*  I  am  iniwell."  7.  \Vt« 
speiilcT  the  truth,  wlierens"  your  fiKud  always  disguiBea*  it. 
8.  Whether!"  I  wan*  hiiU|?ry  or  not,  y»)U  Bliould  luvo  kept  the 
dinner  on  the  fable.  9.  UuIcks"  you  alter  **•  your  plan.'i,  I  shall 
giVg  up'-  luy  ttiiulO*^  iu  tLo  Imsim-^et. 

•  Thp«  verbs  must  be  put  In  the  gahjnncUf*^ 


^ 


7/ 


^H 


f 


■':mmm 


Hn< 


164 


OF   inE    INTtJMT'CTIOW* 


CITAPTER  X 

or  TVi'B  XSTTERTSCTTOl'T* 

aa?.  IJat?  Halted ection  is  a  ci-y,  an  exclamation 
expre..«Jig  the  .uitltleu  impulse  of  the  laiud;  Ah!  C/lil 
M !  ii^'las ! 

Interlertion  cornea  from  the  Latin  nceiisativ.  Inteiodionem, 
whicli  menus  literally  the  action  of  throwing  ii; '-•  the  miadle  (of 
the  soutence). 


Vrlndpal  InterJeotlonSi 


Joy: 
(iricf : 
Fear : 
Aversion ; 
Admiration  : 
Encouraging 


Bon  /  Vire  la  joie  I 

H(-laf!Aie!Ah!OitJ! 

Ha !  He  !  Ho  ! 

Fi !  Fi  done ! 

Oh! 

Allans!    Courage t 


Surprise :   Quoi!  Vraiment ! 
Siloneo  :     Chid  !  Pake ! 
CiiUin  g :      Ifoht !  Ho !  Hem  ! 
Warning :  Oare  1 
Attotitiou  :  Tcnei !  Voila  t 
Disbelief:  Ah!  hah! 


del !  Bis !  Bravo!  Tout  beau  (= softly),  arc  also  used  in  various 
oxchunatious. 

218.  The  interjections  are  formed  cither  with  the 
help  of  nouns:  paix I  (^silence),  courage!  (=clioer 
up!),  patience!  (=have  patience!),  or  of  verbs:  soit! 
{=beit  sol),  alloml  (=corae  on!),  suff'it!  (=cnou-li.! 
that  will  do  1).  Sometimes  they  are  mere  exclamations : 
ah !  oh !  etc. 


H6la»,  written  in  Old  French  in  two  words :  he ! 
the  interjection  hS  I  and  the  adjective  las  {lassus) 
meant  mal^      --«»  =  unhappy.  The  French  of  the  t 
said:  Cette  est  lasse  de  la  mort  do  sua     ' 

unhappy  at        death  o!  her  son).    He  !  f      . 
unhapi)y  that  i  am  !).  It  was  only  in  the  fii^       U« 
two  words  coalesced,  and  that  helas  became  >■ 
same  time, /(M  lost  all  its   primitive   enerj,      . 
meaning  of  grief  for  that  of  wcaivwexs  or  /a 
had  happened  in  the  words  gniu  (=iucouveui"' 
(= weariness),    which    originally    meant    tort. 
Kespeotively. 


is  formed  of 

'a  formerly 

'■  i«.th  century 

'  his  mother  is 

0  Silts  ( =  Ah  ! 

century  that  the 

arable.     At  t!io 

•  i  changed  the 

just  as  it 

and  cnr.ni 

.  xd    hatredf 


i 

1 


1 


'// 


/ 


OP   TITK    INTRTUKCiTION. 


ir>5 


Samel  wliicb  must  not  ha  confoniulod  with  tlio  fuiniiiino 
Bubstantivo  Jama  (--liidy),  is  the  abbroviiitioii  of  /)<Ti»ia-nifiii,  mi 
Old  French  excliunatiou  cqniviilent  to  Sci(jvfHr  Dion  (=^I,(iid  Uoil). 
We  constantly  liud  in  modieval  text^ :  (pie  X>an\c-Siou  nous 
aide  \  (  =  the  Lord  (lod  help  us!).  Davio- Diea,  mui>iim\)\y  Duine 
(that  is  to  say,  Lord  God),  was  used  aa  an  interjection  ;  and  tlio 
exclam.vtiou  Ah  1  dame  (  =  ab !  well),  wbicb,  nowadays,  has  lost  all 
moaning,  signifies  really  Ah\  Seigneur  I  (=ab!  Lord!).  The 
word  dame  is  still  found  in  tlio  geographical  names  Dainmaytin, 
Vawpiorre,  etc.,  wbicb  signifj  the  Lord  Mmtiu,  the  Lord  Tcter,  etc. 


QUESTIONS  FOR  EXAMINATION. 


1.  What  ia  an  inteipection  ? 

1.  Nnmo  tlio  principal  fiU<^TJoct.loT>'i, 

*  iiow  uio  iuU-rjeviiuUd  toiiueU  I 


r- 


Expliiln  tho  oriL'innl 


nioa.'iing   )t 


V-. 


1 


ism^mBnasoi 


ICG 


OONJUaATION  OF  VERBA. 


hi  i 


M~f 


Tbe  followlngr  table  will  oomplete  and  resume  all  tbe 
details  grlven  In  Section  ZZZ. 

Conjur/ationof  the  auxiliary  verb  avoir  (=to  have),  n^z/a- 
tivcli/,  interroyativchjy  and  inter rnriatively  with  a  net/ation. 

N.B. — Tho  same  scheme  is  applicable  to  any  transitive 
verb,  and  to  all  neuter  verba  conjugated  with  tho 
auxiliary  avo.r. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD 

Ncijativcly. 

PnTiSTiNT. — We  pas  avoir  or  n'avoir  pas,  not  to  hav0. 
Past. — Wayaut  pas  eu,  not  to  have  had.. 


1^ 


I 


PARTICIPLES. 

Negatively. 

Pm!8ENT. — W'ayant  pas,  not  hmnng. 
Past. — Wayant  pas  eu,  not  having  had. 
FuiUBii:. — XCe  devant  pas  avoir,  not  cu'jout  to  havt. 


1 


INDICATIVE  MOOD. 


If.    il 


PRESENT   TENSE. 

Negatively, 

Interrogatively, 

Interrog.  with  a  neg. 

J  have  not,  etc. 

Have  I  f  etc. 

Home  I  not  i'  etc. 

Je  n'ai  pas 
tn  n'as  pas 
il  n'a  pas 
nons  n'avons  pas 
vous  n'avcz  pas 
ila  n'ont  pas 

ai-ie  ?  • 
as-(ti? 
fi-t-ilt 

avons-noMs  f 
avoz-rous  ? 
ont-ils  ? 

n'ai-je  pas  f  f 
n'&a-tu  pas  ? 
n'a-t-il  pas  ? 
n'avons-nous  pas  1 
n'avez-ioMs  pas? 
n'ont-i2s  nas  f 

•  Airae-je  ?    Est-co  que  je  romps  f 

\  V&imb-jo  pas  ?    Est-ce  que  je  ne  romps  pa«t 


CONJUGATION    OF  VEUBii. 


151 


i  hnve  not  had,  etc. 

Jo  n'ai  pas  ou 
tu  n'afl  pas  eu 
il  n'a  pas  vn 

U0U8  n'avoiiH  pas  eu 

vons  n'nve7,  pas  ea 
ilB  n'out  pas  eu 


I  had  not,  etc. 

Je  n'avais  pas 
tu  n'avaiB  pas 
il  n'avait  pas 
nous  n'avinnH  pas 
vona  n'avioz  pas 
Us  n'uvuicut  pas 


PAST  INDKFINITB. 

Hiive  I  had  f  etc. 

Ai-jo  *  ru  ? 
ftS-fll  cuf 

a-f-i7<'uP 
avou8-?iou8  eu? 

ave7,-?'ous  eut 
out-ils  eu  P 


IMPEKKECT. 

Had  1?  oic. 

Avais-j'J  P 
uvais  tit? 
aviiit-i/? 
aviouK-iioKsP 
aviez-i'ons  ? 
avaiout-iis  ? 


I  had  not  had,  etc, 

Je  n'avaia  pas  eu 
tu  n'avais  pas  cu 
il  n'avait  pas  cu 
nous  n'avions  pas 

cu 
vous  n'avie/,  pas  cu 

ils  n'avaieiit  pas  cu 


PLUl'KUKEOT. 

Had  I  hud  ?  etc. 

avais-jc  cu? 
avtiis-tii  cu? 
avait-il  cu  ? 
avious-nous  ouf 

aviez-wus  cuf 

avaiuut-ils  ouf 


Hare  I  not  hndf  ote. 

Wai-./V  pns  t  n  ? 
n'aH-(i(-  pas  ou? 
n'.i-f-i!  pas  cu  ? 
n'avon«-(io«i.-i  pas 

cu? 
n'avcz-n^iis  pas  cuf 
n'out-iJs  pas  cu  f 


Had  I  not  ?  etc. 

N'avais-'e  p-.if 
n'ava''^-ti('  pu.*? 
n'avait- 1^  pas  ? 
n'aviousin'if.f  peii! 
u'uvicz-i'OHs  pas 
n'avaiout-ilii  pas  T 


Had  I  not  had  f  etn. 

W'avaia-je  pas  cu? 
n'avais  <u  pas  cu? 
n'avait-ii  pas  ou  ? 
n'avions  -  nous   pas 

cu? 
n'aviez  -  vt   i.      t-as 

eu? 
n'avaiout  •  Us     pas 

euP 


PAST   DEFINITE   or   PRETEIirEnFK CT, 

r  had  not,  etc.  Bad  I  ?  oic.  Had  I  not  ?  dc. 


Je  n'cus  pas 
in  n'eus  pas 
il  n'eut  pas 
nous  n'cumca  pas 
YonR  ss'fifttcs  oaM 
ils  n'eurent  pas 


Eus-.?e  f 
eus-f  u  f 
eut-if  ? 
fcfiinos-nouaf 
efitcsroiisf 
eureu'i-ii*  ? 


Wcus-je  pas  ? 
n'cus-ta  pas  ? 
n'eut-t''  pas  ? 
n'oftraes-noiis  pasf 
n'efitcB-roits  pas  P 
n'eurent-v(a  pas  ? 


The  6  oi  je  is  uot  Jroiv     1  iu  the  lulerrogtition  before  a  voweU 


15S 


CONJUOAllON   Off  vrtiBS. 


I  had  not  had,  etc. 

•To  n'eus  pas  ou 
tu  n'eiiH  pas  eu 
ii  n'ont  pas  eu 
nou»  n'odmes  pas  ou 

T0U8  n'eutes  pas  eu 
ilu  n'eureut  pas  eu 


fABT  ANXEniOR. 

ITad  I  had  ?  cic. 

EuH-,/fc'  on  f 
oiis-'tt  ou  ? 
eiit  W  euP 
oflines-wous  euf 

cfltos-wiis  eu  ? 
euicnt-its  euf 


TJadlnc^hadf  do. 

]V'('iiH-j(!  pas  ou  ? 
n'ouri.hi.  pas  ou  P 
n'out-t2  pas  ou  p 
n'efimcs-noKjipas 

euP 
n'ofttes-twKspas  ouP 
n'oui'oiit-i!s  pas  ouP 


% 

J:* 
I 


1  sh(}}X  noi  have,  etc. 

Je  n'aurai  pan 
tu  n'auriis  nas 
il  n'liura  pas 
uous  n'auroDR  pas 
vous  n'aun  /.  pas 
ild  n'aurout  pas 


FCiURE. 

S7i(i?l  I  have  f  etc, 

Aurai    o? 
auras  iit? 
aura-t-iJ  ? 
nuroiiB-noiisP 
aur"z-row8  ? 


rUTOUE    ANTERIOR. 


Shall  I  not  havcf  etc, 

W  aurai ->■  pas  ? 
n'aurii8-<i(  pas? 
n'aura-t-i7  pas  ? 
n'anrons-noits  pasP 
n'auroz-i'ii's  pas? 
n'auront-i^s  pas  ? 


I  shall  not  have  had, 
etc. 

Shall  I/iaie  had? 
etc. 

ShaU  Inot  havohad? 
etc. 

Je  n'aurai  pas  ou 
tu  n'auras  pas  ou 
il  n'aura  pas  eu 
nous  n'aurouH  pas 

Aurai-fe  en  7 
anraH-<((  ou  ? 
nura-<-iJ  on  " 
aurntu-notto  ou? 

W'liurai-io  pas  ou? 
n'auras  '     pas  ou  ? 
naura-t-i?  pp.r  eu  P 
n'aur(>ns-no(t.s    pas 
ou  '^ 

vous  n'auroz  pas  eu 
ils  n'auruut  pas  eu 

aur'        ws    il  f 
am      i-ils       P 

n'auro/'.  ■vims  pas  ou? 
n'uuruut-i^s  pas  eu? 

i 


I  should  not  have, 
etc. 

Je  n'aurais  pas 
tu  n'aurais  pas 
ii  n'auiait  pas 
nous  n'aurious  pas 
vous  n'auriez  pas 
iLi  n'aiu-aieut  pas 


CONDITIONAL    PKESENT. 

Should  I  have  f 
etc. 

Aurai  s-je  f 
aurais4«  P 
auraii-tt? 
aurions-woKS  P 
auriez-ious  ? 
auraienti?sf 


Should  I  not  have  f 
etc. 

Waurais-je  pas  f 
n'aurais-lit  pas  P 

_»  ..._,.:i  -•»  ___  '1 

n'auiious-jioKs  pasP 
n'auriez-iTiU'.-  r.as  ? 
n'auiaiGut-i'<  v^*  f 


1 


CJONJUOATIOli    OP    VKRBS. 


150 


r  nhoiildnot  have  had, 

etc. 

Je  n'aurais  pas  oa 
tn  n'nuriiH  pas  on 
il  o'nurait  pas  en 
nous  n'uuiioiiH  pas 

vuiisn'iiuric?.  pas  va 

ilH  n'aiiiaient  pas  ea 


3r  n'euHRG  pas  ea 
tu  n'euHHOH  pas  eu 
il  n'rut  pas  uu 
iidiiH  n'eutisiuus  pas 

V0U9  n'eussioz  pas 

rn 
lis  n'eusseut  pas  eu 


CONDITIONAL   I'AST. 

Should  I  have  had  F 
etc. 

AuraiB-?!'  eu  t 
aurais-<it  eu  P 
anrnit-i{  (>u  ? 
auiions-noiw  eu  f 

auriez  roiM  euf 

auraiout-iZs  eu  t 

or 

Eu8b6-7'c  CU  ? 

eusROH-(  '.  euP 
eM-il  CU  7 
euB8ii)US-Jiou.s  en  ? 

ouBsiez-voiis  eu  ? 

eussent-iJs  eu  P 


Should   I  not    hav0 
had,  etc. 

ir'anrais./t!  pas  (luP 
n'auruis-^'  pas  on  f 
n'aurait-ti  pa*  en  ? 
n'anriouH-tioii .   pas 

euP 
n'anrit>z-t'o>(s      paa 

en? 
n'antjiiunt-i'd     paa 

eu  ? 

or 

WouHse-./f  pas  on  f 
n'er.sHeH-(u  pas  cuf 
n'cnt-i'  pas  en  ? 
n'ouBsiuuB-noK.t  pas 

ou  ? 
n'euBHiez-i'ouj    pas 

eu? 
n'eusseut-ils  pas  euP 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

NeijaUccly. 


JBESENT. 

Ha  10  not 

Vhiw  pas 
n'HyouH  pas 
n'ayez  pas 


PAFT 

Have  not  h/^d. 

XV'aie  pas 
ii')i.yons  pas  ea 
n'ayc/  pa*  eu 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 


Nei^utively. 


PKESENT  or   FUTOBE, 

That  I    latj  nut  have,  atfc 

Qno  jen' >ie  pas 
qno  tu  n'tiicB  pas 

QU^il  Si'iiit  l>9.5 

que  nous  n'ayous  p^t 
que  vouB  n'aycz  pas 
qu'ils  n'uitiut  pas 


PAST. 

Thai  t  may  not  have  had,  eio. 

Que  je  n'aio  pas  eu 
qne  tu  n'aies  pas  ea 
qn'il  n'ait  pas  eu 
que  uous  n'ayous  pas  ea 
qno  vous  n'a yuz  pas  eu 
qu'ilii  n'aieut  pas  ea 


f 


ICO 


CONJUGATION    Ot   VliimS. 


Iki'RRrEOT. 

That  Iini'j}it  not  Itnvo,  elCt 

Quo  je  n'ouHHo  pas 
que  tu  n'eu8Ri  s  pas 
qu'll  n'edt  pas 
quo  uouH  n'cussidiiH  pas 
quo  vuuH  n'oiiKHio/  pas 
i^u'iLt  a'cuuMjut  paa 


That  J  vtiijht  nat  have  hiid,  otc 
Que  jo  n'OUSHO  pR.8  ou 

c|uo  tu  n'uusHOH  ra*  oa 
(lu'il  n'out  pas  cu 
quo  uouB  n'tMisHiunn  pas  ou 
quo  Vdus  n'cuHHio/  pas  cu 
i^u'ilt)  n'uuutiuut  pas  cu. 


Ctrnjiiffotinn  of  the  mi.ritiary  verb  dtre  (  =  tobG),  nfjatiidy, 
itUenvi/atiiili/,  and  itilerroijativchj  with  a  netjaliun, 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

Negatively. 

TiiRSKNT. — We  pas  ctro  or  n'etro  pas,  iiot  to  lo* 
Pasx. — Wuvoir  pas  t't6,  not  tu  liave  been, 

PARTIOirLES. 

Ncyatircly. 

Tresent. — «r'6tnnt  pas,  not  being. 
Tabt. — W'nyaut  pas  6t6,  not  having  been. 
Fuxuius. — Vo  dcvuut  pas  etre,  not  about  to  be. 


INDICATIVE    MOOD. 


I 


Ncfjativehj. 
I  am  not,  etc. 


FRESEMT   TENSE. 


Interrorjatifcly. 
Am  I?  etc. 


Je  ne  ruIb  pas 
tu  n'es  pas 
i!  n'o^t  pas 
nous  ne  sommes  pas 

vons  n'etes  pas 
ils  ne  sout  pas 


Suis-jo  P 
es-t«  P 
est-tJ  ? 
Bommea-nous  P 

fetes-i'ous  ? 

BOUt-iis  P 


Inlenorj.  with  a  neg. 

Am  I  not  ?  etc. 

Tte  snia-jc  pas  P 
n'es-ti(  pas  ? 
n'est-t{  pas  ? 
ne  sommeii-noHS 

pas? 
n'  'tes-i'ous  pas  t 
ne  sont-t?8  pas  t 


I 


CONJUOATION    OF   VERBS. 


161 


PAST   INOKFINITH. 


I  hare  nni  been,  eie.        Tfave  I  been  T  «(«.         ffoi'o  I  not  heen  f  eto. 


Je  n'ai  pa*  «'t6 
t'l  n'liH  pas  ('to 
il  n'a  paa  (•\C- 
iioiiH    n'avoDB    pas 

L'to 

vous  n'ftvez  p«»  ftu 
ilri  n'out  pas  ulo 


l\8-<lt  ('tl'  ? 
llVOllB-tlOltll  kitf 

avP7-ro»i.«  f'tfif 


Wai-io  pas  ot6  ? 
n'a»-<u  pas  (^t(^  f 
n'a-t-t'l  pas  6tA  7 
n'iivons-nou8    pas 

n'avez-i<on«paB  f!t6f 
n'uut-ti«  pas  <)t6  f 


I  r  w(is  noi,  afc. 

-To  n'l'taiK  pas 
tn  n'litais  pas 
il  n't'tMil  pas 

■  H'Uis  n't'timiH  pas 
Vdiis  n'C'ticz  pas 

.il8  n'utak'ut  pas 


IMPRriFECt. 

Was  I  ?  etc. 

E  tai  3 -io? 
(•tiiiH-<it  P 
f'tait-t!  P 
ttious-noKs  P 
6ticz-i'oif,s  p 
6taieut-t28  ? 


IFoa  r  not  f  etc. 

WetaiH-jfl  pas  7 
nY;tiiiR-(u  pas  7 
nN'tait-tl  pas? 
n'otious-nuus  pas  f 
nY)tie7.-rou«  pas  ? 
n'6taioQt-i2ii  pas? 


PLUPKHFROT. 


'.thad  not  Icon,  ete.        Hid  T been ?  etc. 


Jo  n'nva'a  pas  C-t6 
til  n'avais  pas  ut6 
il  n'avait  pas  <'t6 
HOUR   n'aviuns   pas 

lt(3 

vous  n'avif  7i  \,>os 
:  Ub  n'avaient  pa;»  ci'' 


Avnis-ic  ({6  ? 
avnis-tii  I'-tu  7 
iiv)iit-ii!  C-t6.  ? 
avions-nows  ('t/(f 

aviez-rous  Ct6  7 

avaiciiit-ili-  6t6  ? 


ITad  I  not  hcen  ?  ete. 

Wavais-jc  pas  ('tt'  7 
n'avais-tit  pas  ('(6  7 
n'avait- J  pas  i-tv  7 
u'nvions-nouM   pas 

('to  7 
n'avioz-i'ous    pas 

6t6? 
n'avniont-i?s    pas 

6t(j? 


PAST  DEFINITB  Or  PRETBBPEnFECT. 

1 1COS  not,  etc.  Was  I  ?  etc.  Was  1  not .'  etc. 


•Te  ne  fns  pas 
til  ne  fiis  pas 
il  ne  fut  pas 
nous  nc  Ifmuspns 
vous  ne  fnt(  s  pas 
ils  ne  lureut  pas 


Fus-i*?  P 

fllt-t/  ? 

fuiiie.s-nnifs  P 

ffltl'H  l-OHS  P 

furentt?*'  ? 
U 


We  fuR-.ie  pas  7 

ne  h\i-il  pas  7 
ne  finneF-noitspas? 
ne  ffites-rfn's  ras  •.' 
ne  fiuout-tlii  easy 


162 


CONJUGATION   OP  VERHS. 


l''i 


/  had  not  bean,  etc. 

Jo  n'otis  pas  6te 
tu  n'eiiR  pas  ^'t6 
il  n'ent  pas  et6 
nonn   n'efimos    pas 

vnuH  n'oi'itcs  pas  ctu 
ils  n'eureut  pas  &io 


1  shall  nol  he,  ele. 

Je  ne  Rcrai  pas 
tn  ne  Rcras  pas 
il  ne  Hcra  pas 
notiR  ne  bgi-oiir  pas 
vnuK  ne  ww?.  pas 
ila  ne  serout  pas 


PAST  ANTERIOR. 

Hofi  I  been  ?  etc. 

Eus-ifl  ('i6  ? 
ciis-Zii  6i6  ? 
ent-il  6t6  ? 
eftmes-nous  6i&  ? 

edtos-voHs  616  f 
evaeut-ils  6t6 1 


TtJTUnB. 
Shall  I  be  ?  ete. 

Serai-ifl  P 
soras-f  u  P 
sera-t-t?? 
fiorons-nousl* 
scroz-roMs  P 
8erout-ii<  t 


EnA  T  not  heen  f  eit, 

W'ens-./i;  pas  '-tft  ? 
n'cus-tn  pas  C;t6  ? 
n'i*nt-i?  pas  6i6  P 
nVi^meB-nrma  pas 

n'e  fttes- 1  ous  pas  -516? 
tf'Qureut-ilfi  pas  6t6? 


BhnTl  I  not  be  f  ete. 

We  serai -ve  pas  ? 
ne  sera8-!>(,  pas  ? 
ne  Hera-t-t2  pas  ? 
ne  serouH-nous  pas? 
ne  Berez-t'oiM  pas? 
ne  surout-t78  pas  ? 


J:* 

IF' 


¥ 


FUTURB   ANTKHIOR. 

I  shall  not  have  been,     Shall  I  liava  been  ? 
etc.  etc. 


Je  n'anrai  pas  f  t6 
tv.  n'auras  pas  i>t6 
il  n'nura  pas  vid 
nouH    n'aurons  pas 

6i6 
TouH  n'aiiiezpas  6t6 


Aurai-ifi  ('XC  P 
anrft8-<(t  CXG  f 
aura-f-ii  6t6  P 
aiiroiiB-noKs  6t6  ? 

Rurez-rous  6t6  ? 


ils  n'uuront  pas  ut<S     aurout-iZs  616  ? 


Hhall  Inct  have  been? 
etc. 

Vanrai-je  pas  Ct6  P 
n'aiiraK-f  u  pas  Ctd  ? 
n'auru4ti  pas  ^t6  P 
n'nnrons-noiu     pas 

ct6P 
n'auroz-vous  p^s 

n'aiirout-itj  pas  6t(:? 


Mi 


f  .ihould  not  he,  etc 

Ju  ne  RSiais  pas 
tu  ne  BcrniB  pas 
il  ne  Rorait  pas 
nous  ne  r  urioim  pas 
vuuB  ue  Rerio;^  pas 
ilu  ne  Koraioiit  pas 


CONDITIONAL    PRESENT. 

Should  I  bo?  etc 

Serais-jo  f 
8eraiR-<u  f 
soriiit-il  ? 
Borioasnotw  P 
80i'iez-n>(()>  P 
8err.iout-»i«  f 


Sf'Oiiid  Inot  he  f  etc. 

WTe  scrais-ji  pas  f 
ne  sorai8-i\>  pasf 
ne  Berait-t'  pas  P 
ne  serif  >n8-'>ioHfi  pas* 
no  sofii;?' -.•()««  pas  i' 
;;  >  soroieut-tls  paaP 


eONJtOATION   O^    VEtlBSi 


163 


f  Bhoidd   not    have 
been,  etc. 

Je  n'aurais  pas  £t6 
tu  n'auriuH  pas  ut6 
il  n'auruit  pas  (st& 
uouB  c'uurioiis  pas 

voiia    n'auricz    p-*s 
♦Jto  [cto 

ils  n'auraieut  pas 

or 
Je  n'ensso  pas  6t6 
tn  n'cusHos  pas  £t6 
il  n'eOt  pas  ut6 
uoiia  n'ousuiuus  pas 

5t6 
voxu  n'onssioz  pas 

ils  n'eusseut  pas  et6 


CONDITIONAt  PAST. 

Skould  I  have  been  f 
etc> 

Auraid-jd  f-to  f 
aurais-<u  kid  ? 
aurait-il  6t6  ? 
aurions-MoiM  6X6 1 

axuiez-vous  <jte  ? 

auraient-i2s  6t6f 
or 

Eus86-i«  6t6  f 

eM-il  6t6  P 
eussiona-nows  Ctd  t 

eussiez-vou,s  etc  P 

eu8sent-iZ«  6t6  7 


Should  I  not    hav« 
been  f  etc, 

Waurais-icpas  ('H'? 
n'aurais-<ii  pas  ctu? 
n'auruit-t7.  pas  6tu  1 
n'aarioDR  <     «    pas 

jd'auricz  -  voua    pas 
etc  P  [t*t6  r 

n'auraient-tis  pas 

or 
rT'eu8s6-ie  pas  «Slof 
n'onsses-tupasctcSf 
n'eAt-i2  pas  Ct6  P 
u'euKsioua-nouA'  pas 

n'onssiez-t'ous     pas 
etc  ?  rCito  f 

n'tiusBent-ils  pas 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 


PRESENT. 

Do  thou  not  he, 
Ke  8ois  pas 
ne  snyoiis  pas 
nn  tiuycz  pas 


Netjativdij, 

PAST, 
//are  no<  hern, 

Waio  pas  etC 
a'nyoiu  pas  c'tfi 
n'uyoz  pas  6t6. 


SUmUNCTIVE  MOOD. 


pnrsrvT  or  futdiik. 
Thut  I  )uay  not  he,  etc. 
Que  je  ne  soia  pas 
que  tu  xi«  sola  ^as 
qu'il  ne  uoit  pas 
que  nou8  ne  soyons  pas 
que  V0U8  ne  soycz  pas 
qu'ila  ne  aoient  pas 

IM1=E11FKCT. 

That  I  might  not  ho. 
Quo  je  ne  fuase  pas 
que  tu  u«  fusHoa  pas 
qu'il  nt*  fut  pas 
quo  nouj  ne  fuBHiona  pas 
quo  voua  ne  fusaic/  pas 
qfx'ila  no  lussoui  pa« 


NejaUvcJij. 

PART. 
That  I  may  not  have  lecn,  cte. 
Quo  je  n'aio  pas  et6 
que  tu  n'aieB  pas  6t6 
qu'il  n'ait  pas  6t6 
quo  noua  n'ayona  pas  Ctd 
que  voua  n'uyoz  pas  6t4 
qu'ila  n'aiont  pas  et6 

rLUrEIlFECT. 

That  I  iniijht  not  have  hcon, 
Qup  je  n'nuRse  pas  616 
que  tu  n'enssoH  pas  et6 
qu'il  n'ofit  pas  HC; 
que  nuut;  n'oussiona  pas  utd 
quo  vous  n'eUBsiez  pni  t!,4 
qu'ild  n'ouHtiuut  pos  616. 


% 


T 


164 


lEFLBXlVi!,   VE.n&i. 


Modi'h  of  Rejlexive  Verbs  conjugated  negatively,  intcnogntiiely,  and 
interrogatively  with  a  negation. 


I 


Ne  f.an  ge  rejouir,  not  to 
rejoice 

No  pas  •'fitre  rt'joul,  not 
to  iMve  rejoiced 


Ne  me  r'jont.''sant  pas, 
not  rejoicing 

Ei-joul,  -le,  -U,  ()/•  -lea, 

r-'joiccd 
ne  ■'etant  pas  rojoiil,  not 

havittg  rejoiced 

Kc  (lovnnt  pas  se  n'- 
joiilr,  not  about  to 
rojoic« 


Negativtlg, 
I  do  not  rcjoii'.e,  etc. 
Jo  vc  me  rC-juitls  pat 

in  ve  to  ri'jonls  put 
il  ne  ne  r'joutt  j>'(« 
nons  va  nous  rejoius- 

«fou«  pas 
Tons  ?KJ  vous  rojouissox 

pas 
ilB    ne    se    ti.iouissent 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

FBEBENT. 

Negatively. 

ne  pas  ■'apercevolr,  not 
to  perceive 

PAST. 

ne  pas  •'etro  ajior(^u,  not 
to  have  perceived 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRESENT. 

Negatively. 

no  •'aporcevant  pa3,  not 
perceiving 

PAST. 

apcr-ju,  -ue,  -U3,0)'.U3«, 

perceived 
no  •'ctivnt  pas  aper(;u, 
not  having  perceived 

FUTUUE. 

ne  devaut  pas  »')ip(  rco- 
voir,  not  about  to  per- 
ceiue 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PREKENT   TBN6B. 

Tntevrogatirely, 

Do  I  pirceire  f  etc, 
ns'aper<jol».JG  f  - 

t'iipe)\'ol«-tn  ? 

•'npor(,-olt-il  ? 

nous  aperoovons-nous? 

vous  ftpcrccve«-voaB? 

s'apcrQoi  vent-iLi  t 


ne  pas  »e  pordre,  not  l<i 
lose  one's  self. 


ne  pas  s'Ctre  penlu,  not 
to  have  lost  one's  self. 


no  se  poi'rl  T.nt  pas,  jwt 
osinj  oiij's  sJf. 

pnrJu,  -ue,  -us,  or  -uos, 

ne  s'olimt  pas  perilu,  not 
having  lost  one's  $elf. 


nc  davant  pasne  pcrdre, 
iiot  about  to  lose  onj't 
t>o'f. 


Inteitvg.  with  a  neg. 
Do  I  not  lose  myself  f 

Est-ce   que  jo    n«    mo 

peids  p(i*  ? 
ne  te  perds-tu  past 
ne  so  perd-il  ji  i.<  p  v 

ne  nous  ptiiUous-nuua 

l>as  ? 
ne    vous     neidoa-vous 

j»"-s  ? 
nc  Sti  ^eiutiut-iis  ;pa$ 


' 


<• 


Brn.ExiVT:  vkrrp. 


105 


I  have  iu>t  rejoiced,  etc, 

Je  ne  me  Buis  pas  rtjuul 
tu  ne  t'es  pas  n' joul 
il  ne  s'est  pas  riijouf 
nous  ne  nous  sumuitis 

pas  rujoulB 
vuuB  ne  Tous  Stes  pas 

r(!'ji)uiB 
ils  no  ae  uoutpaji  r^Ajoius 


PAST   INDEnNTTB. 

Have  I  percsivod  f  eic 

Me  Hnis-jo  np{'r<,u  f 
t'ta-tu  npervu '/ 
•'est-il  npei'vu  ? 
nous   BOUiinos-nouB 

npoiQus  ? 
vous    c'tca-vous     apii- 

<;us  ? 
■o  Buui-ils  apci'fua  ? 


H((«fl  Tnot  lost  my  ?'  '/*  «'f  • 

JVfmesiua-jnpfid  jMiilu? 
nc  t'f3-tii  j)i'«  jx  iiiu  ? 
ne  a'i'st-il  pis  ji'  rdu  ? 
nu   nous    soiiiuieti-iKiua 

pd.s'  lUTlluB? 
110    VOU8    ett'S-VOUS     pnt 

pordus  ?  [du»  f 

nc  Me  »('Ut-ilH  pas  pur* 


IMPKnFKCT. 


T  u>a«  «of  reijoieivg,  etc.       Was  I  perceiving  f  etc. 


Jo  ne  me  i  ^jouissaispas 
tu  Jie  te  rc'jouj'ssalB  pas 
il  nc  se  n' j',""'s.salt  pas 
uuuH   ne  nous   i'6jouis- 

^^lons  jids 
voiiH    ni;  voua  r(3Jom"s- 

slez  prts  [pcis 

ilB  7ie  »o  icjouissalent 


M'ai)crcevalB-ief 
t'apereevals-tu? 
s'npercevalt-il  P 
nouB    nporcovlona- 

nouB? 
vouB  apercevlez-voub  P 

•'iipercevalent-ila  ? 


TFii"!  r  not  ^osfnjfwifscT/f 
etc. 

Ne  me  pcrduis-jo  pas  f 
nr  te^M  i(lal»-tii  pa^  ? 
ne  so  penlait-il  pa.'i  P 
nc  nous  pcrdtons-ntjiis 

jias  P 
ne  vous    pcrdlez-vous 

j'as  ? 
no  se  pordalent-il::  j)as  I> 


7  had  not  rejoiced,  etc. 

Jo  ne  m't'tais  pas  rfjoiii 
tn  ne  tYitnis  pas  r<;joul 
il  ne  s'otait  pas  rfjoul 
noub  ne  ncus  6tious  pas 

ri'jouls 
vons  ne  vous  tHicz  pas 

r^jouis  [joiils 

lis  iki  s'ctaient  2)u«  r6- 


W.OPRBFKCT. 

i7cu£  Jperceucd  ?  ote. 

M'ctais-je  aptriju  ? 
t'l'tnis-tii  ftper(;'u  ? 
s'(;tftit-il  appi'vu  ? 
nous  I'tioiis-uous  apcr- 

<;us? 
vous   C'tioz-voi's    apcr- 

V'usP 
•'utuioDt-ils  apertjns  ? 


Had  I notl^stmysetf?  eto' 

^em'Ctais-jppns perdu  ? 
nc  tY'tais-tn  pas  ponlu  » 
ne  s'fitftit-il  pas  pui  du  ? 
ne  nous  ttious-uousp/s 

pcrdus  ? 
ne  vous  6tiez-vou6  2"** 

pcrdus  ?  [dus  ? 

ne  »'ctiutut-il8  pas  per- 


PAST   DEFINrXE   OR   PBETEnPEIlFECT. 


r  did  not  rejoice,  etc, 

Jo  ne  me  rCjoiils  paa 
tu  Vie  te  rejciils  piia 
il  ne  se  rt'juiilt  %ma 
uiiuij  ne  nous  rejoulmes 
paa  {paa 

voUB  nc  vous  r^-jouites 
lltt  ne  se  r^juulront  pas 


Did  I  perceive  ?  etc 

M'apcrcjus- jo  f 
t'ai)oi(,'US-lu  t 
s'apprcjut-il  ? 
nous  aperQ^mns-nouB? 

vous  nper<^4tes-Toug  i 

s'u^crgurent-iia  t 


Did  J  not  lote  my  self?  tfc. 

Ne  me  perdls-je  pas? 
ne  te  p«;rdls-tu  pas? 
ne  se  peullt-il  j  us  ? 
ne  nous  poiuimes-uons 
pasi  [pasf 

ne  vous  pfrditosvous 
nti  se  purUlrcLt-tlts  pa«f 


166 


BEFLEXIV?    VF.UBS. 


R 


/  had  not  r^oteed,  ete. 
Je  ne  me  fus  pas  r6joul 
tu  no  te  fus  pas  rftjoul 
il  »uj  ae  f ut  pas  rfjoul 
HOUR  ne  nou«  fQuics  pas 

rdymim 
VOUB  ne  vous  ffttea  pas 

rCjoiils  [rfgonlB 

Us   ne   »e   furcut   j)a» 


I  shall  nut  rejoice,  ete, 

Je  ne  me  r^joulrai  j^as 
tn  »ie  te  n'joiiiraB  p«« 
il  ne  Be  rC'joiilra  pas 
lions   ne    nous    ri-jou- 
Irons  pas  [pa« 

yous  «e  VOUB  ri-jouirez 
Us  nc  so  rujoairont  pas 


I  shall  not  have  rejoiced, 
etc. 


PAST   ANTERIOR. 

Had  I  perceived  f  ctt. 
Me  fns.jo  aperi^n  ? 
•e  fns-tu  aper^u  P 
se  fnt-il  nper(;a  P 
nous  ffimcs-uouB  apor- 

(.UB  ? 

▼ouB    futes-vous   aper- 

nuB  ? 
■e  f  ureut-ils  aper(;uB  ? 


FOTDIH. 

BhaXl  I  perceive  ' 

M'apercevral-jo  P 
t'aperccvraB-tH  t 
B'apprcovra-t-JI  t 
nouB  nporoevronu- 

nons  P 
▼ouB  aporcevrea-voiia  ? 
s'apercovront-ils  ? 

FUTUnB   ANTEIWOB. 

Shall  I  have  perceived  ? 
etc. 


Je  ne  me  serai  pas  r<-jouI    Me  Rcrai- jo  aper<jn  P 


to  ne  te  seras  pas  ri'^joul 
il  no  Be  sera  pas  rrjoul 
nous  nc  nous  serous  jm« 

r6joulB 
vouH  no  votts  serez  pas 
_    rcjouiB  [r6joiilB 

»is   >(«   119   seront  i)a« 


te  serns-tu  aper<;u  P 
Be  sera-t-il  apcr(,'a  P 
nouB  sorons-nous  aper- 

VUB  ? 

▼OUB  Horez-vouB    aper- 

<,'.UB  ? 

se  beront-ils  aper^uB  P 


Had  Inot  lost  my  self  T  etc. 
Nv  me  fus-jepiu  ponln  ? 
n«  te  fus-tii  pas  por.lu  P 
ne  Be  fut-il  pa«  perdu  P 
ne  nous  fftmes-nouB  pa* 

perduB  P 
ne  VOUB  futos-vons  pas 

perduB  ?        [i)erduB  ? 
ne    Be    furout-ila    j>as 


iS/ia//.  I  not  lose  myself  * 
etc, 

Ne  me  perdrai-je  pa*  P 
ne  te  perdraB-tii  pas  ? 
ne  Be  perdra-t-il  pas  ? 
ne  nous  perdrons-noiia 

pa«  ?  [^.a.^  p 

no  VOUB  pordre«-vous 
■ne  so  pordront-ilb  3>as  ? 


myself  ?  etc. 

A'e  me  eerai-jo  pas  ])cr- 

du? 
no  te  seraa-tnpa»  perdu? 
ne  se  sem-t-ilpas  jxTdu? 
ne     nous     serous-uaus 

pas  perduB  P 
ne  VOUB  sorez-vons  pas 

porduB  P  [dus  ? 

ne  ae  seront-ils  pas  per- 


» 


1  , 


I 


/  should  not  rejoice, 
etc. 

Je  nc  me  rejoulrala  pas 
tu  ne  te  rC;joniralB  pas 
il  ne  ae  rejt)ulralt  pas 
nous    nc  noua    r6jon- 

Irtons  pas 
▼ous    '/le    VOUB    rfijou- 

Irlea  pa«  [pas 

(Ul  ^^v  •«  rvjoutralenf 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD. 

PBESENT. 

Should  I  perceive? 
etc, 

M'apcrcevraia-je  P 
t'apcrcevralatup 
«'apcrpfcvralt-i!  P 
nouB  apevcevriona- 

IIOUS  f 

VOUB  apercevrtex- 

V  jUS  ? 

f 'afcrc^vralont-ila  f 


Should  Inot  lose  myself? 
etc, 

JVf  me  perdralB-je  j»os  ? 
ne  to  perdrals-tu  pas  ? 
ne  ae  perdralt-il  j,a«P 
ne  nous  pordriona -uuiis 
pas  ? 

ne  voua   perdrioavoug 

1"^^^  [pax? 

n^    »e    perdralent-iU 


J 


REFLEXIVE    VERn3. 


1G7 


f  «ft/'T(W  not   have    n- 
joic'il.  tile. 

Jc>  716  me  boi'iuB  pas  ru- 

jout 
tu  we  te  sernis  pax  rfjonl 
il  nc  Be  ser.iit  /jks  ii'juui 
uoiis    ne  nous   seriuus 

■pus  rCjoui* 
vous  110  VOU8  serioz  pa.s- 

rf'jonlB  [rt'jouls 

ils  ne  se   stuaieut  ims 

nr 
jo  ne  me  fu«so  ^'as  rcjoul 

tu  nete  fusses  jws  n'joul 
il  no  ae  fut  pas  irjoul 
nous  lie  nous  fussions 

pas  n'jouls 
V0U8  nr  vous lussiez pis 

n'jouls 
lis  no   se    fus^eiit   jx(« 

rcjouis 


Do  not  r»]oice,  ete. 

Ne  te  n'jouls  pas  [pow 
A'd  nous  ri'joiiisBons 
A'ti  vous  icjouisstsz  pa8 

Have  not  rojnicpil,  ete. 
Ne  te  sois  pas  rojoul 
Ne  nous  soyous  pan  re- 
jouls  [jouls 

Ne  vous  soyez  paa  r«5- 


That  I  may  not  rejoice, 
etc. 


PAST. 

Sliov^l  I  have  porceircd  f 
etc. 

Me  sciaifl-je  apcr(,'u  f 

te  aeriiis-tu  apcrgu  ? 
se  st'iait-il  iipervu  ? 
nous  Kerious-iiuuri  upcr- 

(;u8? 
vous   scriez-vous  npor- 

(;vs? 
se  buiaiont-ils  nprr(;u»  1? 

or 
me  fusse-jo  aiicn;u? 

te  fusscs-tu  nper(,'u  ? 
sc  fut-il  npc!i(;u  ? 
nous  fussidus-uous 

npir(,'UB  ? 
vous  l'us>siuz-voub  aper- 

(;u»  ? 
■e  f u  .hout-ils  aperc^us  7 

IMrERATIVE  MOOD. 

Negatively, 

^liI■;i^F.NT. 

Do  not  perccire,  ete, 

Ne  t'ii]ier(;,ols  pfus  [  pas 
No  nous  ajii'icovons 
iVtJ  vous  api'icevex  ijoa 

PAST. 

Wave  not  pcrcc'vcil,  etc. 
Ne  te  Kois  pas  aper«;u 
Nd    nous    soyoua    pas 
aporcus  [(jus 

iTe  vous  soyez  pas  apor- 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOODi 

Netjativchj, 

ynESKNT  or  futuru. 

That  I  may  not  poiaetwis, 


Should   T  nnt  have  lost 

ntyA'lJ  ?  etc, 

Ne  me  stiiiia-je  pas 
perdu  ?  [ilu  ? 

no  te  Kcrais-tu  p^is  pcr- 

MeseMoniit-il/iuo-  piiMu? 

nc  nous  Beriouu-iio  lu 
jias  iiciilusH 

no  vous  serit'z-vous  />.ts 
perdus  ?        [pcnU-is  P 

nu    se    8craiiMit-iiii  p<M 

ne  me  fubso-jo  ^'a-.-  per- 
du ?  [du  ? 
ne  te  fussea-tu  j"t>!  per- 
nio se  fftt-il  pas  pt  idu  ? 
nc  nous  fusMious-uuud 

pas  perdus  ? 
no    vous     fussioz-vous 

]"'.s'  ptTdus  ? 
nc    se     fuH.-.c'utils    pas 
pirdus  r 


7)o  no*  lose  thysiTf,  ete. 

Ne  te  perds  pas 

No  nous  penloTis  pas 

iVti  vous  pt'i'des  i'us 

Jfavc  not  lost  lh'isc\l',  etc. 
Ne  te  sois  p<s  pordu 
Ne    nous    uoyoas    pas 
pordus  [dus 

Ne  voiu  soyez  p'la  ^tut- 


That  T  may  not  lose  niy» 
etc.  self,  etc. 

Que  je  ne  me  rujoulsse    Quo  jo  ne  m'oporQolv©    Que  je  no  me  pcrde  pat 

pas  [pas         pan  [pas 

t(ui'  tu  ne  te  rfjoulsaes    quo  tu  no  t'aporoolves    que  tu  ne  te  pordes  pi$ 
^Uj'U  ne  se  njjoiiisse  pas    qu'il  ne  »'u})oiQoive  pas    qu'il  nc  se  p«jrde  pa« 


1G8 


nKi'LExmc  vrnns. 


(|iie  noim  ^e   nous   r6-  quu  iiona  ne  nous  ai'ir- 

iuulsslona  fas  ccvioua  pas 

que  voiis   n«   vous    r6-  quu  voii.s  ui-  vous  apor- 

jnulNSlez  p'U       [pan  ci'viez  pas              [j.'is 

qu'ilu  nj  ■erijotiissunt  qu'ils  nu  s'lipeiyolvout 


^m     I 


That  T  may  not  hare  re- 

joiecd,  etc. 
Qiie  jo  )»o  mo   sois  pas 

It'julll 

quo  tu  no  te  sois  j'lts  i'6- 

joul 
qu'il  iij  se  Boit  pas  r£- 

joui 
quu     nous     no     nous 

Boyuiis  ;<as  n'joulB 
que  vourt  lid  vous  sdjuz 

2)t,«f  i('j(»iii8 
qu'ils  ri''  ■»  Buiout  ^aa 

rujuuls 


T/tat  /■  might  not  risjniro, 
etc. 

Que  je  ne  me  n'jouisse 
pas  fj>as 

quo  tn  n«  te  ri'joulB«e» 
qu'il  ne  so  rrjoiiit  pas 
que  noufi  xi^  nou5  n'j  i;i- 

Isslous  >  "S 
quu  V4)iiH  Id-  vous  r<''jou- 
tssli'z  pas  [  }jri.'< 

qu'ilB  no  so  lujuuisaent 


That  I  mirjht  not   have 

rejoiced,  etc, 
^ue  jtu  nd  me  soin  }>as 

r^'joiii 
que  tu  ne  te  soIb  pas  ru- 

joul 
qu'il  ne  so  soit  pas  r6- 

joul 
que     nouH      ns     nous 

SOJ'OUS  ]>ii.!)  irj mis 

que  vou^  -.'  vous  soyu/, 

pas  rujuiiis 
qu'ils  ne  se  Hoicut  pas 

x6jouU 


PAST. 

That  I  may  not  hai*ie  per- 

eeivcd,  etc. 
Qu(!  jo  nti  me  soiH  i^as 

uiii!rt,'U 
quu   tu   )?e  te   boIb  pas 

apun.'U 
qu'il  ud  se  Boit  pas  apcr- 

q  iu     nouB     ne      nous 

soyons  p^a  ai)ti\.u» 
que  vous  «','  vous  soyz 

pas  apur(;aa 
qu'ils  /(«)  sa  Boieut  j'ti* 

npuii,'us 

IMriiUKKCT. 

Thtit  I  Wight   nut  per- 
ceive, etc. 
Que  je  ne  m'liperc^usse 

pi  IS  r.i'ds 

quo  tu  ne  t'apei(,'Ussos 
qu'il  na  s'lijiei^'At  /.as- 
qiu;  nouH  n<'  nous  ui)ur- 

(,'ussions  pas 
quo  vous  no  vous  apor- 

<;ussioz  pas        [  pas 
qu'iiu  ne  s'liiiui'vussent 

PLUPERFKCT. 

That    I  miijht  not  ha%>e 

piircijirud,  etc. 
Quo  jo  no  mo  sois  pas 

npoicju 
quo  til  Tie  te  sois   pa* 

nporvu' 
qu'il  ne  se  soit  pas  aper- 

(;u 
qi)<^      uiMiH      ng     nous 

BoyiiuH  pas  apei'vus 
que  vous  )i()  vous  tjoyez 

pas  upur(;u8 
qa  lis  rtf  ne  '.uv 

ap(!i\'ua 


lueut  pa.s 


que  non»  .i«  noes  per-  - 

dlons  p<i  s 
quo  voua  n«  vous  pur- 

(liez  pas 
q'l'ila  ul' so  I'erdent  pas  t 


That  I  ni.n.'  not  have  lost 

my^rlf,  ( !c, 
Qiiu  ji   lie.'  mo  Kois  pas 

perdu 
quo  Ut  no  te    Hoia  pai  ' 

peidi* 
qu'il  ne  swsoit  jx»s  per- 
du 
que      nous      nn    nous 

siiyons  pas  ijpi-dn* 
que  vous  ne  vt'MM  noyez  ; 

pus  ptrdus 
qu'ils   ne  se  tiOitttit'iPai<'> 

perdus 


That    T  might  not   lose  ) 

myself,  etc. 
Quo  jo  ne  me  perdlsse  • 

pas  [  pas 

quo  tu  ne  te  perdlssea  < 
qu'il  ne  se  perdtt  pas 
quo  iioua  ne  nous  per-  ■ 

(lisslons  pas 
qiu!  vous  MO  vous  per- 

(llsslez  pas         [  paii 
qirilB  ne  se  |K;i'dlssent , 

That  I  might   not   \om« ; 

hist  tngseU',  etc. 
Quo  je  no  me  sois  pas  ; 

poulu 
quo   tu    liC   te  sois   pas 

])erdu 
qu'il  ne  se  soit  T[hi8  per- 

flu 
({uo     nous     ne     nous 

Hoytuis  pas  perdus 
(juo  vous  no  vous  hoycz 

7>a<  perdu* 
qu'ils  II.'   se  Boiout  pan 

lU.'1-duS 


f 


INDEX. 


Thp  THiiriK-T?!  nff>r  to  tl.e  paragraphs  when  tho  word  jia  ;e  Is  not  exprpssod. 


able  (suHix),  73. 

a;;cents,  <3,  20 ;  tonia,  24. 

astive  verbs,  134;  used  im- 
personixUy,  163. 

ade  (sullix;,  40,  44. 

adjective,  49  ;  qualifying,  50  ; 
determinative,  50,  77 ;  in- 
definite, 50;  formation  of 
fem.  in,  52  and  foil. ;  forma- 
tion of,  69  aud  foil.;  deri- 
vative, 70  and  foil. ;  agree- 
mentof,  74andfoll.;  nnnierul, 
IS  and  foil. ;  demonstrative, 
82;  possessive,  83;  indefinite, 
84,  HI ;  interrogative,  107  ; 
used  as  adverb,  193. 

adverb,  187  ;  of  place,  l-^O ;  of 
time,  190;  of  mannor,  191; 
how  formed,  191,  192 ;  ad- 
jectives used  as,  193;  com- 
parisim  of,  194 ;  of  quantity, 
195  ;  of  interrof,'ation,  196  ;  of 
affirmation,  197  ;  of  negation, 
198;  of  doubt,  199. 

adverbial  locutions,  200. 

agre  (Huflix),  iU,  44. 

alUe  (sufUxi,  42. 

aln  (suffix),  40,  71. 

aller,  169;  s'en  aller,  169. 

alpbabet,  page  7. 

ance  (suffix),  44. 

antl  (prefix),  (>9. 

apostropbe,  21. 

apr^s  (prefix),  39. 

arohl  (prefix),  69. 

ard  (suffix),  40,  73. 

arrl^re  (prefix),  .39. 

article,  45  ;  definite,  40  »nd 
loll. ;  indefinite.  48  ;  ust'd  in 
French  when  8imie  or  any  is 
meiuit  in  EugiiiiJa,  48. 


as  (suffix),  42. 

asse  (suliir.),  in  verbb,  179. 

at  (sullix),  40. 

&tre  (suifix),  72. 

aud  (siiflix),  72. 

auxiliary   verbs,    127,    132 ; 

witli  neuter  verbs,  153 ;  with 

reflexive  verbs,  158. 
avoir,  132  ;  y  avoir,  pujjo  110. 
avant  (pretix),  3'J. 

Basiue,  page  1. 
bonlr,  170. 
blen  (prefix),  69. 
bis  (prolix),  2t. 
Breton  (Sas-),  page  1. 
Burgrundlan,  pages  1,  3. 

cardinal  adjectives,  79,  81. 

Catalonian,  pa^e  1. 

oe,  loo. 

csdlUa,  22. 

Celtic,  page  4. 

celul  qui,  100. 

oer,  verbs  ending  in,  107. 

collective  numbers,  81 . 

comparative  In  adjectives, 
60  ;  irregular,  07  ;  in  ailvti  u«j, 
194. 

oompleroent,  113, 114;  direct, 
'■  15  ;  indirect,  116. 

ooadltlonal  mood,  121. 

Q«mJu«at^a,  130,  131 ;  fir;;*,, 
pagtt  79  ;  BtHtoud,  page  s.t ; 
lidai^page  86;  fourtli,  pi  1:40 
82;  interrogative,  1.36  >iiiil 
foil,  ;  negative,  141  ;  iiittr 
rogative  and  negative,  1 42 ; 
passive,  ^lage  99 ;  neuter,  page 
102 ;  relluxive,  po^c  1U5 ;  iiu* 


170 


INDEX. 


,  ! 


H 


peraonal,  page  109  ;  ohsei-va- 
tions  on  first  conj.,  IfiO  and 
foil. ;  on  Rocond  conj.,  with 
imperfect  in  isfaia,  170;  on 
2nd  (direct)  conj.,  171 ;  irre- 
gular, pnge  112  and  foil. 

•onjunotlon,  211  and  full. ; 
Kovernnu'ut  of,  216. 

conjunctive  locutions,  21-1. 

consonants,  3,  1 1  and  I'oU. 

oontre  (prefix),  89. 

defMctlve  verbs,  165. 
deml  (prefix),  <)9. 
demonstrative,  sea  adjective 

and  pronoun. 
derivative  tenses,  147. 
determinative,  sec  adjective 

and  j)rononn. 
devoir,  pa^f  97,  nolo. 
diaeresis,  21. 
diphthong:,  9. 

A,  ee  (Huflix),  40,  71. 

eau,  elle  (Hullix),  42. 

eifer  (verbs  ending  in),  IHfi. 

eler  (verlw  ending  in),  1G6. 

elet  (sullix),  72. 

en  (pronoun),  92. 

entre  (predx),  39. 

envoyer,  1(;9. 

er,  ler  (suffix),  40,  71. 

esse  (snrtix),  40,  43. 

et  (suffix),  42,  72. 

eter  (verbs  ending  in),  ICfl. 

6tre,    pnge    75;    witb    neuter 

verbs,  153. 
enr  (snlHx),  44. 
eux  (sulKx),  71. 

Osmlntne  (formation  of)  in 
nouns,  80  and  foil. ;  in  ad- 
jectives, 6T  and  fclL 

Flenalsh,  pnge  1. 

fleurir,  170. 

foreign  words,  page  5. 

rrctnch  patois,  pajje  2 ; 
dialect,  page  3;  learned,  page 
5  ;  popular,  page  5. 

ftlt^ro  tense,  123,  IJO. 


Oasoon.  papes  2,  4. 

Vender,  29  ;  fornintion  of  fntn 
in  nouns,  30  and  foil. ;  in 
adjectives,  52  and  foil. 

ger  (Verbs  endins  in),  l(i7. 

grammar  (duliiuuuu),  jpuge  5. 

hair,  170. 
hyphan,  23. 


Idiomatic  tenses,  148. 

ie  (erle)  [saOis.),  40,  43. 

If  (KUlfix),  73. 

imperative  mood,  121. 

Imperfect  tense,  12.'). 

Impersonal  verbs,  161  ;  tlioir 
pronoun  subject,  1G2  ;  activ», 
or  neuter  verbs  used  as  im- 
personal, 1(53, 

In  (prefix),  09  ;  (suffix),  71. 

indefinite,  see  adjective  and 
pronoun. 

indicative  mood,  121. 

Inllnitive  mood,  121. 

interjection,  217 ;  how  fonntrl, 
21H. 

Interrogative,  see  adjective 
and  pronoun. 

Irregrular  verbs,  1(S5 ;  1.>t 
conj.,  1({()  and  foil,  j  2nd 
coQJ.  with  imperfect  in  t.xsuiv, 
170;  3rd.  conj.  (direct),  171. 

is  (Hiiffix),  44. 

Ise  (suffix).  43. 

Ison  (HuHix)  44.' 

Isseur  (suffix),  44. 

Iste  (.suffix),  40. 

Italian,  page  S. 


Xiani^edocian,  pages  3,  4. 

Xatin  (pupiiliirj,  pages  2,  8,  4  j 
cbiifsical,  2. 

lour.  92. 

llmousln,  pages  2,  4. 

locutions,  adverbial,  200;  pre- 
positive, 203 ;  bow  formed;^ 
20(1 ;  conjunctive,  214. 

lorralD,  ^age  X, 


INDEX. 


171 


mal  (prefix),  C9. 
ment  Csiiltix),  44< 
ml  (prefix).  3tf, 
moods,  121. 


neiiter    verbs,     182  ;    tlioir 

auxiliary,    153;  iiaod  iuipur- 

soimllv,  lf)3. 
non  (prefix),  31). 
ZVorman,  ym^os  1,  8. 
noun,  see  RnltKtantive. 
number,     81  ;     forinafinn    of 

plur.  in  nomiK,  32  and  foil.  ; 

m  mljectivcs,  62  and  foil. ;  iu 

verbs,  Hi). 
numbers,  81. 
numeral  adjectives,  78,  81. 


object,  113;  direct,  115;   in- 

•  lirect,  11(5. 
Oo  (lan8:ue  d')  paRos  3,  4. 
Oil  (lantfue  d'),  pagtw  3,  4. 
oir  (sullix),  44. 
on   (sullix),  42,  4-4;  in  verbs, 

17!). 
ordinal  adjectives,  80,  81. 
ortkotsrraphlc  signs,  20. 
ot  (sulli>.),   42,    72;  iu   vorbj, 

17'J. 


participle,  183  ;  presont,  184  ; 

used  aH  II n  adjective,  IS.j. 
passive  verbs,  14!)  and  foil. ; 

tho   refiexive    used    instead, 

149,  IGO. 
past  anterior,  126. 
past  definite,  125. 
past  Indefinite,  125. 
past    participle    of   passiyo 

verbs,  151  ;  of  neuter  verbs, 

164  ;  of  reflexive  verbs,  159  ; 

used  R8  au  adjective,  186. 
past  tense,  123. 
personal  pronouns,  set   j^^ 

noiiiiH. 
persons  in  verbs,  120. 
Vlcard,  ]mgm  1,  9. 
T^luperfect,  125. 


plural  (fnrmntion  of)  in  nonnn, 
32  anil  foil. ;  in  adjectives, 
r>2  ini.l  foil. 

positive,  (ia. 

posseseive,  linw  exprosqod  in 
I'l ench,  48  ;  see  adjectivo  and 
pronoun. 

pouvolr,  paf,'e  97,  note. 

prefixes,  3!>. 

prepositions,  201  and  foil; 
how  formed,  205  ;  Rovern- 
ment  of,  207,  210;  their 
place,  208;  repetition  of, 
20<>. 

prepositive    locutions,  203. 

2;(i. 

present  participle.  184 ;  used 

as  an  mljcctive,  185. 
present  tensu,  123. 
preterite,  fcc  pii,-.t. 
primitive  tenses,  1 17. 

pronouns,  85  ;  personnl,  8«  ; 
conjiuictivo,  89 ;  where  placed, 
90,  92  ;  (Usjunctivu,  93  ;  used 
iH  subject,  94 ;  used  as 
object,  95 ;  reflective,  9(> ; 
demonstrative,  97  and  foil. ; 
possessive,  101 ;  rilativo, 
102  and  foil.  ;  inlorro^'iitivo, 
101)  iind  foil. ;  indefinite, 
109  and  foil. 

Provcr-Qal,  pa(,'es  2,  4  ;  I'atoia, 
page  2. 

qualirylnB:    adjectives,     <3« 

adjectives. 
que,  104,  105,  106. 
"Ml,  104,  100. 

reflexive     verbs,    165 ;   how 

conjuf,'ated,  157  j  their  auxi- 
liary, 158 ;  their  past  parti- 
ciple, 159 ;  instead  of  the 
puHsivo,  14!),  1(50. 
Stomanco  languagre,  pnaes 
3,5. 

■ans  (]iref1x),  39. 

»ome,  truusilated   by    du.  &<im 

ia.  ■ 


172 


»j»i'I'.X 


ftous  O»ron\),  3;),  f)9. 

Spanish,  pngo  3. 

■peech  ^partH  uf),  25. 

•tem.  lis. 

■ubjeot,  113 ;  nf,'n!cmrnt  of 
VI  rl)  witli,  180  iiiul  foil. 

■ubjunotlvo  mood,  121. 

■ubatantlve,  26  and  full.  ; 
fonimtion  of  tliofom.,  29  iind 
fell.;  of  tlio  plural,  31  nuJ 
foil.;  forinatioii  of  aubstiin- 
tives,  37 ;  ilorivntive,  38 ; 
compound,  39 ;  fonnod  from 
adjictives,  43;  from  vorbH, 
41. 

■ufBxeti  40;  dimiuuiivo,  41, 
42. 

■upe.  ■,■,":,*.»>•«,  68. 

■«r  r;--  i;},5.89. 

Byr.UMki,  *u*;  touio,  2-4. 

th  (snffiij,  48. 

tcnsus,  122;  flimplo,  128; 
compound,  129 ;  formation 
of,  li3  and  foil. ;  primilivo 
ond   derivative,  147;  idiom- 


trrminatlon  (of  vorl)«).  118. 
trait  d'unlon,  23. 
troma,  21. 


u  (sumx),  71. 
ultra  (p't'fix),  nr*. 
uro  (tium.vj,  43,  44. 

verb,  112,  auxiliary,  127, 182; 
iictivo,  131  ;  passivo,  119  and 
foil. ;  ut'uU  1 ,  152  and  foil. ; 
rclloxive,  155  and  foil. ;  im- 
personal, 161  ;  irrej^iilar, 
101;  defective,  165;  forma- 
tion of,  177  and  foil. ;  a(n<  "• 
nient  with  the  subjoct,  160 
and  foil. 

vice  (i)roljx),  39. 

voulolr,  \nif,o  97,  nolo, 

▼owels,  3  aitd  foil. 


y  (pronoun),  92. 

y  avoir,  pngn  110. 

jcr  {yetint  eudiug  io),  IM. 


1  i 


•I'-rar-Tiiin  iirwn 


iTBENCH-ENGLISH    VOCABULAP.Y. 


1 


A,  p.cp.,  at,  to 

a,  v.ii.,  avoir,  (pago  71) 

nbattomcnt,   «.«».,  piofl- 

tration 
ftliatt  ro,  r.o. ,  to  cnwl  do  \vn 
o'nolir,  t'.o.,  to  iibulish 
rbonnor  (b')  v.r.,  to  Bub- 

scribo  to 
abunncment,  «.m.,   sub- 

Rcription 
abonclior,  r.o.,  to  bring 

togothcr 
aboulir,  v.n.,  to  lend 
abrcHvcr,  r.o.;  to  water 
abreuvoir,    «.m.,    hoiHo- 

pond,  watering-pkco 
abrutir,  r.a.,  to  iniloi  n 

br  te  of,   to  stultify, 

to  iiGSOt 

nbsoiulre,  v.a.,  to  absolvo 
«l)Hur(lo,  (»(//.,  absiiiil 
ubsiirdit6,  tj.,  ubsindity 
acfijou,  t.hi.,  ma)\()},'iiny 
ai'oablor,  i.a.,  to  weigh 

dowu 
ncfablcmont,    ».m.,    de- 

s))onclency,  dejuetiou 
acfidciu,  »,»».,  ncciileut 
aciMinp.agiier,  v.a.,  to  ao- 

corapiiny 
accomplir,  r.a.,    to    ac- 
complish 
•cconipliBst  ment,     t.m., 
aceuinplishuit-ut,    iid- 
filiueut 


Jlfconrir,  im.,  to  ruji 
atihotcr,  t-.a.,  to  buy 
achetoiir,    i.m.,     buyer, 

purchaBor 
ncide,  aJj.,  acid 
aciditC,  «./.,  acidity 
acier,  «."».,  steel 
acij'uio,  «/.,  steel  work 
acolvte,    i.m.,     aoolyto, 

cleilt 
ttcquOreur,  ».m.,   buyer, 

purchaser 
acquf'iir,  i.a.,  to  acquiio 
ac(iuittor,  (a")  r.r.,  to  per- 
form 
/Icre,  ri(//,,  acrid,  flour 
acrut<'',     s.f.,    acriduesB, 

soiirnoiH 
ncteur,  sail,  actor 
actrico,  «/.,  actress 
adminiteur,  -ti'ice,  «.jn^., 

ailiniror 
adniiror,  r.a.,  to  admiio 
adoratour,  -trice,    a.m.f,, 

worshipjicr,  adorer 
adorer,  r.a.,  to  oduro,  to 

worship 
adomir,  r.a.,  to  softi  n 
adresser  (s'),  r.r.,  to  ap- 
ply,to  address,  to  speak 
to 
afTadir,    r.a.,    to    make 

tnsteles.s 
affaiblir,  r.a.,  to  weaken 
affaire    s.f.,  affair,  busi- 
ness, difficulty 
affaisacr,  r.a.,  to  sink 


affaifsement,  a.m.,  sink 

iiig 
nffi'nnir,r.a.,  to  strength. 

en 
Africjuo,  S.J.,  Africa 
africain,  «.»..,  African 
fl!.;o,  a.m.,  age 
&^i',,  0,  adj.,  old,  n:'<  d 
agencer,  r.a.,  to  dispose 
ugencenient,     a.iu.,     ar- 
rangement 
agilo,  ad)'.,  nimhio 
ogilile,  »/.,  uiuiblenoss, 

ngility 
agir,  v.n.,  to  act 
agrandir,  r.a.,  to  enlarge 
agrandissemi'nt,       ».m., 

enlargement 
aioii],  s.ift.,  grand-father, 

ancestor 
ai:4lc,  s.m.,  oa.;]o 
aiglon,  .t.m.,  eaglet 
nigro,  adj.,  sour 
ui /relet,  adj.,  sonr'sh 
aiguille,  «/,  nrelle 
aiguillon,  .«.iii.,  gmid 
iiilo,  s./.,  wing 
aihS,  0,  adj.,  winged 
aileron,  a.m.,  pinioii,  fin 
aimable,  a'?;'.,  UinJ,  ami- 
able, gentle 
aimani,    aime,    aiment. 
rai-t.pres. ;  paft.past ; 
ind.  pr.  of 
aimer,  r.a ,  to   like,   to 

love,  to  be  fond  o( 
amsi,  aJ.v.,  th.is,  ao 


MICROCOPY   RESOLUTION   TIST  CHAiJT 

(ANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  2) 


,^S^'       i®^-'  ^<"'  Main  Street 


inc 


1653  Eo3t  Main  Street 

Rochoster.  New  York        14609       USA 

(716)   482 -0300 -Phone 

(716)  288-5989  -  Fo« 


t74 


thENCii-LNGLiaft   v6«>ABtJLAfe¥. 


lis 


ais6ment,    adv.,    easily, 
readily 

nlartner,  v.a.,  to  alarm 

allue,    «./.,    pMth    alloy, 
Roing 

allei',  t'.«.,  to  go 

allure,  s.f.,  Rait 

amaJRrir,  v,a.,  to  make 
thin 

amande,  s.f.,  almond 

amandier,  «.m.,  almond- 
troe 

ambition,  s.f.,  ambition 

amener,  v.a.,  to  bring, 
to  bring  along 

Amerique,  s.f.,  America 

ara^ricain,  s.m.,  Ameri- 
can 

ami,  s.m.,  friend 

amiucir,   v.a.,  to    make 
thin 

amiral,  s.m.,  admiral 

amoUir,  v.a.,   to  soften 

amoUissemeutjS.m.,  soft- 
tening 

amuser,  v.a.,  to  amnse 

amuser  (s')  r.r,,  to  amuse 
one's  self 

amusement,  s.m.,  amuse- 
ment 

analyse,    «/.,    analysis, 
parsing,  outline 

ancien,  -no,  arZ/.,  ancient 

anciennete,     s.f.,     anti- 
quity, seniority 

ancro,  s./.,  anclior 

anorage,  s.m.,  anchorage 

&ue,  s.m.,  asa 

Anon,  s.vi.,  young  ass 

anglais,    s.m.,    Eu^lisli- 
man,  Briton 

annexion,  s.f.,  annexion 

antifebrile,  adj.,  uutil'e- 
brile 

anti-monarchique,    adj., 
anti-monarchical 

anti-religieux,  adj.,unti- 
religious 

antisocial,     ad'>       outi- 
sociui 


aont,  s.m.,  August 

apaiser,  v.a.,  to  appease, 
to  calm,  to  soothe 

apercevoir,  v.a.,  to  per- 
ceive, to  see 

8'apercevoir,  v.r.,  to  per- 
ceive one's  self,  to  see 
each  other 

■'apercevoir,  v.r.  [de], 
to  notice,  to  discover 

aperiju,  s.m.,  glimpse 

apotre,  s.m.,  apostle 

apostrophe,  s.f.,  apos- 
trophe, address,  re- 
proach 

apostropher,  v.a.,  to 
apostrophise,  to  ad- 
dress (roughly) 

appauvrir,  v.a.,  to  im- 
poverish 

appauvrissement,  s.m., 
impoverishment 

appeler,  v.a.,  to  call 

appel,  s.m.,  call 

applaudir,u.a.,to  applaud 

applaudissement,  s.m., 
ajiplauso 

appliquer,  (s'),  v.r.,  to 
ap])ly  one's  self 

apporter,  v.a.,  to  bring 

apre,  adj.,  rough,  sour, 
ca^or 

fipretu,  s.f.,  roughness, 
tartness,  eagerness 

apros,  prep.,  after 

apros-coup,  Inc.  ad.v., 
when  too  late,  after- 
wards 

aiires-demain,  Inc.  adv., 
tljo  day  after  to-morrow 

apros-diner,  s  m.,  after 
dinner,  evening 

apii^s-midi,  sj.,  after- 
noon 

arc,  .f.m.  arc 

arcade,  s/.,  arcnde 

archidiaconal,ttt/j.,  archi- 
diaconal 

ar.jhiui;cal,    adj.,    arch-  i 
(luOul  i 


archi6pi8CopaI,  aij.,  ftt» 

chiepiscopal 
archi  fou,  ad;}.,  fetarlc  mad 
argent,      s.m.,      silver, 

money 
argenterie,  aj.,  plate 
armce,  sf.,  army 
arracher,  v.a.,  to  tear 
arranger,  v.a.,  to  put  in 

order,  to  arrange 
arrerages,  s.m.,  arrears 
arrcter,  v.a.,  to  arrest 
arret,     s.m.,     stoppage, 

decree 
arricre-boutique,       •/., 

back- shop 
arricre-garde,  »/.,  rear- 
guard, rear 
arricre-neveu,».m.,  grand 

nephew 
arriere-pensee,  aj*.,  men- 

tal  reservation 
arrii're-saison,  sj.,  latter 

end     of    the    season, 

autumn,decline(of  Ufe) 
nrrivee,  sj.,  arrival 
arriver,  v.n.,  to  arrive 
arro8er,^v.a.,  to  water 
arsenal,  s.m.,  arsenal 
art,  s.m.  art 
artiste,  s.m.,  artist 
aspect,  s.m.,  aspect 
assassin,  s.m.,  murderer 
assassinat,    s.m.,    assas- 
sination 
asse-)ir  (s'j,  v.r.,  to  sit 

down 
asscrvir,  v.a.,  to  enslave, 

to  subdue 
assieger,  v.a.,  to  besiege 
assingOant,  s.m.,  besieger 
assiette,  s,j'.,  plate 
assiettee,  s.f.,  plateful 
assistance,  s.f.,  assistanc^e 
assistant,  s.m.,  assistant, 

bystander 
assister,  v. an.,  to  assist, 

to  be  present 
assnrtir,  v.a.,  to  match. 

to  sort,  tu  suit 


1 


f ) 


4 


1 1 

II 


i5t,EMENTAny    FRENCH   QRAMMAB. ACCIDENCE. 


Its 


t 

1 


I) 


4 


httaMer,  v.a,,  to    sit  at 

<iil)Ie 
attiunuT,  v.a.,  to  attack 
attcihlre,    v.a.,    to    wait 

for,  to  expect 
s'littendre,  v.r.,  to  expect 
attendu,  prep.,  coiisidur- 

iug 
attendrir,  v.a.,  to  soften, 

to  move 
attoutif,  adj.,  attentive 
attention,  s/.,  attention 
attirail,      s.m.,     imple* 
nients.apparatus,  train 
at  itude,  sj.,  attitude 
ai1>ade,     «./.,     morning 

serenade 
aiihe,  s/.,  dawn 
auberge,  sj.,  iun 
aubergiste,     s.m,,     inn- 
keeper 
aiicnu,-e,a'y,any,no,none 
aujourd'lmi,  adv.,  to-day 
autre,  adj.  and  pr.  ind., 

other 
autrui,  pr.  ind.,  others, 

our  neighbour 
Auvergne,  s.f.,  Auvergne 
Kuver:^nat,    a.m.,  native 

of  Auvergne 
avimec,    -e,     adj.,     ad- 
vanced, forward,  clear 
avaucor,  v.a.n.,    to    ad- 
vance 
flvnnt,  pi'op.,  before 
avautage,  s.m.,advantngo 
avant-coureur,«.m.,  fore- 
runner 
ftvant-goflt,s.m.,forotaRte 
nvant-poste, s.m.,  outpost 
avaut-projios,  s.m,,  pre- 
face 
avtrtir,  v.a.,  to  warn 
avidc,  adi.,  greedy 
avidit6,  s.f.,  grt'i;dinoR<? 
avis. s.m.,  advice,  opinion 
avoiue,  «/.,oatB 
avoir,  V.  a.ux,  and  act.,  to 

liave 
Rvoir,  i.iii.,  yoporty 


B 

Bagatelle,  «./.,  trifle 
baigner    (se),     v.a.,     to 

bathe 
baigneur,   •ease,    i*.mj., 

bather 
bail,  s.m.,  lease 
baillcr,  v.n.,  to  yawn 
baillement,s.jn.,  yawning 
bailion,  s.m.,  gag 
bal,  s.m.,  ball  (dancing) 
balancer,  v.a,,  to  balance 
balanQoire,    $J,,    swing, 

see- saw 
balayer,  v.a.,  to  sweep 
balle,  s/.,  ball 
ballon,  s.m.,  balloon 
ballot,  s.m.,  package 
bahistiade,  s.f.,  railing 
balustre,  s.f.,  railing 
banibou,  s.m,,  bamboo 
banal,  adj.,  trite 
banalit6,  s.f.,  common- 
place saying 
bandage,  s.m.,  bandage 
bande,  s.f.,  baud 
bandelette,  s.f.,  banllet 
bannir,  v.a.,  to  banish,  to 

exile 
barbaro,  ac?/.,  barbarous, 

barbarian 
barbario,  s.f.,  barbarity, 

rudeness 
barbe,  s.f.,  beard 
barbier,  s.m.,  barber 
barbouillor,  v.a.,   to  be- 
smear 
barbu,  -c,  adj.,  bearded 
barbue,  s.f.,  brill 
barre,  s.f.,  bar,  crosa-bar 
barreau,  s.m,,  (small  bar, 

giMtiug 
bas,  s. ))!..,  stocking 
bassiuer,  v.a.,  to  warm 
b;\t,  s.iii.,  pack-saddle 
bati's,  -e,  adj.,  pack  sad- 
dled ;    un  i'mu  bdto,  a 
dowunyhl  uuu 


bataille,  <./.,  battle 
bateau,  s.m.,  boat 
batelier,  s  m.,  boatman 
l^attant,  -e,    adj.,  ))orte 
'.f  '"■  battante,       slamming 

door 
battre,  v.a.,  to  beat 
bavard,  adj.,  talkativ* 
baver,  v.n.,  to  slobber 
beau,  bel  (m.),  belle  (/.;, 

adj.,  beautiful,  hand- 

some,  fine 
beaucoup,  adv.,  much 
boaut6,  s.f.,  beauty 
bellatre  adj.,  of  insipid 

beauty 
b6nir,  v.a.,  to  bless 
berger,  s.m.,  shepherd 
biMgerie,  sf.,  fold 
Berlin,  n.p. 
beurre,  s.m 
bible,  s.f., 
bibliotheq 

book-cas 
bien,    adv. 

much,  real 
bien,  s.m.,  gooi 

ty,  wealth 
bien-aime,     ad 

beloved,  de.m.st 
bienfaibant,   adj., 

ficent 
Inenfaiteur,  -rice, 

benefactor  (m.), 

factress  (/.) 
bicnheureux,    -se, 

blessed 
bijou,  -X,  s.m.,  jewel 
bijouterie,  sj.,  jewellery 
bille,  s.f.,  ball 
billard,  s.m.,  billiards 
billot,  s.m.,  blo(!k,  cl.ig 
billet,  s.m.,  ticket ;  billet 

de  banque,  bank -note 
bisai'eul,      s.m.,      great- 

grandfather 
bissac,  s.m.,  wallet 
blamer,  r,a.,  to  blame 
blanc,  -che.  ad/.,  white 
i  biauuhir,  v.a.,  tu  wiutuil 


s  m..f., 
beue- 

adj.. 


I 


176 


t-KENCH-ENGLlSH   VOCADULAMf* 


f  r 


f 


blaiicln'sBcnr,     $.m,, 

bleacher 
Lie,  fi.m.,  coru,  wheat 
blesser,  v.a.,  to  wound 
blessuro,  «./. ,  wound 
bliu,  adj.,  blue 
bleuir,  v.n.,  to  become 

blue 
bocal,    s.m.,    glass    jar, 

glass  globe 
boire,  v.a.,  to  drink 
boiro,  s.m.,  drink,  drink- 
ing 
bois,  s.m,,  wood 
boiscrie,  s.f.,  wainscot 
boitcux,  -so,  adj.,  lame, 

crippled 
bombarde,  s./.,  bombard 
bombe,  a/.,  bomb 
bon,   adj.,   good,    kind; 

!es  bona,  the  good 
boul,  s.m.,  edge 
bordage,  s.m.,  plniil<ing 
border,  v.a.,  to  hem 
bordure,     s/.,     edging, 

border,  frame 
bosKO,  s/.,  lump,  bunch 
boFSu,    -e,    adj.,    lump- 
backed,  hunch-backed 
botto,  s./.,  boot 
bottler,  s.m.,  bootmaker 
bouche,  s/.,  mouth 
bouchee,  s/.,  mouthful 
boucher,  s.m.,   butcher; 
bouchcrio,      butcher's 
shop 
boucher,  r.o.,  to  stop 
bonchon,  s.m..,  cork 
boucle,  s.f.,  buckle,  tie, 

ring 
bouffce,  s/.,  puff 
bouller,  v.n.,  to  swell 
bouflir,  v.n,,  to  swell  out 
bouffissure,s/.,  swelling, 

bombast 
bouillir,    v.n.,    to   boil, 

parie  114 
boulanger,  s.m.,  baker 

~^----!T-i  ^j-i   vnr.cijT 

boulb,  sj.,  bail 


boulet,  s.m,,  cannon  ball 
boulette,    s.f.,    ball     (of 

bread  or  paper) 
bourg,     s.m.,     borough, 

market-town 
bourgade,s./.,  small  mar- 
ket-town, villnge 
bonrrade,  s/.,  blow  (with 
the     but     cud    of    a 
musket) 
bourre,  s.f.,  flock,  wad 
bourse,  s.f.,  purse 
boursier,    s.m.,     bursar, 
treasurer,  stock-jobber 
bouteille,  s.f.,  bottle 
boutique,  »./.,  shop 
bracelet,  s.m.,  bracelet 
branchage,s.m.,brancheB, 

boughs 
branche,  s.f.,  branch 
branchu,-e,  adj.,  branch- 
ed, branchy 
bras,  s.m.,  arm 
brigand,  s.m.,  brigand 
brigandage,     a.m.,    bri- 
gandage 
broche,  s.f,,  brooch 
brochette,  s.f.,  skewer 
broder,  v.a.,  to  emliroidcr 
brouillard,  ocZf.   for  blot- 
ting; papier-bouillard, 
blotting-pnper 
brouillcr,    v.a.,    to    mix 

together,  to  upset 
bronillon,    s.m.,    rough 

draft,  blunderer 
bruit,  s.m.,  noise,  fame, 

rumour 
brume,  s/.,  mist,  fog 
brute,  s.f.,  brute 
brute,  adj.,  brutish 
bruyant,  adj.,  noisy;  sec 

bruire,  p.  125 
bfiche,  sj".,  log  of  wood 
bi'icher,  $.m.,  log-house, 

stake 
bficheron,  a.m.,  woodcut- 
ter 

uUciivitt;,    .r^'.,    BlliUii  log 

ol  wood 


burcan,  s.m.,  ofTcd 
but,  s.m.,  aim,  cud 


cnchc,  s.f.,  hiding  place 
cachotte,     sj.,      hidiiig 

place 
cabine,  s.f.,  cabin 
cabinet,    s.m.,     cabinet, 

closet,  study 
cachctcr,  r.a.,  to  seal 
caliicr,  s.m.,  copy-luiok 
cr.illou,  s.m.,  fliut.pcbble 
caisse,  s.f.,  case 
caisson,  s.m.,  waggon 
cauiail,  s.m.,  camail 
camp,  s.m.,  camp 
canipagne,  sj.,  country 
campagnard,  s.m.,  coun- 
tryman 
cr  m.,canal,chaniieb 

c  s.m.,  duck 

c!i..    ;,  sj.,  cane,  stick 
canuelle,  s.f.,  cinnamon' 
capital,  s.iu.,  main  point,, 

capital,  stock 
capitDliste,s.7ii. , capitalist 
car,  con}.,  for 
caractere,  s.m.,  charac- 
ter, temper 
carafe,  s.f.,  flapgon 
carafon,  s.m.,  decanter' 
cp.rdinal,  s.m.,  cardinal 
cardinalat,  s.m.,  cardina- 

late 
cnrnaval,  s.m,,  carnival, 
carjie,  s.f.,  carp 
carpillon,  s.vi.,  little  cnrpf 
carrosse,  s.m,,  cnrriiige 
carroBsier,  s.m.,  carriage' 

or  coachmakor 
cascade,    «./.,     cascade,. 

waterfall,  fall 
cause,  s/.,  cause 
cave,   s.f.,    cellar,    win 
vault 


M 


cave  €iU ,      5 . 1  / 1. 1 
biuM  vault 


■LEMENTARY   FHENGH  GRA:aiIAR.  —  ACCIDENCE, 


177 


i 


M,  cot,  in.,  oette,  /.,  oes, 
pi.,  adj.ddin,,  this, 
tliese,  that,  those 

ce,  c'fpr.dein.,  1,  he,  she, 
they ;  2,  it ;  3,  exple- 
tive, ce  qui,  ce  que, 
what 

cela,  pr.u-em.,  that 

cehii,  (m.),  celle,  (/.), 
ceux,  colles,  pi.  Pf. 
dem,  suhj.,  he,  she, 
one  ;  pZ., they  or  those  ; 
obj.,  him,  her,  tlio  oue  j 
pL,  those 

cclui-ci,  (m.),  celle-ci, 
(f.),  ceux-ci,  celleb-ci, 
[iiij.pl.)  pr.  dem.,  (see 
paije  58) 

ccl'ii-lil,  (m.),  cclle-h\, 
0.)>  ceux-l£l,  colluti-hi, 
(m.f.pl.)  pr.  d^tn.,  [see 
yiayc  58) 

cehitiire,  s/.,  girdle 

ot'intui'on,  s.iu.,  belt 

celeste,  adj.,  heavculy, 
celestial 

ceiidre,  b^  ,  ashes 

ceudrier,  «.m.,  fenclor 

cent,  adj.  num.,  hun- 
ched 

ceutaine,  9./.,  ahout  a 
hundred 

cerise,  sj.,  cherry 

cerisier, a.m.,  cherry-treo 

certain,  -e,  adj.,  sure, 
certain ;  (irul.)  one, 
some 

eerveau,,  s.m.,  cerebel- 
lum 

cervelas,  s.m.,  saveloy 

chacal,  s.m.,  jackal 

chaf;rin,  s.m.,  sorrow 

chaiiio,  s/.,  chain 

chahiette,  sj.,  little 
chain 

chaise,  s.f.,  chair,  seat 

chaleur,  s./.,  heat 

chambre.  s.f.,  room 

champ,  s.m.,  tick! 


ohongd,  •.m.,  exohangd, 
change ;      lettre      de 
change,    bill    of     ex- 
change, bill 
ohanoine,    s.m.,    canon, 

prelicndary 
chanoiuesse,  sJ.,  canon- 
ess 
chant,  s.m.,  song,  singing 
chanter,  v.a.n,,  to  sing 
chiiuteur,    -euse,   s.mj., 
singer ;    cantatrice,  a 
professional  singer 
chantonner,  v.n.,  to  hum 
chape,  s./.,  cope 
chapeau,  s.m.,  hat 
chaperon,     s.m.,    hood, 

chaperon 
chaque,  adj.  ind.,  each 
charger,  I'.a.,  to  load 
charitable,at(j., charitable 
Charles,  s.m.,  Charles 
Chariot,  s.m.,  Charlie 
charmant,  adj.,  chai'm- 

iug,  delighti'iil 
charrue,  *./.,  plough 
chasse,     sJ.,     hunting, 

sporting 
chasso,  s.f.,  shrine 


chasseur,   s. 


himter, 


sportsman 
chataigno,  s.f.,  chestnut 
chataignier,  s.m.,  chest- 
nut-tree 
ehfitelain,  -e,    adj., ;    le 
seigneur  chatolain,  the 
lord  ol  the  manor  ;   la 
dame   chfttelaine,   the 
lady   of    the    manor ; 
chaine    cliaielaiue,  or 
chatelaine,  chain 
chdtelet,s.)a.,  little  castle 
chaumiire,  s/.,  cottage 
chaussor,  v.a.,  to  shoe 
chaussLue,     sJ.,    boots, 

shoos 
chemin,  s.m.,  way,  road 
chemise,  s.f.,  shirt 
clier,   adj.,   dear,    {adv.) 
uuUx,  uu:a:ly 


oheval,  ».m.,  liorse 
chevalier,  a.i't.,  knight 
chevelure,  s.f.,  hair 
j  ch^vre,  sj.,  goat 
chevreau,  s.m.,  kid 
chez,  prep.,  at  or  to  the 
house  of ;  aliens  chez 
moi,  chez  nous,  let  U8 
go  home 
chien,  s.m*.,  dog 
chimere,  s.f,,  idle  dream 
chimie,  s.f.,  chemistry 
ciiimisto,  s.m.,  chemist 
chomer,  v.n.,  to  bo  with- 
out work 
chomage,  s.m.,  want  of 

work,  rest 
chceur,8.m.,ohoms,choir 
choisir,  v.a.,  to  choose, 

to  bele<!t 
chose,  s.f.,  thing 
chrutien,  -ne,  adj.,  chris- 
tian 
chretient6,  s.f.,  Christen- 
dom 
chute,  »/.,  fall 
ci,    adv.,    here;    oi-gtt, 

here  lies 
cible,  s./.,  target 
cinquanto,  adj.num.,{\Hy 
cimiuautaiue,  s.f.,  aLunt 

filty 
circoustance,    8.f.,     cir- 
cumstance 
citoycu,  s.ifi.,  citizen 
citron, s.Dt.,  citron. lomou 
citronelle,  s.f.,  balm 
clairement,  adv.,  clearlv 
cligner,  I'.a.,  to  half  clo::o 
(the  eyes) 
I  chgnoter,  v.n.,  to   wink 
(reptaledly) 
cliqueter,  v.n.,  to  clack 
cliquetis,  s.m.,  din,  clang 
cloche,  s.f.,  bell 
clocher,  s.m.,  bell-tower, 

steeple 
copur,  s.m.,  heart 
coffre,  s.m.,  coller 

CuUi'Ct,  a.m.,  Liiic  COu;}f 


170 


FRENCn-ENOLISII  A'OCABULAnT. 


colcro,  sj.,  anger 
coJombe,  s./.,  dove 
ooloiubier,  s.m.,  dove-cot 
colouel,  a.m.,  colonel 
colonnade.sj".  .colonnade 
oolonne,  s./.,  column 
coloror,  v.a.,  to  colour 
coloris,  s.m.,  colouring 
combattie,r.a.,to  combat 
corabattaut,   a.m.,   com- 
batant 
combiuaison,  s/.,  com- 

biuatlou 
combiner,  v.a.,  to  com- 

biud 
com^dien,    t.m.,    come- 
dian, actor 
oommandci,    v.a.n.,    to 

command 
commandant,  «.m,,  com- 
mander 
comme,  adv.,  how 
comme,  conj.,  as 
comment,  adv.,  how 
commeicer,  v.n.,  to  trade 
commei  9ant,  8.m.,  trader 
compa{;nie,     s/.,    com- 
pany, society 
comparable,    adj.,  com- 
parable 
conipnraison,  «/,,  com- 
parison ' 
comparer,  v.a,,  to  com- 

pare 
compatir,  v.n.,  to  sym- 
pathise (with) 
complet,  -cite,  adj.,  com- 
plete 
compliment,  s.m.,  com- 
pliment.cougratulation 
complot,  «.»)».,  plot 
composer  (se),  v.r.,  to  bo 

composed 
comprendre,  v.a.,  to  un- 
derstand, to   compre- 
hend 
comproniettre   (se),  v.r., 
to    compromise  one's 
self 
oomy'is,  «.m.,  tiuuouut 


compter,  r.a.,  to  reckon 
compteur,     t.m.,    meter 

(gas) 
Comte,  s.m.,  Count,  Enrl 
comt6,     s.m.,    earldom, 

county 
Comtesso,  tj..  Countess 
concert,  a.m.,  concert 
coucevoir,  v.a.,  to  con- 
ceive 
concourlr,  v.n.,    (h),   to 
concur  (in) ;  concourir 
pour,  to  compete  for 
coudamner,  v.a.,  to  con- 
demn 
condescendre,    v.n.,    to 

condescend 
conducteur,  -Irice,  t.m.f., 
conductor,       guide, 
driver 
conduire,  v.a.,  to  lead 
conduite,    «./.,   conduct,  I 

behaviour 
confiance,s./.,confidencc, 

trust 
confier,  v.o.,  to  entrust 
confondre,  v.a.,  to  con- 
found ;   se  confondre, 
to  be  blended  ;  se  con- 
fondre en  excuses,  to 
be  lost  in  apologies 
conjugaison,    »./.,    con- 
jugation 
conjuguer,  v.a.,  to  conju- 
gate 
connaitre,  v.a.,  to  know 


s.m.,    con- 


con- 


oonqu^^rant, 

queror 
conqu^rir,  v.a.,  to 

quer 
conscience,     «./., 

science 
conseutir,  v.n.,  to 

sent 
consequence,  s./.,  conse- 

qtieuce 
consoler,  v.a.,  to  console 
consul,  s.m.,  consul 
ooiisulat,  s.m.,  consulnte 
couteuir,  v.a.  to  couttuu  j 


con- 


con- 


con  tenter,  V.O.,  to  con- 
tent 
contenu,  s.m.,  contents 
continuel,  -le,  adj.,  con- 
tinual 
centre,  prep.,  against 
contre-amiral,  s.m.,  rtir 

admiral 
contre-coup,     s.m.,    re- 

bound,  consequence 
contre-maitre,  ».«i.,fore« 

man 
contre-marque,       sj. 
countermark,  check 
contre-sens,    a.m.,    mis- 
translation 
contrecarrer,     v.a,,      to 

thwart 
contredire,  v.a.,  to  con- 
tradict 
contrefaire,  v.o.,  to  imi- 
tate 
convenance,  s/,,  fitness, 
(pZ.), propriety;  man- 
quer  aux  convenances, 
to  be  guilty  of  impro- 
priety 
convenir,  v.n.,  to  agree 

to,  to  fit 
convoi,     a.m.,     funeral, 

convoy,  train 
copie,  fijf.,  copy 
copiste,  a.m.,  copyist 
coquet,  -te,  adj.,  coquet- 
tish, elegant 
coquetterie,s./., coquetry, 

flirtation 
coquillage.s.rn.,  shell-fish 
coquille,  s.f.,  shell 
corail,  a.m.,  coral 
cordage,  a.m.,   cordaje, 

rope 
corde,  s/.,  cord 
cordeau,  s.m.,  cord 
corder,  v.a.,  to  cord 
corderie,s^/'.,rope-makin^' 
cordier,  a.m.,  ro[;e-makcr 
cordon,  s.tii.,  string 

^i..,.,i,j  •.■.«t,,  vur» 

rectly 


4. 


ELEMENTARY  FRENCH  ORABIMAR. — AOCIDENCB. 


179 


4. 


Cfitc,  »/,  rib,  cost 
coU'kttcs  /.,  outlet,  chop 
cotte,  sj ,  petticoat 
cotillou,     s.m.,     under- 
petticoat 
coulenr,  s./.,  colonr 
coupable,  adj.,  g"ilty 
couple,  s.m.,  couple 
c'oui)let,  s.m.,  veibC  (of  a 

soug) 
C'Ji'p,  s.m.,  Wow,  stroke, 

knock  ;    tout-i-coup, 

all  at  ouce 
couper,  v.a.,  to  cwt 
coupon,  s.m.,  coupoa 
coupure,  s./.,  cut 
coiuiigc,  «.)rt.,  couriiRe       j 
courageux,      -se,      adj., 

courageous 
coureur,  s.m.,  ruiiuer 
court,  adj.,  short 
cousin,  S.7H.,  cousin 
coussin,  s.H».,  cuabion 
cousBiuet,     s.m.,     little 

cnshiun 
couteau,  s.m.,  knife 
coutelier,  s.m.,  cutler 
couvee,  sj.,  brood 
couver,  v.a.,  to  lip.tch 
cruchcr,  v.n.,  to  ppit 
cruclKjir,  s.m.,  spittoon 
craignez,  v.a.,  (sea  craiu- 

dre,  p.  1-27) 
crniudre,  v.a.,  to  fear 
cruiute,  sj.,  fiur 
cruvate,      s/.,      cravat, 

iieuktio 
crnyou,  s.m.,  pencil 
crcdule,  adj.,  credulous 
trudulitu,  s./.,  credulity 
cri,  s.m.,  cry 
crier,  v.n.,  to  cry 
tristftl,  s.tn.,  crystal 
critiquer,  r.a.,  to  criticise 
croc,  s.m..  Look 
crochet,  s.m.,  little  hook 
croire,  v.a.n.,  to  believe 
trois,  -croit,  md.pres.  of 


nv.  iirtt 


croliiCe,  5^.,  wiudow 


crottro,  v.n.,  to  grow 
croix,  sj.,  cross  ;  oroisil- 

lon,  cross-bar 
cro(juor,  v.a.,  to  crunch, 

to  sketch 
croquis,  s.m.,  sketch 
crofite  8./.,  crust 
croyance,  s.f.,  l>elief 
croyunt,   v.a.,    y.pr.    of 

croire 
croyant,  ».m.,  believer 
croyez,  imp.  of  croire 
cru,  v.,  p.past  of  croire 
cru,  adj.,  raw,  crude 
crft, ''.,  p.past  of  croitre 
crrt,s.m.,  growth,  growinj- 
crnautc,  s/.,  cruelty 
cruel,  -le,  adj.,  cruel,  un- 
kind 
cueillir,  v.a.,  to  gather, 

to  pluck 
euiller,  sJ".,  spoon 
cuillerce,  sj\,  spoonful 
cuir,  s.m.,  leather 
cuisine,  s.f.,  kitchen 
cuisinier,  s.m.,  cook 
cypres,  s.m.,  cyprusa 


danger,  s.m.,  danger 

dans,  prep.,  in,  into 

dauser,  v.a.n.,  to  dance 

danseur,-se,8.w./.,daucer 

dame,  s.f.,  lady 

dame,  int.,  indeed,  well 

de,  prep.,  of 

de,  ait.,  dcf.  or  part, 
(instead  of  du,  de  la, 
des),  some,  any 

doclinaison,  sJ'.,  declen- 
sion 

dCcliner,  v.a.,  to  decline 
i  dSballer,  v.a.,  to  unpack 
j  dcbat,  s.m.,  debate 
I  d^battre,  v.a,,  to  discuss 
I  dCbitant,  s.m.,  retailer 
I  debiter,  v.a.,  to  retail 
!  d6brnuil]'-r;  v.a..  to  un- 
ruvidl 


acbut,  a'.m.,  beginning 
d6buter,  v.n,,  to  begin 
dccacheter,  v.a.,  to  open 

(a  letter) 
decevoir,  v.a.,  to  deceive 
decider,  v.a.,  to  decide 
se  decider,  v.r.,  to  come 
to  a  decision,  to  make 
up  one's  mind 
declarer,  v.a.,  to  declare 
defaillir,  v.n.,  to  fall,  to 

decay,  to  faint 
defuire,  v.a.,  to  undo,  to 

defeat,  to  rout 
di'faut,  S.W.,  defect,  fault 
defendre,  v.a.,  to  forbid, 

to  defend 
defendeur,  .s.m.,  -eresse, 

."/,  defendant 
dcliaut,  adj.,  distrustful 
dufinir,  r.a.,  to  define 
degfit,     s.m.,      damage, 

waste 
dcgrader   (se),    v.r.,    to 
degrade    or     disgrace 
one's  self 
dejc finer,  v.n.  to  brcak- 

iiist 
d<Jjofiuer,  s.m.,  bionkfast 
delutenr,  s.m.,  delatnce, 

/.,  informer 
delicicux,  -se,  adj.,  deli- 
cious 
delivrance,  $J.,  deUver- 

ance 
dfilivrer,  v.a.,  to  deliver 
demarche,  s/.,  step,  pro- 
ceeding 
domain,  adv.,  to-morrow 
demande,   a./.,    request, 

question 
demauder,  v.a.,  to  ask 
demeure,     s.f.,      abode, 

dwelling 
demeurer,  v.n.,  to  live, 

to  remain,  to  stny 
denii-ferme,    ad,j.,    hu.lt- 

closed,  partly  closed 
demi-fin,  adj.,  half-fine 
dcmi-mort,acv>fiiaii*^ead 


160 


^ 


ITBENCH-ENOUSR   VOOABULART. 


domi-nn.ui;.,  half-naked 
dtjm(>lir,v.a.,to  clamolisli, 

to  pull  down 
dent,  »/.,  tooth 
dentelJe,  »/.,  lace 
dcntier,  s.m,,  set  of  treth 
deutiste,  s.m.,  deut'st 
dcnuo,  -e,  adj.,  destitute, 

devoid 
d^pCcher  (se),    v,r.,   to 

hasten 
d^pendance,  «./.,  depen- 

dauce 
dependre.v.Ti.,  to  depend 
dcpens,  s.m.pL,  expense, 
cost,   charRG ;    il  mes 
dcpens,  at  my  expense 
depenscr,  v.a.  to  spend 
dCplaire,   v.n.,    to    dis- 
please 
deranger,  v.a.,  to  disturb 
des,  art.pl.,  of  the,  of; 
from  the,  from ;  some, 
any 
dcsir,  s.rn.,  desire,  wish 
dcsirer,  v.a.,  to desue,  to 

wish  for 
d<?sob6ir,  v.n.,  to  disobey 
desseiu,     a.m.,     design, 

project 
dessiu,  s.m.,  drawing 
detail,   $.m.,    detail,  pi. 

details,  particulars 
detourner  (se) ,  to  go  out  of 
one's  way,to  turn  away 
d^tromper,  t'.a.,  to  un- 
deceive 
dctrnire,  v.a.,  to  destroy 
deuil,  s.m.,  mourning 
deux,  adj.eard,,  two 
devoiler,  v.a.,  to  reveal 
devoir,  v.a.,  to  owe 
devoir,  $.vu,  duty 
diable,  t.ni.,  devil 
diaconal,-e,  o*l/.,diaconal 
dictiounaue,    a.m.,    dic- 
tionary 
Dieu,  s.vi.,  God 

various 


diirCrer,  v.o.,  to  defer,  to 

postpone 
dimanche,  s.m.,  Sunday 
dinde,  «/.,  turkey-hou 
dindon,  s.m.,  turkey 
dhier,  v.n.,  to  dine 
diner,  s.m.,  dinner 
diocftse,  s.m.,  diocese 
diocesain,  s.m.,  diocesan 
dire,  v.a.,  to  say 
dire,  a.m.,  saying,  state- 
ment 
disont,   dit,    dites,   v.a., 

(from  dire  p.  128) 
directeur,  a.m.,  du'cctor, 

manager 
directrice,  «./.,  directrix 
discret,  -6te,at/j., discreet 
discretion,  s.f.,  discretion 
discuter,  v.a.,  to  discuss 
disparaitre,  v.n.,  to  dis- 
appear 
diviser,  v.a.,  to  divide 
diviseur,  a.m.,  divisor 
dix,  adj.n.,  ten 
dizaino,  s.f.,  about  ten 
docile,  adj.,  docile 
dociUt6,  a.f.,  docility 
doigt,  s.m.,  finger 
doigte,  s.m.,  tinf^ering 
doraestique,  a.m./.,  man- 
servant;  woman   ser- 
vant 
donner,    v.a.,    to    give ; 
donner  la    parole,   to 
give  leave  to  speak 
dont,  pr.ielat.  (par.  103 

to  106) 
dorenavaut,  adv.,  hence- 
forth 
dormir,  to  sleep 
douaue,     sj.,     custom- 
house 
douanier,  a.m.,  custom- 
house officer 
douceatre,  act;.,  sweetish, 

insipidly  sweet 
doux,   -ce,    adj.,    sweet, 

fresh,  soft,  mild 
douze    atlj.nuni.,  twelve 


don^ftine,     •./.,     nhoxA 

twc.ve,  or  u  dozen 
droit,  adj.,  straight,  right 
drfile,  adj.,  droll,  funny 
drolerie,  sj.,  drollery 
du  (insteiid  of  do  le)  of 
the,  of ;  from  tLe,  from 
some,  any 
du,  a.m.,  due 
ducal,  adj.,  dnral 
dur,  ad;'.,  hard 
durete,  aj.,  hardness 


B 

Eau,  s.f.,  water 
ebarber,    v.a.,     to   strip 

(quills) 
ebcue,  s.f.,  ebony 
(ibenier,  a.m.,  ebony  tree 
cbeniste,   a.»u.,   cabinet- 
maker 
6benisterie,  s.f.,  cabinet- 
making 
6blouir,  v.a.,  to  dazzle 
echafaud,   a.m.,   scalTold 
Cchiifaudage,  a.m.,   scaf- 
folding 
Cchappco,     a.f.,  '  vista, 

])rank 
ecliapper,  v.n.,  to  escape 
echoir,   v.n.,   to   bill,  to 

befall,  to  full  due 
eclaiicir,    v.a.,    to     en- 
lighten 
dclaircissement,  a.m.,  ex- 
planation 
Ccolo,  s.f.,  school 
ecolier,  s.m.,  schoolboy 
ficonomat,  s.m.,  steward- 
ship 
Cconome,    adj.,    thrifty, 

saving 
6cononie,  s.m.,  steward 
ocrire,  v.a.,  to  write 
ecrit,  a.m.,  writing 
Ccriteau,  a.m.,  bill,  board 
ecrivuiii,  a.m.,  writer 
ucrivassier,  «.in.,scribbior 


^ 


JELEMEHTARY   FUBNCtt   GllAMMAR. — AcClDENCfi. 


181 


6cnen, «.«»,,  roclc,  reef 
^cuolle,  aj.,  bowl 
^cucllce,  sj.,  bowlfiill 
6curcuil,  ».m.,  miuirrol 
C'(lont6,  a(7j.,  toothless 
(jdilicc,  8.1)1.,  editico 
f  iiftccr,  v.a.,  to  efface 
effet,  8,m,,  effect 
ff^al,  adj.,  equal 
6garer  (s'),  v.r.,  to  loae 
cue's  self,  to  go  ustiuy 
f  ^lisu,  s./.,  cliurcL 
Clarf^ir,  v.a.,  to  oularge, 

to  widen 
f'liiglssurOjS./.,  piece  put 

in  to  widen 
tk'gant,  adj.,  ole^aut 
<J16ve,  s.'ii;.,  pupil 
Clever,  v.a.,  to  raise 
61ire,  v.(*.,  to  elect 
clu,  s.m.,  elect 
email,  s.m.,  enamel 
emballer,  v.'i,,  to  pack  up 
enibarras,  s.m,,  encum- 
brance, trouble 
oniboucher,  v.a.,  to  put 
(a  wind    instrameut) 
to  one's  mouth 
embouchure,  sj,,  mouth 

of  a  river 
erabrassade,     «/.,    em- 
brace 
embrasser,  v.a.,  to  em- 
brace 
Emigrant,  a.m.,  emigrant 
6migrer,   v.n.,    to    emi- 
grate 
fimonvoir,  v.a.,  to  move 
empresser  (s'),    v.r.,    to 

hasten 
en,  'prep.,  in,  into 
en,  adv.,  from  theuce 
en,  pr.pej-s.  (page  56) 
enohanteur,     a.m.,    en- 
chanter 
euohanteresse,  <./.,   en- 
chantress 
enoh6rir,  v.a.,  to  raise 

(prices) 
•ucliuria3(ii?,a.m.,Lid(ler 


encore,   adv.,  still,  yet, 

again 
encre,  sj.,  ink 
encricr,  s.m.,  inkstand 
endentCi,  adj.,  with  tieth 
(juergiquo,  adj.,  eiicrt^etic 
enfant,  s.m.,iufant,  buby, 

child 
oufantin,  adj.,  cliildiah 
eiitiler,  I'.a.,  to  thread 
enlilatle,    s./.,    suite    of 

ruouis,  long  string 
enjambcr,  v.a.,  to  stride 
enjambCe,  s./.,  stride 
enjoindre,  v.a.,  to  enjoin, 

to  direct 
enuemi,  a.m.,  enemy,  foe 
ennui,  a.m.,  wearisome- 

ness,  care 
finoncer,  v.a.,  to  express ; 
s'Cnoncer,   to  expi-ess 
one's-self,  to    be    ex- 
pressed 
enorgueillir  (s'),  v.r.,  to 

boa^t' 
enquurir  (s'),  to  inquire, 

to  ask 
enrhumer  (s'),  to  catch 

a  cold 
enrichir,  v.a.,  to  enrich 
entabler,  v.a.,  to  entable 
entablement,    a.m.,    en- 
tablature 
entejidro,  v.a.n.,  to  hear, 

to  understand 
entet6,  adj.,  obstinate 
entre-cote,     s.m.,    meat 

between  the  ribs 
entrelarder,  v.a.,  to  in- 
terlard 
entremets,     a.m.,    side- 
dish 
entremettre,  v.a.,  to  in- 
terpose 
entrepout,  s.m.,  between 

the  decks 
entreprendre,     v.a.,    to 

undertake 
eutreprido,    «/.,    enter- 
pcitiiug,  audcrtakiuj{ 


entr^-e,  «./.,  entrance 
eutrcr,  v.n.,  to  enter 
entresol,    s.m.,    mez- 

itauino 
envaliir,  r.a.,  to  invade 
envcra,  Tpr.,  towards,  to 
envi  (a  1'),  ad<\.  in  emu- 
lation of  each   otlier, 
vying  with  each  other 
onvie,   .s./.,   envy,   wish, 

longing 
envoyor,  v.a,,  to  send 
6pai8,  -ee,  adj.,  thick 
c])ancheuient,  s.m.,  dis- 
charge, overflow,  (.//(/.) 
overflow,  outburst 
6pancher,  v.a.,  to  pmir 
out,  {ji(].)  to  vent,  to 
discharge 
Cpee,  s/.,  sword 
6piscopal,  adj.,  episcopal 
6pitre,  a  J.,  epistie 
6qucstre,  utij.,  equestrian 
^quivaloir,    v.n.,    to    be 
equivalent,  to  be  tan- 
tamount 
>f  .lite,  a.m.,  hermit 
er  nitage,    a.m.,    hermi- 
tage 
erreur,  a.f.,  error,   mis- 
take 
esclavage,  s.iii.,  slavery 
esolave,  s.m.f.,  slave 
esporance,  s /.,  hope 
espiftgle,  adj.,  frolicsom» 
espifiglerie,  aJ.,  frolic 
esprit,  a.m.,   wit ;    avoir 
de  I'esprit,  to  be  witty 
esquiver    (s'),    v.r.,     to 

steal  away 
esseutiel,  -le,  adj.,  essen- 
tial 
estimo,  a.m.,  este<!m 
estimer,  v.a.,  to  esteem 
£tablir,  v.a.,  to  establish 
Ctablissement,  s.i)i.,esta- 

blishment 
£tti,  a.m.,  summer 
uteiudre,  v.a.,  to  extilkft 
Kuiuh,  to  put  out 


^82 


UlliNCll-ENGLlSH   VOCADULARV. 


^tfindre,  v.r..,  to  extend 
(itendue,  «^.,  extent 
(Jtoile,  «/,  star 
^trai]ger,-ere,ad;.,foreipn 
Ctroit,  adj.,  narrow,  lij^lit 
curopficn,  adj.,  Euroi)ean 
(iventail,  s.m.,  fan 
tviter,  v.a.,  to  avoid 
excellent,  adj.,  excellent 
exctis,  a.m.,  excess,  abuse 
excuse, «/.,  excuse,  apo- 
logy 
exemple,  s.m.,  example 
exlialer,  v.a.,  to  exhale, 

to  emit 
exigeaut,  adj.,  particular, 

unreasonable 
exiger,  v.a.,  to  exact,  to 

require 
exigu,  -Ue,   adj.,  small, 

Blender,  sli;,'ht 
cxpedient,ai/j.  .expedient, 

advisable 
expedient,    s.m,,    expe- 
dient, device 
expedient,  v.a.,  from  ex- 

pc^dier,  to  dispatch 
exposer,  v.a.,  to  expose 
expr^s,     a.m.,     express, 

courier 
expr{ig,-esse,  afi?.,  express 
expr^s,  adv.,  purposely 
express^meut,   adv.,  ex- 
pressly 
extemat,«.)n.,  day-school 
exterue,  t.m.,  day-pupil 


F 

Fflcdo,  «./.,  front  (of  a 

building) 
face,  sj.,  face 
lacette,  sj.,  facet 
x'acher  (se)  v.r.,to  got  angry^ 
facile,  adj.,  easy 
faoilit6,  8./.,  facility 

fo«>/\n      «  f       1na\yif\n     larav 
— V""S    "V"?      .«.*■*-. •!..,     ""J 

imh,  adj.,  tasteless 
faible,  adj.^  weuk,  feeble 


faiblesse,  »/.,  weakness, 

feebleness 
faineant,  adj.,  idle,  lazy 
fain6antise,  sj.,  idleness, 

laziness 
faire,i'.o.n.,to  do.to  make 
folloir,  v.iinp.,  to  be  ne- 
cessary 
famille,  s.f.,  family 
fatal,  adj.,  fatal 
fatiguer     (se),    v.r.,    to 
fatigue  or  to  tire  one's 
self 
faucheur,    -euse,  s.m.f., 
mower ;  (fern.)  a  mow- 
ing machine 
fante,  s/.,  fault,  mistake 
fauteuil,  s.m.,  arm-chair 
favorable,  ac?;.,favoural>le 
favori,  -to,  adj.,  favourite 
fCbrile,  adj.,  febrile 
felon,  adj.,  felonious 
fclonie,  s/.,  treason 
feudre,    v.a.,    to    split ; 
fendre    la    presse,    to 
squeeze  through    tht 
throng 
fermage,  s.m.,  rent  (of  a 

farm) 
ferme,  sJ.,  farm 
ferme,  ad/.,  firm 
fermettS,  s/.,  firmness 
fermer,  v.a.,  to  close 
fermier,  s.m.,  farmer 
fermoir,  s.m.,  clasp 
fSroce,  adj.,  fierce,  fero- 
cious 
ferrer,  v.a.,  to  put  iron 

to,  to  shoe  (a  horse) 
fcrrure,  sJ.,  iron-work 
festin,  a.m.,  feast,  ban- 
quet 
f^te,  s.f.,  feast,  festival 
feu,  s.m.,  fire 
feuillage,  s.m.,  foliage 
feuille,   3.f.,  leaf 
feuillet,  a.m.,  leaflet 

fiilfiifi.  G£L'^.    faittiful 

fier,  adj't  prond 
fi{;uv«),  «^.,  tignre,  face 


fier,  (Re),r.r.,  (h,  pur.  tr\) 
to  trust,  to  coulide  (.iu), 
to  rely  (on) 

fil,  s.m.,  tlirrad 

filasse,  sJ.,  tow 

fiUe,  sJ.,  daughter,  child 
girl 

filleul,  s.m.,  godson,  g.jd» 
child 

fils,  s.m.,  son,  hoy 

fin,  adj.,  fine,  sharp, 
shrewd 

finaud,  adj.,  artful,  cuu« 
ning 

finir,  v.a.,  to  finish,  to 
end 

fldner,  v.n.,  to  lounge 

flaneur,  s.m.,  lounger 

flattenr,  -se,  s.m.f.,  Hat 
terer,  adj.,  flutterin;.' 

fletrir,  (se)  v.r.,  to  win  or 

fletris8ure,s/,withoriiig, 
disgrace 

fleur,  sJ.,  flower 

fleurir,  v.n.,  to  blossom, 
to  flourish 

fleuriste,  s.m.,  flowor- 
seller,  flower-maker, 
flower  gardener,  florist 

fonction,  sJ.,  duty,  func- 
tion 

fondateur,  -trice,  s.m/,, 
founder 

fondement,  s.m.,  founda- 
tion 

fondre,  v.a.,  to  melt 

foret,  «./.,  forest 

forme,  s.f.,  shape,  mould 

format,  s.m.,  size  (of  a 
book) 

fortune,  s^f.,  fortune, 
wealth 

fou,  fol,  folle,  cdj.,  mad, 
foolish;  follet,-te,  play- 
ful, foolish 

foudre,  s/.,  lightnii-'^, 
thunder,  thunderbcL 

foudroYant  adi,^  tl!!»i" 
deriug,  thuudei'-tiUik* 


lET.KMENTAUY    PllKNCn    OHAMMAB — ACCI1)ENCB. 


l8a 


Jonet,  «.m.,  whip  j 

fombe,      $.m.,      kimvo, 

clirftt  I 

foiirlicrio,  «/.,  litmvery 
fourche,  «/.,  pitchfork 
fo'.r.hette,  «/.,  fork 
foiirnir,  v.a.,  to  furnish 
iliiniisboiir,    s.in.,    pur- 
veyor 
frnlH,  fralche,  adj.,  fresh, 

cool 
FraucjaiB,  t.m.,  French- 

ni  an 
franc,    -oho,    adj.,  free, 

frunk 
franchise,   «/.,  freetlom, 

frankness,  franchise 
frando,   »/.,    fraud,    de- 
ceit 
fr6inir,  v.n.,  to  shudder, 

to  quiver 
froiniss'.nicnt.s.m.,  shud- 
der, thrill 
ff6qncnter,  r.o.,  to  fre- 
quent 
frfire,  s.m.,  brother 
frivole,  a^;.,  frivolous 
froment,  s.m.,  wheat 
fruitcrie,  «/.,  fru^'   -" 
fuir,   v.a.n.,  to   i  ,.(  ,   to 

fly 

fnmer,  r.a  ,  to  smoke 
fum^e,  s.f.,  smoke 
fusil,  s.m..  Run 
fusillade,  sj.,  firing,  vol- 
ley of  musketry 
ffit,  s.m.,  cask 
futaillo,  sj.,  small  cask 
fuyard,  oc^'.,  fugitive 


o 

G&chcr,  v.a.,  to  mix 
(mortar),  to  make  a 
m«Bs  of 

IS^tqUis,  i.wi'.k  mesa 


gagner,  v.a.,  to  gain,  to 

win 
Rai,  -0,  adj.,  gny 
galop,  8.711.,  gallop 
galtiper,  v.n.,  ot  gallop 
gar(,'on,  t.m.,   boy,    ser- 
vant, waiter 
garde,    s/.,    Ruard;     se 
teuir  sur  ses  gardes,  to 
be  on  one's  guard 
garde,  a.m.,  guard,  guar- 
dian 
garder,  v.a.,  to  keep,  to 

guard 
gardien,    s.m.,     keeper, 

guardian 
garnir,   v.a.,   to   fill,   to 

trim 
garnison,  sj.,  garrison 
Gascogne,  sj.,  Gascony 
Gascon,  s.ndj.,  Gascon 
gateau,  s.m.,  cake 
gcant,  s.m.,  giant 
gemir,  v.n.,  to  groan,  to 

lament 
gendarme,s.n».  .gendarme 
gendarmerie,    sj.,    gen- 

daruiery 
gene,  sj.,  trouble,  un- 
easiness 
g<ju6ral,  s.in.,  general 
g6n6reux,  -se,  adj.,  gene- 
rous 
g<3uerosit6,s^.,generosity 
gens,  s.m.,  folks,  persons, 
men  ;  les  jeunes  gens, 
young  people 
g^sir,  v.n.,  to  lie 
gibier,  s.m.,  game 
glace,  sj.,  ice 
glaQon,  cm.,  iciclo 
ghssade,  «./.,  slip 
glisser,v.n.,to  glide.to  slip 
golfe,  s.m.,  gulf 
gomme,  «/.,  gum 
gommier,  s.m.,  gum-tree 
gorger,  r.o.,  to  gorge,  to 
glut 

^yrgur,  a.y.,  iiiOtttit?!.i  \^l 

I     a  litiuidj,  druu;;Ul 


gourmand,  ■e,'» '7/.,  greedy 
gout,  s.m.,  taste 
goiiter,  v.a  ,  to  taste 
gouter,  s.m.,  lunoli 
goutte,  fj.,  d;op 
gouttelette,«.j..  Ill  th' drop 
gouvernail,  »  -n.,  ru.lu.  r 

hehn 
graiumairo,    s.f.,    graiu- 

niar 
graver,  v.a.,  to  oufT'ivo 
grand, -e,a./j.,t;real,liir^o, 

wide 
gravuro,  sj.,  eni^raving 
grec,  -quo,  adj.,  Gieek 
grenade,      s.f.,       pome- 
granate, grenade 
grenadier,    «.»h.,    pome 
granate-tree,  grenadier 
grilfer,  r.a.,  to  claw,  to 

scratch 
gritlonuer,  v.n.,  to  scrib- 
ble 
grillado,  s/.,  broiled  meal 
grillage,  s.m.,  wire-work 
grille,  sJ.,  gratuig 
griller,  v.a.,  to  broil 
grogner,  v.n.,  to  grnm« 

ble 
grognon,  a.m.,  grumbler 
groB,  -se,  adj.,  big 
groseille,  s/,  currant 
groseillier,  s.m.,  currant- 
tree 
grossir,  v.n.,  to  bccuma 

big 
guerir,  v.a.,  to  cure 
guurisou,  s/.,  recovery 
guerre,  «/,  war 
gutirrier,  .s.ia.,  v-arrior 
guetre,  sJ'.,  gaiter 
guide,  s.m.,  guide 
guidon,      s.m.,    guidon, 
sight     f  a  gun,  fluj;, 
cornet 
Quillaume,  «.i>.m.,  WiU 
liaui 


1^4 


fRENOn-ENGLISH   VOCAnULARY. 


n 

Ilnbilo,  adj.,  clover,  ekil- 

fui,  alio 
hal)illcr,  v.a.,  to  dross; 

s'liabillur,  to  dress  one- 

Blllf 

habit,  n.nj.,  clothes,  coat, 
drc&s-cciat 

Lnbit(;r,    v.a.n.,    to    in- 
luibit 

habitiint.s.w.,  iiilitibitiiut 

hnbitntiuii,   «.j.,  Imbila- 
tidii,  iibodo 

habitiur,    (s'),    v.r.,    to 
accuBtdiii  one's  self 

hncbe,  sj'.,  axe,  b.iU'lict 

haelier,  v.a.,  tu  xiiiiico 

huchis,  s.m.,  LnHli 

huKurd,    adj.,    haggard, 
wild 

liaie,  .1./., hedge,  row,  line 

haiiio,  s./.,  hatred 

hair,  v.a.,  to  liata 

hardi,  adj.,  b.)ld 

hardicHse,  «/,  boldness 

hasard,     a.m.,     ohauce, 

hazard 
haut,  adj.,  higli 
hautesse,  s./.,  liighnesa 
litila3  !  int.,  alas  !  ah  I 
hennir,  v.n.,  to  ueigh 
herbe,  s./.,  herb 
herbage,  s.m.,  herbage 
huritier,  s.ni.,  heir 
heur,  s.m.,  luck 
lieiire,  «./.,  hour 
iicureiu,  -so,ad;.,  happy, 

lucky,  fortunate 
liibou,  s.v%.,  owl 
hier,  adv.,  yesterday 
liistoire,  «./.,  history 
hiver,  s.m,,  winter 
bommagfe,  s.m,,  homage 
honime,  cm.,  man 
honufite,  adj,,  honest 
houneteto,  s.f.,  honesty 
li'jutyux.   -fifi,    cdi.  yyi 
asliamod,  shnmcfuA 
lioiio^c,  sj'.,  clock 


I  horlo^or,     ».m.,    olock- 

nialvor 
hors,p/rp.,out 
hosjiitiiliur,     adj.,    hos- 

))ilablo 
hA(e,  s.m.,  host 
liouille,  s.f.,  coal 
hoiiilkr,  adj.,  containing 

coal  i  barisia  houiUer, 

coa'- basin 
hiiiio,  s.f.,  oil 
Imilier,  s.m.,  oilcrnet 
hnit,  udj.nitv)..,  eigbt 
hiiitiiiiio,    s/,    aljout    a 

^\elk,  or  a  week 
humilier,  v.a.,  to  humble 


Ici,  adv.,  here 

lie,  xj'.,  isliind 

iiot,  ,sM!i.,  islet 

imngiuor,  (s'),  v.r.,  to 
iirijigine 

iuunonse,  adj,,  immense 

innnensite,  aj,,  inuiieu- 
sity 

iuiiiatient,rtd/.,inipatient 

iuipertiuenco,  s.f.,  iiu- 
pci'tinenco 

importance,  sf,,  impor- 
tance 

inipot,  s.m.,  tax 

imprimer,  v.a.,  to  print 

imprudemment,  atii'.,im- 
pni.ioutly 

impuuement,  adv.,  with 
impunity 

incendic,  s.m.,  fire,  con- 
flagration 

inconstant,  adj.,  incon- 
stant, inconsistent 

indillerent,  adj.,  indif- 
ferent 

infirme,  adj.,  infirm 

intirraerie,  sf.,  infirmary 

iugonieux, -se,  ai^'.,iuge. 
uiuus,  dever 


ingrat,  adl,  tinrtratefnl 
incpiiet,  -iito,  ad;.,  uiu^asy 
insoniible,    adj.,  inson- 

siblo,  unfeeling 
insigniliant,     adj.,     in- 
significant 
instituteur,s.?)i.,  founder, 

tutor,  schoolmaster 
institutriiio,   »/,   gover- 
ness, scliool-mistrcss 
insiillisant,    adj.,  insuf- 

ficieut 
intendant,  s.m.,  steward 
inioution,  s.f.,  uitontion, 

design 
intereKHunt,     adj.,     in- 

ter(^sting 
interet,  s.m.,  interest 
interne,  s.m.,  boarder 
internat,  a.m.,  boarding- 

school 
intervalle,  ».m.,interval ; 
Inc.,  il  do  longs  inter- 
val los,  at  long  inter- 
vals 
intiuic,  adj.,  intimate 
intiiuite,  sj,,  intimacy 
invariable,      adj.,      in- 
variable 
inviter,  v.a.,  to  invito 
invite,  adj.,  invited 
irai,  v.n.,  ste  aller,;?.  112 
Italien,  a.m.,  Italian 


Jalonx,  -se,  adj.,  jealous 
jalousie,  s.f.,  jealousy 
jamais,  adv.,  ever;  no... 

jamais,  never 
jauibage,  a.m.,  etroke  (of 

a  pen),  jamb 
jambe,  slf.,  leg 
jambon,  a.m.,  ham 
jardin,  a.m.,  garden 
jardinage,  a.m.,  gajden- 

ing 
jardiner,  v.n.,  to  garden 
jardiuier,  a.m.,  gardtUgf 
Juttc,  «/.,  bowl 


ELRKHA'TMtY   l^nRNCll   OttAMMAft. — Arrit)FACa. 


\^ 


in. 


in- 


jfttlfie,  «/.,  bowl-full 
jiuiue,  adj.,  yellow 
jiiuiii :,  v.n.,  to  become 

vi'ilow 
jo  fj',  pr.pers.,  I 

JCIIIIO,  ai['  ,  ^.IMllR 

jciiiifc,  C.W.,  fust,  fasting 
joio,  «^.,  joy 
joli,  -e,  adj.,  protty 
jriuct,  «.T)i.,t()y,iiiiiytliinR 
joiu'nr,  s.vi.,  playtii'  {J'cui,. 

JOIU'UKC) 

jonjou,  s.vi.,  toy 

JDiir  a.m.,  day  ;  he.,  flo 
jour  f'H  jour,  from  dny 
to  day 

journal,  s.m.,  journal, 
ncwKpaper 

joumnliBte,  s.m.,  journal- 
ist 

joi'ito,  s./.,  jonst,  tilt,  fipht 

joymix,  -HO,  ttUj.,  joyous, 
joyful 

juf,'ement,«.»n.,  judgment 

jniilet,  f^.m.,  July 

jumefiU,  S.W.,  twin 

junieau,  adj.m.  {Jam. 
jumelle^,  twin 

jupo,  »./.,  skirt 

jupon,  a.m.  pcttiroat 

jurcr,  v.a.n.,  to  swear 

juron,  s.m.,  oath 

jnsque  (!i),pr.,to,ns  far  ns 

juste,  adj.,  just,  correct, 
(adv.)  chanter  juste,  to 
sing  in  tmie 

justesse,  »./.,  justnees, 
accuracy,  proi>riety 

justice,  s/.,  justice 

justificfttion,  «/.,  justifi- 
cation 

K 

Kilometre,  s.m.,  kilo- 
meter 


Irf»,  1»,  nrt/.,  the 

Ui,  2.>r.j(/(;i'ji.r(ii/.dir.,hcr,  it 


111,  (idv.,  there,  tliither ; 

In -1)118,  yonder 
laborieux,  -se  (k/;.,  labor- 
ious, induHlrious 
I'lit,  8.1)1.,  milk 
lait'Tin,  «./,,  dairy 
I'lito,  .s./.,  Boft-roe 
liiite,  -e,  "(/;.,  Koi't-rooJ 
lancer,  v.a.,  to  dart,  to 

throw,  to  euHt 
InuK.iti'o,  s.m.,  lunguage 
Inuf^ue,  sj'.,  toiif;ue 
laiinuette,  «/.,  tongue 
liud,  s.m.,  bacon 
lurduii,    «.»».,     slico     of 

bacon 
Latin,  s.i)».,  Latin 
lat^ni8to,     B.m.,      Latin 

schc'ar 
lo.vago,  s.m.,  washing 
laver,  v.a.,  to  wawh 
hvveur,  s.m.,  wushtr  ;  la- 
veuKC,     sj.      WHi.lxr- 

VOUUiU 

lavis,s. 7)1,., wash  (drawing) 

le,  r,  art.m.,  the 

Ic,  V,2>r.i)crs.  masc.  rcg. 

dir.,  him,  it 
le<;on,  «/.,  lesson 
kcteur,     s.m.,      reader, 

lecturer 
lectrice,  sj.,  render 
lecture,     «./.,     reading ; 

cabinet     de     lecture, 

r';ading-rooms 
Ifc'i'eretC,  sj.,  hghtnesa 
les,  art.pl.,  the 
les,     pr.pers.reg.dir.pl., 

them 
lettre,  sj.,  letter 
I  lever  (se),  v.v.,  to  rise 
liai8on,s./.,union,  joining 
libra,  adj.,  nee 
lier,  v.a.,  to  tie 
I  ligne,  sj'.,  line 
lignage,  s.m.,  lineage 
limoD,  a.m.,  lemon 

limfinarlo    a.f.    lAmnnnriA 

I  liu!onier,s.»ri.,lemoii-tiec 
Lioii,  s.ta.,  Uuu 


liquide,    $,m.,   and    adj., 

liiiuid 
liro,  v.a,,  to  rcud 
lit,  a.m.,  bed 
livro,  s.Trt.,  bonk 
li\re,  ,1./.,  pound 
livrof,  s.m..  litlle  Ixx.lt 
loger,  r.a.n.,  to  lodf^o 
logis,  a.m.,  d\vt>l''  ,'» 
loi,  sj.,  law 
Loiidres,  n.p.,  Ijoiii''on 
louago,  s.m.,  kiting  out, 

hiro 
TjouIs,  s.m.,  Lewis 
lourd,  -e,  o'^).,  heavy 
louvo,  «./.,  tdie-wolf 
loyal,  -c,  adj.,  loyal 
loycr,  a.m.,  nait 
lu,  past  part.,  of  lire 
luxe,  s.tii.,  luxury 


M 

MAclier,  v.a..  to  chew 
niachoii    ,  s/.,  jiuv 
macliine,  sj'.,  niiu-Iiine 
ma"hinisto,    s.m.,     ma- 
chinist 
magasin,  a.m.,  shop 
niagasiiiftge,  «.i)t.,  ware- 
housing 
magicien,  a.m.,  magician 
magnifique,  adj.,  magni- 

Acent 
maigre,  adj.,  thin 
maille,  s.f.,  stitch,  mesh, 

mail 
maillot,  ».m„  swaddling 

clothes 
maint,  -e,  adj.,  many 
maintenir,  v.a.,  to  main* 

taia 
maison,  sJ.,  house 
maitre,  a.m.,  master 
mal,  s.m.,  evil 
malade,  a<^'.,  ill,  sick 
malforn)6i     o/ihi    bskll' 

made,  ill-shnped 
maUiaOilo,  ?c(/.,  awkward 


166 


FEENCn-EMGLlSH     VOCABnLABY. 


$.m,,    misfor- 
adj.. 


infilliciir, 

tune 
miillioiireux,    -se, 

unhappy 
malin,     maligne,     adj., 

malicious 
nialinteutionnfi,        adj., 

cviliniud'd 
maliuener,    v.a.,   to  ill- 
treat 
m.ilsain,  adj.,  nulieaUliy 
iu:iltraiter,  v.a,   to    ill- 
treat 
inilvorKer,     r.n.,    to    bo 
guilty  of  malversations 
mangeoire,  s.f.,  mauger 
manger,  v.a.,  to  oat 
manger,  s.m.,  eating 
iiianquor,  v.n.,  to  iail,  to 
miss ;  manquor   a,  to 
be   deficient  or  want- 
ing (iu),  to  full  short 
of 
m  mtean,  s.TO.,  mantle 
mantelet,  s.m.,  mantlet 
niaibro,  s.m.,  marble 
marbrerio,    s./.,  marble- 

cuttiug,  marble  yard 
marchund,  -e,  adj.,  sale- 
able, trading 
marchaud,  s.m.,  dealer, 
tradesman,  merchant 
marchandise,   «/.,   mer- 
chandise, goods 
marechal,  s.m.,    farrier, 

marshal 
mari,  s.m,,  husband 
inaringe,  s.m.,  marriage 
luariu,     a.m.,     seaman, 

sailor 
Ma  roc,  s.m.,  Morocco 
Marocain,  s.m.,  native  of 

Morocco 
ma  que,  g/.,  mark 
marquis,  a.m.,  marquis 
marqnisat,     s.m ,    mar- 

qnisnte 
marteaii,  «.in.,  hammer 
lii.iituift,       S.m.,       iittio 

iuimiiior 


martyr,  a.m.,  martyr 
matin,  s.m.,  niornin;^ 
matinee,    sj.,    morning, 

forenoon 
mechancetS,  a  J.,  wicked- 
ness 
mediant,    adj.,    wicked, 

bad,  naughty 
muehant,    s.m.,    wicked 

d'erson) 
niedaille,  s.f.,  modal 
mcdiiilior,   r.a.,    to   give 
I      a  medal  to 
nielaillier,  s.iw.,  cabinet 

of  mcdils 
medaillistc',  a.m.,  medal- 
list 
mediiilloc,   a.m.,  medal- 
lion 
mediocre,  adj.,  middling, 

indifferent 
mediocre,     a.m.,     medi- 
ocrity 
ri6dire,  v.n.,to  speak  ill 
medisance,  s/.,  slander 
meme,  ad,j.    (see   para- 
graph 84) 
meme,  adv.,  even 
menage,  s.m.,  housebold, 
housekeeping,        hus- 
bandry 
manager,  v.a.,    to   hus- 
band, to  take  care  of 
mendier,  ".a.,  to  beg 
mendiant,     a.m.,     beg- 
gar 
mener,  v.a.,  to  lead 
meusonge,     s.m.,    false- 
hood, story,  lie 
mensonger,     -6re,    adj., 

untrue,  delusive 
mentir,    v.n.,  to  lie,  to 

tell  a  falsehood 
menton,  s.m.,  chin 
mer,  s.f.,  sea 
mercier,     s.m.,     haber- 
dasher, mercer 
meriter,  v.a.,  to  deserve, 

to  l;it  lit 

nae.ss.iye,  t  m.,  mcssuga 


mossagor-    ere,     «.m.f., 
messenger,      courier; 
adj.,    le    pigeon    mes- 
sagcr  (Beranger) 
mcKure,  sj.,  measure 
mets,  S..I.,  dish 
meurtrir,  v.a.,  to  bruise 
meurtrissure,  s.f.,  bruise 
merveille,    sf.,    wonder, 
marvel ;    a   merveille, 
wonderfully  well 
mieux,  adv.,  bettor 
uildi,  s.m.,  noon,  midd;iy 
mie,  s.f.,  crumb 
miette,  s.f.,  crumb 
mi-jambe   (a),   half-way 

up  the  leg 
mi-juillct,  s/.,  middle  of 

July 
mince,  adj.,  thin 
miuuit,  s.m.,  midnight 
mi-partie,  s.f.,  half 
mirer,  v.n.,  to  aim 
miroir,     a.m.,     looking. 

glass 
mis,   past  part,  of  met- 

tre,  to  put 
mode,  s.f.,  fashion 
modiste,  a.f.,  milliner 
mod^rfi,  -e,  adj.,  mode- 
rate 
modeste,  adj.,  modest 
moi,  pron.,  pers.,  1.  sit'j. 
joct,  I ;    2.   object  (iu- 
Btcad    of    a  moi),  tu 
me,  me 
moindre,  adj.comp.,  les- 
ser, less  (with  the  dof. 
art.),  the  least 
moins,    adv.,    less ;    lo 

moins,  the  least 
moisir,  v.n.,  to  mould 
moisissure,   s/.,  mouldi- 

ness 
mollesse,  sj'.,   eoftuesa, 

indolence 
mollet,    -ette,    dtm.adj., 
soft ;  pain  mollet,  roll 
mon,  laa,  uiea,  (nij.'^oss^ 


•4_ 


fcLEMRNtAUt    FREWCft   GftAMMAJft. — AOCIUENCB. 


13? 


of  met- 


linoi<iTrlne,     »/.,    mon- 
iiichy ;    mouarchique, 
monarchical 
nionarchisle,  » in.,  mon- 

nrcliist 
ni  tnrie,    1.  ».m.,    vroild, 
people,   corapiiny  ;    "2. 
tout  le  nionde,jp»'.intJ., 
everybody 
montlttiu,  adj.,  worldl; 

mnudaue 
monotone,  adj.,  monoto- 
nous 
niKiiotouie,    s/.,   mono- 
tony 
monsienr,  ».m.,{pl.  mes- 
sieurs) sir,  gontleninn 
montngne, «./.,  mountain 
monta<^nar(l.  s.m..,  moun- 
taineer, liighlander 
montant,  s.ik.,  amount 
monter,  v.n.,  to  mount 
aiontoe,  s/.,  n scent,  rise 
montre,  s./.,  watcli 
montrer,  v.a.,  to  show 
moquer  (se),  v.r.  (do),  to 

laugh  (at) 
inoqneur,  -se,  adj.,  sar- 
castic 
morale,  «./.,  morals 
moraliste,  «.)».,  moralist 
morcean,  s.m.,  bit,  pii'ce, 

morsel ;  lit,,  pissaye 
mordre,  r.a..,  to  bite 
niort,  s.f.,  death 
mot,  a.m.,  word 
motenr,    motricfl.  s.m.f., 
mover,  moving-powir 
motif,  s.m.,  motive 
n;ou,  mol,    molle,  adj., 

soft 
mouche,  s/.,  fly 
moncher,  i.a.,   to   blow 

one's  nose 
moucheron,  s.m.,  gnnt 
mouclioir,    s.m,,    hand- 

kerchief 
mouiiler,  r.a.,  io  wni 
inoulo,  .<i.m.,s.iapu,n)onIil 
Uiouliii^c,  «.ni.,  moaldtug 


mourir,  r.n.,  to  die;  se 
mourir  (ref.)  to  be 
dying 

mofit,  s.m.,  must,  un- 
fcrinonted  wine 

moutarde,  s.f.,  mustard 

moutardier,  s.m.,  mus- 
tard-pot 

mouvoir,  v.a.,  to  move 
nuuir,  v.a.,  to  provide 

mur,  s.m.,  wall  ;  mu- 
railli!,  thick  wail 

mur,  adj.,  ripe 

musicien,  -no,  s.m./., 
musician 


N 

Najjpr,  r.n.,  to  swim 
na,t;('iiire,  sj.,  tin 
uat,'cuir,  a.m.,  swimmer 
uaitre,  v.n.,  to  be  born 
naissance,  s.f.,  birtli 
nation,s./.iii'itio">pcoi)Ie 
nature,  >•/.,  naturo 
navigation,  s.f.,  naviga- 
tion 
navire,  s.m.,  ship 
ne.aclv.,  1.  before  or  after 
aucun,    rien,    jamais, 
etc. ;  no,  not.    2.  ins- 
tead of  ne  pas ;    nut. 
3.  ne.  .  .  .  pas,  ne.  .  . . 
point;  not,  loc.  ne.  .  . . 
que,  but,  only 
nCanmoins,  adv.,  never- 
theless 
nftgre,  s.m.,  negro 
n<5gre8se,  sj.,  negresa 
nogrillon,     -ne,     s.w./., 
negro-boy ;  negro-girl 
net,  nette,  adj ,    clean, 

clear,  plain 
nettet6,    s.f.,    cleanness, 

clearness,  plainness 
nettoyer,  v.a  ,  to  clean 
noitolemeat,    ncttojage, 
s.m.,  cleaning,  clearing 
neuf,  adj.,  uvw  ;  uiuu 


neven,  s.m.,  nopliow 
ni,  conj.,  noil  lit  r,  nor 
niche,  .•?/.,  niche,  kcunol 
niclu'e,  s./,,  brool 
nuMul,  s,i))..,  knot 
nnir,  adj.  blvck 
iioiralre,  adj.,  bbuikish 
noiiaud,a<?;..  dark,  (cv>m 

ploxiou)  dnrkish 
noix,  s.f.,  walnut,  nut 
nombreu.x,  -so,  adj.,  nu- 

niurous 
non-]iiiyement,,t.m.,want 

of  payment 
non-sens,  s.m.,  nonscnso 
uon-valcur,     s.f.,    thinjj 

without  vah'.n 
nord,  s.m.,  north 
Nonnand,  s.m.,  Normaa 
uotre,  nos,  adi.,  our 
notre  (le,  I'l)  jx-.jir  »<,,oura 
noiUTir,  r.a.,  to  nourish, 

to  toed 
se  nourrir,  v,r,,  to  f;\!d, 

to  live 
uouvelle,      .«./.,      news, 

tidings,  iutelli.wnre 
nuire,  v.n.,^o  injure,  to 

harm,  to  de  harm 
nuit,  s.f.,  night    . 
nnl,    uullc,     a'';,     and 

pr.  ind.,  no,  none 


Olieir.  v.n.,  to  obey 
obcissanco,.?./., obedience 
obcissant,  -e,  adj.,   obe- 
dient 
obligcr,  v.a.,  to  oblige 
obligeance,  s/.,  kindness 
obstacle,   s.m.,    obstaco 
occasion,    s/.,  occasion, 

opportunity 
occnper,  (s'),  v.r.,  to  oc- 

cui)y  one's  self 
ceil,  s.m.,  eye 
oeillade, «/.,  g'nuco,  ogl« 
a'ul,  c.tr..,  egg 


m 


ks'OLtea-fnteNcH  vOrAButAn*. 


I 


offlcier,  g.m.,  officer 
offre,  s.f.,  offer,  tender 
oisouu,  s.m.,  bird 
oisif,  -ve,  adj.,  idle 
ombre.s/., shade,  sJiadow 
ombrelle,  s.f.,  parnsol 
oiicJo,  .o.m.,  uncle 
opiniAtro,  adj.,  obstinate 
opinion,  s.f.,  opinion 
oiange,  a  J.,  orange 
orangC,      adj.,    orange- 
colour 

oiangeade,s/.,ornnRendo 
orangeat,    s.m.,  cauJied 

orange-peel 
Granger  ,s.TO.,  orange-tree 
oiangerie,    «/.,   orange- 
house 
oreille,  «/.,  ear 
oreiller,  s.m.,  pillow 
orgueil,  a.m.,  pride 
orme,  s.m,,  elm 
ormeau,  s.m.  young  elm, 

elm 
orphelin,  s.m.,   orphan. 

(boy) 
oii,  adv.,  where,  whither 
ou,  eonj.,  or 

oubli,  a.m.,  forgetfulness 
oublier,  v.a.,  to  forget       i 
ceuvre,  s.2g.,  work  ! 

ouir,  v.a.,  to  hear ;  ou!r 

dire,  to  hear  (it  said) 
onra,  s.m.,  bear 
ouvrer,  v.a.,  to  work 
ouv.-age,  a.m.,  work 


ouvrier,  a.m.,  workman 


Pain,  a.m.,  bread 

pair,  a.m.,  equal,  fellow, 

peer 
pair,  adj.,  equal 
paire,  a/,  pair 
pnlais,  3.m.,  palace 
p&le,  oty.,  pale 

)>n)ot, -te,  ad).,  palish 
|^.-i|)erasse.    «./..      wac»A  I 


papier,  a.m.,  paper 
parade,  s./.,  parade,  show 
pardon,  a.m.,  pardon 
parents,   s.pl.,    parents. 

relations 
parento,  sf.,  relationship 
parer,  v.a.,  to  adorn 
parler,  v.a.n.,  to  speak 
parloir,  a.m.,  parlour 
parole,  s.f.,  word 
:  pnrti, s.m., party,  decision 
I  partie,  s/.,  part,  portion 
partir,  v.n.,  to  set  out 

partout,  adn.,  everywhere 
3)as,  adv.,  not ;  see  ne 
passage,  s.m.,  passage 
passager,  -dre,  adj.,  pas 
sing,  short-lived,  tran. 
sitory 
passer,  v.n.,  to  pass 
passant,  a.m.,  passer-by 
piilo,  s.m.,  pie 
pate,  s.f.,  paste 
putee,  s.f.,  paste,  mess 
patience,  s/.,  patience 
patin,  s.m.,  skate 
pauvre,  adj.,  poor;    les 

pauvres,  the  poor 
pauvretd,  s/.,  poverty 
payement,  a.m.,  payment 
pays,  s.w.,country,  birth- 
place 
paysage,  a.m.,  landscape 
paysagiste,    s.m.,    laud- 
scape  painter 
paysan,    s.m.,    peasant, 

countryman 
peage,    a.m.,    toll,    toll- 
house 

p6ager,  s.m.,toll-gatherer 

taxe-p6ag6re,  tax,  toll 
p6che,  8^.,  peach 
pecher,  a.m.,  peach-tree 
pScher,  v.a.n.,  to  fish 
p6cher,  v.n.,  to  sin 
pechear,  a.m.,  fisherman 
pecheur,  a.m.,  sinner 
peiguor,  v.a.,  to  comb 


}>?5RI30iF,  5.7 


4SUWU  (lady'a) 


aresBing- 


polerin,  «,m.,  pilgrirn 
p61erinage,  a.m.,  pilgrl 

mago 
ponciiant,  a.m.,  leanin-j 
pancher,  v.n.,  to  lean 
pendant,  pr.,  during 
pendre,  v.a.,  to  hang 
pcndu,  a.m.,  hanged  man 
pcnsee,  s.f.,  thought 
penser,  v.a.n.,  to  think 
pensif,  -ve,  adj.,  pensive, 

thoughtful 
pcrcevoir,  v.a.,  to  gather 

in,  to  collect 
perclier,  v.n.,  to  perch 
perchoir,  a.m.,  roost 
perdrix,  a.f.,  partridge 
Verdi\e,p.pjem.  o/perdre, 

to  lose 
pere,  a.m.,  father 
perfide,  adj.,  perfidious, 

treacherous 
perfidie,     «./.,    perfidy, 

treacherousness 
peril,  a.m.,  peril,  danger 
poriode,  8.2g.,  period 
permettre,  v.a.,  to  allow, 
I      to  permit  to  suiTer 
I  perseverance,  a^.,  perse- 
verance 
persister.  v.n.,  to  persist 
personne,    s.f.,   person, 
(pl)  people,  persons; 
loc,  une    jeuue    per- 
sonne, a  young  lady 
personne,  jD-.tjid., page  64 
perte,  s.f.,  loss 
petit,  adj.,  small,  little 
petitesse,  a.f,  littlenosB, 

meanness 
pcu,  adv.,  httle,  few 
pen,  s.m.,  a  httle,  a  few 
peuple,  a.m.,  people 
peuplade,  a.f.,  tribe 
pierraille,    «/.,    broken 

stone 
pierre,  «/.,  stone 
picrreux,  -se,  adj.,  stony 
pi'ifige,  a.m.,  plunder 
J  pjumd,  adj.,  jdiuidui  iug 


I 


pl^^ 


i 


BLEMRNTARY  PRBNOH  QftAMMATl. — ACOIDISNOB. 


189 


a.m.,  piltjrl 

m.,  leaniii;; 
.,  to  lean 
,  during 
to  Lang 
liaaged  man 
thought 
.,  to  think 
Ij.,  pensivo, 

'.,  to  gather 

3t 

to  perch 
,  roost 
sartridge 
II.  o/perdre, 

her 
perfidious, 

,    perfidy, 
ness 

I'il,  danger 
period 
.,  to  allow, 
)  suffer 
s-J.,  perse- 

to  persist 
■t  person, 
persons ; 
luue  per- 
ng  lady 
i.,page  64 

II,  little 
iittieuess, 

,  few 
le,  a  few 
ople 
ribe 
broken 

le 

y.,  stony 

Tudor 

iiduiiug 


i 


k 


pfllor, ».«,,  to  plunder 
pi«,  adv.cinii.p.,  worse 
pis,  sup.,  the  worst 
pistolet,  s'.m.,  pistol 
pitid,  sj.,  pity 
place,  s/,,  place 
pliiindrp,  v.a.,  to  pity 
plainte,  s.f.,  complaint 
plaire,  v.n.,  to  please 
86  plaire,  v.r.,  to  please 
one's  self  o  r  each  other, 
to  take  delight,  to  be 
delighted 
plttisir,  s.m.,  pleasure 
plancher,    s.m.,      floor, 

ceiling 
plat,  s.m.,  dish 
plateau,     s.m.,    wooden 

basin,  tray 
plein,  -e,  adj.,  full 
pleurer,  v.a.,  to  mourn 

over 
pleurer,  v.n.,  to  weep,  to 

pry 
pleuvoir,  v.i.,  to  rain 
pli,  s.m.,  fold 
pliage,  s.m.,  folding 
)ilier,  v.a.,  to  fold 
plomb,  s.m.,  lead 
plombier,  s.m.,  plummer 
plonger,  r.a.Ji.,  to  plunge 
plongeon,     s.m.,     diver 

(bird) 
plumage,  a.m.,  plumage 
phunassier,  s.m.,  feather- 
seller 
plumas8erie,«/.,  feather- 
trade 
plume,  s.f.,  feather,  pen 
plumee,  sj.,  penful 
plumeau,  s.m.,  feather- 
broom 
plnmer,  v.a.,  to  pluck  the 

feathers 
plumet,  s.m.,  plumet 
plumetis,    s.m.,    needle- 
embroidery 
plus,  adv.,  more(p.40,lT) 
piiUot,   adv.,    (que),    \u,. 
thcr  (thau) 


plusieurs,  odj.t'nd.,  seve- 
ral 
poote,  s.m.,  poet 
poiute,  «/.,  point,  top 
pointu,     adj.,    pointed, 

sharp 
poire,  s.f.,  pear 
poirier,  a.m.,  pear-tree 
pois,  s.m.,  pea 
poivrade,s./.,pepper  sauce 
poivre,  s.m.,  popper 
poivrer,  v.a.,  to  pepper 
poivrier,  a.m.,  popper-tree 
poivriere,  s./. ,  pe  pper-box 
pCle,  s.m.,  pole 
polir,  r.a.,  to  polish 
polissenr,  s.m.,  polisher 
polissure,  s/.,  polishing 
pomme,  «/.,  apple 
pommeau,  s.m.,  pommel 
pomraior.s.m.,  apple-tree 
pont,  s.m.,  bridge,  deck 
porcelaine,    s/.,    china, 
porcelain;    de    or   en 
porcelaine,  china  (ad;.) 
port,  s.m.,  port,  harbour 
porter,  v.a.,  to  bear,  to 

carry,  to  wear 
se    porter,    v.r.,  to   be, 
to  do ;  comment  vous 
portez-vous?    how  do 
you  do  ?  je  me  porte 
assez  bien,  I  am  iioity 
well 
porte,  «./.,  door 
portier,  s.m.,  door-keeper 
possible,  adj.,  possible 
possible.s.m.,  possibility, 
what  is  possible ;    je 
ferai  tout  mun  possi- 
ble, I  \vill  do  my  ut- 
most, all  I  can 
poste,    s.f.,    post-honso, 

post,  post-ollico 
poste,  s.»i.,  post,  guard- 
house, stadou 
potage,  s.m.,  soup 
potiiper,  -^ff.  (i.'li..   inr- 
din-()iitager,      kiUjlum  I 
gurduu  I 


poularde,  i.f.,  fat  poolet 
poule,  «/.,  hen 
poulet,  s.m.,  chicken 
pour,  prep.,  tor  (lifj'oro  a 
infinitive),  to,  in  ordpi- 
to 
ponrquoi?  conj.  and  adv., 
why?  wherefore?  whnt 
...for? 
poursuivre,  v.o.,  to  pur- 
sue 
pourvoir,  v.n,,    to   pro- 

vide 
poussfie,  8  J.,  push 
pousser,  v.a.,  to  push 


pouvoir,    v.a.n.,     to 


he 


able  (to  do) 
pouvoir,  s.m.,  power 
prairie,  «/.,  meadow 
pratiquer,«.a.,  to  practice 
precipiter,  (se),  v.r.,  to 
fling  one's  self  heaO- 
long,  to  run  headlong- 
prScipiter,  «.«.,  to  pre. 

cipitate 
pr6cipit6,8.tn.,  precipitate 
pr6coce,  adj.,  precocious 
pr^forer,  v.a.,  to  prefer 
prefet,  s.m.,  prefect 
prendre,  v.o.,  to  take 
pr6s,  prep,  (de),  near 
presbytAre,  a.m.,  parson- 
age, vicarage 
present,s,m.,  present,  gift 
present,  adj.,  present 
presenter,  v.a.,to  present, 

to  offer 
president,  s.m.,  president 
pr6sider,  v.n.,  to  prcsitio 
presque,    od?;.,     almobt, 

nearly 
prCt,  adj.,  ready 
prulcudre,  v.a.n.,  to  pre- 
tend, to  pretend  to,  to 
claim 
prcuve,  s.f.,  proof 
pr6valoir,  v.n.,  to  prevnil 

r " ;  -""M  '■••  i**  v.cttTT, 

to  prevent,  to  aulioi- 
pato 


100 


PnENCH-ENOLISn   VOCABDLAnT, 


::: 


prfivenant,  acZ/.,  complai- 

snut 
pr<5voir,  v.a.,  to  foresee 
prevoyance.s/.,  foresight 
prevOt,  s.m.,  provost 
prevOtc,  s./.,  provostship 
prince,  s.in.,  prince 
princesse,  s/,  jirincesB 
pThe,p.pJ'em.,  0/ prendre, 

to  take 
proceder,  r.n.,  to  proceed 
proci'di),  s.m.,  proceeding, 

oper/Uion 
prochnin,      adj.,     near, 

nearest,  next 
proche,  adj.,  near,  nigh 
proches,  s.m.pl.,  kindred 
profiter,  v.n.,  to  profit 
projet,  s.m.,  project 
promener,   (se),    v.r.,  to 

walk 
promenoir,    s.m.,    place 

for  walking 
prompt,  -e,  adj.,  prompt, 

quick 
prononcer,  v.a.,  to  pro 

nouuee 
propLeto,  s.m.,  prophet 


public  (publique,/.),  pub- 

lie 
pnblicnin,  a.m.,  publican 
puis,  v.a.n.,  ind.pres.  of 

pouvoir,  to  be  able 
puisque,  cnnj.,  since 
puissant,  adj.,  powerful 
punir,  v.a.,  to  punish 
punissabV),    adj..     pun- 
ishable 
punition,    «./.,     punish- 
ment 
pureto,  s/,  purity 


■1! 


propos,     s  m.,     speech, 
talk,   tattle,   purpose ; 
A  propoa,  to  the  pur- 
pose 
proposer,  v.a.,  to  propose 
proposer, (se),  v.r.,  to  pur- 
pose 
propre,  adj.,  clean,  own, 

proper 
propritte,  sj.,  property 
protester,  v.j,.n.,  to  pro- 
test 
pro*estant,  s.m.,  protes- 

t'lUt 

prudence,  3/.,  prudence 

prudent,  -e.  adj.,  pru- 
dent 

prune,  sj.,  plum 

pruneau,  s.m.,  small 
phim,  French  phnn 

pru/»olle,  «^.,  sloe,  eye- 
ball 


Quand,  adv.,  when 
quand,  conj.,  though 
quant  (a),  adv.,  with,  in 

re;j;ard  to,  as  to 
quarante,  adj.n.,  forty; 
quarantaine,  s./.,  about 

forty,  or  quarantine 
quatre,  adj.,  four 
quatrain,  s.m.,  quatrain 
que.p.rcZ.,  whom,  tlmt, 
which,  {interi:)  what  ? 
que,  conj.,  that,  than,  as 
que,    adv.,     how,     how 
much,  how  many,  why 
quel,  quelle,  adj.,  what 
{parari.  107) 
I  quelconque,       adj.  ind., 
whatever,   whatsoever 
quelquefois,  adv.,  some- 
times 
question,  s.f.,  question 
queue,  «/.,  tail,  end 
qui,     pr.rel.sub.,     who, 
that ;  ohj.,  whom,  that,  ( 
which  ;    intetr.,   who, 
whom,  which  I 

quille,  s.f.,  keel,  skittle  I 
quinze,  adj.,  fifteen  ! 

quinzaine,     sj.,     about  i 

*    ft    luttni^ac  i 

quoique,    eonj.,   though, 
aithouiih 


B 

llnoat,  «.»»?.,band  (for  t'le 

neck) 
rabattre,    r.o.,    to    b«ut 

down 
rabot,  s.m.,  plane 
raboteux,  adj.,  uneven, 

rugged 
raeonter,  v.a.,  to  relate 
rafljner,  v.a.,  to  n  fine  ; 

ralHnatre,  reflaiug 
rail,  s.m.,  rail 
raisin,  s.m..,  grapes 
railonger,  v.a.,  to  leng- 
then 

rallonge,5./.,lon^'tIloninJJ 

piece,  leaf  of  a  tublo 
ramer,  v.n.,  to  row 
rumeur,  s.m.,  rower 
rang,  s.m.,  rank 
rangee,  s.f.,  row 
ranger,   r.a.,  to  put  in 

a  row 
r.^pe,  s.m.,  rasp 
rdper,  v.a.,  to  rasp 
rapidement,  mh-.,  rapidly 
rayou,s.w.rav,b(>am,s})eif 
rebuter,  v.a.,  to  repel,  to 

rebuff 
rebut,  s.m.,  refuse 
recevoir,  r.a.,  to  receive 
rCcompenser,  v.a.,  to  re- 

ward,  to  recompense 
reconnattre,  v.a.,  to  re- 

cognise 
recounaissarce,  gf.,  gra- 

titude 
recul,  sm..,  recoil 
reculade,    «/.,    backinff, 

retreat 
redovoir,  r.o.,  to  owe  slill 
ruduire,  v.a.,  to  red-ice 
rdduit,  s.m.,  small  habi- 

tation 
reformer,  v.a.,  to  reform 
refus,  s.m.,  refusal 
regal,   s./h.    (pi.  rngals), 
entertainment,    fc..uL 
treat 


-( 


I 


BT.T5MENTARY   FRENCH   OR\MMAR.— ACCTPKWCB. 


Itfl 


t 

>and  (for  t'la 

I.,    to    L«iit 

)Iaiie 

Ij.,  uneven, 

.,  to  relate 

,  to  n  liue  ; 

efl  aiug 

1 

!inpes 

I.,  to  \oufr. 

loiij^tlioiiinjj 

)f  a  tiiblo 

0  row 

rower 

»k 

ow 

to  pat  in 

P 

rnap 

''•.,  rapidly 
iK'atn.sliL'if 
;o  repel,  to 

Fuse 

to  receive 

v.a.,  to  re- 

ompeiise 

.a.,  to  re- 

Sf  <?/.,  gra- 

oil 
backinpr, 

o  owe  still 
reduce 
call  babi. 

to  reform 
isal 

.  ri''.<rn]a), 
it,    fc^ut, 


t6^t,  v.a.,  to  adininistor 
rCfnssenr,  s.m.,  adminis- 
trator, steward 
r^gle,  s/.,  rule 
r('f'i)e,^.OT.,  roigu 
reiiie,  s/,,  qncon 
rejet,s.m,,rejeetion,slioot 
rtjetcr,    v.a,,    to    throw 
again,  to  throw  back 
or  away,  to  reject,  to 
set  aside 
rejeton,    s.m.,     sprout, 

scion,  offspring 
ri'ji)iiir,(8o),  i'.r.,to  rejoice 
rulancer,  v.a.,    to    ataxt 

anew 
relier,  v.a.,  to  bind 
relieur,  a.m.,  binder 
religieux,  -se,  adj.,  reli- 
gious 
reniarqtie,  s/.,  remark 
remarquer,   v.a.,  to  re- 
mark, to  notice 
remerciment,         s.  m., 

thanks 
reuiontrer,  v.a.,    to  re- 
monstrate 
remon  trance,    tj.,     re- 
monstrance 
remplir.v.a.,  to  fill  again, 
to  fill  up ;  remplir  nn 
devoir,  to  fulfil  a  duty 
remplumor,  v.a.,  to  fea- 
ther again 
renard,  s.m.,  fox 
renclu'rir,  v.a.,  to  raise 

the  price  of 
reneontrer  v.a.,  to  meet 
rendre,  v.a.,  to  render, 

to  give  back 
Be    rendre,    v.r.,    1.    to 
rei)air,  to  betake  one's 
self ;  2.  to  yield  ;  3.  to 
give  one's  self  up,  to 
surrender 
renforcer,  v.a.,  to  streng- 
then, to  reinforce 
r;-iiOffiiiicf ,  v.a,,  io  name 

again 
roaominfie,  a/.,  f  vme 


renoucor,  v.n.,  to  re- 
nounce 

repaitre,  (se),  v.r.,  (do) 
to  feed  on 

r6pandro,  v.a.,  to  pour, 
to  spill,  to  spread 

rfipondre,  v.a.,  lo  answer 

repoEer,v.w.,repo8er,(He), 
v.r.,  to  rest 

reponsser,  v.a.^to  repulse 

repoussoir,  a.m.,  driving 

hnlt 

rei)iondre,v.a.,to  resume 
reprise,    sj.,     retaking, 
renewal ;    d  deux  re- 
prises diflerentes,  two 
several  times 
r^publique,  s./.,  republic 
rcpublicain,   a.m.,  repu- 
blican 
rfipugner,  v.n.,  to  be  re- 
pugnant 
repugnance,  s.f.,  repug- 
nance 
reputation,  «./.,  reputa- 
tion, fame 
requorir,  v.a.,  to  request, 
to  demand,  to  rccjuire 
roquete,    s.f.,     request, 

petition 
riiscrver,  v.a.,  to  renerve 
reservoir,  s.m.,  reservoir, 

cistern 
ressemblance,  sj.,   like- 
ness 
ressembler,  v.n.,  to  re- 
semble 
ressentir,  v.a.,  to  feel,  to 

resent 
ressort,  a.m.,  spring 
rossource,  s./.,  resource 
rester,  v.n.,  to  stay,   to 

remain 
rotirer  (so),   v.r.,  to   re- 
tire, to  with  draw 
rjtraiiclier,  v.a.,    to    re- 
trench 
rGUMMir,  v.n.,  to  siicceMa 
revenir,    v.n,,    to    come 
back 


revenu,     a.m.,    ini  omo, 

revenue 

rover,  v.a.n.,  to  dream  ; 

revasser,  v.n.,  to  muse 

revers,s.j»».,  back,  revci  se 

revctir,    v.a.,    to    clothe 

again 
re  voir,  v.a.,  to  see  again 
revue,  a/.,  review 
riche,  adj.,  ricli,  wealthy 
richesse,      s.f.,      riches, 

wealth 
ridicule,  aclj.,  ridiculous 
rien,  a.  andpr.,  (paije  CI) 
rieur,  s.m.,  laugher 
rire,  v.n.,  to  laugh 
rire,  s.m.,  laughter 
rivage,  s.m.,  shore,  banic 
robe,  s.f.,  dress 
roc,  a.m.,  rock 
rocaiUe,  .•*/.,  rock-work 
rodomont,s.»n. ,  swaggerer 
rodomontade,  s/,,  swag- 
gering 
roi,  s.m.,  king 
liome,  s.f,  Rome 
remain,  -e,  adj.,  Rimnn 
rond,  -e,  adj.,  round 
rondelet,  adj.,  plump 
rose,  s.f.,  rose 
r(  sier,  s.m.,  rose-tree 
roue,  s.f.,  wheel 
iouge,  adj.,  red 
rougeatre,  adj.,  reddish 
rougoaud,  -e,  ad;.,  ruddy, 

rod-faced 
rougir,  v.a.n.,  to  redden 
rouier,  v.a.,  to  roll 
roulado,  s.f,  trill 
rouli.s,   .S.J/*.,  rulling   (of 

si  lips) 
route,  sj.,  road,  route, 

way 
rou\,  -sse,  adj.^  sandy  (of 

the  hair) 
rnnde,  s/.,  kick 
rude,  adj.,  rough,  rndo 
rudesse,  aj.,  rougliiiLts, 

rudeness 
ri:o,  a/.,  sUoet 


18a 


I!      r 


'lii    '■•' 


I 


1 1 


«»p11o,  t/.,  l«ne,  bedside 
ruer,  v.n.,  to  kick 
rofnr,  v.n.,  to  roar 
ni^iasement,  s.m.,  roar 

nisi'iixr, «/.,  rumour 


BNOUSH-ITRENOH  700\BULARr. 


8 

fable,  ».m.,  sand 

sablior,  s.m.,  hour-glass, 
sand-box 

sa".  S.W.,  sack,  ba^ 

sachet,  s.m.,  little  ba(? 
sacnfier,  v.a.,  to  sacrifice 
sape  adj.,  wise 
■awsse,  »./.,  wisdom 
saison,  s/.,  season 
ea  ade,  «/.,  salad 
s-iladier,  a.m.,  salad-dish 
sa  and,  adj.,  slovenly 
sale,  adj.,  dirty 
saler,  v.a.,  to  salt 
Balir,  v.a.,  to  soil 
saloir,  s.m.,  salting-tnb 
sahitaire,  adj.,  salutary 
Banple  s^.,  strap,  baud. 

Rirth  ' 

8ai>gl<5,  p.;,rtrf.  of  sang. 

jer,  to  strap,  to  give 

Bans,  pvcp.,  without 
Bans  -  dejit,         without 

teeth 
■ans-facjon.  ifoc.atir.,  nn- 

ceremoniously 
sans-gfine,     «.«i.,     jjee 
manners;    fldp.,     qq. 
ceremoniously 
satisfait   -e,   a</j..  satis- 

ued,  pleased 
■auteur,  -se,s.m/.,leaper, 

lumper 
sauvage,  adj.,  wild 
savant,  -e,  adj.,  learned 
Bavoir,  v.a.,  to  know 
savoir,  s.m.,  knowledge 

■avoiinnoro    o  ><>     — „_i  • 

. ,7,„,  waauing 

with  soap 


sftvonner,  v.a.,  to  lather 
scie, «./,  saw 
science,  »./.,  science 
soier,  v.a.,  to  saw 
«e,^soi.^pp.....  f^,,^. 

secours,    s.m.,    Bnccour, 

help,  aid 
Seigneur,  s.m..  Lord 
sejour,  s.m.,  stay 
semer,  v.a.,  to  sow 
semis,  s.m.,  seed-plot 
sens,  s.m.,  sense,  mean 

mg 
sentpnce,  s^,  sentence 
sentiment,   s.m.,    sensa- 
tion,   feeling,    senti- 
ment 
sontir,  v.a.,  to  feel 
sooir,  v.n.,  to  be  becom- 
ing 

separable,  adj.,  separable 
soparer,  v.a.,  to  separate 
serrure,  s/.,  lock 

serrurier,  s.m.,  locksmith 
servir,  v.n.,  to  serve,  to 

be  useful 
si,  conj.,  if,  whether 
SI,  adv.,  so 

ai^sle,  s.m.,  century,  age, 
^  tune,  world        •"   «  • 
ai^ge,  s.m.,  seat 
s}<5ger,  v.n.,  to  preside 
sjgnal,  s.m.,  signal 
sjncfire,  adj.,  sincere 
8inc6rit6,  s./.,  sincerity 
singe,  s.m.,  monkey 
singorie,  s/.,  apishness. 
mimicry  ' 

situation,  s/.,  situation 
sobre,  adj.,  sober 
sobri6t6,  s.f.,  sobriety 
social,  -e,  a^/.,  social 
society,      s.f.,     society, 

coiDpany 
soeur,  s/,  siater 
so)>eux,  -se,  adj.,  care- 

soiu,  s.m.,  care 
BOir,  s.m,,  oveninp; 


evening  pofty 
soixante,  ad/.tnd.,  sixty 
soixantaiue,   ,/.,  about 

sixty 

sol  sm.,  soil,  pround 
soldat,  s.m.,  soldier 
soldo,  s.f.,  pay 
somme,  s.m.,  nap,  sleo:: 
somme,  sj,,  sum 
sommeil,  s.m.,  sleep 
son,   sa,    ses,   adj.poss., 
ms,  her,  its,  one,  one's 
sortir,  v.n.,  to  go  out 
Soulier,  s.m.,  shoe 
soumis.  adj.,  obedient 
I  sot,  sotte,  a<^.,  foolish, 
silly  • 

sottiso,  s./.,  folly,  foolerv 
souci,  s.m.,  care,  anxiety 
I  souc.er,  (se),  v.r.,  to  caro 
souffrir,  v.n.,  to  suffer 
souffrance,  s/.,  suffering 
souhait,  S.W.,  wish 
souhaiter,  ?-.».,  to  wish 
8oul(ivemont,  s.m.,  heav- 
ing,   rising,  msurreo- 
tioti 

souh'er,  s.m.,  shoe 
souper,  v.n.,  to  sup 
souper,  s.m.,  supper 
soupir,        .,  Bigii 

soupirai.,  s.m.,  air-hole 
soupirer,  v.n.,  to  sifih 
sourire,  v.n.,  to  smile 
sous,  prep.,  under 
sous-axiUaire,  ad;.,  sub- 

axillary 
sous  -  intendant,     «.«. 

understewart  * 

sons-jaceut, -e,ad/.,sub. 
jacent 

sous-maitro,  s.m.,  undor- 
master,  usher 

sous-marin,    adj.,    sub- 

marine 
sous-offieier,  s.m.,  non- 

fiommissioiied  officer 
Bous-prefet,  a.m.,     sub. 

prefect 


KLEMENTAKH   fRENCa  CE^UUIAR.--ACCIDENCB. 


ICU 


uty 

■«nd.,  sixty 
»/.,  about 

.  pPonnd 

ioldier 

7 

nap,  sleo;: 

sum 

I  sleep 

I    adj. pass., 

,  one,  one's 

go  out 

iboe 

•bodfont 

i;  foolish, 

lly,  foolery 
■e,  anxiety 
'••>  to  caro 

0  eufifer 
suffering 

rish 

to  wisli 
"».,  heav- 
insurreo- 

oe 
sup 
pper 
h 

lir-hole 

1  sip;li 
3mile 

T 

ij;  SUb- 

^/•,sab- 
undoi*. 

.     BUb- 

.  non- 
•ffioer 
sub* 


Rnns  sol,  s.m,,  basement 
Houvt'uir,   a.m.,  lumem- 

brunce 
•ouvenir,    (ae),   v.r.,    to 

reuieuiber 
Bouvent,  itdv.,  often 
stimulant,  «.m.,  stimu- 
lant 
stimuler,  v.a.,  to  stimu- 
late 
studieux,  -se,  adj.,  stu- 
dious 
style,  a.m.,  style 
succds,  a.m.,  success         I 
Sucre,  a.m.,  sugar 
sucrier,  a.m.,  sugar-basin 
sufBre,  v.n.,  to  suffice 
Buffisanoe,      aj'.,     suf- 
ficiency 
Suisse,  a.m.,  Swiss 
Suissesse,    a^.,    Swiss- 
woman 
euivre,  v.a.,  to  follow 
Bujet,  a.m.,  subject 
suppliant,  adj.    (pers.), 
suppliant,  (things)  be- 
seecbing 
sar,  iwep.,    on,    upon, 
^  over,  above 
sur,  -e,adj.,  sure,  certain, 

safe 
sftret^,  Syf.,  safety 
surface,  a./.,  surface 
surmonter,  v.a.,  to  over- 
come, to  surmount 
Burnager,  v.n.,  to  float 
(upon  the  surface),  to 
swim 
surpasser,  v.a.,  to  sur- 
pass 
surprendre,  v.a.,  to  sur- 
prise 
Burseoir,  v.n.,  to  respite 
surveiller,  v.a.,  to  watch 
suspendre,  v.a.,  to  sus- 
pend 
Byllabe, «/,  syllable 
fiyiiibule,  a.m.,  symbol 
syndic,  a.m.,  syndic 
Bjrndioat, «.»».,  syndicate 


Table,  «/,  table 
tabloe,  a./.,  tablefull 
tableau,    «.«».,    picture, 
paiutinft  table,  board 
tablette,  «./.,  tablet 
tablier,  a.m.,  apron 
tache,  s.f.,  eput,    stain, 

blut 
tacher,  v.o.,  to  spot 
tfiche,  a  J'.,  task 
tficher,  v.n.,  to  endeavour 
tailler,  v.o.,  to  cut 
tailleur,  a.m.,  tailor 
taillis,  a.m.,  copse 
tante,  a/.,  aunt 
taper,  v.a.,  to  smack,  to 

hit 
tapis,  a.m.,  carpet 
tapissier,    a.m.,     uphol- 
sterer 
tapoter,  v.o.,  to  pat 
tard,  adv.,  late 
tarte,  s/.,  tart 
tartelette,  s^.,  tartlet 
teindre,  v.a,,  to  dye 
tel,  telle,  adj.  andpr.ind., 

such 
tCIfigramme,  a.m.,  tele- 
gram 
t^moignage,  a.m.,  testi- 
mony 
t6moigner,  v.o.,  to  testify 
temperance,  a./.,  temper- 

auce 
temperature,   «/,    tem- 
perature 
tempgier,  v.a.,  to  temper 
tempete,     s^.,   tempest, 

storm 
tendre,  v.o.,  to  stretch 
tendre,  adj.,  tender 
tendresse,  s/,  tenderness 
tenir,  v.o.,  to  hold 
terminaison,  «/.,  termi- 
nation 
terminer,  v.a.,  to  end 
ternir,  v.o.,  to  tarnish,  to 
stain 


terrain,  ».«t.,  ground 
terrasse, »./:,  tirraco 

terre,  «/.,  laud,turtli 
texte.  a.m.,  text 
t'lv!,  a.m.,  tea 
tliome,  a.m.,  exercise 

4i«e,  s/.,  stalk,  stem 
igre,  a.m.,  tiger 
timide,  adj.,  timid 
timiditd,  a./.,  timidity 
tirar,  v.o.,  to  draw,  to  puH 
tiiage,  a.m.,  drawing  (of 
a     lottery),      pulling 
(printing) 
tiroir,  a.m.,  drawer 
tombe,    s/,    1.    tomb, 
tombstone;   2.   tomb, 
grave 
tombeau,  a.m.,  1.  tomb 
(monument) ;  2.  tomb- 
stone 
tonne,  a.f.,  tun 
tonneau,  a.m.,  cask 
tonuelle,  s/.,  arbour 
tonnerre,  s.m.,  thunder 
tordi-e,  v.o.,  to  wring,  to 

twist 
tort,  a.m.,  wrong;  avoir 
I      tort,  to  be  wrong 
I  t6t,  adv.,   soon;  tot  ou 

tard,  sooner  or  later 
toucbant,  -e,  c.dj.,  affect- 
ing, touching 
toucher,  v.o.,  to  touch 
toucher,  a.m.,  touch  (the 

sense) 
touffe,  «./.,  tuft 
toujours,  adv.,  always 
Toulouse,  a.p.,  Toulouse 
Toulousain,  s.vi.,  native 

of  Toulouse 
tour,    a.m.,   turn,    trip, 

tour,  trick 
tour,  s/   tower 
tourelle,  aj".,  turret 
tourmenter,  v.a.,  to  tor- 
ment 
tout,  adj.    and   pr.ind., 
every,  all ;  loc.,t<niii  lea 
jouiB,  every  duj'      j' 


104 


FRENCH- ENGLISH    VOCABULAIIT. 


I 


I     I 


trwrr,  v.a.,  to  trace,  to 

urtiw  out 
traliir,  v.a.,  to  betray 
trahison,  «/.,  treasou 
train,  «.«,.,  train 
tvnUiCe,  s/,  trail 
trane,  v.a.,  to  milk 
traitre,  a.m.,   traltresse, 

»/.,  traitor,  traitress 
tranchant,  a.m.  edge 
trunch6e,    »/.,    trench, 

cutting 
trauclier,  v.a.,  to  cnt 
tranrjiiille,  adj.,  tranquil 
triiU(juilJit{j,    «./,    tran- 
quillity 
travail,  a.m.,  work 
travailler,  t'.a.n.,  to  work 
tnivailleur,      s.wt.,      la- 
bourer, workman,  hard 
worker 
tnivaillense,  «/,   work- 
woman,    painstaking 
person   (woman,  girl) 
trent.aine,     »/.,     about 

tbirty 
trente,  adj.num.,  thirty 
tros,    adv.,    very,     very 

much 
triage,  a.m.,  sorting 
Hibuu,  a.m.,  tribune 
tribunat,  a.m.,  tribune- 
ship 
ribut,  a.m.,  tribute 
.  tricher,  v.o.,  to  cheat 
tricheur,  a.m.,  trickster, 

cheat 
trier,  v.a.,  to  sort 
triste,  adj.,  sad 
tristesse,  «/,  sadness 
trivial,  adj.,  trivial 
triviaUte,  s/.,  triviality 
tromper,  v.a.,  to  deceive 
Be  tromper,  v.r.,  to  be 
mistakeu,  to  make  a 
mistake 
trop,  adv.,  too,  too  much, 
too  many,  too  far.  too 
long 
iroa,  $.m.,  hol9 


trouble,    a.m.,    trouble, 

confusion 
trouver,  v.a.,  to  find,  to 

think,  to  like 
tuer,  v.a,,  to  kill 
tuile,  s.f.,  tile 
turbulent,  cujj.,  noisy 


vassal,  a.m.,  vassal 
vaut,  9.p.p.ind.  qfvalofr, 


Ultra-lib6ral,  adj.,  ultra- 
liberal 
ultra-moudain,   o<^'.,  ul. 

tra-mundane 
ultra-royaliste,  adj.,  ul- 
tra-royalist 
ultra-zodiacal,   adj.,    nl- 

tra- zodiacal 
un,  -e,  adj.,  and,  auha., 

one 
nn,  e,  aH.ind.,  a  or  an 
user,  v.a.,  to  wear  out 
usure,  a^.,  wear  and  tear, 

usury 
utile,  adj.,  useful 


Va,  S.p.p.ind.oftJletip. 
112)  ^'^ 

vaohe,  s/.,  cow 
vacher,  a.m.,  cow-keeper 
vagabond,  a.m.,  vagabond 
vagabondage,    a.m.,   va- 
grancy 
vain,  -e,  adj.,  vain  ;  he, 
en  vain,  in  vain.vainly 
vaincre,  v.a.,  to  conquer 
vainqueur,  a.m.,  conque- 
ror 
Taisseau,«.wt.,  ship,  vessel 
valenr,  s/,  value,  valour 
valoir,  v.n.,  to  be  worth 
vanter,  v.a.,  to  praise 
vantard,  -e,  adj.,  boastful 
vapeur,     g/.,      vapour, 

steam 
varig,  adj.,  varied 
vari^te,  s/.,  variety 


to  be  worth 
v4g6tRl,  a.m.,  vegetable 
veillo,  s/,  watch 
veiller,  v.a.,  to   watch; 

v.n.,  to  set  up 
vendango,  a  J.,  vintage 
vendanger,  v.a.,  to  ga- 
ther the  grapes 
Tendre,  v.a.,  to  sell 
vendredi,  a.m.,  Friday 
vengeance,     «./.,     ven- 
geance 
venger,  v.a,,  to  avenge 
vengeur,  a.m.,  avenger 
vengeur,   -eresse,    adj., 

avenging 
venir,  v.n.,  to  come 
venue,  «/,,  coming 
verbe,  a.m.,  verb 
verdir,  v.n.,  to   beooma 

green 
veritable,  adj.,  true 
v^ritfi,  «/,  truth 
vermeil,  -le,  adj.,  vermi- 

lion,  ruddy 
vermeil,  a.m.,  silver-gilt 
verre,  a.m.,  glass 
verrou,  a.m.,  bolt- 
vers,  a.m.,  verse 
verset,   a.m.,    verse   (in 

Scripture) 
Tert,  adj.,  green 
vertu,  «/,  virtue 
vertueux,  adj.,  virtuous 
vestiaire  a.m.,  vestiary 
veux,    v.a.n.,    ind.p.    qf 

vouloir  (p.  124) 
vexer,  v.a.,  to  vex 
viande,  «/.,  meat 
vice,  a.m.,  vice 
vice-amiral,    a.m., 

admiral 
vice-president, 

vice-president 
vice-roi,  a.m.,  vice-roy 
vicnx,  vieii,  vieille,   adj., 

old 
vieillot,  -te,  adj.,  oldish 


vice- 


;.>».. 


ELEMENTARY   FRENCH   ORAMMAR.— ACCIDENCE. 


19S 


i.m.,  vnflsal 
j.p.ind.  qfvalofr, 
worth 

s.m.,  vegetable 
f.,  watch 
v.a.,  to   watch; 
9  set  up 
0,  «/,  vintage 
Br,  v.a,,  to  ga- 
le grapea 
'.a.,  to  sell 
,  s.m.,  Friday 
e,     «./.,     ven- 

.a.,  to  avenge 
$.m.,  avenger 
-eresse,     adj., 

>g 

.,  to  come 

'.,  coming 

».,  verb 

n,,  to   beooma 

adj.,  true 
,,  truth 

le,  adj.,  vermi. 
ady 

,m.,  silver-gilt 
.,  glass 
».,  bolt- 
verse 

m.,    verse   (in 
e) 

green 
virtue 

idj.,  virtuous 
m.,  vestiary 
n.,    iiid.p.    qf 
p.  124) 
to  vex 
,  meat 
ice 
,    s.m.,   vice- 


:.m,. 


)nt, 
dent 
».,  vice-roy 
vieiiie,   adj., 


rfgne,  »/,  vine 
vigneron,     ».in., 
dresser 


vme- 


▼m,  s.m,,  wine 

vingt,  adj.num.,  twenty 

vingtaine,     s/.,     about 

twenty 
violent,  -e,  adj.,  violent 
visitd,  «./.,  visit 
vite,  adj.,  quick,  swift 
vite.adv., quickly,  swiftly, 

fast 
vitrail,      s.m.,     stamed 

glass-window 
vivre,  v.n.,  to  live 
voDU,  s.m.,  vow,  wish 
Toici,  adv.,  here  is,  here 

are 
▼oilft,     adv.,    there    ia, 

there  ar« 


voiler,  v.a.,  to  veil 
vkilure,  s.f.,  set  of  sails 
voir,  v.a.n.,  to  see 


vilain,     -e,     adj.,    ugly,  lyoiture,  sj.,  carriage 
nasty,  villanous  ^  volable,  adj,,  1.  (persons) 

n.  M.9n.     uriviA  *»        1.-        11       -I  A 


to     be     robCed ;      2. 

(things)  easily  stolen 
voler,  v.a.,  to  steal,  to 

rob 
voler,  v.n.,  to  fly 
vol6e,  «/,  flight,  volley 
volet,  s.m.,  shutter 
voleur,      -euse,     s.mJ., 

thief 
volume,  $.m.,  volume 
voter,  v.a.n.,  to  vote 
votre  (pi.  vos),  adj.pos^ 

your,  thy 
v6tre  (le,la),  vdtres  (les), 

pron.pos.,  yours 
vouloir,  r.o.,  will,  to  be 

willing 


vous,  pron.psrs.,  you,  to 

you 
voyage,  s.m.,  travelling, 

journey,  voyage 
voyageur,    s.m.,    travel' 

ler 


( 


Y,  adv.,  there,  thither, 
at  home,  wiiJiin 

y,  pron.,  (things)it,them, 
{pers.)  him,  her,  them 
(with  the  preposition 
required  by  the  verb) 


Z6ro,«.«i.,nonqht,  cypher 
soue,  •/.,  zone 


adj.,  oldish 


/ 


\ 


ENGLISH-FEENCH  VOCABULARY. 


A  amiable,  adj.,  aimable 

Iiahln  l/_ 


.B 

Bad,  a<y.,  maiivais,  mfi- 

ohaut 
bank-note,  ».,  billet  de 

ban  que  (m.) 


uable 

above,   prep.,  an 
de,    sur;    above    all,  [l^iietv    m"ilZ~,7-f!''A      ""•  l"-'*""'-.  eire  (p.  75) 
aurtout  »«.  pumety,   «^   »»qui6tu^   beahtiful,  a^i.,  bean,  bel 

absolve,  v.t.,  absoudre        anvLl,-*-*/?    ♦    *     ,•  (»».).  belle  (/.)     • 

act,  v.t.,  agir 
admire,  ».t.,  admirer 
advantage,  «.,  avautage 


_ „„„,  i/vr.^.,-pujuu  que 

J  beodme,  v.ttit.,    deveuir 


S"fe*-  w^-^^^^^^j  jy-*o.>.eo>]i) 


apprehend,  t^t,  pressen^^te.  p^..  ivant 


•dvice, ».,  avis  (»i.) 


argiuuent 


affair, «.,  affaire 
afflicted,    «.    and 


adj.. 


again,  adv.,  de  noaveaa, 
encore 

agreement,  #.,  conven- 
tion (/.) 

"-.^A/..(a*).tendrela"s™:     v.t., 
-e.-Lt 


tir 
argument. 

arm,  v.t.,  armer 
anny, ».,  armfie  (/.) 
arnve,  v.int.,  arnver 
as.iwflp.,  (for),  quant(4) 
as,  odv.,  comme,  aussi; 
as  forward    as    they, 
aussi  avanofi  qu'eux 
assault,  v.t.,  assaiKir 

repartir. 


v.int.,   se   con- 
V.*.,  oroire '  (p. 


tout, 


all,    adj.ind., 
tons  {m.pl.) 
already,  adv.,  dgjA 
alter,  v.t.,  changer 
although,  dn^,,  quoique 
always,  odv.,  toujours 


Jtentive,  adj.,  attentif. 
^aunt,  «.,  tante  (/.^ 
avenging,  adj.,  vengear, 

avoid,  v.i,  eviter 


behave, 
dyre 
beheve, 
127) 
bell,  tt.,  cloche  (/.) 
belong;  v.int.,  appartenir. 
bendyr.t.,  fl6chir 
benefactor,    $.,    bienfai- 

teur  (m.) 
benofactrebs,  «„,  bienfai- 

trice  (/.) 
benevolent,    odj.,    bicn- 

faisant 
jest.odj.sMp.,  (the,  my,  le, 

mon,  etc.),  meilleur 
betray,  v.t.,  trahir 
better,  adj.comp.^   meil.  ■  ^ 
leur  ^tr 

better,  adv.,  mieux      / 
ciiijS.jiettie  tie  change (/.) 
bird,  «.,  oiseau  \m.) 
I  bite,  v.t.,  mordre 


^^ca 
Aa 


KLRsmNTARY  FRENCH  ORAMMAft. — ACCIDENCB. 


107 


Y, 


B 

lanvais,  mfi--' 

>.,  billet  de 
•) 

taUle-t/.) 
■re  (p.  76) 
^,  bean,  bcl 

M^parce'  que 
I*.,    deveuir 

avant 
■•,    Be   con- 

oroire '  (p. 

appartenir. 
ihir 
•I    bienfai- 

»",  bienfai- 

'dj.,    bien- 

tho,  my,  le, 

neilleur 

ihir 

leux      / 
;hange(/.) 
(to.) 
re 


blow,  •.,  coup  (tn.) 
buaet.,  v.int,,  e'enorgueil- 

lir.  He  vanter 
boat,  s.,  batoiiu  (m.) 
boncet,  f .,  chupoau  (m.) 
buok,  a.,  livre  {»».) 
uoot,  «.,  boUe  (/.) 
born,  adj.,  n6 ;    to    be 

born,  naltre 
bottle,  a.,  boutcille  (f.) 
bow,  s.,  arc  (m.) 
branch,  «.,  biaucbo  (/.) 
brend.  «.,  payi  (m.) 
brouk,  ii.t.,ca8^r,  rompre 
breukfast.'r.tnt.,  dCjeftner 
^briftg,  II.*.,  appojtt"- ;  to 

bring    to     confnsiou, 

confondfc ;    to    bring 

back,  rllpporter 
brother,  «.,  I'r^re  (n».) 
bullet,  «.,  balJe  {/.) 
burn,  v.t.,  briiler 
burst;     v.int.,     ficlater ; 

borat  into  tears,  fon- 

dre  en  larmes 
but,  conj.,  mais 
button,  «.,  bouton  (m.) 
buy,  v.t.,  acheter 
by,  prep.,  par,  de,  en 


/. 


Cake, «.,  gfitean  (m.) 
jftall,  V.*.,  appeler,,-^ 
calumniate,t<.t.calomnier 
camp,  «.,  camp  (m.) 
/^can,  v.def.,  pouvoir 
'   candlestick,  »,,  chande- 
lier («».) 
care,  s.,  soin  (to.) 
cargo,  «.,  cargaison  (/.) 
caiTiage,  «.,  voiture  (/.) 
castle,  «,,  chftteau  (m.) 
cat,  s.,  chat  (m.) 
^-*  catastrophe,    «..     eatas 
.^  trophe  (/.) 

\atitiou8,  adj.,  prudent 
cellar, «.,  oave  (/.) 
eeiemony,  9^  cCrcmonie 
I/.) 


I  cq-tniuly,  adv.,  certaino- 
LXme.it 

I  chair,  ».,  chaiKo  (/.) 
charming,    adj.,     char- 

mant 
cherish,  v.t.,  cht-iir 
child,  1.,  enfant  (in.\ 
choice,  a.,  choix  (m.) 
choose,  v.t.,  choisir 
church,  a.,  v'^lise  (/.) 
circumstance,  «.,  circon- 

stauce  (/;) 
_Udel,  s.,  citijdejle  (/.) 
ilo'ak,  «.,  mantoau  (w.) ; 
cloak-room,    vestiqire 

(TO.) 

close,  v.t.,  former 
cloth,  a.,  drap  (m.) 
clothe,  v.t.,  vctir ;  ono'a 
•  self.  Be  vetir 
coal,  «.,  charbon  (m.) 
Sioa<>)  <•!  habit  {m.f 
cold,  a.,  rhume  (to.)  ;   to 
catch  cold,  s'enrhumer 
collar,  a.,  col  (m.) 
Ijpollect,  v.t.,  peijpevoir 
collection,s.,collectionf/.) 
jcolonel,  «.,  colonel  (to.) 
colour,  «.,  couleur  (/ 
£W|^e,  v.int.,  vepjr; 
I^NJome  -town,  descei 
comfortable,  aij.,  com- 
mode 
commerce,  a.,  commerce 

(to.) 
commission,  ».,  commis- 
sion (/.) 
company,  «.,  compagnie, 
soci6t6  (/.) 

compassionate,o(Zj.,com- 

patissaut 
complain,       v.tnt.,      se 

plaiudre 
conceited,  adj.,  suffisant 
'••Ujo^eive,  v.t.,  concevoir 
'  coSlcert,  «.,  concert  (m.) 

condnot,  a.,  oonduite  (/.) 
conffiss,  v.t.,  avouer,  eon- 


(m.f 
[f'l 

evaie 


confidonce,  t.  oonfianc* 

confound,  v.t.,  confondre 
^QMu^'jrlly.  (u/ti .,    cua* 

oonquer(^l,  p.paH.,  con. 
quis 

consecate,  v.t.,  b6nir 

consent,  v.tnt.,  cousentir 

consent^     a.,    cousente- 
meyt  (to.J 

consequence,  •.,   consfi- 
quen<^e  (/.) 

consider,  v.t.,  considurcr, 
— as,  regarder  coimne 

consoler,     *.,     ocusoia. 

teur  (to.) 
^ontempt,  a.,  tnipria  (m.) 

Continual,      adj.,     con- 
tinue), -lo 

iiorroKpond,r.tnt.,  oorreft* 

pondro 
cost,  v.int.,  coflter 
country,s.,  pays  (m.), cam- 

Pagne   (/.) ;    country. 

house,  maison  do  caui. 

pagne ;  in  thecouuuy, 

&  la  campagne 
countrywoman,  $.,  pay. 

sanne  (/.) 
court,  «.,cour(/.) 
cousin,  a.,  cousin  (m.) 
cousin,  a.,  cousine  {J.) 
cow,  a.,  vache  (/,) 
vritioiBe,  v.t.,  oritiquer 
cross,  i/.t.,  tfaverser 
crown,  a.,  oourourfe  (/.) 
cruel,  adj.,  cruel,  -le 
crystal,  a.,   cristal   (w.); 

Crystal  Palace,  raliiia 

de  (Jrisrtal 
cup,  «.,  tasse  (/.) 
curtain,  «.,  rideau  (m.) 
custom,  «.,  coutuine  (/.) 


Danger,  •„  danger  (m.) 
daugeious,  o«(j.,  thiur*. 
rtuz,  -M 


i 


I 


108 


i 


w 


\  ■ 


'if 


i 


bNMi^i 


-niENCt!   VOOABtJLAnt. 


i 


deal,  ».,  quantit*  (/.) ;  a 

great  deal,  beaucoiip 
dear,  od).,   ohor,  (acif.)i 

oher        N 
death,  «.,  mort  (/.) 
deceive,  v.t.,  trompor 
~  defeat,  v.e.,  d6fairo 
defend,  t>.«.,  d6fondre 
delicious,  ndi.,  d^ilieinnx 
departure, ».,  depart  (tii.) 
dept)i,».,  profoHdenr  (/.) 
deserve,  v.t.,  lufaiter 
design, «.,  duBsoin  (»)».) 
despair,  *.,  doHOspoir  (m.) 
detail, «.,  detail  (m.) 
devote,  v.t.,  couBiicror 
dictionary,    «.,    diction- 

naire  (tn.) 
die,  v.tnt.,  monrir 
difiioult,  adj.,  dillioile 
difKculty,    ».,     ditticultfi 

ddigent,  ad/.,  nppli'pifi 
dine,  v.tnt.,  d<ucr 
dinner,*.,  diner (m.) 
disappflnr,     r.tnt.,    dis- 

paraltre 
discharge,  u.*.,  aoccmplir 
discouraged,      odj.jKtrt., 

d6courag6 
discreet,  adj.,  discret 
diHousH,  I'.t.,  discuter 
disgrace,     w.t.,     dfisho- 

noror 
disguise,  r.t.,  dCguiser 
disobey,  v.tw*.,  d<-8ol)6ir 
disown,    v.int.,    discon- 

venir  de 
'■'•tscgition,   «.,  disposi- 

V", //N 
5ivi.    avv,  v,<f    '^partir 


dream,  «.,r6ve(m.);  idle 
dream,  ohimdre  (/)    jl 
dress,  «.,  robe  (/.)       -•• 
drink,  r.t.,  boire 
drive,     v.<.,      condnir'?,' 
moner,    poupficr ;     to 
drive  to  despair,  r6- 
duire  au  dCsespoir 
dumb,  flM^f,,  muet 
during,  pr.,  pendant 
duHt,  ».,  poussiero  (/.) 
dust,     r.t.,     6pouHHcJpr; 


un  babit 
duty,  •.,  devoir  (m.) 

B 


every,  adj.  ind.,  cbnqnA, 
tout  I   tons  les  ;  ovory 
bo<ly,  tout  le  nionde 
everywhere,    oilv.,    per 
^    tout  v« 

exnlirfno,   v.,   (into)  S|fc^ 
profondir  ""- 

excollcnt,  adj.,  oxcolloul 
exercise,  ».,  tlll^nle  (m.) 
expose,  v.t.,  dCvoiler 
extromely,<idi'.,  extremo- 
ment 


to  dust  a  coat,  battio.,,eye,    «.,   ceil   (m,).    (pU 


iUfi^iv.  '"?  -  _;.,  m6fiant 
jio»  «',>.   injvB  (p.  129) 

!?lK.v,  j..fVOite  (/.) 

U0460,      $xoU.,      don- 
^      saine  (/.) 
^rawer,  ».,  tiroir  fm.) 
4nkwiug, «.,  doMitt  (m.) 


Eacii,  adj.ind.,  clrnqne 
eucli,    pr.Mid.,    ciiaciui; 
each       other,       Tun 
I'autre 
early,    adv.,    de    bonno 
heme;  as  early  as,  dea 
eat,  v.t.,  manger 
effort,  «.,  Dffort  (m.) 
either,  adj.  and  pr.,  I'un 
ou    I'autre,  I'une    ou 
I'l^tre 
embfoider,  v.*.,  broder 
end;  s.,  but  (m.),  fin  {/.) 
enejny,  ».,  ennemi  (m.) 
En(|I„  ,1,     s.p.,    Angle- 

t^rre  (/.)  * 

engrave,  v.t.,  graver 
,  engraving,  «.,gravure(/.) 
]  enjoy,  vSnt.,  jouir  de 
enslave,  v.«.,  asservfr 
I  entreat,  v.t.,  supplier 
i  envy,  «.,  envie  (/.) 
I  equal,  adj.,  6gal 
equivalent  (to  be)  fiqui- 

valoir 
f»rror,. ».,  erreur  (/.) 
essential,  oc^;.,  essentiel 
establish,  r.t.,  fitablir 

estatA.  K..  tarra    /  #  \   ^.^r. 

prift<5(/.)      '""' 
evcut, «.,  Svuuemout  (m.) 


yeux) ;    eyo-gliiss, "  •^ 
lorgnon  (lu.)  ^ 


Face,  «.,  face  (/.),  visngo 

(m.),  figure  (/.) 
fail,  v.int.,  f&illir 
faint,  v.tn«.,  (away)  b'(5- 

vanouir 
fall,  «.,  chute  (/.) 
full,  v.int.,  tomber;    to 

fall  due,  6choir 


fis< 
tla 
fle< 
Ua 
flo 
1 
fol 
for 
foe 
for 
for 
for 
for 
for 


'"Hs 


false. 


atlj.,   faux     (in.;, 


fauBse  (/.) 
fan,  ».,  6vantail  (m.) 
far,  adv.,  loin 
far  '    ».,  ?rtrmo  (/.) 
ftti-l,  'Li,  .  f-,al 
fatt..'r,  (m,) 

!"';«;,-,  la^       (/.) 
favour,  a.,  faveur  (/.) 
favourite,   '^dj.,     favori 
,   K),.ter/.) 
fear,  «„  crainte  (/.) 
fear,  v.t.,  craindie 
feed,  r.t.  (on),  serepaltre 

de 
fell,  v.t.,  abattre 
field,  «.,  champ  (w».) 
fill.uv.f.,  rcmpUr 
find,  v.t.,  trouvcr 
fine,  ac(/.,  beau,  bel,  bollo 
Siiisb,  r.s.,  finif 
lire, ».,  f«a  (w».) 
I  firu),  <tdj.,  torm« 


for 
fos 
fra 
1m) 
Vn 
fre 
Fri 
fri( 

( 
fri( 
fro 
fri) 
ful 
iut 


Oa 

gai 
gai 

( 
pel 
gei 
gei 

( 
get 
giv 

{ 
gk 
glo 
go, 

Gu 


••'"n'r'  t-- 1 — -ii'-n 


I 


ll-KMENTAnY    FRKNJII    ORMTMAB. — ACCIDENCK. 


199 


<f.,  cbnqnA, 
IcH  ;   uvurjr 
le  tnundo 
o(/w.,    per. 

(iuto)  %i^ 

'.,  excollout 
i^nie  (m,) 
Cvoiler 
.,  extrenio< 

(»».).   (r'. 

>-glusa,    t^ 


'/.),  visngo 

llir 
away)  s'fi- 

/.) 

mber ;    to 
oir 
hux     (in.;, 

I  (m.) 

,     farori 

he 

e  repaltre 

\m.) 

r  ^ 

bel,  bolle 


good,  adj.,  bon,  bonne 
goodfl,  «.,  niarchjiudiscs 
"^^fenu  pi.)  — ^ 

.:.-.^^_*... — ;      ...^  RooBe.  ».,  oio  (/.) 

flower,      «.,  fleur''(/.)T'fK"veriiniont,s.,g<>uverno- 


fi. ;  ,  I.,  poisfion  (m.) 
Haltering,  a./,;.,  lliUtcur 
fleet,  «.,  flotte  (/.) 


\- 


"f    forre 


' 


I 


flower  •bed.iilancLo  (/.) 
follow,  v.t.,  Buivre 
fond,  adj.,  olier 
food,  «.,  nourritiire  (/.) 
for,  jT'^i'M  ponr,  A 
forbid,  v.t.,  dofendro 
force,  «.,  force  (f.) 
foresee,  v.t.,  prcvoir 
forget,  v.t.,  ouyiler 
iiitk,  f.,  fonrchette  (/.) 
formerly,  adr.,  aiitrefoiB 
forward,  adj.,  avinico 
fox,  8.,  reunrd  (m.) 
fnuiQ.  «.,  frauo  (»i.) 
I'liuico,  «.,  Franco  (/.) 
l''renoh,  adj.,  franyais 
frequent,  v.t.,  frC^quentor 
Friday,  $.,  vendredi  (m.) 
friend,  «.,  ami  (m.),  amie 

friendship,  «.,  aiuiti6  (/.) 
from,  pr.,  de 
fruit,  8.,  fruit  (m.) 
full,  aei;.,  plein 
future, «.,  aveuir  (m.) 


Gain,  v.t.,  gagner 
garden,  «.,  jardin  (m.) 
gardener,    s.,    jardinicr 

(m.) 
general,  «.,  gdnCral  (m.) 
gentle,  adj.,  doux,  -ce 
gentleman,  s.,  mousieur 

(pi.  messieurs) 
get  (upj,  V.  inf.,  se  lever 
give,     v.t.,    duuner ;    to 

give  upf  abandouuier 
glass,  8.,  verre  (>n.) 
glove,  t..  gant  (m.) 
go,  v.int.f  olleri  go  out, 

sortir 


ment  (ni.) 
grammar,  f. 

(/■) 
grandfather, 


grammajre 
a.,    grand- 


l)t)re,  aieul  (in.) 
grape,  a.,  raisin  (m.) 
grass,  8.,  heibe  (/.) 
grateful,  adj.,  reconiiais- 

sant 
great,  adj.,  grand 
greatness,    a.,    grandeur 

Greek,  adj.,  gicc,  grecque 
grief,  «.,  chagrin  (in.) 
grind,    v.t.,    mondre    (a 

knife)  <-moudre 
grow,  v.int,,  croitre 
guilty,  8.  and  adj.,  oou- 

pable 
guinea,  8.,  guin6e  (/.) 
gun, «.,  fusU  (»».) 


Hand,  •.,  main  (/.)  ^ 
hang,  v.int.,  nendre  .(up) 

suspendre  t 

bappe^i,  v.int.,  arrivAr 
happiaess,   s.,   bonioor 

happy,  adj.,  henreux,  -se 
huHte,8.,luite(/.),to  make 

haste,  se  h&te^ 
hasty,  adj.,  emp<Tt6 
hat,  s.,  ohapeau  (m.) 
hate,  v.t.,  hai^ 
he,  pr.pera.,  ii  |  lui ;  oe- 

lui 
health,,  <.  jgiuitS  ^.) 
hear,  v.t.,  entena|e 
heart,  «.,  coeur  (m.) 
heat,  8.,  ohaleur  {J.) 
heaven,  8.,  ciel  (m.) 
lioavy,  adj.,  pesairt,  lourd 


her,^.p«r«.,  Mf,  1»,  Ini 
A  elle;   hers  (pr.po88,} 
le  Hion,  la  sienne,  Icn 
sieuH,  les   sienncH ;    k^ 
elle  (adj.^Bon,  sn,  sea 
hero,  adv.  ici 
him,  pr.p.,  le,  hii,  cohii ; 
himself,         ,«,       Ini- 
mcme,  lui  , 

his,  adj.po«8.,  m    ,  sa,  den 
his,  pc.po88..  It    sien,  lu 
aieune ;       les      siens, 
les  sienuea;  )>.  .  por$. 
A  lui,  de  lu> 
history,  $.,  histoii  ■  (/.) 
iioliday,  s.,  conpiC  i    i.) 
honest,  adj.,  Loniu  te 
honourably , adr., hoi  ora« 

blement 
hope,  «.,  espCrance  if.) 
horse,  s.,  oheval  (iit.) 
house,  8.,  maison  (/.) 
how,     adv.,    commci  t ; 

how  much,combion 
jhnmaile,  adj.,  humaiii 
hundred, ttdj.  »iitiii.,ct    t 
hungry,  adj.,  alTam^  J  .o 

be — ,  avoir  faim 
hurt,  v.t.,  bleaser 
hypocrite,  «.,   hypooi'it* 


I,  pr.pers.,  je,  n?oi  («»/.) 

ice,  8.,  glace  (/.J 

idea,  «.,  idee  (jf.) 

if,  conj.,  si 

ill,  adj.,  malado 

importance,    s.,    impor- 
tance (/.) 

immediately,    adv.,    im« 
m^diatement 

impossible,  o^;.,  impossi* 
ble  . 
pr.,  dans,  on,.  A 

]i..oon8i<2<)rate,cdj.,  indis. 
cret 

iuduBtrioas,   ad^.,  lab^ 
rieux 


^r0r- 


200 


/ 


fi 


ENGLISH-FBENCH   VOCABULARY 


infirm,  flr?/.,  infirm^ 
mlimity,    «.,    iufirmit6 

infnnfie,  v.t.,  enfreindre 
lubabit,  v.t,  habiter 
inkstand,  s.,  9hcrier  (m.) 
insult,  «.,  insiilte  (f.) 
iuterest,  s.,int6ret  im.) 
intrenchment,      a.     re- 

tranchement  (to.) 
invade,  v.t.,  envnhir 

it,pr.no7)i.,il,e]Ie;(aco,) 
le,  la ;  (dat.)  lui  („(  f .. 


late,  adj.,  en  retard 
lately,     adv.,     deruifire- 

ment 
laugh,  v.int,  rirej— at, 

se  moqner  de 
law,  s,,  loi  {/.) 
learned,    adj., 

savant 


M 


MachinG,s.,  machine  (/.) 
magniHcent,    adj.,   ma- 
gnifiquG 

•    ,     .^     ™a'^'e.v.*.,faire;tomake 
instrnit,        happy,  rcndre  heureux 


Jannnry,  «.,  Janvier  (m.) 
jealous,  ac?;.,  jnloqx,  -se 
jewel,  s.,  bijou  (wf)' 
join,  v.t.,  joindre 
journal,  s.,  journal  (m.) 
judge,  s.,  juge  (m.) 
justice, «.,  justice  (/.) 


at 
du 


E 

Keep,  v.t.,  garder,  tenir, 

oonserver  '^ 
kill,  v.t.,  tuer 
kind,  adj.,  bon,  bonne 
kindness,  s.,  bont6  (/,) 
king,  8.,  roi  {m.) 
knife,  s.,  couteau  (m.) 
know,   r,t,,  savoir,  con- 

naitre 


pliis  petit 
least,   adv.,  moins; 

least  ;    au  moins, 

moins 
les3,  adj.  4^.,  momdre.plus 

petit      ' 
less,  adv.,  moins 
log,  s.  (of  mutton),  gigot 

legal,  adj.,  ]6gal 
leisure,  s.,  loisir  (m.) 
lemon,  s,,  citron  (m.) 
lesson,  s,,  Icqou  (/.) 


Tiadder,  s.,  gchelle  (/.) 
lady,  s.,  dame  (/.)jyomig 

lady,  demoiselle  (/.) 
lamp,  s.,  lampe  (/.) 
landscape,    «.,   paysage 

inrge,  adj.,  Rrnn«l 
tiu(»  a((/,,  dei'uior 


'd;gtter,s.,  lettre(/.) 
liable,  adj.,  sujet 
library,    s.,  bibliotheque 
(/.)j  circulatinglibrary, 
cabinet  de  lecture  im.) 
lie,  V.  int.,  g<-sir 
like,  V.  6-.,  aimer 
like,  adj.,  pnreil,  sembla- 
We,    tel  ;  like  master, 
like  man,  tel  maitre, 
tel  valet, 
little,  adj.,  petit,  (adv.)  ■ 
pen  ' 

Jinen,  s.,  Hnge  (m.) 
.-flive,  V.   itt.,  vivre ;  de- 
meurer  I 

long,  adj.^  long;  all  day 
long,    toute   la   jour- 
n6e 
lose,  v.t.,  perdM ;  to  lose 

one'p  self,  s'Ggarer 
loss,  «.,  perte  (/.) 
love,  v.t.,  aimer 
loyal,  adj.,  loyal 
luck, «.,  bonheux  (w.) 


bion'  ^  .-,  ,    „..^ 
time,  mainte  fois 
marriage,8,,mariage  (m.) 
master,  «.,  maitre  (m.) 
mayor,  a.,  maire  (m.) 
means,  «.,  moyen  (m.) 
meat,  s.,  viande  (/.) 
meet,    v.  t.,  rencontrer  ; 

[ref.)  ae  rencontrer 
meeting,s,,renoontre(/.), 

seance  (/.) 
melt,  v.t.,  fondre 
mend,  v.  t.,  rCformer 
merchant,  s.,  marchand 

(in.) 
merit,  s.,  mfirite  (ni.) 
merry,  adj.,  gai 
mild,  adj.,  doux 
milk,  v.  t.,  traire 
mind,  8.,  esprit;  to  make 
up    one's    mind,     se 
decider 
mine,  pr.  poas.,  le  mien, 
la  mienne,  les  miens, 
les  miennes,  a  moi 
my,  adj.  poss.,  mon,  ma, 
mes 

minister,s.,mini8tre  (m.) 
minute,  «.,  minute  (/.) 
misfortune,  «.,  malhour 
(w.| 

mistake,  «.,  faute  (/.)• 
erreur(/.);  tb  make 
a  mistake,  se  trompor 

moderbte,  a4}.,  modorfi 

money,  «.,  argent  (m.) 

month,  ».,  mois  (m.) 

moral,  o<^",,  moial 

more,  adv.,  plus 

morninj;,  s.,  muiin  (,».) 


ELEMENTARY   PRENOH   GRAMMAR — ACOIDEN 


iifiZ. 


i^Ol 


morrow,  •.,  demain  j    le 
lendemain  ;  (adv.)  to- 
morrow,  demain 
mother,  »,,  mdre  (/.) 
move,    V.  t.,    inouvoir, 

fimouvoir 
mouse,  8.,  souris  (/.) 
mnch,    adv.,    beaucoup, 
bien ;      too       much, 
trop 
murder,  v.t.,  massacrer 
museum,  «.,  musce  (?n.) 
music,  «.,  miisique  (/.) 
must,  v.n.Jef.,  falloir 
mutton, «.,  moutou  (m.) 


N 

Nation,  «.,  nation  (/.) 
nature,  s,,  nature  (/.) 
near,  prop.,  prfis  do 
necessary,    adj.,    niJces- 

saire  ;  to  be  necessary, 

falloir 
needle,  «.,  aiguille  (/.) 
neglect,  v.t.,  negligor 
negotiate,  v.t.,  nfigocier 
neither,  adj.  and  pr.,  ni 

I'un  ni  I'autre,  ui  Tune 

ni  I'autre 
neither,  conj.,  ni 
never,  adv.,  ne ja- 
mais 
new,  adj.,  neuf,  -ve,  nou- 

veau,  nouvel,  -le 
news,  s.,  nouvelle  (/.) 
no,  adj.,  ne  pa8...de,  nul, 

ne...aucun,  pas  un,  ne 

•  ..pas  or  point 
no,  adv.,  non,  ne...pag 
none,     pr.    pers.,   nul, 

aucun,  pas    un,  per- 

sonne  ne 
nor,  eonj.,  ni 
nosegay,     $.,     bouquot 

(m.) 
not,  odi.,  ne...pas,  ne... 

point,  nou,  pas 
Kutv»  «M  biUoUm.) 


nothing,     s.pr.,     rion ; 

good-for-nothing,  bou 

A  rien 
notice,  v.t.,  remarquer 
nut,  <.,  noisette  (/.) 


Oar,  ».,  rame  (/.) 
obedient,     adj.,    oJbCis- 

saflt~ 
obey,  v)int,;  ohfiir 
oblige,  v.t.,  obligor 
observe,  v.t.,  obae^-ver 
obstinate,  adj.,  obstiufi 
obstinately, —rfav.,    opi- 

ni||^ment 
obtam,  v.t.,  obtenir 
of,  p):,  de 

offence,' «.,  offense  (/.) 
offend,  v.t,  offenser  ;  to 

be  offended,  s'offenser 
offensive,  adj.,  offensant 
offer,  «.,  offre  (/.) 
office,  «.,  bureau  («t.) 
officer,  «.,  officier  (m.) 
often,  adv.,  souvent 
old,  adj.,    vieux,    vieil, 

vieille,      ancien,    an- 

cienne ;      old     man, 
*  vieillard,  s.m. 
on,  pr.,  sur 
one,  adj.  ands.,  un,  (pr.) 

on,  se  Boi,  en 
^pen,  v.t.,  ouvrir  ;  open 
A  again,  roiiyrir;   hi 

open,  entr'ouvrir 


ord^jr,  v.t.,  commander 
original,  adj.,  original 
other,  pr.ind.,  autre,  pi. 

autres,  ^  d'autrea,  au- 

trui      '• 
other,  adj.,  autre 
our,  adj.posa.,  notre,  nos 
ours,  pv.posK,  le  nfttre, 

la  ni>tre,  1m  uOtroa,  k 

Uoas 


ou(illves,  pr.pl^nous- 
iiii'imiil  iiiiiiH     ~ 

out,  pr.,  bors 

over,  pr.,  sur 

owe,  v.t.,  devoir;  owe 
again,  radevoir 

owl,  $:',  hSbou  (»»».) 

own,  cuJj.,  propre 


Pair,  «.,  paire  (/.) 
palace,  s.,  palaia  (m.) 
paper,  «.,  papier  (m.) 
pardon,  v.t.,   pardonner 

parents,      «.,      parents 

(m.pl.) 
Paris,  s.pr.,  Paris  (m.) 
parish,  «.,  paroisse  (/.) 
parish,  adj.,paroissial,  -e, 

communal  5         parish 

school,     ^oole     com- 

munale 
park,  s.,  pare  (m.) 
party,  s.,  partj  (m. 
pass,  v.int.,  passer 
past,  prep.,  au  deli  de  ; 

it  is  past    six,  11  est 

six    heures    passees ; 

half-past     two,    deux 

heures  ct  demie 
path,  «.,  ohemin  Im.) 
patient,  «.,  malade  (m.f.) 
pear,  a.,  poire "(/.) 
pen. «.,  plume  (/.) 


. pelfciife,  «.,  oanif  (m.)    mm 

opinion,  8.,  opinion  (/.)  Ij)erceive,  v.t.,  aperoevoir  ' 
orchard,  s.,  ve%er  (m.)  i\   (aef.),  a'ape/oeVoir  de 

perform,  v.t.,  s'acquitter 

de 
perish,  v.int.,  p^rir 
perseverance,   »., 


,      ,  perse- 
verance (/.) 
person, ».,  penonne  (/.) 
pickle,  v.t.,  oonfire 
picture, ».,  tableau  (nt.) 
piuQo, «.,  morccau  (in.) 


202 


feNGtlSn-FBENCk  tOOABtJLARt. 


:N1 


pistol,  «.,  piBtolet  (m.) 
pJty.  v.t,  plaindre 
piftce,  ».,  place  (/.) 
))lan,  «.,  plan  (m.) 
play,  v.int.,  jouer 
play,  «.,  com6die  (/.) 
please,  v.int,  plaire 
pleased,  adj.,  content 
pleasure,  «,,  plaisir  (m.) 
plot,  «.,  complot  (mi.) 
poem,  «.,  poeme  (iii.) 
poet,  «.,  poete  (711.) 
polisii,  v.t.,  polir 
politeness,s.,politesgo(/.) 
poor,  adj.,  pauvre ;  the 

poor,  les  pauvres  (m.) 
pond,  «.,  dtunp;  (m.) 
pope,  8.,  pape  ()»,);  Pope 
Sixtus     Quintiis,      le 
Pape  Sixte-Qiiint 
possession,     «.,    posses- 
sion (/.);  to  take  pos- 
session, s'emparer  d^ 
postpone,  r.*.,  diff6rer 
praise,  v.t.,  ]ouer 
prefer,  v.t.,  prCf^rer 
pretend,  v.t.,  feindre 
pretty,  q^dj.,  joli 
prevail,  v.t.,  prCvaloir 
priest, «,,  pretre  {»».) 
princess,*,,  princesse  (/.) 
principal,  adj.,  principal 
print,  v.t,  imprimer 
priiiter,«.,imprimeur(»»i.) 
proposal,  «.,  proposition 

propose,  v.t,  proposer 


Quality,  s.,  qualitfi  (/.) 
queen,  «.,  reine  (/.) 
question,  $.,  question(/.) 
quiet,  adj.,  tranqnille 
quire,*.,  main(/.) 
quite,  adv.,    tout-A-fait. 
tout,  -t 

I  B 

Railway,  «.,  chemin  de 

fer  (m.) 
rain,  v.imp.,  pleuvoir 
read,t'.t.,lire,  (past  part., 

lu) 
ready,  adj.,  pret 
reason,  «.,  raison  (/,) 
rebel,  $.,  rebelle  (:      - 
jecast,  v.t.,  refom 
receive,  v.t.,  rece\,__ 
recompense,  v.t.,  rficom- 
penser 


rich,  adj.,  rfche 

ridiculous,  adj.,  ridiciU* 

right,  adj.,  juste 

ripe,  adj.,  naftr 

rise,  v.int.,    (in   price), 
enchorir 
,  Jiier,  s.,  rivifire  (/.) 
'  roast,  v.t.,  rotir 
room,    «.,     salle     (/,), 

chambre  (/.) 
root,  s.,  racine  (/,) 
rope,  s.,  corde  (/.) 
royal,  adj.,  royal 
ruddy,  adj.,  rouge 
rule,  K.,  regie  (/.) 
rumour,  «.,  bruit  (m.) 
rush,  v.int.,  se  prccipitcr 


Aoi^tect,  v.t,  prot^-gejte 

IpPbtest,*.,  protestanfc^) 

provide,  v.int.,  pourvoir 

(for...A) 
provided,  eonj.,   pourvu 

q  le 
prudent,  adj.,  pnidont 
punish,  v.t.,  punir 
•fcjjunishment,  a.,  punition 

pnpa,  «.,  «l^ve  (m.) 
put,  v.t.,  placer,  mettre ; 
put  out,  £teiadi« 


chir  (A) 
regularly,  adv.,  tftgalikte- 

meut 
reign,  «.,  rfigne  (m.)       < 
rejoice,  v.int.,  se  rfiiouir 

(de) 
relate,  v.t,  raconter 
remain,  v.int,  rester 
remember,  v.,  se  rappe 

ler,  se  sou-^enir  de 
reputation, ».,  reputation 

request,  v.t,  requfirir 
resell,  v.t,  revendre 
reserve,  v.t,  r6server 
resolve,v.<.,  se  rSsoudre  &, 
resound,  v.i.,  retentir 
retract,  v.t,  se  rCtractei" 
return,  v.t.,  rendre 
review,  «.,  revue  (/.) 
reward,  «.,  rCcomuenBe 


S 

Sail,w.<.,mettre  &  la  voile, 

appareiller,  partir 
sailor,  a.,  marin  (m.) 
same,  adj.,  memo 


-„3        ,.  ,.  same,  aetj.,  memo    .— 

red,    adj.,    rouge;    red  ^rcastic,  adj.,  moqucur. 

(head  of)  hair,  cheve  -  "i"4"iwr, 

lure  rousse 
reflect,  v.int,  (on),  rfiflfi 


satisfaire 


> 


se 
satisfy,    v.*., 

(irr.) 

say,  v.«.,  dire  (p.  128) 

scarf, «.,  ficharpe  (/.) 

spatter,  v.t.,  r6pandro 

if^hool,  «.,  ^00^(8  (/.) 

schoolmaster,*.,  maltre 

d'gcole  (m.) 
scold,  v.t.,  gronder 
scribbler,  «.,  6crivasjier 

(m.) 
seal,  f.t.,  cacheter 
see,  v.t.,  voir  (ijr.) 
_  seem,  v.i.,  jftualtre  (irr.) 
,  #11  V.t..  TBriilrft      , 
^send,  v.t.,  envoyer 
sense,  a,,  sentiment  (m.) 
servant,  «.,  domestique 

(TO.)- 

serve,  v.t.,  servir  (irr.) 
several,    adj.  ind.,  pla- 
sieurs 

8everely,o(lit.,srfvftremen4 
Mw,  v.t.  (Qu),  coadre 


V 


-  -■»**fwW«e««P*:*f  •'f«»irtIW#JSNl**;.': 


tLEMfeWTAWl  -FUENOH    GRAMMAR — ACCIDENCE. 


203 


ridiotU* 
piico), 

.) 

) 


cipitor 


ivoilo, 

ir 

n.) 

lutur, 

isfake 

28) 

Iro 

) 
laitre 


[irr.) 


(m.) 
tique 

r.) 
pin- 

ncnt 


B>inre,  «.,  part  (/.),   ac- 
tion (/.) 
she,  pr.  p.  /.,  elle 

i^hear,  v.t.,  tondre 
Hliocp,  s.  brebis  (/.) 
shilliiig,  ».,  sbolliiiK  (>n.) 
ship,  «.,  vaissoftti  (tn.) 
slilrt,  s.,  chemise  (/.) 
shoe,  8.,  Soulier  (m.) 
shore,  s.,  rivage  (m.) 
fIiow,  v.t.,  montrcr 
shut,  v.t.,  fernier 
sh.itter,  «.,  volet  (m.) 

_4jmcere,  ailj.,  syicero 
sl^iK*  v.t.,  clianter 
sister,  s.,  RODur  (/.) 
sit,  f.t.,  sit  down,  s'nsscoir 


BituatioUjS., aiJiiiition(/.)-  t^ucceed,  r.t.,  r6ussir  ■*■ 
skate,  s.,  patiii  (m.)  '1  «in><>fiss.  s..  siicr-''^  ^u.'» 


7  '  slave,  s.,  esclave  ("»./.) 
sleep,  v.t.,  donnir  ^t-r^ 
small,  adj.,  petit 
smjle;  r.t.,  sourire 

Kopth,  r.t. ,  aplanir 
(wiv,,  ftuasl ;  so... (as), 
aus^i,  si ;  autaut,  taut 
(que) 


staircase, «,,  escalier  ^m.) 
fltart,    v.int.,    tressaillir 

(with...de) 
steady,  adj.,  pos6 
steal,  v.t.,  volcr  —  away 

(r.i.)  s'esquiver 
steeple,  s.,  clocher  (m.) 
stocking,  s  ,  has  (m.) 
street,  s.,  rue  (/.) 
stren  gth  en ,  v.  t„  t^rmir , 

fortifier 
strotoh,  v.t.,  <5tendre 
strike,  v.t.,  atteindre 
studious,  adj.,  stu  lieux, 

-6e 
stupid,  a<7j.,  stnpide 
subscribe,  v.i.,  8'al)onncr 


sucrvn  (lU.) 
tel,  telle 


Liddenly,adt'.,  soudaine- 
lont 


success,  s, 
such,  adj 
wdi 

Aiffer,  v.t.,  souffrir 
sully,  v.t.,  teriiir 
sum,  ».,  somrae  (/.) 
supply,  v.t.,  fournir 
i^uppose,  v.t.,  supposer 


^ociety,  ».,  societe  (/.)      /"supreme,  aH).,  supreme 
Moften,  v.t.,  afloucir  surprised,  pr.  and  atlj., 

soldier,  «.,  soldat  (m.)  surpris  (at...de) 

some,  art.,  du,  de  la,  des    ^suspe^t,  v.t.,  soupcjonner 
some,  adj.,  qnelqne         *^spend,  v.t.,  suspendre 
'^'sweep,  v.t.,  balayer 
sweet,  ot^.,  doiix,  douce 


V- 


Bome,  pr,,  quelques-ans,' 
quelques-unes,  en 

son,  s.,  fils  (n».) 

sorrowful,  nA^.,  chagiin 

sound,  ad,).,  a  sound  ad- 
vice, un  avis  salutnire 

spacious,  oc^j,  spacieux, 

-88 

Spain,  s.pc.,rEflpagne(/.) 
speak,  v.t.i.,  parler 
speech,  «.,  disconrs  (in.) 
spend,  v.t.,  depeipser 
8plendour,».,Rpleuaeur(/.) 
split,  v.t.,  fendre 
sport,  «.,  jon  (m.) 
spring,  «.,  ressdirt  (m.) 
81-nr,  «.,  6peron  (m.) 
■tuiii,  a.,  tnche  (/.) 


sword, «.,  6p,40.  (A) 


Table,  ».,  table  (/.) 

take,  v.t.,  prendre ;  take 

"*  -bnckjreprendre;  (some- 
body in  a  carriage)  re- 
conduire 

talent,  «.,  talent  (m.) 

i^x,  s.,  impOtt'^^O 

tea,  «.,  th6  ^w.) 

tea-pot,  «.,  thCifire  (/.) 

tear,  r.t.,  dCohirer 

tpnr,  «.,  larme  ( f.) 

tedionH.'vli..p«nuyen\,-8C 


telegram, «.,  t^gramme 

fm.) 
tell,  v.t.,^  dire 
temper,  s.,  caracfere  (w.) 
than,  conj.,  quo,  de 
ikanka.  s,t-r,(jftit;rc|ment 
*^(m,) 
that  adj.  dem.,  ce,  cot, 

cette,  ces 
that|(  pr.  dern.,  cclui-la, 

cfille-la,  cela,  (^a,  lo 
that,  pr.  rcJ.,  (nom.) qui ; 

[acG?)  que,  lequel,  la- 
quclle,   Icsquels,    les- 

quelles 
that,  coni.,  qii6,  afin  que; 

in  order  tlult,  afin  que 
the,  art.,  le,  la,  les 
th,eir,    oA^.  jpo»«.,  Jgiir, 

leurs 
theirs,  pr.  poss.,  le  lenr, 

la  leur,  les  leurs,  &  cux, 

h  elles 
thei  iseWes,  pr.  pars.,  se, 

e'nx  -  monies,      elles  - 

m^mes,  memos 
there,  adv.,  1ft,  y 
tliey,  pr.  pers.  (sm')J.)  ils. 

ialles;  (when  alone)eux, 

elles;  they  who,  ceux 

(m.),  cellcB  (/.)  qui 
thick,  oA^.,  fipais,  fipaisse 
thine,  pr.  per«.,  le  tien, 

la  tienne,  les  ticns,  l(\s 

tienncB,  £l  toi         /  / 
thing,    «.,     chose    (/.) ; 

every  tiling,  tout  "^ 
think     v.t.vnX.,     croire, 
^  penser 
thi«,  aii).  S.tm.,  ee,  cet 

(m.),  cet'^e  (■/.) 
thoroughly,    odv.,   com- 

pl&tement 
thou,  pr.p.  2per«.,  tn,  to! 
thought,  s.,  peusfie  (/.) ; 

to       collect       one'a 

tbonghta,  se  reoneillir 
pllt^aten,  v.l.,  meaMer— — • 
three,  <M}.    »«m.  cardn   i, 

trois 


"1 


204 


ENGLTgH-PRKVcn  VOCAntrr.ARY. 


li,   lilt  I 


undertaking,    ».,   entre- 

prise  (/.) 
unfeeHug,    adj,,    insen- 
sible 
nnfurnish.  v.t.,  d^gftrnir 
ungrateful,  adj.,  ingrat 
unless,    eonj.,    4   aioina 

que 
unpolite,  adj.,  impoli 
unravel,  v.t.,  dfibrouiller 
unwell.  a,Jj.,   indispose, 

soaflfraf^t 
use,  ».,  usage  (m.) 
useful,  adj.,  utile 
uselessly,  adv.,  en  vain, 
luutileiaent 


tlironRli,  pr.,  a^.travcr3 
tlinnder,s.,touncrre(w.) 
tlinndorstorm,  «.,  orage 
(m.) 

thy,  adj.poss.,    ton,  ta. 

tes 
ticket,  «.,  billet  (m.) 
tiger,  «.,  tigre  (771.) 
time,  s.,  temps  (w.) 
timid,  adj.,  timide 
to,  pr.,  a 

together,  adv.,  ensemble 
too,  adv.,  trop 
torment,      v.t.,       tour- 
menter ;  torment  one's 
self,  se  tourmenter 
towardg,    pr.,     envers, 

vers 
town,  ».,  ville  (/.) 
toy,  fi.,  joujou  (m.) 
tram,  .■?.,  train  (m.) 
translate,  »..<.,  traduire 
treachery,    ,.,    trahison 

treatise,  «.,  trnit5  (m.) 

tree,  «.,  arbre  (m.) 

tribute,  s.,  tribut  (lu.) 

trifling,  at/,;.,  i^ger 

troop,  s.,  troupe  (/.) 
trunk,    «.,     malle    f/.). 
trono  (m.)  ^■'  '' 

trust,  «.«.,  se  fier  A 

truth, «.,  vfiritg  (/.)       v-LWn?*  ..    „»*     :, 
t.me  (in).  Zoc,  jiiti      >S'  .*':L*."«°^™ 
Turkish.      ai;.,      tore, 
turque 


VogetabIo,s.,  legume  fm.) 
very,  adv.,  trfis  '• 

Village,  «.,  village  (w.) 
vinegar,  «.,  vinaigre  (,n.) 
virtuous,  adj.,  vertueux 

-Be 
visit,  v.t.,  visiter 
voice,  «.,  voix  (/.) 

w 


two,  adj.num.,  deux 


Undeceive,      v.t.,      ^g 
tromper ;      undeceive 
one's     self,    se     d6- 
tromper 
tinder,  pr.,  sons 
:  undergo,  w.«.,  sobir 
4  uiiderstaad.    v.«,.   com 
*      |>ruodro 


walk,  t>.tni.,  marcher 
walkiiKf,  s.,  marche  (f.) 
pr9^enade  (/.) ;  walk- 
iJ^-stick,    «.,     canne 
want,  8.,  besoin  (m.) 
worm  (a  bed),  v.<.,  bas- 
siner 
I'^am, !».«.,  avertir 
warrior,  «,,  guerrier  fm.) 
watch,  8.,  montre  (/.)       i 
watch,*.,  surveiller         ' 
water,  «.,  eau  (/.) 
water,  v.t,  arroser 
way,  a.,  chemin  (m.) 
we,  pi'.pcra,,  uona 
I  weak,  ody.,  fajhle 
'  *«ek,  4.,  Bom.iino  //.) 


I  wfPP,  ».^,  plcuror 
well,  adv.,  bien 
'^vhat,  /r.r,/.,  ce  qui,  oe 

que,  qui,  que 
what, /r.rtrfy.,  quel 
what,/r.tn/.,  que,  quoi 

XLi,"'-""-  """• 

;  when,  adv.,  quand 
"'■"""n  mfrf   ii'mi 

whereas,  co«y.,tandis  que 
whether,  conj.,  si;   soit 

que...  ou;  que...  on 
wh.ch,    pr.rel.,    1.    q„i. 

que,  lequel,  laquelle; 

^-    CO    qui,    oe    que; 

»•    ('«<.)    qui,    lequel, 

laqueUe?  4.  ce,  cette. 
I      etc. 

whimsical,    adj.,  caprl- 
!      cieux,  -se 
whip,  s.,  fouet  (tn.) 
who.     ;>^.;><,„.,     1,  . 

lequel,    laquelle,    les- 

quels,    lesqnellesj    2. 

qoel;    3.    (int.)    qui? 

4.  celui  qui 
whoever,    />r.i«rf.,    qvd. . 

conque  ^ 

whom^r.oi/-.,  que,  qui, 

(ml-)  qui  ? 
,  icked,  adj.,  mfiohant 
wide,  adj.,  large 
wilderness.  J.,  dfisert-f?,..) 
win.  v.t.,  gagner 

window,  J.,  fenetrer/.) 
wine,  s.,  vin  (m.)        J" 
Whig,  i.,  aile  (/.) 
wise.Virf)'.,  sage 
wish,  I/./.,  dijsirer 
witJi,  pr.,  avee 

withdraw,  »V.,  se  d6din» 
de  I 

wither,  v.inf.l  flfitrir 

without, /r.,fcans 

woman,  J.,  felnmef/) 
wonderful.    «rf;.,  '„;,. 

veilleux,  -se 

«on<ler.'ully,  adv.,  mot* 

▼Cillouseiuuul 


IK 


BNOLISn-FRENCH   VOCABULARY. — ACCIDENCE. 


205 


wood,  5.,  bois  (m.) 
word,  s.,  parole  (/.) 
work,  s.,    ouvrage,  tra- 
vail ;  work-box,s.,boite 
(/.)  &  ouvrage 
work,  v.t.,  travaiUer 
worship,  v.t.,  adorer 
worth  (to  bo),valoir  {v.i.] 
wound,  v.t.,  blesser 
wringl^'.^,.tordrp   ^^ 
write,  v.^,  ^orire 


Year,  j,  an  (m.),  annCe 

yesterday,  adv.,  hier 

yet,  adv.,  encore 

yield,   v.int.,    odder,    se 

rendre  (i) 
you,  pr.pers.,  vous 
joung,  adj.,  jeune 
your,  adj.poss.f  votre,  vos 


j  yours,  pr.pois.,  le  vAtru, 
la    votre,   los   vfitres, 
a  vous 
yoursplf,  pr.fifs.,  vous- 
mCme,  vous 


Z 
Zeal,  s.,  z51e  (ik.) 


^ 


